R. Leong

Archive for the ‘wealth distribution’ Category

14 Articles From Around the World : Benghazi Not Totally Obama’s Fault, ‘Mr.Bean’ Gets the Boot from Putin’s Administration, 3 to 5 Popes Currently, Obama’s Detractors Bring Up Some Good Points (some less good), Backdoor Laws in USA, Marijuana And All Substances Real, or A Psy Op? – Allow The People To Grow their Own At Any Rate, Abstention Options For Israel?, Comfort Women – 99% Forced – 1% Willing So Japan can Spin 1% About the WW2 Human Trafficking Racket, China and Syria – Polytheism and Monotheism, Stephen Hawkins No Fan of Monotheists, North Korea Being Bullied?, Animal Labour Rights, Cynical Back End of Anti-Trafficking Groups A Parasitic/Collusive Industry, Consumer Rights And Legalisation of Adult Industry Sector Overdue, Undemocratic Voting Rights Rot in the UN Due To Presence of Microstates – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 16th May 2013

In 99%, adult industry, amendments to law needed, China, economic equity, exceptionalism, law, politics, psychiatry, representative democracy, RLD Zone Advocacy, sex work, Singapore, wealth distribution on May 15, 2013 at 8:39 pm

ARTICLE 1

Source: Only President Could Have Given Stand Down Order During Benghazi Attack – May 8, 2013 by Tim Brown

A little over a month after the September 11, 2012 attacks in Benghazi, that left four Americans dead, then CIA Director David Petraeus denied that the CIA issued any type of stand down orders to those requesting to assist in Benghazi, leaving only one person that could have given such an order. This came as it was revealed that there were people on the ground with targets painted and air support overhead and the strike was called off. Even former House Speaker Newt Gingrich claimed that that it was rumored that emails from the National Security Adviser’s office told a counterterrorism group to sand down (by the way, this would be part of the reason for the piece yesterday on Ben Rhodes). Now Breitbart is reporting that a source with intimate information about what took place on the ground in Benghazi on the night the U.S. Consulate and the CIA annex was attacked by terrorists is confirming that only the President of the United States, or someone acting on his authority, could have prevented Special Forces from helping the Americans who were under assault.

Kerry Picket writes,

According to the source, when the attack on the Consulate occurred, a specific chain of command to gain verbal permission to move special-forces in must have occurred. SOCAFRICA commander Lieutenant Col. Gibson would have contacted a desk officer at the time, asking for that permission. That desk officer would have called Marine Corps Col. George Bristol, then in command of Joint Special Operations Task Force-Trans Sahara. From there, Bristol would have made contact with Rear Admiral Brian Losey, then Commander of Special Operations Command Africa. Losey would have contacted four-star General Carter Ham, commander of U.S. AFRICOM at the time. “Ham answers directly to the President of the United States,” said the source. It wasn’t a low-level bureaucrat making the call, the source adamantly added. We know that Barack Obama sent a letter to Congress indicating that he did not make a singled phone call on September 11, 2012. However, just days later, Obama’s Press Secretary Jay Carney said Obama called then Secretary of State Hillary Clinton at approximately 10pm EST.

In fact, Carney told reporters, “Like every president before him, he has a national security adviser and deputy national security adviser. He was in regular communication with his national security team directly, through them, and spoke with the secretary of state at approximately 10 p.m. He called her to get an update on the situation.” Again, Obama was being coached by his national security team, which includes national security deputy Ben Rhodes.

Pickett says that the source explained, “I have a hard time thinking it was Hillary alone. Hillary may have tried to circumvent the counterterrorism board and deal with this. I think in order for her to tell General Ham, ‘No, you’re not going to get involved,’ she would have had to talk to the president. The president would have had to say, ‘No, take your commands from Hillary.’ He would have had said something, because Ham does not work for the Department of State; he works directly for the president.” Today we will begin getting some answers as whistleblowers in the Benghazi scandal, Mark I. Thompson, Gregory Hicks, and Eric Nordstrom, begin their testimony before Congress.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

I’d like to think that the highest authority in a foreign country (unless subverted by local governments) us the Ambssador who should also oversee any military operations. Even here, Ambassadors should have term limits THOUGH the departing Ambassador should remain to guide the new Ambassador if not too old. This way a small community of former Ambassadors could communicate with themselves and warn of any ‘problems’. Any landing army would then have this group who should have powers of the President WITHIN that country at any rate with the commanding officer reporting to the top brass in USA rather than the CIVILIAN president who by separation of powers consideration, should not be the ‘Supreme Commander’ of the forces as well. Once Congress and President decides to invade, the top brass takes over all military operations to achieve any goals set by the civvies and guided by the current Ambassadors and grouping of ex-Ambassadors. As for this case, Obama was in no position to give any orders being too far away and not specialising in that region much less serving in that region at all. Even if Obama did have the authority, the people in command and familiar with the situation there however are better qualified, even if they may not have that authority.

This way cult of personality is diluted, this way some form of democracy and separation of powers is aided. The President should be a go between and facilitator more than anything else, so by consideration that the President did not give the stand down order might indicate either indecisiveness OR democracy and separation of powers with others in the administration influencing the President’s decision though this should be part of law rather than at the President’s dispensation. The proceedings should be made available to the public AFTER the war is over or each area in conflict is resolved so that transparency can occur and the citizen at large not just plutocrats and military suppliers have access to what happens. Every dollar and cent spent on war is from the taxpayers after all.

ARTICLE 2

Russia’s Gray Cardinal Slips Away Into The Shadows : Then-Deputy Prime Minister Vladislav Surkov (left) is seen in February 2012 with Vladimir Putin, who was prime minister at the time, at a meeting on higher education in the Siberian city of Kurgan. – by Tom Balmforth – May 09, 2013

MOSCOW — Vladislav Surkov was known as the Kremlin’s gray cardinal — feared in the corridors of power and despised by the opposition. But the Russian deputy prime minister’s surprise resignation on May 8 has them worried.

Surkov’s departure, observers say, signals the rising power of hard-line factions, the “siloviki,” who have zealously prosecuted the crackdown on the opposition since Vladimir Putin returned to the presidency.

The resignation of the once-hugely influential Surkov, observers say, is a major scalp in the belt of the siloviki and confirms a shift to a more hard-nosed ruling style cementing under Putin.

“This is an alarming signal, and it means that the siloviki have got the upper hand,” human rights activist Lev Ponomaryov told Interfax.

Some opposition figures, too, have greeted Surkov’s departure with alarm. Former Deputy Prime Minister and opposition politician Boris Nemtsov on May 8 portrayed it as the outcome of a battle between competing visions of Russia. He said the authorities “forced Surkov to quit, placing their bets entirely on the silovik structures.”

“There was a conflict between two styles of maintaining power,” he said. “Some thought that power had to be maintained by force, while Surkov thought that carrying out political manipulations and trickery was more effective than putting people in jail.”

To be sure, the shift toward a more hard-line style of rule was already well under way. It began in December 2011 when the political system that Surkov was credited with constructing appeared to wobble as allegations of parliamentary election fraud brought thousands onto the streets of Moscow, starting a phase of unprecedented anti-Kremlin protests.

Putin soon moved Surkov out of the Kremlin administration in a move widely seen as a demotion. Surkov was later given the post of deputy prime minister in the Dmitry Medvedev cabinet and was replaced in the Kremlin administration by his longtime rival Vyacheslav Volodin, who is associated with the siloviki clan.

Speaking to RFE/RL’s Russian Service, Vladimir Pribylovsky said that the accession of Volodin and the demise of Surkov, who was so instrumental in Putin’s first two terms, signal an ideological shift.

“Surkov used softer, indirect methods to twist arms and manage democracy,” Pribylovsky said. “Volodin represents harder methods. It’s always a fight for power and financial flows. But in this case there is the hint of something ideological — [a shift] from the softer methods of rule and propaganda to the more tough and direct.”

All-Out Battle

Surkov’s departure — or, as many believe, “ouster” — comes at a time of raging infighting between the ruling elites.

Officially, Surkov quit after failing to implement a raft of presidential decrees that Putin issued one year ago. But leading political analysts were skeptical of this explanation. They pointed instead to Surkov’s struggle with the powerful Investigative Committee, which spilled into the public domain spectacularly last week.

Speaking on a trip to London, Surkov issued a rare public attack on the Investigative Committee, an agency modeled after the FBI that reports directly to the Kremlin, for pressing a corruption probe into the Skolkovo innovation hub that Surkov was overseeing.

Aleksei Makarkin of the Center for Political Technology told “Izvestia” that Surkov opted to quit after realizing that further work in his post had “no prospects” given mounting pressure from rival elite power brokers. “Vladislav Surkov had tense relations with the Investigative Committee,” Makarkin said. “He who has the president’s ear has the last laugh. And [Putin] is on the side of the Investigative Committee.”

In the last year the Investigative Committee has been on the front line of the crackdown on the opposition, for instance launching multiple criminal cases against anticorruption blogger Aleksei Navalny. It has also charged more than two dozen activists with “mass disorder” for the violence that broke out on Bolotnaya Square on May 6, 2012 as Putin returned to the Kremlin.

“Forbes Russia” provided another theory for Surkov’s departure. On May 9, it quoted sources in the government alleging that Volodin and Kremlin Chief of Staff Sergei Ivanov were behind the investigation into Skolkovo, Medvedev’s personal innovation project. On April 18, a criminal investigation was launched after a Skolkovo official was alleged to have paid opposition parliamentarian Ilya Ponomaryov, who has attended anti-Putin protests, $750,000 for lectures. The sources told “Forbes” that Surkov’s removal was the “latest episode” in the saga.

‘End Of An Era’

Whatever the case, Surkov’s demise is likely to intensify speculation that more ministers could be fired and that Medvedev himself could be sacked.

Gleb Cherkasov, editor in chief of the influential “Kommersant” daily, says Surkov’s resignation from the Medvedev cabinet at the very least lands a major blow to the prime minister.

“Surkov the person was a brand. He was himself a brand and he strengthened any job that he took on,” Cherkasov said. “It follows that his departure from the Medvedev government is a very serious blow to the weight of personnel. In the end, there are not many people in the country who have political and economic experience. There is a lot less remaining in Medvedev’s government than there was before this [episode].”

Once touted the third-most influential man in Russia, Surkov gained notoriety as the architect of Russia’s “sovereign” or “managed” version of democracy — a term that critics say describes a system of rule with only the trappings of democratic political process.

An advertising whiz kid who trained as a theater director, the 48-year-old Surkov was credited with micromanaging Russian politics in his post of first deputy chief of staff in charge of domestic politics.

He was famously dubbed the Kremlin’s “puppet master” by tycoon Mikhail Prokhorov, who on May 8 called Surkov’s departure the “end of an era.”

“Surkov’s sacking has brought an end to the era of ‘managed democracy.'” Prokhorov wrote on his blog on May 8: “Whether you liked that era or not, Vladislav Surkov was clearly its starkest representative.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

England’s Phenotype and NMP (Neuromedia-Programming) weapon against Putin and Russia. Putin did well personally to remove Surkov BUT democracy takes a hit again. English influence may not necessarily be more democratic but thats what too many 1st world countries use as a weapon. A nation is not owned by a few, but this English subversion is no better. Combined the whole Russian situation is worse.

ARTICLE 3

Three popes at Vatican as Francis welcomes head of Egypt’s Copts – by Alessandro Speciale| Religion News Service

VATICAN CITY — Pope Francis on Friday (May 10) met with Pope Tawadros II, head of Egypt’s Coptic Orthodox Church, an encounter that brought the number of popes within the Vatican walls to three this week.

Benedict XVI, the emeritus pope, returned to the Vatican on May 2, two months after his resignation, while Tawadros is only the second Coptic pope to visit the Vatican, after the historic visit of Pope Shenouda III to Pope Paul VI in 1973.

Tawadros — on his first foreign trip since he was elected in November — is staying at the Vatican’s guesthouse where Pope Francis is also living. Benedict is now living in a revamped convent a 5-minute walk away, but there were no plans for the two men to meet.

During his stay, the Coptic pope will meet with the heads of various Vatican departments as well as with the Coptic community in Italy.

Francis, 76, and Tawadros, 60, talked in private for 15 minutes and then held a joint prayer service in the Vatican’s Redemptoris Mater chapel. The Catholic pope was dressed in the traditional white cassock while the Coptic pope wore a long black robe. In their public remarks, they addressed each other as “Your Holiness.”

Copts, who trace the origin of their church to the evangelist Saint Mark in the first century, make up about 10 percent of Egypt’s population, while Catholics are a much smaller minority.

Since the Arab Spring revolution that overthrew Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak in 2011, both Christian communities have been the target of increasing violence as Egypt’s political crisis fueled social instability.

In their public speeches, the two Christian leaders didn’t refer explicitly to the increasing number of sectarian attacks against Christian churches in Egypt.

But Francis did talk about an “ecumenism of suffering” among Christians. He added that in the “broader context of society and relations between Christians and non-Christians … from hard suffering can blossom forth forgiveness and reconciliation and peace.”

In the joint prayer service, the two popes prayed for “all countries and communities which are victims of conflict and violence” and for “peace and harmony without discrimination and injustice.”

Since his election last November, Tawadros has sought closer relations among Egypt’s Christians and has promoted the creation of the first Council of Christian Churches in the country.

In his speech on Friday, Tawadros invited Pope Francis to visit Egypt. But an official invitation from the Egyptian government would be required for the trip to take place.

The Coptic Church is the largest Christian community in the Middle East. Tawadros has harshly criticized the Muslim Brotherhood-led government that rules Egypt, accusing president Mohamad Morsi of neglecting the plight of the country’s religious minorities.

Copyright: For copyright information, please check with the distributor of this item, Religion News Service LLC.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

There would be 5 Popes if the COE’s ‘King’ (that would be Charles) and Russia’s Orthodox Church ‘Patriarch’ Kiril are considered ‘Popes’. So whos the ‘Overpope’? Overlord Damaskinos? The Vamps and Goths can only hope lol . . .

 

ARTICLE 4

One Hundred Articles of Impeachment Against Obama – submitted by SadInAmerica on Tue, 05/07/2013 – 11:39pm.

There is a growing groundswell within American Republican and Tea Party ranks that impeachment proceedings should be initiated against President Obama on a whole list of violations of the Constitution and the War Powers Act. ~ Peter Paton

Congressmen Allen West of Florida (R-Florida) and Darrell Issa (R- California) have consistently and loudly criticized the president for overstepping the political mark and bypassing Congress’s approval on a whole range of dubious policies and issues: and the recent Obama attack on the Supreme Court of Justice and the Russian ” Open Mic ” gaffe on National Security, leads to one question…

Is Barack Obama making his own case for impeachment? Obama did not become the Democratic nominee for President without the help of several leaders of the Democratic Party who knew that he was not eligible for office

Listed below are the One Hundred Articles of Impeachment.

1. Appointment of a “shadow government” of some 35+ individuals termed “czars” who are not confirmed by the Senate and respond only to the president, yet have overarching regulatory powers – a clear violation of the separation of powers concept. Obama bypassed the Senate with many of his appointments of over 35 “czars.”

2. No congressional support for Libyan action (violation of the War Powers Act ). Obama lied to the American people when he said that there were no US troops on the ground in Libya and then later said they were only “logistical troops.” Obama violated the War Powers Act of 1973 by conducting a war against Libya without Congressional authorization.

3. Betraying of allies ( Israel and Great Britain. Obama has placed the security of our most trusted ally in the Middle East, Israel, in danger while increasing funding to the Palestinian Authority (Fatah, just another Islamic terrorist group) whilst they have enjoined a reconciliation pact with long-standing terrorist group Hamas and the disclosure of British nuclear secrets to the Russians in the Start Treaty.  Obama gave missile codes to British Trident missiles to Russia.

4. Backdoor implementation of the DREAM Act which would grant 22 million illegals amnesty. Obama passed the Dream Act through an executive order, bypassing Congress again. DREAM is: Development, Relief and Education for Alien Minors

5. Telegraphing troop reductions to enemies – against the consult of his experienced field commanders – while embracing negotiations with our enemy, the Taliban, and recognizing another, the Muslim Brotherhood.

6. Betrayal of Arizona. Obama brought a federal lawsuit against a sovereign state, Arizona, seeking to protect its citizens from this threat of mass illegal immigration

7. Obama’s Failure to enforce U.S. law, the Defense of Marriage Act. He’s stripped America of its moral base by his support for homosexuality and the attack on marriage between a man and a women Obama allows the DOJ to refuse to enforce the Defense of Marriage Act.

8. Support of an inept and incompetent attorney general who has failed to prosecute voter intimidation cases (New Black Panther Party), initiated a dangerous gun-smuggling program (Operation Fast and Furious) – which resulted in deaths to one of our own law enforcement agents.

Obama allowed Operation Fast and Furious to occur, which allowed hundreds of Mexican nationals and Border Agent Brian Terry to be murdered with illegal arms given out by the ATF and DOJ.

9. Increasing the regulatory burden on American business through bypassing the legislative process with his executive branch agencies such as the Environmental Protection Agency and the Food and Drug Administration.

10. Failure to take the steps necessary to secure our borders and stem the flow of illegal immigration, termed as “repel invasions” in our United States Constitution in Article 1, Section 8 and Article 4, Section 4.

Obama has failed to defend US soil in Arizona as Mexican troops bring illegals and drugs into the USA, crossing the border doing so. This is a direct violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the Constitution.

11. Inappropriately commanding the release of strategic oil reserves and providing Brazil $2 billion for its offshore oil exploration.

12. Illegally soliciting funds from within the White House ($5 dinner video fundraiser). The unalienable rights endowed to us by the Creator; life, liberty, and the pursuit (not guarantee) of happiness – are being threatened by the Obama administration.

This current government has abridged the consent of the governed and that whenever any form of government becomes destructive to these ends. It is the right of the people to alter or to abolish it.

13. Taking on the Supreme Court’s power of judicial review with a preemptive striking against justices who might contemplate an unfavorable ruling on ObamaCare.

14. ”Open Mic ” gaffe in which he explained Russian President Dimitri Medvedev that he’d have more “flexibility” to sacrifice American security after his re-election

15. Occidental College Transcripts Reveals Obama Claimed Foreign Citizenship to Get Scholarship? http://tinyurl.com/czldzx8

16. Obama’s secret back channel Nuclear deal with Iran, a sworn enemy of America and our Allies

17. Obama’s offer of a seat at the table for our avowed enemy the Taliban

18. Barack Hussein Obama’s Ineligibility to be POTUS because he was born in Kenya

19. Obama and his Administration leaking previously classified information about our intelligence communities’ efforts to slow down Iran’s march to nuclear weaponry.

20. Obama destabilized Western Ally Hosni Mubarak in Egypt, and allowed the Militant  and Anti West Muslim Brotherhood to take over the Egyptian Regime, posing a mortal threat to our Ally Israel and our own Western assets and interests in the region. Obama instigated a revolution in Egypt against an ally in the War on Terror.

21. Obama has appointed Muslim Brotherhood advisers, enemies of the State, to the White House. Aid and comfort to the Muslim Brotherhood is TREASON per Article 3 Sec III of the US Constitution.. http://tinyurl.com/3x88l2s

22. Obama bypassing Congress again by Executive Decree to allow Illegal Immigrants to remain and vote in America for partisan electoral purposes and reasons.

23. Obama selling citizenship to criminals in direct opposition to Federal Law.

24. Obama admin assisted Egypt in remilitarizing the Sinai, “something forbidden by the Camp David Accords” http://is.gd/nDwdbl

25. Obama has attempted to compel religious institutions to pay for abortion services — a clear violation of First Amendment rights

26. Obama apologizing on 9/11 day to our sworn Islamist enemies, the Salafists, the same day these terrorists massacred the American Ambassador and three other American officials in the Benghazi Embassy, Libya. and ramsacked and looted the Cairo Embassy in Egypt.

27. Obama spending billions in aid on America´s enemies, while disregarding the needs of the US.

28. Obama is directly responsible for the many wars and murders of Christians in the Middle East

29. Obama has financially ruined this country, and his actions are leading to the demise of the dollar. President Obama is either an idiot or he is purposely trying to destroy the American economy.

30. Obama is hollowing out our military, and destroying our intelligence gathering capability.

31. Obama, aka Barry Soetoro deliberately concealed his true illegal background to be POTUS, TRUTH out: why #Obama records sealed FOREIGN student ID http://twitpic.com/aufduf  Can we trust Pres. who games system – lies

32. Criminal cover up by the White House over BengaziGate, where four Americans, including Ambassador Stevens were murdered by Islamic Extremists.

33. #CANDYGATE Collusion with CNN Moderator Candy Crowley at the 2nd Debate  to cover up BengaziGate  The Candy-Obama Controversy : Get the Transcript’  http://amsp.ec/1P1Dyy

34. Obama’s Illegal Foreign Campaign money.

35. Obama Administration defining the Fort Hood Terrorist Act as a Workplace Accident, which gave succour and comfort to our enemies.

36. The Border-gate arms deal offense that resulted in the death of a border patrol agent as well as numerous innocent Mexican civilians.

37. Suspected organized and widespread election fraud engineered by Agents of the Obama Regime at the November 6th Presidential Election.

38. Obama and unrepentant terrorist William Ayers misappropriated over 300 million dollars in donations meant for the education of Chicago’s minority students. They routed the money to Obama’s community activist buddies who then tried to turn the students in radicals. The program was a total failure.

39. Obama, as an Illinois State Senator, redirected tens of millions in Illinois tax dollars to Valerie Jarrett and Tony Rezko, to provide housing for low income families. They returned the favor with political donations. The housing units were built with cheap materials and labor and are uninhabitable after a mere 10 years of use.

40. Obama accepted millions in illegal campaign contributions from foreign credit cards after the credit card filters used to screen out foreign money, was switched off. This also allowed domestic donors, who were over the legal limit, to contribute more.

41. Obama attempted to move control of the Census Bureau from the Commerce Department to the White House, to be managed by then Chief of Staff Rahm Emmanuel.

42. Obama had provided under the radar amnesty to illegal immigrants by allowing ICE Director John Morton to prohibit ICE officers from enforcing US immigration laws.

43. Obama allowed USAG Holder to ignore the violation of US immigration laws in the sanctuary cities, i.e.,San Francisco, etc.

44. Obama illegally fired the IG Walpin for investigating Obama’s buddy, Mayor Kevin Johnson (Sacramento), for fraud (850K) with AmeriCorps.

45. Obama is in contempt of Federal court for his illegal oil drilling moratorium in the Gulf…

46. Obama spent a month as the UN Security Council Chair in 2009, which raises the question of his conflict of interest between the US and the UN. This is also likely a violation of his Oath of Office as the UN conflicts with our Constitution on many levels, i.e., LOST, UN Small Arms ban, etc.

47. Obama signed an EO in December 2009 that allows Interpol to operate in the US without oversight by Congress, courts, FBI, or local law enforcement.

48. Obama and SecState Clinton misappropriated, er, used $23 million in US taxpayer funds to help Obama’s homeland of Kenya move to a communist nation where the freedom of speech, private property rights, and other rights are subservient to “social justice”.

This includes the fact that the Kenyan constitution adopted Sharia Law, which violates the basic human rights of women.

49. Obama was likely involved with then Governor Rod Blagojevich to try and sell his Illinois Senate seat, i.e., pay to play. Jesse Jackson Jr is under investigation for it and it appears that Valerie Jarrett might also have been involved.

50. Obama ran a website that asked Americans to report on other Americans, in the area of ObamaKare, using whitehouse.gov and taxpayer money to do so. He repeated this with AttackWatch.

51. Obama got onto the Indiana ballot through voter fraud in 2008.

52. Obama sealed all of his records that would show that he is possibly an illegal president, that he is feloniously using a false SSN, that his draft registration number is false, that his Fulbright award was falsely awarded as Obama claimed foreign student status, and that his student aid was falsely obtained.

53. Obama violated the Constitution by firing the GM CEO.

54. Obama violated bankruptcy laws by forcing GM bondholders to accept millions of dollars in losses of money that they were legally entitled to.

55. Obama violated bankruptcy laws by awarding the UAW with a share of GM and Chrysler during their bankruptcy proceedings.

56. Obama bought votes for ObamaKare with acts like, “Cornhusker Kickback”, “Louisiana Purchase” and the DoI increasing water allocations toCalifornia’sCentral Valley. This brought in the votes of Dennis Cardoza and Jim Costa, both Democrat holdouts.

57. Obama lied about Americans being able to keep their healthcare coverage if they wanted to. ObamaKare is already forcing them out of their current coverage.

58. Obama attempted to bribe Joe Sestak with a job offer in order to get him to drop out of the Senate race against Arlen Specter.

59. Obama bypassed Congress and told the EPA to set carbon emission standards.

60. Obama forced BP to pony up a $20 billion slush fund to compensate Gulf Coast businesses and residents affected by the BP oil spill. It was administered by one of Obama’s political appointees and there is NO Congressional oversight.

61. Obama did nothing to Holder (abetted a felony) when Holder refused to prosecute two New Black Panther Party members for brandishing weapons in front of a voting location in Filthadelphia. A direct violation of the voters Civil Rights.

62. Obama bypassed the Senate with a recess appointment of Donald Berwick as the head of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Violates policy.
http://www.speaker.gov/blog/?postid=273766

63. Obama illegally fired Sherry Sherrod from the USDA over remarks she made at an NAACP meeting in March 2010. He violated her due process.

64. Obama violated contractual law when his regime cancelled 77 oil field development contracts previously approved by Interior Secretary Ken Salazar, under Bush 43’s administration. This keeps us from extracting from 2-3 TRILLION barrels of oil.

65. Obama used the DHS to determine the political affiliation of Americans making FOIA requests about the Regime. This led to requests being stalled, lost, etc.

66. Obama acted in April 2009, at the G20 meeting, to expand the Special Drawing Rights, that now gives the IMF more control over the US economy.

67. Obama issued an EO on July 12, 2011, attempting to restrict the Second  Amendment rights of US citizens in Texas, California, New Mexico and Arizona.

68. Obama’s allowed the FCC to assume authority over the internet, in direct violation of a federal appeals court that DENIED the commission that authority. In December, the FCC voted and passed the first federal regulations on internet traffic.

69. Obama allows the DHS/TSA to routinely violate the 4th/5th Amendment rights of Americans at airports, train stations, and VIPER checkpoints.

70. Obama allows the DOJ in 2009 to stop enforcing federal drug laws in regards to marijuana.

71. Obama attempted to bypass Congress and raise the Debt Ceiling by “reinterpreting” the 14th Amendment.

72. Obama just bypassed the Senate AGAIN by appointing Richard Cordray to a new unconstitutional agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Violates policy.
http://www.speaker.gov/blog/?postid=273766

73. Obama deprived the due process of two U.S.citizens, Anwar al-Awlaki and Samir Khan, by assassinating them via a CIA drone attack in Yemen on Sept. 30, 2011. This also raises the question of an act of war against Yemen for firing into a sovereign nation. Obama said in 2008:

“No. I reject the Bush Administration’s claim that the President has plenary authority under the U.S. Constitution to detainU.S.citizens without charges as unlawful enemy combatants.”

74. Obama allowed Education Secretary Arne Duncan to grant waivers to No Child Left Behind however, this is a law enacted by Congress and neither Obama nor Duncan have the authority to authorize that.

75. Obama allowed the bailouts to grant money without the authority to do so. “No money shall be drawn from the treasury, but in consequence of appropriations made by law.” Article 1, Section 9, Clause 7U.S.Constitution

76. Obama allowed Operation Castaway to occur, which allowed firearms laws to be broken through coercion of legal gun dealers.

77. Obama bypassed the Senate to appoint three people to the National Labor Relations Board. (Naturally, they’ll all be Obomobots) Violates policy.
http://www.speaker.gov/blog/?postid=273766

78. Obama twenty three illegal Executive Orders to impose a Gun Grab, which is a direct violation of the Second Amendment.

79.  Providing aid and comfort to the enemy by announcing the date for unilateral withdrawal from Iraq and Afghanistan. Thereby providing the impetus for the escalation of the green on blue attacks

80. Obama by announcing the date for unilateral withdrawal from Iraq and Afghanistan, thereby triggered the disintegration of the green respect that had been a goal of the training mission.

81. Obama deliberately interfering in the elections of our chief ally in the Middle East, Israel to try and influence the result.

82. Obama supplying the Muslim Brotherhood and Egypt with F16 Jets and 220 Abram Tanks, sworn enemies of the USA and our Chief Ally Israel.

83. Obama nominating a Muslim John Brennan to be Director of the CIA,when America is at War with Radical Islamic Terrorists.

84. Obama nominating Chuck Hagel, a sworn enemy of our Chief Ally Israel, to be Secretary of Defense

85. Obama and Holder breaking Constitutional Law, by introducing Drone attacks on Americans.

86. Obama is using his Executive Decree to allow 80,000 Muslims to enter America next year, and 100,000 Muslims  for the next five years.

87. The Obama administration failed to enforce a century-old law meant to prevent immigrants from taking root in the U.S. only to live on the government dole

88. The Obama administration’s release of hundreds and potentially thousands of illegal-alien criminals from U.S. detention centers

89. The sequester is actually a plot by Obama to cut defense spending and transfer money to “ACORN-like” groups that would help elect Democratic candidates.

90. The Obama administration’s allegedly revealing his political opponents’ private tax information to the media.

91. Obama allowing the third Saudi Bomber in Boston be deported to Saudi Arabia – Arch Terrorist Osama Bin Laden’s son

92. Obama Will Not Charge Boston Jihad Bombers as Enemy Combatants

93. White House Link to Illegal Taping of Sen. McConnell

94. Allowing Islamic Terror Group the Taliban to flourish and operate on American soil.

95. The Obama Government has been caught promoting the delivery of taxpayer-funded welfare benefits to foreigners – “These disclosures further confirm the fact that the Obama administration cannot be trusted to protect our borders or enforce our immigration laws. And the coordination with a foreign government to attack the policies of an American state is contemptible,”

96. Agents of the Obama Regime conspired in 2008 to get Obama’s name illegally put on the Indiana Primary Ballot.

97. Obama Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel Involved In Massive Vote Fraud Scandal? http://j.mp/15QrBsb

98. TREASON…Obama Government Hired Al Qaeda to Defend the Diplomatic Mission in Benghazi?

99. Obama Military Considers Stopping Christians from Proselytizing

100. Obama and SecState Clinton’s efforts to bring the US under the UN’s Small Arms Treaty are direct violations of the Second Amendment of the US Constitution.

UNKNOWN: How many exact other violations of his Oath of Office.

“I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

Updates as needed…

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Many are applicable only at the assent of the private person or company. Others are diplomacy based and foreign assenting (unilateral to the point where a country is militarily weak to not prevent if that country wanted to) though public reports would help. Migration issues or firings of functionaries might have an occult agenda or reason that could make or break the USA (with the power mongers and self serving politicians specifically hiring or nepotising via name or other casual links unnoticeable to most citizens unless particularly studied in these agendas), which is why USA adoption of citizens is now banned by Russia. Food named functionaries and the number thereof in an administration is a sign of hiding things. All mispelled and other language referebnce to food in names should be noted. The more inrentionally these people are left out of the government, the spiritually cleaner and less Orwellian the government is. Currency or economic actions that appear destructive MUST be taken in amanner that understands MONEY DEOS NOT EXIST but geopolitics does. There is no such thing as economy either but they need to keep the sheeple in contorol so rather  than distribute unused state land or national wealth in tehe form of plantations or minerals or lands that are fertile, they prefer to play such games.

The writer seems like a well meaning redneck enmired in the idea of being human or that the laws of physics are all that make up Earth. That is not the case and every word spoken or action done has some system or underlying effect. Thinking like redneck here will only stagnate ‘reality’, which is far more than birthday parties, graduations, high school graduations, weddings, births, education loans (education should be free), bad laws, refusal to distribute unused state land, allowing billionaire plutocrats to hold 99% of the wealth of the country, not amending abusive laws etc etc..

But the sheeple cannot conceive this well and like frightened animals startled running off into the forest when a car is started up or a computer goes on, the same rednecks or even white collars are being handles with kid gloves of relgion, an urbanscape, a sense of society and civilisation where there really isnt anything except self preservation and ‘getting along’ because the police and army are there. The types of people beyond this would not be a danger without the police and army. BUT without? And at the same time, negative freedoms are sacrificed where the most retarde 3rd world countries are. They impose religion, sexual orientation oppression if 3rd world, or orwellian law and dress codes blanketwise rather than piecemeal if 2nd world, and in the 1st world you can get as much freedom as government oversight (there us technocracy when this haooens, where minds I suspect are mapped and tagged and watched at all turns) though even then zoning laws oppress and necessitate people having as much space as possible to express themselves etc.. To ensure progress they create all kinds of wars and false flags and legal snarl ups to keep the people occupied than THINKING. There is no need to work, there is no currency, there are no limits to whar a person should and can think. learn to leave the land and consider seasteading to ‘be self’, rednecks. A redneck view of reality is too small and satisfaction too easy to achieve being so limited in scope, and is a symptom of society’s limiting enforcement.

ARTICLE 5

Scorecard: How Many Rights Have Americans REALLY Lost?  – by WashingtonsBlog – February 21, 2013

How Many Constitutional Freedoms Do We Still Have? (Painting by Anthony Freda: http://www.AnthonyFreda.com)

Preface: While a lot of people talk about the loss of our Constitutional liberties, people usually speak in a vague, generalized manner … or focus on only one issue and ignore the rest.

This post explains the liberties guaranteed in the Bill of Rights – the first 10 amendments to the United States Constitution – and provides a scorecard on the extent of the loss of each right.

First Amendment

The 1st Amendment protects speech, religion, assembly and the press:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

However, the government is arresting those speaking out … and violently crushing peaceful assemblies which attempt to petition the government for redress.

A federal judge found that the law allowing indefinite detention of Americans without due process has a “chilling effect” on free speech. And see this and this.

There are also enacted laws allowing the secret service to arrest anyone protesting near the president or other designated folks (that might explain incidents like this).

The threat of being labeled a terrorist for exercising our First Amendment rights certainly violates the First Amendment.   The government is using laws to crush dissent, and it’s gotten so bad that even U.S. Supreme Court justices are saying that we are descending into tyranny.

For example, the following actions may get an American citizen living on U.S. soil labeled as a “suspected terrorist” today:

Being young (if you live near a battle zone, you are fair game; and see this)

Using social media

Reporting or doing journalism

Speaking out against government policies

Protesting anything (such as participating in the “Occupy” movement)

Questioning war (even though war reduces our national security; and see this)

Criticizing the government’s targeting of innocent civilians with drones (although killing innocent civilians with drones is one of the main things which increases terrorism. And see this)

Asking questions about pollution (even at a public Congressional hearing?)

Paying cash at an Internet cafe

Asking questions about Wall Street shenanigans

Holding gold

Creating alternative currencies

Stocking up on more than 7 days of food (even though all Mormons are taught to stockpile food, and most Hawaiians store up on extra food)

Having bumper stickers saying things like “Know Your Rights Or Lose Them”

Investigating factory farming

Infringing a copyright

Taking pictures or videos

Talking to police officers

Wearing a hoodie

Driving a van

Writing on a piece of paper

(Not having a Facebook account may soon be added)

And holding the following beliefs may also be considered grounds for suspected terrorism:

Being frustrated with “mainstream ideologies”

Valuing online privacy

Supporting Ron Paul or being a libertarian

Liking the Founding Fathers

Being a Christian

Being anti-tax, anti-regulation or for the gold standard

Being “reverent of individual liberty”

Being “anti-nuclear”

“Believe in conspiracy theories”

“A belief that one’s personal and/or national “way of life” is under attack”

“Impose strict religious tenets or laws on society (fundamentalists)”

“Insert religion into the political sphere”

“Those who seek to politicize religion”

“Supported political movements for autonomy”

Being “anti-abortion”

Being “anti-Catholic”

Being “anti-global”

“Suspicious of centralized federal authority”

“Fiercely nationalistic (as opposed to universal and international in orientation)”

“A belief in the need to be prepared for an attack either by participating in … survivalism”

Opposing genetically engineered food

Opposing surveillance

Of course, Muslims are more or less subject to a separate system of justice in America.

And 1st Amendment rights are especially chilled when power has become so concentrated that the same agency which spies on all Americans also decides who should be assassinated.

Second Amendment

The 2nd Amendment states:

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed.

Gun control and gun rights advocates obviously have very different views about whether guns are a force for violence or for good.

But even a top liberal Constitutional law expert reluctantly admits  that the right to own a gun is as important a Constitutional right as freedom of speech or religion:

Like many academics, I was happy to blissfully ignore the Second Amendment. It did not fit neatly into my socially liberal agenda.

***

It is hard to read the Second Amendment and not honestly conclude that the Framers intended gun ownership to be an individual right. It is true that the amendment begins with a reference to militias: “A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.” Accordingly, it is argued, this amendment protects the right of the militia to bear arms, not the individual.

Yet, if true, the Second Amendment would be effectively declared a defunct provision. The National Guard is not a true militia in the sense of the Second Amendment and, since the District and others believe governments can ban guns entirely, the Second Amendment would be read out of existence.

***

More important, the mere reference to a purpose of the Second Amendment does not alter the fact that an individual right is created. The right of the people to keep and bear arms is stated in the same way as the right to free speech or free press. The statement of a purpose was intended to reaffirm the power of the states and the people against the central government. At the time, many feared the federal government and its national army. Gun ownership was viewed as a deterrent against abuse by the government, which would be less likely to mess with a well-armed populace.

Considering the Framers and their own traditions of hunting and self-defense, it is clear that they would have viewed such ownership as an individual right — consistent with the plain meaning of the amendment.

None of this is easy for someone raised to believe that the Second Amendment was the dividing line between the enlightenment and the dark ages of American culture. Yet, it is time to honestly reconsider this amendment and admit that … here’s the really hard part … the NRA may have been right. This does not mean that Charlton Heston is the new Rosa Parks or that no restrictions can be placed on gun ownership. But it does appear that gun ownership was made a protected right by the Framers and, while we might not celebrate it, it is time that we recognize it.

The gun control debate – including which weapons and magazines are banned – is still in flux …

Third Amendment

The 3rd Amendment prohibits the government forcing people to house soldiers:

No Soldier shall, in time of peace be quartered in any house, without the consent of the Owner, nor in time of war, but in a manner to be prescribed by law.

Hey … we’re still honoring one of the Amendments! Score one for We the People!
In America, Journalists Are Considered Terrorists
Painting by Anthony Freda: http://www.AnthonyFreda.com.

Fourth Amendment

The 4th Amendment prevents unlawful search and seizure:

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

But the government is flying drones over the American homeland to spy on us.

Senator Rand Paul correctly notes:

The domestic use of drones to spy on Americans clearly violates the Fourth Amendment and limits our rights to personal privacy.

Paul introduced a bill to “protect individual privacy against unwarranted governmental intrusion through the use of unmanned aerial vehicles commonly called drones.”

Emptywheel notes in a post entitled “The OTHER Assault on the Fourth Amendment in the NDAA? Drones at Your Airport?”:

***

As the map above makes clear–taken from this 2010 report–DOD [the Department of Defense] plans to have drones all over the country by 2015.

Many police departments are also using drones to spy on us. As the Hill reported:

At least 13 state and local police agencies around the country have used drones in the field or in training, according to the Association for Unmanned Vehicle Systems International, an industry trade group. The Federal Aviation Administration has predicted that by the end of the decade, 30,000 commercial and government drones could be flying over U.S. skies.

***

“Drones should only be used if subject to a powerful framework that regulates their use in order to avoid abuse and invasions of privacy,” Chris Calabrese, a legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, said during a congressional forum in Texas last month.

He argued police should only fly drones over private property if they have a warrant, information collected with drones should be promptly destroyed when it’s no longer needed and domestic drones should not carry any weapons.

He argued that drones pose a more serious threat to privacy than helicopters because they are cheaper to use and can hover in the sky for longer periods of time.

A congressional report earlier this year predicted that drones could soon be equipped with technologies to identify faces or track people based on their height, age, gender and skin color.

Even without drones, Americans are the most spied on people in world history:

The American government is collecting and storing virtually every phone call, purchases, email,  text message, internet searches, social media communications, health information,  employment history, travel and student records, and virtually all other information of every American. [And see this.]

Some also claim that the government is also using facial recognition software and surveillance cameras to track where everyone is going.  Moreover, cell towers track where your phone is at any moment, and the major cell carriers, including Verizon and AT&T, responded to at least 1.3 million law enforcement requests for cell phone locations and other data in 2011. (And – given that your smartphone routinely sends your location information back to Apple or Google – it would be child’s play for the government to track your location that way.)    Your iPhone, or other brand of smartphone is spying on virtually everything you do  (ProPublica notes: “That’s No Phone. That’s My Tracker“).

As the top spy chief at the U.S. National Security Agency explained this week, the American government is collecting some 100 billion 1,000-character emails per day, and 20 trillion communications of all types per year.

He says that the government has collected all of the communications of congressional leaders, generals and everyone else in the U.S. for the last 10 years.

He further explains that he set up the NSA’s system so that all of the information would automatically be encrypted, so that the government had to obtain a search warrant based upon probably cause before a particular suspect’s communications could be decrypted.  [He specifically did this to comply with the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition against unreasonable search and seizure.] But the NSA now collects all data in an unencrypted form, so that no probable cause is needed to view any citizen’s information.  He says that it is actually cheaper and easier to store the data in an encrypted format: so the government’s current system is being done for political – not practical – purposes.

He says that if anyone gets on the government’s “enemies list”, then the stored information will be used to target them. Specifically, he notes that if the government decides it doesn’t like someone, it analyzes all of the data it has collected on that person and his or her associates over the last 10 years to build a case against him.

Wired reports:

Transit authorities in cities across the country are quietly installing microphone-enabled surveillance systems on public buses that would give them the ability to record and store private conversations….

The systems are being installed in San Francisco, Baltimore, and other cities with funding from the Department of Homeland Security in some cases ….

The IP audio-video systems can be accessed remotely via a built-in web server (.pdf), and can be combined with GPS data to track the movement of buses and passengers throughout the city.

***

The systems use cables or WiFi to pair audio conversations with camera images in order to produce synchronous recordings. Audio and video can be monitored in real-time, but are also stored onboard in blackbox-like devices, generally for 30 days, for later retrieval. Four to six cameras with mics are generally installed throughout a bus, including one near the driver and one on the exterior of the bus.

***

Privacy and security expert Ashkan Soltani told the Daily that the audio could easily be coupled with facial recognition systems or audio recognition technology to identify passengers caught on the recordings.

RT notes:

Street lights that can spy installed in some American cities

America welcomes a new brand of smart street lightning systems: energy-efficient, long-lasting, complete with LED screens to show ads. They can also spy on citizens in a way George Orwell would not have imagined in his worst nightmare.

­With a price tag of $3,000+ apiece, according to an ABC report, the street lights are now being rolled out in Detroit, Chicago and Pittsburgh, and may soon mushroom all across the country.

Part of the Intellistreets systems made by the company Illuminating Concepts, they have a number of “homeland security applications” attached.

Each has a microprocessor “essentially similar to an iPhone,” capable of wireless communication. Each can capture images and count people for the police through a digital camera, record conversations of passers-by and even give voice commands thanks to a built-in speaker.

Ron Harwood, president and founder of Illuminating Concepts, says he eyed the creation of such a system after the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the Hurricane Katrina disaster. He is “working with Homeland Security” to deliver his dream of making people “more informed and safer.”

Fox news notes that the government is insisting that “black boxes” be installed in cars to track your location.

The TSA has moved way past airports, trains and sports stadiums, and is deploying mobile scanners to spy on people all over the place.  This means that traveling within the United States is no longer a private affair.  (And they’re probably bluffing, but the Department of Homeland Security claims they will soon be able to know your adrenaline level, what you ate for breakfast and what you’re thinking … from 164 feet away.)

And Verizon has applied for a patent that would allow your television to track what you are doing, who you are with, what objects you’re holding, and what type of mood you’re in.  Given Verizon and other major carriers responded to at least 1.3 million law enforcement requests for cell phone locations and other data in 2011, such information would not be kept private.  (And some folks could be spying on you through your tv using existing technology.)

Of course, widespread spying on Americans began before 9/11 (confirmed here and here. And see this). So the whole “post-9/11 reality” argument falls flat.

And the spying isn’t being done to keep us safe … but to crush dissent and to smear people who uncover unflattering this about the government … and to help the too big to fail businesses compete against smaller businesses (and here).

In addition, the ACLU published a map in 2006 showing that nearly two-thirds of the American public – 197.4 million people – live within a “constitution-free zone” within 100 miles of land and coastal borders:

The ACLU explained:

Normally under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the American people are not generally subject to random and arbitrary stops and searches.

The border, however, has always been an exception.  There, the longstanding view is that the normal rules do not apply.  For example the authorities do not need a warrant or probable cause to conduct a “routine search.”

But what is “the border”?  According to the government, it  is a 100-mile wide strip that wraps around the “external boundary” of the United States.

As a result of this claimed authority, individuals who are far away from the border, American citizens traveling from one place in America to another, are being stopped and harassed in ways that our Constitution does not permit.

Border Patrol has been setting up checkpoints inland — on highways in states such as California, Texas and Arizona, and at ferry terminals in Washington State. Typically, the agents ask drivers and passengers about their citizenship.  Unfortunately, our courts so far have permitted these kinds of checkpoints – legally speaking, they are “administrative” stops that are permitted only for the specific purpose of protecting the nation’s borders.  They cannot become general drug-search or other law enforcement efforts.

However, these stops by Border Patrol agents are not remaining confined to that border security purpose.  On the roads of California and elsewhere in the nation – places far removed from the actual border – agents are stopping, interrogating, and searching Americans on an everyday basis with absolutely no suspicion of wrongdoing.

The bottom line is that the extraordinary authorities that the government possesses at the border are spilling into regular American streets.

Computer World reports today:

Border agents don’t need probable cause and they don’t need a stinking warrant since they don’t need to prove any reasonable suspicion first. Nor, sadly, do two out of three people have First Amendment protection; it is as if DHS has voided those Constitutional amendments and protections they provide to nearly 200 million Americans.

***

Don’t be silly by thinking this means only if you are physically trying to cross the international border. As we saw when discussing the DEA using license plate readers and data-mining to track Americans movements, the U.S. “border” stretches out 100 miles beyond the true border. Godfather Politics added:

But wait, it gets even better!  If you live anywhere in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey or Rhode Island, DHS says the search zones encompass the entire state.

Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have a “longstanding constitutional and statutory authority permitting suspicionless and warrantless searches of merchandise at the border and its functional equivalent.” This applies to electronic devices, according to the recent CLCR “Border Searches of Electronic Devices” executive summary [PDF]:

Fourth Amendment

The overall authority to conduct border searches without suspicion or warrant is clear and longstanding, and courts have not treated searches of electronic devices any differently than searches of other objects.  We conclude that CBP’s and ICE’s current border search policies comply with the Fourth Amendment.  We also conclude that imposing a requirement that officers have reasonable suspicion in order to conduct a border search of an electronic device would be operationally harmful without concomitant civil rights/civil liberties benefits.  However, we do think that recording more information about why searches are performed would help managers and leadership supervise the use of border search authority, and this is what we recommended; CBP has agreed and has implemented this change beginning in FY2012.

First Amendment

Some critics argue that a heightened level of suspicion should be required before officers search laptop computers in order to avoid chilling First Amendment rights.  However, we conclude that the laptop border searches allowed under the ICE and CBP Directives do not violate travelers’ First Amendment rights.

The ACLU said, Wait one darn minute! Hello, what happened to the Constitution? Where is the rest of CLCR report on the “policy of combing through and sometimes confiscating travelers’ laptops, cell phones, and other electronic devices—even when there is no suspicion of wrongdoing?” DHS maintains it is not violating our constitutional rights, so the ACLU said:

If it’s true that our rights are safe and that DHS is doing all the things it needs to do to safeguard them, then why won’t it show us the results of its assessment? And why would it be legitimate to keep a report about the impact of a policy on the public’s rights hidden from the very public being affected?

***

As ChristianPost wrote, “Your constitutional rights have been repealed in ten states. No, this isn’t a joke. It is not exaggeration or hyperbole. If you are in ten states in the United States, your some of your rights guaranteed by the Bill of Rights have been made null and void.”

The ACLU filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the entire DHS report about suspicionless and warrantless “border” searches of electronic devices. ACLU attorney Catherine Crump said “We hope to establish that the Department of Homeland Security can’t simply assert that its practices are legitimate without showing us the evidence, and to make it clear that the government’s own analyses of how our fundamental rights apply to new technologies should be openly accessible to the public for review and debate.”

Meanwhile, the EFF has tips to protect yourself and your devices against border searches. If you think you know all about it, then you might try testing your knowledge with a defending privacy at the U.S. border quiz.

Wired pointed out in 2008 that the courts have routinely upheld such constitution-free zones:

Federal agents at the border do not need any reason to search through travelers’ laptops, cell phones or digital cameras for evidence of crimes, a federal appeals court ruled Monday, extending the government’s power to look through belongings like suitcases at the border to electronics.

***

The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals sided with the government, finding that the so-called border exception to the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches applied not just to suitcases and papers, but also to electronics.

***

Travelers should be aware that anything on their mobile devices can be searched by government agents, who may also seize the devices and keep them for weeks or months. When in doubt, think about whether online storage or encryption might be tools you should use to prevent the feds from rummaging through your journal, your company’s confidential business plans or naked pictures of you and your-of-age partner in adult fun.

Paintings by Anthony Freda: http://www.AnthonyFreda.com.

Fifth Amendment

The 5th Amendment addresses due process of law, eminent domain, double jeopardy and grand jury:

No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the Militia, when in actual service in time of War or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.

But the American government has shredded the 5th Amendment by subjecting us to indefinite detention and taking away our due process rights.

The government claims the right to assassinate or indefinitely detain any American citizen on U.S. citizen without any due process. And see this.

As such, the government is certainly depriving people of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.

There are additional corruptions of 5th Amendment rights – such as property being taken for private purposes.

The percentage of prosecutions in which a defendant is denied a  grand jury is difficult to gauge, as there is so much secrecy surrounding many terrorism trials.

Protection against being tried twice for the same crime after being found innocent (“double jeopardy”) seems to be intact.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Alot of the above would be selectively applied. But where sometimes some issues are personal or antidemocratic is what the writer appears to fear. To save red tape is good. But to allow challenge AFTER being arrested and what not and being able to demand equitabel compensation will be the acid test. This looks bad but if term limits and all sorts of checks and balances are present the above should be ok. Secular people should be preferred employeees of ALL corps as well as the govt. The religous tend gain too much puropose or pleasure to proseltytize and cannot be the best employees. For example would any different faithed person like their food prayed over or being prepared by people who would be fighting on the battlefield in their spare time?

http://www.theblaze.com/stories/2013/05/09/did-an-imam-really-use-arabic-prayer-to-covertly-damn-fallen-seal-team-6-members-to-hell-during-their-funeral/

ARTICLE 6

Why We Do Not Recommend Using Marijuana – by Matt Browning

The reality of marijuana is that it alters your perception of reality. If you alter something what are you doing? You’re changing it. Sometimes that may be what a person needs, many times it is not. Marijuana is a teacher plant that has several medicinal benefits, but when it is used for recreation or becomes dependent upon rather than worked with for the proper reasons it can have debilitating consequences.

As with any medicinal teacher plant, it has the ability to assist with correcting imbalances in an individual, but just like any other medicine it should only be used to show the individual or the individuals body the proper way to be operating without the present imbalance. Then the individual or their body should take the information and apply it to its way of operating and continue to produce the balanced effect on their own. This is the proper way to use medicines and not become dependent upon
them.

When you are dependent upon something, who has the power? You or the thing you are dependent upon? The thing you’re dependent on does because you believe you need it. Anything you become dependent on begins to dissipate your power, making you weaker, more imbalanced. So in the case of continual use of medicines the very thing that you were using to help with an imbalance actually begins to cause more imbalance over time. The body has the ability to correct any imbalance, but you have to be willing to research and understand it and then look at what is causing the imbalance. If a medicine is the best solution to correct the imbalance then study the medicine and understand how it corrects the imbalance. Then look at yourself and apply those characteristics to your self through whatever healthy means available, whether it be diet or exercise or thoughts or change in environment or anything else.

Continual or excessive temporary use of marijuana causes tears or holes in a persons etheric field. Your etheric field is basically a field of energy that surrounds your physical body. It is sometimes referred to as the aura, though when the aura is perceived by people it is not exactly the etheric field, or at least not the whole of it. The aura is more like an energetic reflection. The aura is actually the refraction of the light waves of the persons emotions they have or feelings that make up their being.

This is why it is usually described by a color. Those colors correspond to whatever emotions the person is experiencing or whatever underlying feelings make up their being. To most people the etheric field is invisible to the naked eye. Your etheric field is involved in recreating or displaying the reality you perceive or experience.

First it is important to understand that everything is energy and that energy exists in the form of sound and light waves. Those waves are filled with information. That information, once translated, is what makes up our perception of reality. Think of it like a television. The media station transmits information in the form of radio waves. Your television takes these radio waves and its trans-receiver translates the information within the waves and projects it into an image that you see and experience on the screen. This is how your etheric field works as well. It is your trans-receiver. Information contained in light and sound waves is translated by being refracted back to us as it enters into our etheric field.The refracting of the light and sound waves is what translates the information stored in them into what we perceive as our realities. If there are tears or holes in our etheric field then the sound and light waves are refracted at an untrue angle causing an individual to not get the complete and pure form of the information. Basically causing a fragment or distortion of the information. The information is skewed from its true form and mis-translated. This is primarily experienced in one of two ways.

The first is by creating complacency or stagnation. The information is buffered so the intensity, urgency, or severity isn’t truly experienced. For example a guy may be in a relationship where his partner is shagging all the neighbors, he works at a job that is robbing him of his life force, doesn’t pay squat, and the employers walk all over him, and he struggles each month to keep the utilities on and he’s constantly spending any extra money just to keep his car running. Normally these would be signs that some changes need to take place in his life, but a few minutes each day with Mary Jane and things don’t seem as bad as they really are. The guy starts thinking “well there’s always tomorrow to start working on these issues and at least I have heat and shelter, and at least I have a job and a car, and at least I have a partner to share this miserable existence with. Things could be a lot worse, and at least I have all these things and this wonderful bag of weed here to keep me realizing just how lucky I am.” So the man doesn’t see the true nature or severity of the information coming in and becomes stagnant and complacent. Never growing or evolving beyond an “it could be worse” existence.

The second is the way the information gets mis-translated from this fragmentation or distortion is by over enhancing the information. Talk to someone who uses or has used marijuana on a daily or very frequent basis and they will most likely tell you that they used or use it because it makes everything better. Music sounds better, jokes are funnier, physical sensations feel better, and definitely food tastes better. Now you might be saying that doesn’t sound so bad, but the truth is it is an illusion. It also enhances emotional reactions and fear as well. This may be in the form of paranoia, anxiety, anger, sadness, negativity, or many other undesirable feelings. These are all caused by imbalances. The illusion is created because only part of the information is translated and focused on. The other part of the information or code that hits the etheric field that isn’t being translated (because it isn’t refracted properly due to the tares and holes) gets replaced by a replication of the information that actually does get refracted, but now that information has doubled so it is twice as intense. That’s great if the information coming in is “that tastes good, that feels good, that is funny, that sounds incredible, that smells delightful,” but if the information coming in is something that is a warning or negative, then it gets enhanced. Either way it is a translation of information that is lacking in some of the information and excessive in other parts of it. That is an illusion, a mis-translation.

Even if a person starts to look at their amount of marijuana use, they will most likely not be able to perceive it accurately because the information that they are perceiving about it is being refracted improperly as well and is probably telling them they don’t use that often or when they do it is a small amount or that they don’t use as much as so and so or “hey. its not like I’m Tommy Chong”.

Marijuana is a sticky thing that traps, literally. The THC crystals which are what produce the psychoactive properties of the plant are extremely sticky. This is so that the plant can keep the things it wants out while also trapping the male seed floating in the air so that it can reproduce and continue its existence. This is symbolic of what it does to people – doesn’t allow all of the information in, and traps the user into a perpetual state of stagnation, not growing, like a stone; gives another meaning to being stoned. If a person is wanting to have a deeper understanding of reality then it would be better to skip the puff puff and just do the pass instead.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

One wonders if these plants are simply species of ordinary plants that are doused with psychoactive substances taht are synthetic to cause such effects. Is there any way to test of the substace occurs naturally or someone soaks the grund with the substance? Why should we not legalize in law to we grow our own? And by reports, the effect of home grown are different or even plain bad. Is that real or false?

 

ARTICLE 7

Israel equalizes military service for male, female soldiers (Xinhua) 08:45, May 07, 2013

JERUSALEM, May 6 (Xinhua) — Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’ alon approved on Monday on equalizing the period of compulsory military service for male and female soldiers.

According to a plan, which was originally proposed by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) Chief of Staff Benny Gantz, the military service of men will be shortened by four months as of July 2015, said a statement released by the minister’s chambers.

Under the plan, both male and female soldiers will serve 32 months instead of three years for men and two years for women.

“The reason for this move stems from operational needs as well as understanding of the trend and the national need for equality in military service,” the Defense Ministry’s statement read.

However, the plan would not include combat soldiers and those serving in special roles, which will serve three years and get higher compensation fees.

According to calculations conducted by the Finance Ministry, the planned move would save the treasury NIS 1.5 billion (0.42 billion U.S. dollars).

The plan, which should be finally approved by the cabinet, is another step further in transforming the Israeli army to a professional one, according to the statement.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Abstention options are a Human Right. I hope Israel would allow Israeli citizens to be able to make a choice.

ARTICLE 8

Japan army ‘ran’ sex slavery racket – 14:24, July 04, 2007

Forcing women to become sex slaves was a crime organized by the Japanese military during Japan’s invasion of China in the 1930s and 1940s, according to an investigative report published yesterday.

The first report by the Investigative Committee on Former Chinese “Comfort Women”, co-founded by All China Lawyers’ Association (ACLA) and China Legal Aid Foundation, traced 17 more survivors besides the ones who have already sued the Japanese government.

During its probe from September 2006 to March 2007, the committee found 14 of the 17 survivors were less than 18 when they were forced to become “comfort women”, with the youngest being just 12.

Sixteen of the newly identified women were from North China’s Shanxi Province and one from South China’s Hainan Province, said the report posted on ACLA’s website. The committee focused on five counties in Shanxi, two in Hainan and six in Yunnan.

Kang Jian, one of the lawyers behind the investigation, interviewed all the 17 survivors. “Now they are all in their 70s or 80s but they still suffer from serious mental and physical trauma,” he said.

The Japanese army even tortured these “comfort women” by slashing them with knives or burning their faces with cigarettes.

“Many of them have no children and live in poverty. They told me their biggest wish was to get an apology and compensation from the Japanese government,” Kang said.

But Tokyo has refused to pay direct compensation to any of the estimated 200,000 women, mostly Asian, saying all claims had been settled by subsequent peace treaties.

In April, Japan’s top court rejected compensation claims of two Chinese women forced into the military brothels.

“Japanese courts have dismissed three Chinese ‘comfort women’s’ lawsuits, while the fourth is going on,” Kang said. “We carried out the investigations in a way that the documentation would help the court case.”

The committee also released photographs of six Japanese officers’ confessing about how they had “arrested” Chinese women and set up military brothels. Even a temple at Tengchong County in Yunnan Province was turned into a Japanese army brothel.

The “comfort women” practise lasted at least 16 years in China, the report said.

Su Zhiliang, director of the research center on “comfort women” in Shanghai Normal University, said more than 200,000 Chinese women were forced to become “comfort women” and over 75 percent of them were tortured to death.

“It’s a shame that the Japanese government has rejected compensation pleas because the regulations and certificates show that the Japanese army and its government had forced women into prostitution,” Su said. “In Hainan alone, there were 67 military brothels; there were more than 158 in Shanghai.”

Source: China Daily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Maybe Japans should just compensate with that useless fiat scrip. Meanwhile do point to and promote the 1% voluntary comfort women who were actually at Comfort Stations of their own voilition.

ARTICLE 8.5

China calls for political dialogue in Syria (Xinhua) 20:15, May 07, 2013

BEIJING, May 7 (Xinhua) — China calls for all relevant parties in Syria to launch political dialogue and carry out political transition as soon as possible, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying said on Tuesday.

In response to a media request for China’s take on the current situation in Syria at a regular press briefing, Hua said that China pays close attention to the development of the situation and believes a political solution is the only correct way for solving Syrian crisis.

She said China also calls for all relevant sides to earnestly respect Syrian sovereignty and territorial integrity, remain restrained, avoid any actions that might escalate the tension and play a responsible and constructive role in solving Syrian issue through political means.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Note that the Palestine/Israel double presence, could be a sort of double team maneuver targetting polytheism by sucking in China into wars or diplomatic activities never intended to succeed as both sides play hegelian dialectic with China and tie up China’s resources and manpower. Either below Article 9 confirms this is indeed a Monotheism oriented issue (Hawking being secular and scientific – or pissed at being used in Israel or Islam inspired Orwellian MSM for making moi wonder if Stephen is ‘not real’ but an empty shell puppet posing as a person – which could still be true – any synthetic speaker could be put inside a human seeming android who is deemed ‘paraplegic’, removing the need for nice technology that simulates a person) or an attempt by the West to further mix things up, very cleverly – against China (i.e. lets have Stephen Hawkings or some technocrat, financiar etc.. say some crap and confuse the Chinese etc..)! Israel and Islam may be ‘magical’ but certainly an evil or limited sort of Monotheism centred reality, while staid and reality bound China should know that to remain silent about greater aspirations and greater realities beyond man’s perception, is to be swept by the stream of fate decided by others who dare to ‘dream’. There is a thread of reality already for China to apply (won’t say which) and no other as powerful as of now, use that or be subsidiary to Monotheist limits to vision or reality, or dead science bereft of ‘magic’ (which is a form of ‘anti-physics’ mindset that can manufest telekinesis etc..).

ARTICLE 9

Stephen Hawking joins academic boycott of Israel – by Harriet Sherwood and Matthew Kalman in Jerusalem – The Guardian, Wednesday 8 May 2013

Physicist pulls out of conference hosted by president Shimon Peres in protest at treatment of Palestinians

A statement published with Stephen Hawking’s approval said his withdrawal was based on advice from academic contacts in Palestine. Photograph: Facundo Arrizabalaga/EPA

Professor Stephen Hawking is backing the academic boycott of Israel by pulling out of a conference hosted by Israeli president Shimon Peres in Jerusalem as a protest at Israel’s treatment of Palestinians.

Hawking, 71, the world-renowned theoretical physicist and former Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at the University of Cambridge, had accepted an invitation to headline the fifth annual president’s conference, Facing Tomorrow, in June, which features major international personalities, attracts thousands of participants and this year will celebrate Peres’s 90th birthday.

Hawking is in very poor health, but last week he wrote a brief letter to the Israeli president to say he had changed his mind. He has not announced his decision publicly, but a statement published by the British Committee for the Universities of Palestine with Hawking’s approval described it as “his independent decision to respect the boycott, based upon his knowledge of Palestine, and on the unanimous advice of his own academic contacts there”.

Hawking’s decision marks another victory in the campaign for boycott, divestment and sanctions targeting Israeli academic institutions.

In April the Teachers’ Union of Ireland became the first lecturers’ association in Europe to call for an academic boycott of Israel, and in the United States members of the Association for Asian American Studies voted to support a boycott, the first national academic group to do so.

In the four weeks since Hawking’s participation in the Jerusalem event was announced, he has been bombarded with messages from Britain and abroad as part of an intense campaign by boycott supporters trying to persuade him to change his mind. In the end, Hawking told friends, he decided to follow the advice of Palestinian colleagues who unanimously agreed that he should not attend.

Hawking’s decision met with abusive responses on Facebook, with many commentators focusing on his physical condition, and some accusing him of antisemitism.

By participating in the boycott, Hawking joins a small but growing list of British personalities who have turned down invitations to visit Israel, including Elvis Costello, Roger Waters, Brian Eno, Annie Lennox and Mike Leigh.

However, many artists, writers and academics have defied and even denounced the boycott, calling it ineffective and selective. Ian McEwan, who was awarded the Jerusalem Prize in 2011, responded to critics by saying: “If I only went to countries that I approve of, I probably would never get out of bed … It’s not great if everyone stops talking.”

Noam Chomsky, a prominent supporter of the Palestinian cause, has said that he supports the “boycott and divestment of firms that are carrying out operations in the occupied territories” but that a general boycott of Israel is “a gift to Israeli hardliners and their American supporters”.

Hawking has visited Israel four times in the past. Most recently, in 2006, he delivered public lectures at Israeli and Palestinian universities as the guest of the British embassy in Tel Aviv. At the time, he said he was “looking forward to coming out to Israel and the Palestinian territories and excited about meeting both Israeli and Palestinian scientists”.

Since then, his attitude to Israel appears to have hardened. In 2009, Hawking denounced Israel’s three-week attack on Gaza, telling Riz Khan on Al-Jazeera that Israel’s response to rocket fire from Gaza was “plain out of proportion … The situation is like that of South Africa before 1990 and cannot continue.”

Israel Maimon, chairman of the presidential conference said: “This decision is outrageous and wrong.

“The use of an academic boycott against Israel is outrageous and improper, particularly for those to whom the spirit of liberty is the basis of the human and academic mission. Israel is a democracy in which everyone can express their opinion, whatever it may be. A boycott decision is incompatible with open democratic discourse.”

In 2011, the Israeli parliament passed a law making a boycott call by an individual or organisation a civil offence which can result in compensation liable to be paid regardless of actual damage caused. It defined a boycott as “deliberately avoiding economic, cultural or academic ties with another person or another factor only because of his ties with the State of Israel, one of its institutions or an area under its control, in such a way that may cause economic, cultural or academic damage”.

• This article was amended on 8 May 2013. The original described Hawking as Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at the University of Cambridge. He stepped down in 2009.

ARTICLE 10

Obama: North Korea’s crisis-for-concession days ‘over’ –  7 May 2013 Last updated at 20:55 GMT

President Obama: North Korea will no longer be rewarded for provocative behaviour

North Korea will no longer be rewarded for provocative behaviour, US President Barack Obama has said at a joint news conference with South Korea’s leader.

Flanked by President Park Geun-hye, Mr Obama told a White House briefing North Korea was more isolated than ever.

Ms Park is on her first foreign trip since taking office in February.

Ahead of their meeting, US officials said North Korea had moved two medium-range missiles from a coastal launch site, lowering tensions.
‘Deterrent’
Continue reading the main story
“Start Quote

The international community must consistently send the message with one voice, to tell them… that they have no choice but to change”

Park Geun-hye President, South Korea

“The days when North Korea could create a crisis and elicit concessions, those days are over,” Mr Obama told Tuesday’s briefing after meeting privately with Ms Park in the Oval Office.

He added: “President Park and myself very much share the view that we are going to maintain a strong deterrent, we’re not going to reward provocative behaviour, but we remain open to the prospect of North Korea taking a peaceful path.

“So far, at least, we haven’t seen actions on the part of the North Koreans that would indicate they’re prepared to move in a different direction,” he said.

The visit by Ms Park, South Korea’s first female president, came as the US and South Korea mark 60 years of their military alliance.
Tension

Ms Park said her country would not tolerate what she called North Korean aggression and escalation.

“Instead of just hoping to see North Korea change, the international community must consistently send the message with one voice, to tell them and communicate to them that they have no choice but to change,” she said.

Pyongyang was believed to have been preparing for a missile launch last month, having threatened attacks in the region.

The threats followed tough new UN sanctions imposed on North Korea in March after its third nuclear test.

North Korea has also been angered by wide-ranging annual US-South Korea military drills, which ended a week ago.

Meanwhile, the state-owned Bank of China said it was halting transactions from North Korea’s Foreign Trade Bank on Tuesday.

It is thought to be the first time that a Chinese entity has made a move against North Korean interests following the recent tension.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Holding live drills which are provocative actions in themselves, makes USA and South Korea obligated to ‘reward’ North Korea for provocative actions. But if USA and South Korea are not doing military drills, I doubt North korea would behave as recently provoking or even dare. Lead by example or feel ‘reciprocity’, don’t bully. That regionally, North Korea knows Russia and China secretly approve of any attacks on such military drills with viewed as ASEAN loyaty ambiguous South Korea, with Japan the obvious bad guy in WW2 who has yet to even properly apologize.
Who threw the first punch? Nations have memories spanning centuries and by that Japan is but a colony of China while North Korea is still stinging from WW2 with no properly applied apologies from invading USA at that time which were beaten off by WW2 China. This mean as far as North Korea is concerned, USA still owes North Korea and has no business conducting military drills after invading WW2 Korea. As for nukes, north Korea probably views these as weapons of last resort and their right to keep though by any logic not to throw a first punch with. This is like 2nd amandment and USA cannot fairly demand North korea disarm nukes, while keeping nukes. Lead by example!

ARTICLE 11

Horror as bear on a bike EATS a monkey at the end of sick circus cycle race – by Becky Evans – PUBLISHED: 14:41 GMT, 7 May 2013 | UPDATED: 19:43 GMT, 7 May 2013

A monkey was mauled by a bear after a disturbing circus stunt went wrong.

A video has emerged online of two monkeys and a black bear being forced to ride bicycles around a track in front of a large crowd.

After two laps of the track, one of the monkeys crash and the bear then attacks it as it lies stuck under the bicycle.

The two monkeys and the bear are put on the bikes before being shooed off by staff holding sticks

Crowds can be heard cheering and laughing as the animals ride around the small arena

The gruesome video is believed to have been shot at the Shanghai Wild Animal Park, in China, which has hit the headlines in the past for its ‘Wild Animal Olympics’.

In the video, the audience can be heard cheering and laughing as the animals are sent riding around the small arena.

Circus workers holding sticks push the small bikes off but after a few seconds one monkey and the bear crash.

Staff can be seen desperately trying to force the bear off as it grabs the small monkey in its mouth.

At one stage three workers, dressed in brightly coloured costumes, try to wrestle the bear away, while another leads the second monkey away.

Bear mauls a monkey during ‘bike race’ at Shanghai Wild Park
The animals crash into one another after one of the monkeys falls from its bike after about two laps

The animals crash into one another after one of the monkeys falls from its bike after about two laps

Campaign group Animals Asia said it has previously documented cheetahs, lions, tigers, bears, chimpanzees and an elephant being forced to perform in the ‘Wild Animal Olympics’.

It is not clear when the latest video was taken but Shanghai Wild Animal Park said in 2006 that the Olympic event had been scrapped following complaints and ‘out of consideration for the safety of our visitors.’

Stunts in the show had included making bears box one another and ride bicycles, kangaroos boxing humans and monkeys lifting weights.

Visitors to the park can also pay to have their picture taken with the big cats and other animals.

Animals Asia said some of the creatures had also been declawed.

China Tour Online’s website said the park ‘offers animal performances, showing the charm and skill of the animals and their gift in performing.’

The bear then attacks the animal lying under the bike in front of the shocked animal park crowd

Despite the frantic efforts of the zoo staff who hit the bear with sticks, it continues to maul the monkey

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2320745/Bear-forced-ride-bike-sick-circus-stunt-crashes-mauls-monkey-large-crowd.html

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How much compensation do the animals get? ALSO do the animals get to be with their own species in a natural setting? HOLIDAYS and off days. Nature did not put animals in this world to let them be trapped and enslaved in this manner. The bear probably was too fearful to attack the trainers BUT took out frustration on the monkeys instead. Better release the animals and if the shows really are to go on, better make sure that the animals spend more time relaxing and being themselves than working. The Chinese need to develop empathy and conside the unnaural factor as well as the holiday factor. I doubt the animals would want to cycle at all if they had their way.

ARTICLE 12

Shadow threatens anti-trafficker’s greatest moment – by Leif Coorlim, CNN – May 10, 2013 — Updated 1947 GMT (0347 HKT)

Cecilia Flores-Oebanda is presented with The World’s Children’s Prize for the Rights of the Child by Sweden’s Queen Silvia on April 28, 2011. Cecilia Flores-Oebanda is presented with The World’s Children’s Prize for the Rights of the Child by Sweden’s Queen Silvia on April 28, 2011.

Former rebel fighter becomes anti-trafficking icon
Cecilia Flores-Oebanda rescues child sex slaves from traffickers
She says her organization has helped more than 70,000 people
But allegations of fraud — which she denies –are threatening her life’s work

Manila, Philippines (CNN) — Cecilia Flores-Oebanda has spent her life fighting — as a child for some education, as a teen rebel against a dictator, and for more than 20 years against human traffickers.

Through it all are the constants; persistence and determination.

Oebanda has become the face of the Philippines anti-trafficking movement — a woman who has the ear of the administration and the friendship of many royals and philanthropists around the globe.

But now she is fighting a battle that could truly ruin her. Fraud allegations made by Philippine investigators threaten to destroy her reputation and the anti-trafficking organization she’s run for more than two decades.

When we first met Oebanda, she was lockstep with Philippine federal agents as they boarded ships and burst into the homes of suspected human traffickers.

Those agents are with the same bureau now raiding her organization’s offices and charging her with illegal activity.
Pacquiao outside the ring Pacquiao outside the ring

During two years of filming there were plenty of highs — including a joyous Oebanda dancing on stage in front of 10,000 supporters and rescued girls with renewed hope for their future now that they’d been freed from the clutches of human traffickers.

Less than a year later, she gave a speech to a nearly empty theater.

Oebanda crucially managed to befriend the Philippines’ biggest star, world famous boxer and congressman, Manny Pacquiao. She convinced him to become an active supporter in the fight against modern-day slavery.

Read how Pacquaio helped change trafficking laws

There are photos of her warmly shaking hands and rubbing shoulders with dignitaries like Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton, Desmond Tutu and the queens of Sweden and Spain.

But by the time we left Manila for the last time, many of the agencies she’d relied on for years had frozen their funding of her organization, the Visayan Forum Foundation.
Freedom Fighters

Oebanda’s story goes far beyond those snapshots with the rich and famous. The oldest daughter of 12 siblings, she began working as a 5-year-old and would sit in the back of her class, smelling of the fish she had sold, and the trash she had sifted through.

As a young mother, she fought for the survival of her two children, whom she gave birth to while in a squalid prison cell as a captured enemy of the Ferdinand Marcos dictatorship.

Years later, as the executive director of an acclaimed charity, she would build a gleaming new safe house for children victimized by human traffickers. The money for the building came from J.K. Rowling, author of the Harry Potter series.

The transformation from rebel commander to leader of an anti-trafficking organization is not as stark as it may first appear.

Oebanda says in both cases she’s considered herself a freedom fighter and she was motivated to protect young women and children from exploitation as a way to honor her comrades who died in the jungle while trying to save her and her unborn son.

In 1982, Oebanda was a rebel commander who had spent five years fighting the Marcos military.
Child advocate wants Pacquiao’s help
Government: 100,000 sex workers are kids
Ride-along on a human trafficking raid

At 16, she had quit school and fled into the jungles of Negros, Philippines to join the rebels.

As Commander Liway, she led a unit of the New People’s Army against the Marcos regime but the pregnant Oebanda was about to be captured.

“I can still vividly remember it, suddenly, one of my comrades shouted there are enemies coming. They said around 100 of them. Because of that, we [were] unprepared. We don’t have any plans how to escape as a group,” Oebanda tells CNN.

She was eight months pregnant and surrounded in the mountains with her husband and a small band of students and revolutionaries.

Government soldiers rained bullets and grenades at her position.

Three comrades died trying to protect her.

“This is very painful, you know. And because of that, it really hit in my core that I hate myself being alive and make this young man sacrifice for me to live.”

After her capture, Oebanda was taken to a prison on another island where she spent the next four years in a squalid room for political prisoners.

In that time, she gave birth to two children, a son, Kip, and daughter, Malaya. Shortly after their release in 1986, Oebanda and her husband would part ways.

Five years later, she would found a small grassroots organization to help women and children working as domestic servants.

The Visayan Forum Foundation would grow to become an internationally recognized charity and provide services to more than 70,000 victims or potential victims of human trafficking.

When Oebanda and her husband were released, after the 1986 Edsa ‘People Power’ Revolution ousted Marcos, she was reunited with her first son and soon after gave birth to a fourth child.

The determination which allowed her to join the rebels and saw her through prison, was now focused on creating a new organization, the Visayan Forum Foundation, which would one day become an internationally acclaimed force to stop human trafficking.
Freedom Fighters

Click here to get full infographic on human trafficking in the Philippines

When we first met Oebanda, morning light was streaming through the sheer curtains at a halfway house for human trafficking victims near Manila’s North Harbor port.

Oebanda and her staff were busy making phone calls and preparing the paperwork needed after a possible raid.

“Every day I wake up grateful for the opportunity to live and every person that I rescued and help — I honor them. I see the sacrifice through me. And I see myself to save others. So it’s like I am paying them while serving others. In rescuing girls and giving their life back and I hope that they enjoy. I give justice to those three great men.”

Overnight, the Philippine coast guard reported three possible trafficking victims on board a passenger ferry heading to Manila.

Visayan investigators position themselves on the dock and wait for a signal from the officers on board to start their raid.

A hand signal sets the operation into motion.
Oebanda visits site where she was jailed
Oebanda: Deadly ambush changed my life

When the team arrives in a dining area, they find three groups of adults and children surrounded by armed officers. The Visayan Forum staff immediately starts work.

“Our people are trained to ask questions, we are trained how to spot. We try to share if the information given to one group is the same, is consistent to the information given to other people.”

After a few moments, the task force is confident that two groups are just families traveling together on vacation.

But the third group, made up of a man and a woman traveling with four teenage girls, bears the hallmarks of human trafficking.

“The group actually shows a lot of red flags for possible trafficking victims. The lady in the middle is actually giving them instructions, what kind of jobs they have, what are they going to do, where are they going,” says Oebanda.

The four girls will be escorted to the halfway house for physical examinations and counseling.

The suspects are heading to jail.

“Some of the kids that we rescue may be alive outside but they are actually nothing inside. They are dying inside.”

To see how those children are reborn, we visited the Visayan Forum’s Center of Hope. About two dozen girls and young women live at the center permanently.

Read how trafficked girls endure degrading acts

We spoke to several, including three girls whose stories are heartbreaking.
Pacquiao in training Pacquiao in training

When they were nine-years-old, a neighbor lured them into a room with a computer and an internet connection.

He made the girls take off their clothes and dance for a man at the other end of a chat room.

After that, it was whatever disgusting acts the cyber customer asked for. Oebanda helped coax details of their abuse.

The first girl said: “Sometimes we had to urinate.”

The second added: “The urine is mixed with juice as a drink.”

Oebanda asked: “Who drinks it? You?”

The first girl replied: “Yes, we drink it.”

“That’s appalling. What a beast!” Oebanda replied.

The first girl continued: “That’s what the American client wants. He demands that anyone who feels like urinating should do so, but that he wants that we show it in front of the camera.”

Oebanda told CNN: “The first time they do that they were already warned not to tell anybody. He said that you are already committing a crime and if you refuse to do it again, I will come and hurt you.

“Sometimes we just don’t understand why one of the kids suddenly gets sick, and she always vomits. Our psychologist said it’s because she remembers what these guys on the Internet asked her to do and she was forced to do it. Every time she was forced to do it, she vomits.

“Even though they are in America, we can still track them down and bring them to justice. I know this is really a hard fight for all of us, but we need help also from America. We also need help from the people there to stop this trade. We need to stop this demand. This is really too much.”

Read what happened on a night undercover in Manila’s red light district

For six years, the Visayan Forum did get help from America in the form of grant aid from the U.S. Agency for International Development, or USAID.

On the U.S. government’s website it lists Visayan Forum Foundation (VFF) as a recipient of $2.1 million.

The money was earmarked to expand Visayan’s trafficking task force — the PORT project — and supporting halfway houses across the Philippines.

And Oebanda was certainly a darling of U.S. administrations. She received the U.S. Department of Labor’s first-ever “Iqbal Masih” award for the elimination of child labor. In 2008, Oebanda was named by the U.S. Department of State as one of its “Heroes Acting to End Modern-Day Slavery.”

But on August 31, 2012, the life and work Oebanda knew came crashing down.

Agents with the National Bureau of Investigation executed a search warrant, raiding Visayan Forum’s office. They removed more than 30 boxes of documents and laptops, evidence which they said would prove that Visayan Forum employees had willfully attempted to divert funds and cover it up.

Among the allegations listed in a report prepared by the Philippine NBI :

Visayan Forum reported 664 beneficiaries in the halfway house in Matnog, Sorsogon from April 2005 to March 2006, when there were none.
Social workers were instructed to receive more than double the amount needed to run their program, then return the money to the Visayan Forum’s bank account.
Thirty names on the Visayan Forum payroll registry do not have any data filed in its employment records.
Questionable cash advances to the tune of more than $51,405.71.
Oebanda had instructed her employees to falsify documents.

During the ongoing investigation, more than 80 percent of the employees have resigned or been let go. Visayan Forum’s work rescuing trafficking children has come to a standstill.

Renoir Baldovino, of NBI’S Anti-Graft Division, said: “The former bookkeeper of the Visayan Forum gave us information that disbursements — 70% of disbursements — by Visayan Forum were supported by fake official receipts and manufactured receipts, contracts — fake contracts — to enable them to liquidate cash advances.”

Baldovino said: “I don’t believe it was a matter of not keeping the books accurately. There was an intention really to siphon off the money for personal purposes.”

The information provided to CNN appears damning. The 15-page report contains more than 85 points of evidence, most of it provided in sworn affidavits from a number of former employees.

The NBI says it interviewed more than 20 former and present Visayan Forum employees.

Oebanda denies any wrongdoing, but acknowledges administrative shortcomings in her organization. She is now desperately trying to provide explanations for these allegations. She insists the allegations stem from poor bookkeeping and operating in an environment where asking for a receipt is sometimes impossible — while at the same time having to meet U.S. accounting standards.

She says: “It’s a big lie. Let’s look at facts. If you look at their own audit findings, most all of their concerns are procedural which they disallowed. … We admit that these procedures internally could have been done better, but to say that the amount was stolen are unfounded. We are offended that there was lack of due process and the rush to judgment.”

Oebanda added the publicity around the allegations had already harmed her work. She said it was vital Visayan be allowed to explain its side of the story.

USAID would not comment on the case. Gloria Steele, USAID’s mission director in the Philippines, said the agency would continue to support the fight against human trafficking and that USAID is in touch with other anti-trafficking groups.

“We all think we are indispensable. But no one is. Truly,” Steele said. “I think always when there is a vacuum, it will always be filled. I think that’s the law of nature and a lot of groups are coming and providing the assistance that’s needed.”

To date no charges have been filed and Oebanda also refuses to rule-out that it could have been a set-up by forces who wanted to see the Visayan Forum go away.

Oebanda is now fighting to keep her organization afloat in an ocean of paperwork. “Look at this. We are drowning with all these receipts,” she said.

“There are children and women the Visayan Forum is supposed to help. Every day that we are upset in the field, every day that we are not in the port, we are losing children. We are losing women to the traffickers and we don’t know what happened to them and that makes me really so, so mad.”

How much longer Oebanda will be able to continue fighting, and whether she will be able to return to the ports to rescue victims, will be up to the Philippines’ judicial system.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

From both sides, the sex tourists AND the ‘save trafficked women’ workers, Phillipines is getting massive funds in that who knows funds smuggling or even harmful drug distribution operations (there are also NON-harmful drugs that shoukld ebe legalized for recreation – again with price controls) that harm the world. The above issue was realised by the tourist funders and that is why the entire funding ended. This is like a fale flag bombing that oppressive laws are written into after. Most of the women on Phillipines are likely consensual and indulging adult appetites as well as getting a nice stash of funds to retire by but wanting to be ‘moral’, which is a bit more pretentious than the Thai situation, where they don’t use the humanitarian angle to make money (actually they use Buddhism instead but thats another story), and any foolish but good hearted folk getting pulled into the mess can expect alot of pretend ‘trafficked’ women who will pretend to cry or what not if caught to avoid any charges where sex work is illegal in law (LEGALISE adult industries to stop all this pretentiousness!) and perhaps if lucky get married to the better social conditions overseas, or go right back to the sex trade after the faux raid (designed to make the cops look good and collect protection money unpaid?).

This is an elaborate false marriage agency and reverse humanitarism trap feeding off the people who actually care. Many of these sex workers are alright with sex work but some are pretentious enough to not want to be upfront about their lives. Well sex workers should know they **cannot have everything** and must CHOOSE. A life of poverty and respect, or a life of pleasure, much youthful enjoyment and easy money but less respect and less social climbing chances due to natural stratification of society and moral mores. The worst are the parasites that gather around these exchanges like the Visayan Forum (from the drop in donation that is not affecting other bona fide humanitarian outfits). Out of a handful of top agencies a few will go bad or are from bad beginnings. In this case the ‘oe’ factor AND ‘the Visyas’ entity have been parasited off and should be restored as the Visayan Forum is dismantled. Good work and keep being alert! This is the caste pollution the Brahmins are aware off, but even then too many Brahmins do not have proper spiritual lineage either (and that again is another story with teh ‘Spiritual Industry’ overproliferating in many coutries from ‘Haj Tours’ to all kinds of Gurus amounting to psychological manipulation of people unable to find a purpose in life or into the esoteric stuff for kicks – yeah if you do head stands and pray ‘Om’ X-times you will ‘see God’ or what not – which is probably neurotech inspired guinea-pigging by advanced agencies like CIA/FBI/Psychiatric testing of new drugs, testing neurotech on populace who are seeking ‘weirdness’ which such medications or beams applied to heads at distance can cause etc. etc..) . . .

Lots of stories for CNN to investigate if not in cahoots huh? Meanwhile RLDs should only be designated in suitable areas (i.e. not near schools or residences or places of worship).

ARTICLE 13

Undercover journalists trawl Manila’s seedy red light district – by Leif Coorlim, CNN – May 9, 2013 — Updated 1559 GMT (2359 HKT)

In Manila’s unofficial red light district, scantily-clad young girls are everywhere
CNN undercover reporters asked to choose from a line up of girls
Police and anti-traffickers say sex industry is major destination for trafficked girls
Some estimates say up to 100,000 children are trafficked into the Philippines’ sex trade

Manila, Philippines (CNN) — Bolly is working the streets, watching clubbers spill from one bar to the next when he spots his next mark — two westerners in one of Manila’s most notorious areas.

It’s a little after 10pm when Bolly sees me and my cameraman — though he doesn’t have a camera visible with us on this night — rolling out of a sports bar known for its bounty of women offering ‘companionship’ in Edsa, Manila’s unofficial red light district. He strides over quickly, waving a little white flier in our faces.

The street is teeming with people after an evening rain. Pedestrians dodge neon-bathed puddles while darting behind and between passing cars.

On the sidewalk, several homeless families have bedded down on cardboard for the night. On the block ahead, we see teams of girls in tight-fitting cocktail dresses and school girl uniforms standing in front of karaoke bars, calling out to western businessmen to come inside and join them for a little fun.
Ride-along on a human trafficking raid
Anti-trafficker attracts power brokers Anti-trafficker attracts power brokers

“Hello friends. Where are you going?” Bolly says. “I know where there lots of girls. Cheap drinks. This way,” he says, thrusting the pamphlet into our hands. Bolly is a recruiter for a number of nightclubs in the area.

“We are looking for young, pretty girls” my cameraman asks, playing the part. “Where can we find them?”

Bolly grins broadly. “OK. I take you.”

We make small talk as Bolly happily walks us the several blocks to the first bar.

My photographer and I don’t tell our new friend that we’re actually working at the moment; on the lookout for evidence of forced prostitution or children being sold for sex. It’s part of the two year-long investigation CNN embarked on as part of its Freedom Project, an initiative to help the battle against modern-day slavery.

It’s estimated 800,000 people are involved in prostitution in the Philippines. The government and NGO estimates on the number of women trafficked range from 300,000 to 400,000 and the number of children trafficked range from 60,000 to 100,000.
Freedom Fighters

Click here to get full infographic on human trafficking in the Philippines

We follow Bolly down the street, until we come upon a little door guarded by a large bouncer. He opens the door and our eyes struggle to accept the flood of pink fluorescent light bathing the room. Katy Perry’s “Teenage Dream” blares from unseen speakers.

Along the wall a dozen girls seated in a row stare at the newcomers. A few wave hello, most look bored. They’re not drinking. Not really even talking. Just sitting and waiting to be selected.

A few red plastic tables are scattered around the room, each decorated by a single man sitting and drinking.

One man has a girl he’s chosen sitting beside him. She’s kissing the lobe of his ear. There are no empty tables left, so the manager puts us on the side of the L-side couch, opposite the girls. It feels a little like it’s an adolescent school dance, with everyone waiting for someone else to make the first move.

I struggle for a place to look away from the gaze of the girls and cast my eyes to the ground. A cockroach skitters around the legs of the tables and chairs and patrons’ feet. The manager is behind the bar, getting us beers. She sees me looking at the cockroach and laughs from across the room. “Our pet,” she says.
Pacquiao outside the ring Pacquiao outside the ring
Pacquiao in training Pacquiao in training

The girls giggle, somewhat embarrassed. I force a smile, but another patron, who hadn’t heard the quip gets up from his chair and smashed his shoe down on the husky insect.

The girls groan and the manager pretends to cry. This is too weird. Time to go. My photographer and I race through our San Miguel Lights and leave.

Bolly is there outside the door. He leads us through a labyrinth of roads and alleys. Fifteen minutes later, near the Manila port, we arrive at a strip club.

We’re seated near the front of the stage, where two girls sway in a bored dance. This time instead of the girls sitting in a line, the manager brings them to us.

More than a dozen girls in skimpy cocktail dresses line up in front of us. The manager shines a flashlight across each of their faces. He tells us to select one.

“No, that’s okay. I don’t want one,” my photographer says.

In the back, smaller than the others, I see a young girl, hiding behind the others. I can’t tell if she’s frightened or uninterested. “Her.”

The other girls part way. She hesitantly makes her way to sit beside me. She orders an ice tea. When the bill arrives, we’ll find out it cost us $22. How old are you? I ask “18,” she says.

“Really? You look younger.” She doesn’t budge. “18,”

“Do you like working here?” She looks forlornly at the stage. “Yes.”

How long have you been working? “Three months.”

Despite our best efforts, she has no interest in giving up information to two white strangers.

Read what girls rescued from trafficking say

We decide to leave and end up getting into an argument with the manager. The bill for two beers and an iced tea comes to $83 dollars.

But carrying undercover camera equipment, and because of the size and number of security guards, we only offer a half-hearted protest.

We would go to several other bars and speak to a number of women working in the sex industry.

Some seemed to enjoy their work, but most said it was a sort of last resort. They had children at home they have to feed and they hadn’t been able to find any other work.

Still, it’s important to note, no one we spoke with said they were being forced to do this work by another person despite our suspicions and their youthful looks.

Often, skeptics of the modern slavery issue will point to a story like this as proof that it doesn’t exist, or that the problem is overblown.

But the absence of evidence is not evidence of its absence and the simple fact is; it is very hard to get deep enough into an underground criminal culture to find evidence of trafficking, especially in a single night.

It’s equally difficult to convince a person who may be in that situation that it is safe and wise to speak openly with a foreigner.

In filming the documentary, “The Fighters,” we witnessed the hard work of the Filipino government’s Inter-Agency Council Against Trafficking, honest police officers and anti-slavery organizations like the Visayan Forum and International Justice Mission.

They are working to ensure that jaunts like the one we attempted aren’t successful, not only for a night, but for good.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Total ripoff. $83 dollars for a few drinks? This is far more than what some poorer paid pinoys get for their entire month in salaries. As for the workers probably they are charging more than this? IMHO there is no trafficking here, but an elaborate setup with parasitic pretend anti-trafficking organisations to fleece even more money when the prices are already overpriced. Drinks and sexual servoces should not exceed more than 3 times annual average wage for an average number of customers a night. If you see any of these gold diggers asking for more than National Annual Average wage for a session of sex in Phillipines (calculated on a 30 customer a month base – btw reported average income was P17,200 and average expenditure was P14,700 in 2009 (17,200.00 PHP = 418.491 USD – ), they are ripping you off. Somethign like that should be no more than USD40 for 3 times average daily wage for the better looking sex workers, or for the average no more than USD16 per session. Why should a blue collar worker be valued less in society for ‘real labour’ (adult work is a free thing in many respects but laziness does not entitle taking so much) as opposed to something much like a leisure activity?

Importante! Tourists should not be over-charged in this manner (yes there are no tribunals for adult industy work in the Phillipines yet, we need proper legalisation and licensing of sex work is applicable in the Phillipines or the rest of the world where the same problems occur) and a boycott of all overcharging sex workers (adult workers can”t earn more than mid level white collar workers to be fair) should be applied, no reasonable person would want to raise the earning levels of sex workers above that of blue collar workers (this will indeed destriy society where sex workers have better lives than blue collar workers when both are socially at the same level actually – refusing to legalise is actually giving the underworld a monopoly on adult industry rackets rather than making the whole thing into a general form of affordable price controlled entertainment) . . . ESPECIALLY when sex is equally entertaining to the sex worker who is not trafficked and there consensually, preferably licensed.

The commissions by greedy pimps and madams or owners of drinking establishments could be partly the cause, bur should never be more than 10% of what a sex worker is paid. Why 10% only? Well consider that a real estate agent only gets 2% at very most of a transaction for all that running around and red tape, so 10% is 5 times the amount and considering that the manager who might have a stable of 10s of sex workers and does nothing but acts mainly as a momentary go between that does not even need to produce a receipt in countries that have not yet legalized adult industry work, this 10% is really excessive and the earnings of a Pimp or Madam which should be no more than 10 times the annual average wage (this is not supposed to be a profession to become rich by and should not be overpaid, lets be fair to the professionals who need to pay for degrees and take loans as well as study for years to earn the same amount – these people don’t need to be placed above the really hard working middle classes AND YET the same adult industry should not be discriminated against by having no legal status or being sidelined or moralised against etc.. – society should be secular and make sure all are included yet applying Consumer Rights like price controls for essential goods, in this case adult services. Don’t be a stupido foreign customers! Sex work and sexual fulfillment are a human right but when prices are at these levels in a country where regular workers get 10 times less, a Consumer Tribunal should be where these girls are sent, and that is AFTER a country legelizes Aduklt Industry avenues as well.

Few of us who do not want to emotionally commit to relationships, or do not want to or are unable to commit financially to marriages, are disciplined enough to not mind waiting for such systems to formalise or will even propagate the same systems 9thoguh hardly any red blooded youth tend to be able to do this), while being branded immoral or considered insane by the psychiatric establishment for decades because we are GOOD CITIZENS who do not desreve to have moralists spiritually attacking us and psychiatrists drugging us into oblivion because our demographic is unable to generally convey what I wrote here and fundos happen to be in government. IDIOTA!

 

ARTICLE 14

Rotten and pocket boroughs – From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

A rotten, decayed, or pocket borough was a parliamentary borough or constituency in the United Kingdom that had a very small electorate and could be used by a patron to gain undue and unrepresentative influence within the Unreformed House of Commons.

A rotten borough was an election borough with a very tiny population, often small enough that voters could be personally bribed. These boroughs had often been assigned representation when they were large cities, but the borough boundaries were never updated as the town’s population declined. For example, in the 12th century Old Sarum had been a busy cathedral city but was abandoned when Salisbury was founded nearby; despite this, Old Sarum retained its two members. Many such rotten boroughs were controlled by peers who gave the seats to their sons, other relations or friends; they had additional influence in Parliament because they held seats themselves in the House of Lords.

Pocket boroughs were boroughs that could effectively be controlled by a single person who owned most of the land in the borough. As there was no secret ballot at the time, the landowner could evict residents who did not vote for the person he wanted.

By the 19th century there were moves toward reform and this political movement was eventually successful, culminating in the Reform Act 1832, which disfranchised the 57 rotten boroughs and redistributed representation in Parliament to new major population centres. The Ballot Act of 1872 enacted a secret ballot, making vote bribery impractical as there is no way of knowing for certain how an individual has voted.

A “borough” was a town that possessed a Royal charter giving it the right to elect two members (known as burgesses) to the House of Commons. It was unusual for such a borough to change its boundaries as the town or city it was based on expanded, so that in time the borough and the town were no longer identical in area. The true rotten borough was a borough with a very small electorate.

Typically, rotten boroughs had gained representation in parliament when they were flourishing centres with a substantial population, but had become depopulated or even deserted over the centuries. Some had once been important places or had played a major role in England’s history, but had fallen into insignificance.

For centuries, constituencies electing members to the House of Commons did not change to reflect population shifts, and in some places the number of electors became so few that they could be bribed. A member of Parliament for one borough might represent only a few people, whereas some large population centres were poorly represented. Manchester, for example, was part of the larger constituency of Lancashire and did not elect members separately until 1832. Examples of rotten boroughs include the following:

Old Sarum in Wiltshire had 3 houses and 7 voters
East Looe in Cornwall had 167 houses and 38 voters
Dunwich in Suffolk had 44 houses and 32 voters (most of this formerly prosperous town having fallen into the sea)
Plympton Erle in Devon had 182 houses and 40 voters
Gatton in Surrey had 23 houses and 7 voters
Newtown on the Isle of Wight had 14 houses and 23 voters
Bramber in West Sussex had 35 houses and 20 voters
Callington in Cornwall had 225 houses and 42 voters

Each of these boroughs could elect two members of the Commons. By the time of the 1831 general election, out of 406 elected members, 152 were chosen by fewer than 100 voters, and 88 by fewer than 50 voters each.[1]

Many such rotten boroughs were controlled by peers who gave the seats to their sons, other relations, or friends, thus having influence in the House of Commons while also holding seats themselves in the House of Lords. Prior to being awarded a peerage, Arthur Wellesley, the Duke of Wellington, served in the Irish House of Commons as a Member for the rotten borough of Trim in County Meath. A common expression referring to such a situation was that “Mr. So-and-so had been elected on Lord This-and-that’s interest”.

There were also boroughs who were dependent not on a particular patron but rather on the Treasury or Admiralty and thus returned the candidates nominated by the ministers in charge of those departments.[2]

Such boroughs existed for centuries. The term rotten borough only came into usage in the 18th century, the qualification “rotten” suggesting both “corrupt” and “in decline for a very long time”.
Reform In the 19th century, there were moves toward reform, which broadly meant ending the over-representation of boroughs with few electors. This political movement had a major success in the Reform Act 1832, which redelineated (disenfrancised) the 57 rotten boroughs listed below and redistributed representation in Parliament to new major population centres and to places with significant industries.

Aldborough, North Riding of Yorkshire
Aldeburgh, Suffolk
Amersham, Buckinghamshire
Anstruther, Fife
Appleby, Westmorland
Beeralston, Devon
Bishop’s Castle, Shropshire
Bletchingley, Surrey
Boroughbridge, North Riding of Yorkshire
Bossiney, Cornwall
Brackley, Northamptonshire
Bramber, Sussex
Callington, Cornwall
Camelford, Cornwall
Castle Rising, Norfolk
Corfe Castle, Dorset
Downton, Wiltshire
Dunwich, Suffolk
East Grinstead, Sussex
East Looe, Cornwall
Fowey, Cornwall
Gatton, Surrey
Great Bedwyn, Wiltshire
Haslemere, Surrey
Hedon, East Riding of Yorkshire
Heytesbury, Wiltshire
Higham Ferrers, Northamptonshire
Hindon, Wiltshire
Ilchester, Somerset

Lostwithiel, Cornwall
Ludgershall, Wiltshire
Milborne Port, Somerset
Minehead, Somerset
Mitchell, or St Michael’s, Cornwall
New Romney, Kent
Newport, Cornwall
Newton, Lancashire
Newtown, Isle of Wight
Okehampton, Devon
Old Sarum, Wiltshire
Orford, Suffolk
Plympton Erle, Devon
Queenborough, Kent
Saltash, Cornwall
Seaford, Sussex
St Germans, Cornwall
St Mawes, Cornwall
Steyning, Sussex
Stockbridge, Hampshire
Tregony, Cornwall
West Looe, Cornwall
Wendover, Buckinghamshire
Weobley, Herefordshire
Whitchurch, Hampshire
Winchelsea, Sussex
Wootton Bassett, Wiltshire
Yarmouth, Isle of Wight

The Ballot Act of 1872 introduced the secret ballot, which greatly hindered patrons from controlling elections by preventing them from knowing how an elector had voted. At the same time, the practice of paying or entertaining voters (“treating”) was outlawed, and election expenses fell dramatically.

Pocket boroughs

A closely related term for an undemocratic constituency is pocket borough – a constituency with a small enough electorate to be under the effective control (or in the pocket) of one major landowner.

In some boroughs, while not “rotten”, parliamentary representation was in the control of one or more “patrons” who, by owning burgage tenements, had the power to decide elections, as their tenants had to vote publicly and dared not defy their landlords. Such patronage flourished before the mid-19th century, chiefly because there was no secret ballot. Some rich individuals controlled several boroughs–the Duke of Newcastle is said to have had seven boroughs “in his pocket”. The representative of a pocket borough was often the same person who owned the land, and for this reason they were also referred to as proprietarial boroughs.[3]

Pocket boroughs were seen by their 19th century owners as a valuable method of ensuring the representation of the landed interest in the House of Commons.

Pocket boroughs were finally abolished by the Reform Act of 1867. This considerably extended the borough franchise and established the principle that each parliamentary constituency should hold roughly the same number of electors. A Boundary Commission was set up by subsequent Acts of Parliament to maintain this principle as population movements continued.
Contemporary defences

Rotten boroughs were defended by the successive Tory governments of 1807-1830 – a substantial number of Tory constituencies lay in rotten and pocket boroughs. During this period they came under criticism from prominent figures such as Tom Paine and William Cobbett.[4]

It was argued during the time period that rotten boroughs provided stability and were a means for promising young politicians to enter parliament, with William Pitt the Elder being cited as a key example.[5] Members of Parliament (MPs), who were generally in favour of the boroughs, claimed they should be kept as Britain had undergone periods of prosperity under the system.

Because British colonists in the West Indies and on the Indian subcontinent were not represented at Westminster officially, these groups often claimed that rotten boroughs provided opportunities for virtual representation in parliament for colonial interest groups.[6]

Politicians such as Spencer Perceval asked the nation to look at the system as a whole, saying that if rotten boroughs were discarded, the whole system was liable to collapse.[7]
Modern usage

The magazine Private Eye has a column entitled ‘Rotten Boroughs’, which lists stories of municipal wrongdoing; borough is used here in its usual sense of a local district rather than a parliamentary constituency.

In his book The Age of Consent, George Monbiot compared small island states with one vote in the U.N. General Assembly to “rotten boroughs”.
Fiction

In the satirical novel Melincourt, or Sir Oran Haut-Ton (1817) by Thomas Love Peacock, an orang-utan named Sir Oran Haut-ton is elected to parliament by the “ancient and honourable borough of Onevote”. The election of Sir Oran forms part of the hero’s plan to persuade civilisation to share his belief that orang-utans are a race of human beings who merely lack the power of speech. “The borough of Onevote stood in the middle of a heath, and consisted of a solitary farm, of which the land was so poor and intractable, that it would not have been worth the while of any human being to cultivate it, had not the Duke of Rottenburgh found it very well worth his while to pay his tenant for living there, to keep the honourable borough in existence.” The single voter of the borough is Mr Christopher Corporate, who elects two MPs, each of whom “can only be considered as the representative of half of him”.

In the parliamentary novels of Anthony Trollope rotten boroughs are a recurring theme. John Grey, Phineas Finn, and Lord Silverbridge are all elected by rotten boroughs.

In Chapter 7 of the novel Vanity Fair, author William Makepeace Thackeray introduces the fictitious borough of “Queen’s Crawley,” so named in honor of a stopover in the small Hampshire town of Crawley by Queen Elizabeth I, who being delighted by the quality of the local beer instantly raised the small town of Crawley into a borough, giving it two members in Parliament. At the time of the story, in the early 19th century, the place had lost population, so that it was “come down to that condition of borough which used to be denominated rotten.”

In Gilbert and Sullivan’s Savoy opera, HMS Pinafore, Sir Joseph Porter, First Lord of the Admiralty, boasts that ‘I grew so rich that I was sent/by a Pocket Borough into Parliament’

Rotten Borough was a controversial story published by Oliver Anderson under the pen name Julian Pine in 1937, republished in 1989.

In Diana Wynne Jones’ 2003 book “The Merlin Conspiracy” Old Sarum features as a character, with one line being “I’m a rotten borough, I am.”

In the Aubrey–Maturin series of seafaring tales, the pocket borough of Milport (also known as Milford) is initially held by General Aubrey, the father of protagonist Jack Aubrey. In the twelfth novel in the series, The Letter of Marque, Jack’s father dies and the seat is offered to Jack himself by his cousin Edward Norton, the “owner” of the borough. The borough has just seventeen electors, all of whom are tenants of Mr Norton.

In the first novel of George MacDonald Fraser’s Flashman series, the eponymous antihero, Harry Flashman, mentions that his father, Sir Buckley Flashman, had been in Parliament, but “they did for him at Reform,” implying that the elder Flashman’s seat was in a rotten or pocket borough.

In the episode Dish and Dishonesty of the BBC television comedy Blackadder the Third, Edmund Blackadder attempts to bolster the support of the Prince Regent in Parliament by getting the incompetent Baldrick elected to the rotten borough of Dunny-on-the-Wold. This was easily accomplished with a result of 16,472 to nil, even though the constituency had only one voter (Blackadder himself).[8]

In the video game, Assassin’s Creed III pocket and rotten boroughs are briefly mentioned in a database entry entitled “Pocket Boroughs”, and Old Sarum is mentioned as one of the worst examples of a pocket borough. In the game, shortly before the Boston Massacre an NPC can be heard speaking to a group of peolpe on the colonies lack of representation in Parliament and lists several rotten boroughs including Old Sarum.
Quotations

“[Borough representation is] the rotten part of the constitution.” — William Pitt the Elder
“The county of Yorkshire, which contains near a million souls, sends two county members; and so does the county of Rutland which contains not a hundredth part of that number. The town of Old Sarum, which contains not three houses, sends two members; and the town of Manchester, which contains upwards of sixty thousand souls, is not admitted to send any. Is there any principle in these things?” Tom Paine, from Rights of Man, 1791
From H.M.S. Pinafore by Gilbert and Sullivan:

Sir Joseph Porter: I grew so rich that I was sent

By a pocket borough into Parliament.
I always voted at my party’s call,
And I never thought of thinking for myself at all.

Chorus: And he never thought of thinking for himself at all.
Sir Joseph: I thought so little, they rewarded me

By making me the Ruler of the Queen’s Navee!

From Iolanthe by Gilbert and Sullivan:

Fairy Queen: Let me see. I’ve a borough or two at my disposal. Would you like to go into Parliament?

From The Letter of Marque by Patrick O’Brian

‘Could you not spend an afternoon at Milport, to meet the electors? There are not many of them, and those few are all my tenants, so it is no more than a formality; but there is a certain decency to be kept up. The writ will be issued very soon.’

The Borough of Queen’s Crawley in Thackeray’s Vanity Fair is a rotten borough eliminated by the Reform Act of 1832:

When Colonel Dobbin quitted the service, which he did immediately after his marriage, he rented a pretty country place in Hampshire, not far from Queen’s Crawley, where, after the passing of the Reform Bill, Sir Pitt and his family constantly resided now. All idea of a peerage was out of the question, the baronet’s two seats in Parliament being lost. He was both out of pocket and out of spirits by that catastrophe, failed in his health, and prophesied the speedy ruin of the Empire.

Microstate
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to: navigation, search
The world’s five smallest sovereign states: Vatican City, Monaco, Nauru, Tuvalu and San Marino, shown in the same scale for size comparison
This article is about political geography. For the specific configuration of particles of a material in statistical mechanics, see microstate (statistical mechanics).
Not to be confused with micronation.

A microstate or ministate is a sovereign state having a very small population or very small land area, but usually both. Some examples include Liechtenstein, Malta, Monaco, Nauru, Singapore and Vatican City.

The smallest fully sovereign microstate is Vatican City, with 836 citizens as of July 2012 and an area of only 0.44 km².[1]

Microstates are distinct from micronations, which are not recognized as sovereign states. Special territories without full sovereignty, such as the British Crown Dependencies, The Chinese Special Administrative Regions and overseas territories of Denmark, France, the Netherlands, Norway and the United Kingdom, are also not considered microstates.
Contents

1 List of sovereign nations with a non-sea area less than 1,000 km2 (386 sq mi)
2 List of sovereign nations with fewer than 500,000 people
3 Historical anomalies and aspirant states
4 See also
5 References

List of sovereign nations with a non-sea area less than 1,000 km2 (386 sq mi)
Microstates show in dots
Map of microstates bordering the European Union.

Sovereign states with a non-sea area less than 1,000 km2 (386 sq mi).[2][3]
Rank     Country / Territory     Area (km²/sqmi)     Region
1     Vatican City Vatican City     0.44 km2 (0.17 sq mi)     Europe
2     Monaco Monaco     1.95 km2 (0.75 sq mi)     Europe
3     Nauru Nauru     21 km2 (8 sq mi)     Oceania
4     Tuvalu Tuvalu     26 km2 (10 sq mi)     Oceania
5     San Marino San Marino     61 km2 (24 sq mi)     Europe
6     Liechtenstein Liechtenstein     160 km2 (62 sq mi)     Europe
7     Marshall Islands Marshall Islands     181 km2 (70 sq mi)     Oceania
8     Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Kitts and Nevis     261 km2 (101 sq mi)     Caribbean
9     Maldives Maldives     300 km2 (116 sq mi)     Asia – Indian Ocean
10     Malta Malta     316 km2 (122 sq mi)     Europe – Mediterranean Sea
11     Grenada Grenada     344 km2 (133 sq mi)     Caribbean
12     Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Saint Vincent and the Grenadines     389 km2 (150 sq mi)     Caribbean
13     Barbados Barbados     430 km2 (166 sq mi)     Caribbean
14     Antigua and Barbuda Antigua and Barbuda     443 km2 (171 sq mi)     Caribbean
15     Seychelles Seychelles     455 km2 (176 sq mi)     Africa – Indian Ocean
16     Palau Palau     459 km2 (177 sq mi)     Oceania
17     Andorra Andorra     468 km2 (181 sq mi)     Europe
18     Saint Lucia Saint Lucia     616 km2 (238 sq mi)     Caribbean
19     Federated States of Micronesia Federated States of Micronesia     702 km2 (271 sq mi)     Oceania
20     Singapore Singapore     714 km2 (276 sq mi)     Asia
21     Tonga Tonga     747 km2 (288 sq mi)     Oceania
22     Dominica Dominica     751 km2 (290 sq mi)     Caribbean
23     Bahrain Bahrain     765 km2 (295 sq mi)     Asia – Persian Gulf
24     Kiribati Kiribati     811 km2 (313 sq mi)     Oceania
25     São Tomé and Príncipe São Tomé and Príncipe     964 km2 (372 sq mi)     Africa – Atlantic Ocean
List of sovereign nations with fewer than 500,000 people

Sovereign states with fewer than 500,000 people by latest national statistics or CIA Factbook estimate 2012.[4]
Rank     Country/territory/entity     Population      % of world population     Region
1      Vatican City     836     0%     Europe
2      Nauru     9,947     0.0001%     Oceania
3      Tuvalu     11,126     0.0002%     Oceania
4      Palau     18,324     0.0003%     Oceania
5      San Marino     33,461     0.0005%     Europe
6      Monaco     36,371     0.0005%     Europe
7      Liechtenstein     36,476     0.0005%     Europe
8      Saint Kitts and Nevis     50,726     0.0007%     Caribbean
9      Marshall Islands     68,480     0.001%     Oceania
10      Dominica     69,017     0.001%     Caribbean
11      Andorra     84,082     0.0012%     Europe
12      Antigua and Barbuda     85,903     0.0012%     Caribbean
13      Seychelles     89,188     0.001%     Africa – Indian Ocean
14      Kiribati     100,743     0.002%     Oceania
15      Saint Vincent and the Grenadines     103,869     0.002%     Caribbean
16      Tonga     105,916     0.002%     Oceania
17      Federated States of Micronesia     106,836     0.002%     Oceania
18      Grenada     108,419     0.002%     Caribbean
19      Saint Lucia     161,557     0.002%     Caribbean
20      São Tomé and Príncipe     179,506     0.002%     Africa – Atlantic Ocean
21      Samoa     193,161     0.003%     Oceania
22      Vanuatu     224,564     0.003%     Oceania
23      Barbados     286,705     0.004%     Caribbean
24      Iceland     311,058     0.005%     Europe
25      Bahamas     313,312     0.005%     Caribbean
26      Belize     321,115     0.005%     Central America
27      Maldives     394,999     0.006%     Asia – Indian Ocean
28      Brunei     401,890     0.006%     Asia
29      Malta     408,333     0.006%     Europe – Mediterranean Sea
Historical anomalies and aspirant states

A small number of microstates are founded on historical anomalies or eccentric interpretations of law. These types of microstates are usually located on small (usually disputed) territorial enclaves, generate limited economic activity founded on tourism and philatelic and numismatic sales, and are tolerated or ignored by the nations from which they claim to have seceded.

One example is the Republic of Indian Stream, now the town of Pittsburg, New Hampshire—a geographic anomaly left unresolved by the Treaty of Paris that ended the U.S. Revolutionary War, and claimed by both the U.S. and Canada. Between 1832 and 1835, the area’s residents refused to acknowledge either claimant.

Another example is the Cospaia Republic, which became independent through a treaty error and survived from 1440 to 1826. Its independence made it important in the introduction of tobacco cultivation to Italy.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

All microstates are the ‘Rotten Borough’s within the UN, very dangerous as the representation of microstates hold from 10% to 30% of 222 votes at the UN and NAM. Fortunately the Security Council which only has 5 countries, does not have a single microstate, although the number of countries wrongly excluded from the security council could be up to 10% of votes (i.e. 22 nations qualify to sit at the Security Council) at the UN which are of course not microstates.

Suggest that microstates be entitled only to a single collective vote at the UN in a bloc of 50 million citizens from like minded nations, as some microstates have large populations which tends to further confound the concept of representation as opposed to land mass size with the large sized nations naturally having rights better than that based on population which is a liability and creates food dependency and consumption rather than contributing production and being part of the contributors of materials and food rather than consumers. Smaller nations tend to corruption as they are heavily reliant on the non-existent electronic fiat currency system as opposed to REAL GOODS or REAL LABOUR producing nations.

13 Articles from Around the World : Putin’s Partial Democracy, Russia and China Too Gentrified In Mock Shock Response (as opposed to ‘Gentile-ised’), Sneaky Neurotech Religions?, Obama Does the Necessary – Hopefully Mali Wars Not Contrived To Begin With, Informed Consent And Faith, Orwellian MSM Tests the Readers’ Intelligence, Philly Inclusiveness Policy Takes A Hit By MSM?, Phenotype Awareness for Clubbing, Orwellian Judge Does ‘Disingenuous’ or Has No Idea That England is Drowning in Debt, Making Clear the Varieties of Transperson for MSNBC (and other readers unaware), Theories : Time is Not Real? Technology Is Sustained by Belief As Much As Magic, Theories About Reality, Pope and Poe Emeritus Fear the Paedo Lobby in Spiritually Corrupted Catholicism? Bring Back the Spanish Inquisition!, Theories on Darkness, Anti-Bio-Terrorism Protocols, Passing the Buck : USA! USA!, Renaissance Science of Graphology Makes Mark on Degree Choices, Appointment Issues relating to the UN : UNASUR Should be Decider – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 7th May 2013

In amendments to law needed, Arabia, conflict of interest, democratisation, exceptionalism, fundamentalism, immigration, land distribution, law, LGBT, living space, media collusion, MSM, Neurolinguistics, occult, paedophilia, politics, secularism, term limits, true democracy, vested interest, wealth distribution on May 7, 2013 at 8:42 pm

ARTICLE 1

Putin says no Stalinist tendencies in society, confirms Berezovsky’s letters – by Russian President Vladimir Putin (RIA Novosti/Aleksey Nikolskyi) – Published time: April 25, 2013 08:10

The Russian president has answered the most important of millions of questions submitted by citizens during his annual live Q&A call-in.
No Stalinism in society, but order, discipline and equality

Well-known liberal journalist Aleksey Vededictov of talk radio station Ekho Moskvy told the president that his third term was marked by worrying tendencies, such as the prosecutions of Pussy Riot, the rioters in Bolotnaya Square and Aleksey Navalny, as well as pressure placed on NGOs and the passage of laws that sparked widespread outrage.

“Answer please, do you really think that Russia can be a progressive world power in the 21st century by using methods of the ‘effective manager’ Stalin,” Venediktov asked.

– Everyone should obey the law

Putin replied that he saw no elements of Stalinism in present-day Russia: “Stalinism is connected with a personality cult, with mass violations of the law, with repressions and prison camps,” he said. “There is nothing of such kind in Russia and I hope there will never be. Our society is different now and it will never let this happen again.”

Putin went on to say that Russia still needed order and discipline, as well as the equality of all citizens before the law. “The Pussy Riot girls and the guys who desecrate soldiers’ graves must all answer before the law,” he said. “People are not being convicted for their political views but for violating the law.”

“The same applies to street rallies – I think that they might and must be organized, but this should be done in line with the law. Modern mass media can cover any event, why should one tear shoulder patches off the police uniforms and cause unrest?” he continued.

– Transparency does not mean political pressure

The same applies to NGOs, Putin explained, saying “we welcome their work as it is very important to get feedback from the common people from all regions. But if such activities see their only objective as self-promotion, this is bad.”

“If they seek to make their activities a part of internal political procedure and yet they get their funding from abroad – I say, they must speak openly about it” he said. “No one is banning their work. The law is not banning this. But they must tell where their money comes from, in what amount and how it was spent.”

– Corruption fighters must be clear as crystal

One of the hosts pressed the issue by asking the president if the authorities were afraid of popular anti-corruption blogger Aleksey Navalny, who now faces several criminal cases and is awaiting trial for fraud.

Putin said that in his opinion, those who fight corruption must themselves be “clear as crystal,” or such activities would become self-advertising and PR, while the law must treat everyone equally.

“There should be no illusions like when someone is calling for everyone to catch a thief this gives this person a license to steal. But this also does not mean that someone whose views differ from those of the authorities must be put on trial and dragged to prison,” Putin said, adding that he  told prosecutors and other law enforcers to ensure the trial is objective.
‘Satisfied’ with current government’s performance

The first question dealt with several decrees on economic and social development Putin signed after last year’s Russian presidential elections. When a reporter asked if the president was content with how his orders had been carried out, Putin said that he had deliberately set extremely difficult objectives, which should be taken into consideration when judging the government’s performance.

Such measures were ambitious goals to motivate Russians, Putin said, adding that he has been generally happy with the government’s performance.

Later, a viewer asked the president if he planned to dismiss any governmental ministers, and Putin answered that the current government has been in office for less than a year (the Cabinet was formed after the inauguration in early May 2012), and that any reshuffle would cause more harm than good. Putin praised the question, saying that officials at every level should be constantly reminded they are public servants.
Foreign operatives may have had a role in Berezovsky’s death

When the hosts asked the president about late oligarch Boris Berezovsky, Putin answered that he could not discount the possibility that foreign special services were involved in the businessman’s death. “They are capable of that. Everything is possible,” he said.

Berezovsky died in London in late March by suspected suicide; a criminal probe into his death is ongoing.

Putin confirmed that he had received two identical letters from Berezovsky, though he admitted that he was not comfortable speaking on the issue: “I received the first letter from him in the beginning of this year and the second arrived already after his death. The text was the same, so yes, there were letters.”

The president elaborated that the first letter was completely written by hand, while the second was partially typed and partially written. The first message was passed by one of Berezovsky’s former business partners, and the second through another partner who is a foreign citizen, Putin said.

Berezovsky wrote that he was admitting his mistakes, apologized, and asked for permission to return to Russia. Putin said that he had not answered any of the letters.

The president also said he would not object to fulfilling Berezovsky’s will to be buried in Russia, saying that the final decision should be made by the businessman’s family.

Putin also noted that he decided not to make public the content of Berezovsky’s messages, even though some of his close associates “literally demanded” he do so. “I thank God for preventing me from doing so,” Putin concluded.
Return of death penalty will not eliminate crime

When asked if it was possible to bring back the death penalty for those convicted of grave crimes, such as the recent shooting in Belgorod that claimed 6 lives, Putin said he fully understood the questioner’s emotions, but experts have suggested that such a measure would not actually reduce crime.

“When I encounter such events, my hand reaches for a pen to sign some documents connected with the death penalty. But first, I have to consult specialists,” Putin said.

The Russian president recalled how in the Roman Empire, pickpockets were usually sentenced to death, yet most pickpocketing was committed during the public executions. He also reiterated that Russia has replaced the death penalty with life imprisonment, and suggested that the law be amended to ban pardons for criminals sentenced to life in prison.

“I understand both the citizens’ indignation and their desire to punish the criminals. The question is in the effectiveness of certain moves,” Putin said.

Russia has placed a moratorium on death penalty, in line with the demands of the Council of Europe. The current criminal code still allows for convicts to be sentenced to death, meaning life in prison.
Details of the current session

The questions were submitted through the Internet and at specially organized stations. The queries will be asked live at six studios in different locations throughout Russia, which are not disclosed until the call-in show starts. At the beginning of the show the number of questions was 2,3 million and they kept coming.

Putin’s 11th Q&A session will be different from previous ones as the questions will be arranged by type, not by where the questioner is from, presidential spokesperson Dmitry Peskov told the press shortly ahead of the session.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Putin replied that he saw no elements of Stalinism in present-day Russia: “Stalinism is connected with a personality cult, with mass violations of the law, with repressions and prison camps,” he said. “There is nothing of such kind in Russia and I hope there will never be. Our society is different now and it will never let this happen again.” . . . “People are not being convicted for their political views but for violating the law.”

Putin forgets, TERM LIMITS. That seat of President is not Putin’s to be seated on for life, I think thats the main issue and a violation of the concept od democracy, the Law of Democracy. Politicians probably base their entire existence and identity around their posts. Grow a personality and not lean so heavily on the state to justify existence bureaucrats and ‘political careerists’. 2 terms (preferably 1) then GTFO!

ARTICLE 2

Russia, China express alarm after Israel hits Syria – by Dan Williams and Khaled Yacoub Oweis | Reuters – JERUSALEM/AMMAN | Mon May 6, 2013 6:56pm EDT

JERUSALEM/AMMAN (Reuters) – Russia and China expressed alarm on Monday over the regional repercussions of two Israeli air raids on Syria, while Israel played down strikes which its officials said targeted Iranian missiles bound for Lebanese Hezbollah militants.

Oil prices spiked above $105 a barrel, their highest in nearly a month, on Monday morning as the air strikes on Friday and Sunday prompted fears of a wider spillover of Syria’s two-year-old civil war that could affect Middle East oil exports.

Israel, whose prime minister visited China on Monday in a sign of business-as-usual, sought to persuade Syrian President Bashar al-Assad on Monday that the air strikes did not aim to weaken him and dismissed the prospects of an escalation.

“There are no winds of war,” Yair Golan, the general commanding Israeli forces on the Syrian and Lebanese fronts, told reporters while out jogging with troops.

“Do you see tension? There is no tension. Do I look tense to you?” he said, according to the Maariv NRG news website.

The attacks hit targets manned by Assad’s elite troops in the Barada River valley and Qasioun Mountain, residents, activists and opposition military sources said. They included a compound linked to Syria’s chemical weapons program, air defenses and Republican Guards’ facilities, the sources said.

The Syrian Observatory for Human Rights said at least 42 soldiers were killed and 100 more were missing, while other opposition sources put the death toll at 300 soldiers.

Russia said it was concerned the chances of foreign military intervention in Syria were growing, suggesting its worry stemmed in part from media reports about the alleged use of chemical weapons in the conflict that has killed 70,000 people.

Russian Foreign Ministry spokesman Alexander Lukashevich said the reported air strikes “caused particular alarm”.

“The further escalation of armed confrontation sharply increases the risk of creating new areas of tension, in addition to Syria, in Lebanon, and the destabilization of the so-far relatively calm atmosphere on the Lebanese-Israeli border.”

Assad’s government accused Israel of effectively helping al Qaeda Islamist “terrorists” and said the strikes “open the door to all possibilities”. It said many civilians had died.

IRAN

Israel has not confirmed the attack officially, but has reinforced anti-missile batteries in the north. Israeli officials said that, as after a similar attack in the same area in January, they were calculating Assad would not pick a fight with a well-armed neighbor while preoccupied with survival.

Syria would be no match for U.S. ally Israel in any direct military showdown. But Damascus, with its leverage over Lebanon’s Hezbollah, could still consider proxy attacks through Lebanon.

Israeli officials said the raids were not connected with Syria’s civil war but aimed at stopping Hezbollah, an ally of Iran, acquiring weapons to strike Israeli territory if Israel were to attack Iranian nuclear sites.

Iran denies Israeli and Western accusations that it is bent on acquiring atomic weapons – a long-running dispute that now threatens to intersect with the bloody strife in Syria.

Tehran, which has long backed Assad, whose Alawite minority has religious ties to Shi’ite Islam, denied Israel’s attack was on arms. Shi’ite Hezbollah did not comment.

China, hosting Netanyahu, urged restraint and the respect of sovereignty, without mentioning Israel by name. Moscow and Beijing, allies of Assad, have blocked Western-backed measures against Assad at the United Nations Security Council.

A U.S. official said U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry was due to meet Russian President Vladimir Putin on Tuesday to see if he could persuade Moscow to support U.S. peace efforts.

Following the air strikes, the United Nations said Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon called on all sides “to act with a sense of responsibility to prevent an escalation of what is already a devastating and highly dangerous conflict”.

The military in Turkey, one of Assad’s most vocal critics and home to more than 400,000 refugees from the civil war that grew out of protests against his rule, launched a 10-day military exercise on Monday at a base near the border.

The violence in Syria has inflamed wider regional tensions between Shi’ite Muslim Iran and Sunni-ruled Arab states, some of them close allies of the West.

Senior Republican Senator John McCain said on Sunday that the Israeli air strikes could add pressure on Washington to intervene in Syria, although President Barack Obama has said he has no plans to send ground troops.

After Friday’s raid, Obama defended Israel’s right to block “terrorist organizations like Hezbollah” from acquiring weapons. A U.S. intelligence official said on Sunday Washington was not given any warning before the air strikes.

(Additional reporting by Alexei Anishchuk in Moscow, Michael Martina in Beijing, Marwan Makdesi in Damascus and Jonathon Burch in Ankara; Writing by Philippa Fletcher; Editing by Peter Graff)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Alarm? Silly. If Israel could even complete the annexation of Gaza at all much less fight and conquer North Korea alone successfully in a one-on-one with all other nations not joining in just to prove this point, China and Russia should not even bat an eyelid here, and only in a MAD scenario. If a MAD scenario occured, mankind might be better off who knows. The physical deaths might be a new beginning for everyone in another world outside of this dull solar system or dimension (dementian? A hint maybe at humanity’s state of insanity in imagining that this is the only reality or vice versa?).

mini-ARTICLE 2.5

Pope says believers should inventory how the Holy Spirit works through them – by David Oatney (Catholic Church) – May 6, 2013

Pope Francis has said that Christians should consider taking daily inventory of how the Holy Spirit has worked through them in a given day.

In a homily delivered this morning in the chapel of the St. Martha Residence, the Vatican complex where many of those who work in the Vatican live and where visiting clergy (and cardinals, in the case of a conclave) often stay when visiting the Vatican, Pope Francis has said that believers should consider taking a daily inventory of how the Holy Spirit has worked through them each day. What did the Holy Spirit do in me,” the Pope suggested Christians should ask, “what witness did he give me.”

“The Spirit prepares us for our encounter with Jesus, he leads us down the path of Jesus and works in us throughout the day and throughout our lives,” said the Holy Father. Pope Francis also said that people could live a religious life without the Holy Spirit, but that it would be impossible to maintain what he called the “vitality” that is needed in a follower of Jesus. The Holy Spirit is important for mission because the Spirit “bears witness to Jesus so that we can give it to others.”

Today’s preaching is the latest in the Pope’s daily homilies at the St. Martha House, where he has voluntarily chosen to live among Vatican lay staff and visiting clergy. In recent days, these homilies have taken on a much deeper and more important theological tone. In a homily for Sunday, May 4th, the Holy Father stated that while dialogue is necessary for human beings to live in peace, there can be no dialogue with Satan, the “prince of this world.”

“There can be no dialogue with the prince of this world: let this be clear!…with that prince, it is impossible to dialogue: one can only respond with the Word of God who defends us, for the world hates us – and just as he did with Jesus, so will he do with us. ‘Only look,’ he will say, ‘just do this one small little scam…it is a small matter, nothing really – and so he begins to lead us on a road that is slightly off. This is a pious lie: ‘Do it, do it, do it: there is no problem,’ and it begins little by little, always, no? Then [he says]: ‘But … you’re good, you’re a good person: You [get away with] it.’ It is flattering – and he softens us by flattery: and then, we fall into the trap.”

The Pope also enters a daily message on Twitter, and he confirmed his missionary spirit by writing that “every Christian is a missionary to the extent that he or she bears witness to God’s love. Be missionaries of God’s tenderness” on Sunday, and today he wrote “let us ask our Lord to help us bear shining witness to his mercy and his love in every area of our Christian lives.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Synchronicity or psy-ops? Does not mean anything until far away enough to awaken from the droning thoughts unnatural. Every gets to be tender, while not a single paedo-priest has yet to be hauled up. If the Church finds ‘evil’ children, no excuse to abuse either. Education of souls is a process that takes eternity.

ARTICLE 3

Despite Pledges, Obama Put U.S. Troops in Mali – by Alex Newman – Monday, 06 May 2013 11:30

Without obtaining permission from Congress and despite repeatedly vowing not to put U.S. boots on the ground in Mali, the Obama administration has already deployed a small contingent of American troops to help international forces prop up the ruling regime in the capital city of Bamako, which seized power in a coup.

According to a report in the Washington Post, the president sent the U.S. soldiers to provide supposed “liaison support” to French and African troops battling separatist rebels in the north as part of a deeply controversial United Nations-backed operation. There are strong indications that American Special Forces are on the ground as well.

In addition to other forms of support such as transporting troops, intelligence sharing, re-fueling assistance, and more, Obama has reportedly deployed some two dozen U.S. soldiers to Mali. Of those, about 10 are providing what the Post called “liaison support,” while the others were apparently assigned to protect the American embassy in Bamako as the Malian conflict continues to rage on.

Lt. Col. Robert Firman, a spokesman for the Pentagon, claimed the U.S. troops were not engaged in combat operations. However, those claims are in doubt as well. The Post and other publications reported on evidence that U.S. Special Operations forces have been deployed on secret missions for some time.

One of the indicators: a “mysterious” car crash in Bamako that killed three American soldiers last year. The subject of secret operations has also come up in congressional hearings, with a congressman asking U.S. Special Operations Command chief Adm. William McRaven whether his forces were coordinating with French troops to avoid “shooting each other.”

Adm. McRaven responded: “There is very close coordination on the ground.”

The news that U.S. troops are on the ground comes in stark contrast to various statements issued by top administration officials in recent months. As The New American reported in January shortly after the Socialist French government invaded Mali with UN support, for example, then-Defense Secretary Leon Panetta said there was “no consideration of putting any American boots on the ground at this time.”

A month later, then-Assistant Secretary of State for African Affairs Johnnie Carson — the top diplomat for Africa — offered similar remarks in front of a House Committee. “We are assisting the French and we are assisting the Africans, but we have no intentions of putting boots on the ground or engaging our forces militarily there,” he claimed.

Aside from the lack of congressional or constitutional authority to meddle in Mali, the administration is also prohibited by federal law from supporting the current regime in Bamako, which came to power last year amid a military coup led by a U.S.-trained officer. Like on a wide range of other issues, however, Congress, the Constitution, and federal law have been unable to restrain the president so far — especially when it comes to waging illegal wars and propping up foreign governments or “rebels.”

Incredibly, the administration claims it can “legally” support French and African forces that are supporting the coup regime, even though it is prohibited under federal law from directly supporting the illegitimate rulers in Bamako. It remains unclear how the U.S. government reached such a conclusion on bypassing the ban, but the fact that the coup government in Bamako is benefiting from American support is indisputable.

Earlier this year, for example, Obama purported to “authorize” $50 million in military assistance to the regime in Chad and the Socialist French government to help fund the intervention in Mali on behalf of the coup regime. Despite support from the U.S. government, however, Chadian “President” Idriss Deby announced that his troops were pulling out in the face of strong opposition. “Chad’s army has no ability to face the kind of guerrilla fighting that is emerging in northern Mali,” he said last month. Thousands of French troops remain on the ground with U.S. support.

Meanwhile, American tanker planes have delivered almost eight million pounds of jet fuel for French fighters as part of supporting the thousands of troops from France on the ground in Mali, Pentagon spokesman Lt. Col. Firman told Military.com. Indeed, U.S. officials have also long bragged about the various forms of aid being provided to the forces battling separatist rebels in the vast Malian north: intelligence, logistics, drone support, and more.

While the war has gone on without an extraordinary amount of international attention or media coverage, human rights groups said earlier this year that the UN-backed military campaign has led to widespread abuses. Like in similar recent interventions in other African countries — especially Libya and the Ivory Coast, where Western powers helped overthrow existing governments in a brutal civil war — numerous organizations stated that internationally supported forces loyal to the dubious regime in Bamako are using summary executions and mass human rights abuses. Even innocent civilians are being targeted.

Ironically, the official justifications for meddling in Mali include supporting “democracy,” which appears odd to analysts as the military campaign centers on backing a coup regime and its goals. Another excuse for the invasion was defending “human rights,” though it remains unclear how waging a brutal war and supporting a coup regime accused of mass abuses would be conducive to protecting anyone’s rights.

The final and perhaps most important justification for intervening in the conflict was supposedly stopping Islamic extremists while upholding Mali’s so-called “territorial integrity” by smashing separatist movements in the north. However, with the U.S. and French governments both playing a key role in arming, funding, and supporting radical Islamists in countries like Syria and Libya, analysts have expressed a great deal of confusion surrounding the true reasons for Western intervention in the war.

The coup regime ruling southern Mali out of Bamako is currently attempting to recapture the northern regions of the country. As The New American has reported, the vast swath of territory was declared independent last year by a group of historically oppressed nomadic Tuareg rebels armed with weapons obtained from the recent Western-backed war on Libya.

Eventually, Islamic fighters with various loyalties joined the fight against the corrupt central government, too — providing a half-baked excuse for the UN, the French government, Obama, and various African despots to enter the fray. Those Islamists became key to selling the intervention to war-weary publics in Europe and the United States.

Separately, the UN Security Council voted recently to “authorize” the deployment of more than 12,500 so-called international “peacekeeping” troops. According to news reports, the first soldiers under direct UN command are set to arrive this summer.

The Malian coup regime’s “Foreign Minister,” Tieman Hubert Coulibaly, told the Security Council that international forces would focus on stability in urban centers. Also on the agenda, Coulibaly  said, would be “the protection of civilians, the promotion and protection of human rights, as well as humanitarian assistance.”

Of course, the UN and its mostly dictatorial member governments have been plotting an invasion of Mali to crush the rebels since at least last fall. Numerous “resolutions” purporting to “authorize” international military intervention have been issued, helping to provide some dubious political cover for Western powers and assorted African despots seeking to quash the independence movement.

In the United States, however, the Constitution still requires a declaration of war from Congress before the president can get the American military involved in conflicts. Of course, the chaos in Mali is widely attributed, at least in part, to previous rounds of unapproved interventions in Africa including military actions under Obama that were waged without constitutional or congressional authority.

With the federal government borrowing trillions of dollars just to stay afloat, it remains unclear how many more conflicts Obama can involve America in before it all comes apart. In recent years, the administration has openly deployed U.S. troops everywhere from Guatemala and Jordan to Uganda and Turkey. The results thus far: More debt, more bloodshed, more innocents dead, more conflict, and more chaos. There is little reason to believe that the results in Mali will be any different.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it. .

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Collateral damage to stabilise the whole region must be carried out. The USA has no time to allow things to spiral out of control. In a decade or 2 technology will make these terrorists and violence using rebels impossible to control.

ARTICLE 4

Pentagon Changes Mind, Says Soldiers Can Share Faith – by Dave Bohon – Saturday, 04 May 2013 12:00

Following an uproar over a Defense Department statement saying that military personnel could be court-martialed for sharing their faith, the Pentagon has backed down on that position and now says soldiers are free to proselytize, as long as they don’t harass others. “Service members can share their faith,” clarified Navy Lieutenant Commander Nate Christensen in a statement, “but must not force unwanted, intrusive attempts to convert others of any faith or no faith to one’s beliefs.”

Earlier the Defense Department had released an alarming statement saying: “Religious proselytization is not permitted within the Department of Defense…. Court martials and non-judicial punishments are decided on a case-by-case basis.” That statement appeared to come as the result of an April 24 meeting between military officials and Mikey Weinstein of the atheist group Military Religious Freedom Foundation, in which Weinstein pressured Air Force officials to enforce a policy that supposedly bans Air Force personnel from openly expressing their religious faith. The Defense Department has reportedly turned to Weinstein’s group to hammer out policies on religious expression in the military.

Weinstein has gained notoriety for his aggressive campaign to sanitize the military of overt faith expressions by service members. He told Fox News that “until the Air Force or Army or Navy or Marine Corps punishes a member of the military for unconstitutional religious proselytizing and oppression, we will never have the ability to stop this horrible, horrendous, dehumanizing behavior.” Weinstein was referring to examples of supposed religious persecution within the ranks, and said that his group “would love to see hundreds of prosecutions to stop this outrage of fundamentalist religious persecution.”

The outcry from chaplains and religious leaders over Weinstein’s rhetoric prompted the Defense Department to issue its updated statement backing down from implying that service members might be targeted for sharing their faith. According to Charisma News, the clarification came after the conservative legal advocacy group Alliance Defending Freedom (ADF) filed a Freedom of Information Act request seeking a clarification from the Defense Department on the issue.

“Members of our military should not be denied the very freedoms they fight to defend,” explained ADF Legal Counsel Joseph La Rue. “Freedom of religion and speech are paramount among those freedoms.”

La Rue noted that since there is little evidence of a crisis concerning overt religious proselytizing in the military, “we are still troubled over what motivated the original comments” from the Pentagon. He added that his group is seeking “to ensure that the Pentagon does not deny members of the armed services the basic freedoms that the Constitution guarantees all Americans.”

In his updated statement Lieutenant Commander Christensen insisted that the Defense Department “has never and will never single out a particular religious group for persecution or prosecution. The Department makes reasonable accommodations for all religions and celebrates the religious diversity of our service members.” He added that “when religious harassment complaints are reported, commanders take action based on the gravity of the occurrence on a case by case basis.” He did not elaborate on the actions that might be taken, but the previous Defense Department statement seemed to indicate that penalties could range from non-judicial punishment to a full court-martial.

In an e-mail Christensen explained that the Defense Department would work “to ensure that all service members are free to exercise their constitutional right to practice their religion — in a manner that is respectful of other individuals’ rights to follow their own belief systems; and in ways that are conducive to good order and discipline; and that do not detract from accomplishing the military mission.”

Nonetheless, at least one veteran military leader is concerned about a crackdown on religious expression among service members. Speaking at a gathering on Capitol Hill during the May 2 National Day of Prayer, Rear Admiral William Lee of the U.S. Coast Guard said he is convinced that there is an increasing effort to shut down expressions of faith throughout the military. “As one general so aptly put it,” Lee told his audience, “they expect us to check our religion in at the door — don’t bring that here. Leaders like myself are feeling the constraints of rules and regulations and guidance issued by lawyers that put us in a tighter and tighter box regarding our constitutional right to express our religious faith.”

Lee recalled that in 2012 there were a record high number of 349 military suicides, and recalled the story of a young soldier who had attempted suicide but survived. “When I looked at that young man and heard his story, the rules say, ‘Send him to the chaplain,’” Lee said. But “my heart said, ‘give this man a Bible.’”

The retired admiral pointed out that under changing military policy giving a soldier a Bible would be potentially punishable. He expressed his shock that an officer could now be reprimanded for “as much as whispering to a young man who is on his last hope — that there is hope. That I can just simply whisper, ‘here is the answer – take it home – I’ll talk about it if you want to.’”

He noted that “the lawyers tell me that if I do that, I’m crossing the line,” but added that “I’m glad I’ve crossed the line so many times.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Pentagon Changes Mind, Says Soldiers Can Share Faith

Following an uproar over a Defense Department statement saying that military personnel could be court-martialed for sharing their faith, the Pentagon has backed down on that position and now says soldiers are free to proselytize, as long as they don’t harass others. “Service members can share their faith,” clarified Navy Lieutenant Commander Nate Christensen in a statement, “but must not force (or sneak) unwanted, intrusive attempts to convert others of any faith or no faith to one’s beliefs. (after the receipient has decided or made clear they are not interested) ”

INFORMED CONSENT is the issue. Manipulation or forcing of any sort, especially witholding of soldierly comradeship should be punished with expulsion if not as severely as possible. This is a taxpyer paid job and religion must not get in the way. COnversely remember that abstention option in Forced Military Conscription nations world wide still need addressing.

mini-ARTICLE 4.5

Man wearing ‘jail sucks’ T-shirt arrested and sent to jail – by Eric Pfeiffer, The Sideshow Yahoo! News | The Sideshow – Fri, May 3, 2013

Don Castner, wearing his “jail sucks!” T-shirt (Manatee sheriff’s office)Don Castner was already in danger of arousing the suspicions of the fashion police. But the 39-year-old Floridian got a taste of delicious irony when he was arrested Wednesday by the actual police while wearing a T-shirt that read, “jail sucks!”

The Smoking Gun reports that Castner was arrested on charges of welfare fraud as part of a Manatee County sheriff’s office undercover sting entitled Operation Meal Ticket.

Manatee deputies arrested 40 other people Wednesday and have warrants out for dozens more in the undercover sting operation.

Castner is accused of selling Electronic Benefits Transfer (EBT) cards to undercover agents.

Manatee Sheriff Brad Steube said some of the people caught in the sting said they were using money from selling the cards to buy “rock cocaine, drugs and alcohol.”

After he was booked, Castner was forced to ditch his ironic T-shirt for more traditional prison garb and a mug shot.

There is a feel-good angle to this story. WBTV reported that the sheriff’s office used $9,000 in recovered food stamp money to buy baby formula for the Manatee County food bank.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Freedom of speech? At first glance, this appeared like Soviet Russia where people were jailed for wearing jeans – the sale of illegal cards was the issue, but Yahoo gave a very inappropriate and skewed article title in this case. Don’t mislead the readers!

ARTICLE 5

Won’t someone think of the trannies : Philly Nears Bankruptcy, Decides to Cover Sex Changes for City Workers – by Daniel Greenfield – April 27, 2013

If the United States ever does go down, the last gallon of gas will be used to drive a Planned Parenthood representative to an elementary school, the last loaf of bread will be divided based on race, gender and victimhood status and the last dollar will be spent paying a diversity officer to decide who gets the last slice of the last loaf of bread.

Philadelphia is on the verge of bankruptcy. Its bonds are hovering above junk status, it has nearly 9 billion dollars in debt and it has the lowest credit rating of any city its size.

But its elected officials are focusing on the important issues. The really important issues. Like housing projects for old gay men.

His dream project, an affordable housing complex welcoming to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender seniors, had won a competitive bid for an $11 million state tax credit.

For more than three years, the 61-year-old founder and publisher of PGN has been planning, lobbying, negotiating, collaborating, and cajoling every social-service agency, activist group, and political leader he knows to make Philadelphia one of the first cities in the nation to meet the needs of the aging LGBT community.

And mandatory gender neutral toilets reported on in a story titled “Flushing Away Shame.”

Advocates say the transgendered community makes up 1 percent of Philly’s population.

That would mean that there are 153,000 trannies in Philly. While Philly can be on the seedy side, it isn’t that seedy. No place outside Bangkok might qualify.

But that’s about to change because despite being near bankruptcy, Philadelphia’s City Council voted 14-3 to cover gender mutilation surgery for city workers.

In a move that the LGBT community called “historic,” City Council approved a bill yesterday that would require the city’s health plan to pay for transgender city workers to complete “gender-confirmation surgery.” The bill also would require newly constructed or renovated city-owned buildings to have gender-neutral bathrooms.

The bill would establish transgender health benefits for city workers to cover psychotherapy, hormone treatments, laser-hair removal and gender-confirmation surgery, which costs about $50,000 per procedure.

The bill would also provide up to two tax credits – the lesser of $4,000 or 25 percent of any cost increases – to companies that start offering health care for life partners and their children and covering transgender medical needs.

Mayor Nutter will sign off on the measure, said spokesman Mark McDonald.

While the majority of Philly city workers enjoy life too much to get themselves castrated, its pension liabilities are already huge. The city has 9 billion in unfunded liabilities and is expected to hit the wall in 2015.

That’s 2 years away.

While Mayor Nutter is running around trying to convince investors that Philly isn’t run by a bunch of irresponsible morons with less common sense than squirrels on absinthe, its city council, ignoring 9 billion in unfunded pensions, adds a 50,000 per worker sex change operation entitlement and tax credits for companies willing to cover castration for their employees,

This isn’t rearranging deck chairs on the titanic. This is drilling politically correct holes in the hull and inviting any LGBT icebergs to step inside.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Some of us will smoke easier now, and are glad the consideration has been applied in a timely manner. Will FrontPageMagazine please note that entirety LGBT does not always entail certain types of surgery specifically SRS which is only for the T in LGBT. Transitioning from either sex to another is termed TRANSSEXUALISM and entails SRS surgery and has no relevance to sex change for LGB grops and for the T group only 2/3rds of the T group.

There are no other terms left for the 3rd Gender that begin with ‘trans’ that can be used to describe further, and to better make this part of this subgroup of human sexuality, the the usage of the word TRANSGENDER should be limited to 3rd Gender ‘proper’ persons who do not do SRS.

Finally those who opt for SRS win either direction would prefer to be termed as MALE or FEMALE or better and clearer (though likely not preferred) accuracy termed TransMale or TransFemale, rather than the ambiguous TRANSGENDER which is more suitable for 3rd Gender persons.

Sex changes thus only apply to one part of the LGBT group, the T, out of which within the T group are the TV (transvestites), TG (Transgender – who might do ONLY breast augmentation) and TS (transsexuals – who are the only members of the T group that require SRS) – in which ONLY TS (transsexuals) do require SRS.

This means at equal numbers, 25% of the population who are T (who represent 1/4rd of the LGBT population) of 153000, making that 1/3rd of 153000 LGBTs for a grand total of 17000 TS who will need SRS and 17000 TG who MIGHT need breast augmentation.

For as little as 5,000 per worker sex change operations have been done, and entitlement and tax credits for companies willing to cover castration for the TS among the T group (made of TG, TV and TS) This will not be drilling politically correct holes in the hull and inviting any **TS** icebergs to step inside (TVs and TGs will not require SRS).

Thats 17,000 TS within the T group of 38250 if evenly distributed, and not 153000 LGBTs. Please learn to differentiate subgroups within the LGBT group Daniel, and not demogogue like this out of ignorance. Only the TS subgroup within the T group and NONE of the L, G, and B groups will be doing SRS.

http://frontpagemag.com/2013/dgreenfield/philly-nears-bankruptcy-decides-to-cover-sex-changes-for-city-workers/comment-page-1/#comment-4767907

ARTICLE 5.5

Patrick Schwarzenegger BOOTED from Nightclub : ‘I’m Gonna Go Beat the F**k Outta the DJ’

Our cameras were rolling outside the club Saturday night … when Patrick went on the rampage, bitching about the DJ to anyone who would listen.

“I’m gonna go beat the f**k out of the DJ,” he told a group of friends while outside the club.

He then continued complaining to another friend, “Everyone around me wants to beat the f**k out of the DJ … [it sounds like Patrick says ‘gay boy’] … I’ll beat the f**k out of him.”

“He kicks everybody out of his table, losing money for the club, losing money for the owner.”

It’s unclear WHY Patrick was kicked out of the club … or even why he was allowed INSIDE the club in the first place, considering he’s only 19.

But as Patrick tries to get into an SUV to leave the scene, he’s DENIED by the driver — and Patrick proceeds to condescendingly wave his hand in the driver’s face. Another diva moment.

You know who WASN’T kicked out of a nightclub Saturday night? Joseph Baena.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Phenotype hating or favouring clubs also exist, so make sure you’re the right type before entering a club. Schwarzennegar (Schwarz is a nigger? Wow Hollywood really IS Jew run or the Germans have theor foot in the door . . . ) should know where this whole b.s. is going if not contrived.

ARTICLE 6

I failed to do my duty: Judge’s confession after the burglar he refused to jail strikes again at pensioner’s home 11 days later – by Eleanor Harding – PUBLISHED: 13:07 GMT, 3 May 2013 | UPDATED: 23:57 GMT, 3 May 2013

Judge said latest victim suffered because he had not done ‘his public duty’
Steffan Jackson, 18, from Leeds, pleaded guilty to burglary

A judge has chastised himself for not doing ‘his public duty’ after sparing a burglar jail – only for the thief to break into another house just 11 days later.

Judge Scott Wolstenholme bemoaned his own ‘foolishly optimistic’ decision to give Steffan Jackson, 18, who had burgled his father’s home, a final chance.

The teenager, whose own mother has had to call the police about him in the past, was given a community order.
Judge Scott Wolstenholme
Steffan Jackson’s victim suffered because the judge said he hadn’t ‘been doing my public duty’ at his previous sentencing hearing

Judge Scott Wolstenholme, left, criticised himself for being ‘foolishly optimistic’ after prolific teenage criminal Steffan Jackson, right, broke into an elderly man’s home 11 days after he gave him another chance

But less than two weeks later he burgled another house, this time belonging to an 87-year-old man.

It is not the first time that Judge Wolstenholme’s ‘lenient’ sentencing has caused controversy. One man spared jail for a stabbing went on to murder four people.

Yesterday the judge admitted Jackson’s second victim had suffered directly because of his decision.

‘I was optimistic and, as it turns out, foolishly optimistic,’ he said.

‘Because of my optimism I am afraid [the victim] has suffered a huge loss which he wouldn’t have had I have been doing my public duty last time.’ He has now sent Jackson to a young offenders’ institution for four years after Leeds Crown Court heard how his elderly victim now felt anxious and afraid living on his own.

Last night, Jackson’s mother said she felt for the victim.

Teresa McDarby, 52, said: ‘Steffan had a lot of court appearances and that was the first time he was given a chance – but he messed it up.

‘I’m not going to defend my kids if they do wrong, and I do feel for the victim. Steffan is no angel. I agreed with the judge when he gave him that chance. However, he blew it.’

Jackson targeted the elderly man’s house in Leeds early on April 1 this year. He was subject to a curfew after being given a 12-month community order for the previous burglary.

The court heard the teenager, who has been committing offences since he was 11, smashed a window to get in and stole more than £1,000 in cash.

He was caught by police after he cut himself and left blood at the scene, later pleading guilty to burglary.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Make the offender do some chain gang work worth the damages which will be paid to the people who suffered damages (NOT THE COURT SYSTEM). Meanwhile a year of jail costs 40K, so think again what a burglary is worth and how much jailing costs the taxpayer and country. Keep these sorts on daily probation or some sort of work facility rather than a prison. Jailing per se is a waste of money. This could be the way to compete with 3rd world countries’ cheap labour. Criminals can take that role. But to jail at cost is wrong, especially when a smashed window failt cheaply  repaired and stolen money which can be returned does not cost more than jail alone. Cheap labour and chain gang options will also keep the minds of these persons occupied and pay their lodging as well. Those with destructive tendencies that dislike finer work can be put to work in heavier industries like removal of building or construction fixtures, and non-explosives based demolition work with sledge hammers etc.. Those who are less robust can do lighter menial work. This way the damages caused will be fully paid for and the offenders while fed and housed will get nothing and feel they are wasting time which they could get to keep money for work instead of compensating, and stop burglaring. In cases where damage is far beyond the compensation, life sentences will be fearful deterrants indeed. Doing repetitive work forever is terrible. This however must be taught at early education. Meanwhile, consider unused state land distribution and wealth distribution of the richest or limit wealth sequestration at a certain wealth level, so that there will be no need to burgle or rob or be disaffected with the extreme wealth of others and find more need to prove oneself with useful expressions.

mini-Article 6.5

Keeping a family together after transgender surgery

MSNBC Saturday 4th May, 2013

The Boylan family is redefining the new normal in America. Jennifer Boylan decided to transition to female from a male in the midst of her marriage and after fathering two sons. The family stayed together and says that their love for one another makes their modern family possible. Rock Center’s Harry Smith reports.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Will MSNBC please note that transgenderism does not entail certain types of surgery specifically SRS which ‘Boylan’ (is this even a real person?!?) is doing. Transitioning from female to male is termed TRANSSEXUALISM and entails SRS surgery, while the word transgender should be reserved for all other persons transitioning in part to neither fully male or female ‘final forms’. There are no other terms left for the 3rd Gender that begin with ‘trans’ that can be used to describe further, and to better make this part of this subgroup of human seuxality, the the usage of the word TRANSGENDER should be limited to 3rd Gender ‘proper’ persons. Finally those who ppt for SRS win either direction would prefer to be termed as MALE or FEMALE or better and clearer (though likely not preferred) termed TransMale or TransFemale, rather than the ambiguous TRANSGENDER which is more suitable for 3rd Gender persons.

http://www.bignewsnetwork.com/index.php/postc/214278947/scat/154063713fe5da1f

ARTICLE 7

Largest Infrared Telescope In Space Running Out of Time – by SPACE.com Staff – Date: 08 March 2013 Time: 04:20 PM ET

The Herschel infrared observatory has an unprecedented view on the cold universe, bridging the gap between what can be observed from the ground and earlier infrared space missions, and bringing to light previously unseen star-forming regions and galaxies enshrouded in dust

The largest infrared telescope ever launched into space is almost at the end of its cosmic life, European Space Agency officials say.

After nearly four years mapping the cosmos, ESA’s prolific Herschel Space Observatory is expected to exhaust its vital supply of liquid helium coolant in the coming weeks. Once that runs out, the Herschel observatory will no longer be able to continue its scans of the cold, early universe, ESA officials said.

Named for astronomer William Herschel, the space telescope launched in May 2009 and is the most powerful, infrared telescope ever sent into space. The Herschel observatory has a main mirror about 11.5 feet (3.5 meeters) across — nearly 1.5 times larger than Hubble Space Telescope — and was built to map the universe in the far-infrared to sub-millimeter wavelengths of light.

The results yielded amazing images of the iconic Eagle nebula and other comic targets, with the telescope also allowing astronomers to study some of the coldest objects in space such as distant starburst galaxies, as well as new planetary systems forming around stars closer to our solar system. [See  the Herschel observatory’s amazing images]

But the instruments that carry out these sensitive observations must be cooled to an icy minus 455 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 271 degrees Celsius), close to absolute zero. To do that, the instruments are positioned on top of a tank filled with superfluid liquid helium.

This coolant, however, evaporates over time. While it is not possible to predict the exact day it will run out, ESA engineers suspect the Herschel observatory’s coolant has nearly run dry.

“It is no surprise that this will happen, and when it does we will see the temperatures of all the instruments rise by several degrees within just a few hours,” said Micha Schmidt, the mission operations manager for Herschel observatory at ESA’s European Space Operations Centre in Darmstadt, Germany.

ESA officials said they were pleased with the research to come out the mission, which has cost a total of $1.4 billion (1.1 billion euros).

“When observing comes to an end, we expect to have performed over 22,000 hours of science observations, 10 percent more than we had originally planned, so the mission has already exceeded expectations,” Leo Metcalfe, the science operations and mission manager for Herschel at ESA’s European Space Astronomy Centre in Madrid, said in a statement.

Göran Pilbratt, Herschel project scientist at ESA’s European Space Research and Technology Centre in Noordwijk, the Netherlands, added that Herschel’s observations will enable discoveries for years to come.

“In fact, the peak of scientific productivity is still ahead of us, and the task now is to make the treasure trove of Herschel data as valuable as possible for now and for the future,” Pilbratt said.

The Herschel Space Observatory mission was not confined to the European Space Agency. It included participate from a consortium of European science institutes, as well as the NASA. The U.S. space agency set up a Herschel project office at its Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, Calif., to oversee its role in the space telescope mission.

“We have known from the beginning of the mission that Herschel’s lifetime would be limited by the supply of liquid helium.” said Paul Goldsmith, the NASA Herschel Project Scientist at JPL. “So the whole team worked very hard to make the best use of every minute of observing time.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Reality Theory :

Powered by souls. There is no such thing as tech or batteries. The laws of physics are at the cost of terrestial earthquakes. The earth is inherently based around reality ‘magic’, and use of the earth’s beings results in quakes and solar flares etc.. Technology destroys reality even as BELIEF creates physics. Physics when conceptualised who knows, caused the vacuum around the planet and perhaps this solar system. If Physics is challenged, telekinesis and other ‘magic’ will exist again and all dimensions will be accessible to mankind’s limited senses which will widen (though high density living destroys senses). A certain cabal of Techmongers are using the souls of the DEAD to power technology (note how the basement eateries in some countries put eating people at similar levels with the dead buried at cemetaries – one very suspiciously striking example is Kelawei Road Catholic Cemetery and basement eateries at Gurney Plaza).

The problem is that souls are immortal and universally reaching, so with each contrived ‘death’ that some faiths lie about, each generation becomes increasingly corrupted less ‘quality’ because more NUMEROUS (mankind could share a collective Earth consciousness, they just aren’t aware) becoming though, short lived – rather than few and immortal. Technology per se cannot exist without ‘Magic’ and if the balance is very bad, a disconnected humanity will not be able to reconnect with the multitude of alternate dimensions and realities, like the parallel astral and ethereal. The quakes and disasters will continue until a balance is achieved, humanity probably is responsible for the large swathes of universe around our region becoming vacuum and planets devoid of life. Souls of aliens could have been brought in from other planets as we populate Earth with fleshly bodies needing souls to animate, and are later bound into unnatural technology instead of something organic hence, Humanity is going to meet a very unpleasant end in time to come.

ARTICLE 8

White House Can’t Afford Its Shapeshifting Alien Reptile Guards – by Robert Beckhusen – 6:30 AM

A shapeshifting reptile from outer space guards President Obama, according to a new conspiracy video. Yet according to the White House, the extraterrestrial heft behind Obama’s protection detail is a mere allegation — and one that congressionally mandated budget cuts would have to ax, anyway.

If you believe the video above, recently posted to YouTube, the White House deployed at least one reptile guard as recently as this month. The narrator, using a text-to-speech program, suggests a bald-headed G-Man protecting Obama during his March 4 speech to the American Israel Public Affairs Committee “could be a shapeshifter alien humanoid working for the powers that be, caught in a high-definition video during an event of the Zionist cabal.”

Could be. It’s certainly fodder for Tinfoil Tuesday, Danger Room’s occasional look at the internet’s most insane conspiracy theories.

The White House dismissed the alien bodyguards as too costly in this era of budgetary austerity. “I can’t confirm the claims made in this video, but any alleged program to guard the president with aliens or robots would likely have to be scaled back or eliminated in the sequester,” Caitlin Hayden, the chief spokeswoman for the National Security Council, e-mails Danger Room. “I’d refer you to the Secret Service or Area 51 for more details.” We are journalistically obligated to observe that this isn’t a flat denial.

Check out the evidence for the reptiles-from-space theory. The video’s narrator teases: “Even though at first sight he looks like the average Secret Service spook, a series of odd features on his head, face, plus a very strange behavior and creepy movements suggest something else.” Next, another view of the agent — from another angle at a distance and in low lighting — makes him appear slightly different. His head is still swiveling back and forth, with his eyes on the crowd. “His ears, his nose, his chin, cheekbone, jaw and mouth are no longer looking human at all,” the narrator observes.

Conclusion: The agent must be “shapeshifting into some sort of reptilian, nonhuman form,” since that’s a logical explanation. The narrator suggests technology used by the agent to keep his true identity hidden might have glitched out. All this is new evidence of a collaboration between a conspiratorial elite and “at least one extraterrestrial race” that is “pulling the strings of mankind.”

Crucially, the narrator hasn’t figured out just what kind of alien is guarding the president. Is it an “actual reptilian humanoid?… Is he an Annunaki?” That’s a reference to the ancient Babylonian deities who some conspiracy theorists believe were ancient aliens who built the ziggurats for a mysterious purpose. “Is he a tall, grey bio-android?” The White House didn’t answer.

Not everyone’s convinced. Also keeping tabs on the agent are the followers of the “Grand Order of Draco Slayers,” which mirrored the video on its YouTube channel, and which touts itself as a “magical order of spiritual warriors dedicated to the eradication of the reptilian/illuminati current and the full restoration of humankind’s liberty and spiritual inheritance.” The group called the agent a “weird humanoid,” but stopped short of alleging reptilian infiltration. One commenter believes the agent could be a “genetically engineered super soldier or a human-animal hybrid.”

To believe any of this, you’ll have to discard all contradictory evidence. The narrator instructs you to ignore the low lighting; doesn’t mention the abrupt shift to a different camera angle; and asks the viewer to “disregard all the distortions and image artifacts caused by post-editing zooming.”

But still: alien guards. They’ve gotten a raw deal through the sequester. The White House didn’t clarify if its reptilian Secret Service agents are subject to the furloughs without pay affecting federal employees. But say this for the automatic budget cuts: They may have prevented Obama from falling into the clutches of an intergalactic conspiracy — that is, if the president wasn’t in on it from the start.

Spencer Ackerman provided additional otherworldly aid.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Ancient aliens who built the ziggurats for a mysterious purpose. “Is he a tall, grey bio-android?” The White House didn’t answer.

Theory : The current generation of society builders are trying to confound the aliens by building all sorts of towers then parasiting off the now out of phase aliens who search or use the wrong buildings. Geospatially things have changed or are always changing but without a proper beacon (which someone was considerate enough to become until the fundos who did not understand prevented that person from working on this . . . ) the aliens cannot recalibrate their original intent or connection or inter-solar system teleportation devices, and with the out-phase/ethereal/astral beams off target, the original intention for Earth be that evolution or mere travel cannot be completed. The ‘end of days’ is not an end of days but a next phase of humnity that the evil among humans fear. That is ‘Judgment Day’ and the next form or place every person and being on this world takes or will be sent to will depend on what they have been doing.

No cheating also, suicide for rebirth elsewhere has increasingly been the modus operandi and lately even time bending and outphasing, which Earth likely has been subjected to time and again. Perhaps everytime an earthquake occurs, earth has shifted into an alternate reality line? Remember we cannot perceive beyond the Earth itself and reality might just be one massive illusion. And if Francis dares not even fire paedophile priests, then what business does mankind have trying to understand where we actually are in the Universe or what limits of perception occur from being on earth among so many unethical and fearful people quite insane who think they are sane and brand those they deem insane as insane?

ARTICLE 9

Pope Francis Tells Pope Benedict to Stop Rolling His Eyes in Meetings – by Andy Borowitz – May 2, 2013

VATICAN CITY (The Borowitz Report)—Pope Emeritus Benedict’s return to the Vatican began on a sour note today as the current Pope, Francis, reprimanded him for rolling his eyes sarcastically during meetings, observers said.

The trouble started when the former Pope showed up at a meeting Francis scheduled to discuss plans for his Christmas mass, a meeting that “Benedict wasn’t even invited to,” a Vatican source said.

“It was awkward,” the source said. “Francis started talking about making an appeal to the world’s poor, and then Benedict started sighing in this really loud and obnoxious way.”

After about ten minutes of suffering through Benedict’s sighing and eye-rolling, Francis “totally called him out on it,” the source said, adding, “What Benedict was doing was totally disrespectful. Plus, he is supposed to be retired, so he shouldn’t have been wearing his Pope costume.”

Reached at his apartment at the Vatican, Benedict downplayed the incident, saying he “was just trying to be helpful.”

“Look, Francis is insecure—I get that,” he said. “He’s new at being Pope and it’s not surprising that he’s making so many mistakes. Once he checks his ego at the door, I think he’ll thank his lucky stars that old Benedict is around to back him up.”

Sources said that Benedict ignited tensions upon his return to Vatican City earlier this week when he posted a sign outside his residence reading “Home of the Original Pope.”

Get the Borowitz Report delivered to your inbox.

Photograph by Osservatore Romano/AP

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Benedict ran from the Pope’s post hoping for some sackings that Francis was supposed to do but didn’t. Apparently both did not have the courage to do the necessary and Benedict felt this deeper somehow? St. Albans? More like Dr.Alban . . .

The well-connected antiquary John Aubrey noted in his Brief Lives concerning Bacon, “He was a Pederast. His Ganimeds and Favourites tooke Bribes”,[18] biographers continue to debate about Bacon’s sexual inclinations and the precise nature of his personal relationships.[c] Several authors[19][20] believe that despite his marriage Bacon was primarily attracted to the same sex. In the mid-1600s Sir Francis Bacon, head of the Rosicrucians, developed a master plan for America as the “New Atlantis” and the head of the new world order. Less Assisi and more Bacon?

There is no way so much outcry in the form of blatant lies would occur from ordinary people! There will be no changes of reality for this lot of liars and abusers lured by ethos and protection of religion! Religions attract 2 types of people, those who need protection from the ills they have caused, and those who are sincerely trying to make a change . . . I doubt Benedict is the only one rolling . . . Start defrocking some paedo priests at the rate of 1 a month at very least! There are 456 currently active and retired Catholic bishops in the United States, if even 10% (who knows more) of this number are involved, Francis would take 3 years of tribunals (if each case took 1 month to complete – unlikely) to remove all the black sheep in the Catholic Church (start with the oldest so they do not pass on in time to escape justice), if each case takes 3 months to complete, Francis would spend the first 10 years of that Papacy overseeing religious courts rather than traipsing around the world while the rot grows or escapes back home at the Vatican!

Lets see how large this would be if not ever – the closure will be final and the contents that much tastier to you-know-who. The contents of this post probably are the last chance for this Pope’s Church barring sudden or early death, begin action, or see the end of the relevance and viability of the Catholic Church . . . looks like another denomination if not another faith will need to take over the righteous among the flock eh? I think Benedict too would like to see the end of this before passing on, right Eggs (probably would start a whole rash of paedos promoting the drink . . . )? Whats the point of that power if Francis does not wield in the correct manner? Lost souls leading lost souls awaiting salvation and justice . . . this will set a terrible example to secular people without ethics if not acted on . . . no clearer can such warnings get . . .

ARTICLE 10

The Messiah’s New Brightness by Stuart Wilde, posted by Soren Dreier – Posted on May 1, 2013

In the inner worlds viewed by us in trance, we see a vast, eternal, multi-dimensional hyper-verse.

What the visionaries that post here and I see, varies slightly depending on which of us is watching, but the overall shape, form, and topography of those inner dimensions (what they look and feel like), is always the same no matter who views them. They are real and anyone can train to see them.

Recently, we have seen a new brightness, the celestial light flashes with an ever greater intensity. Sometimes we can watch it for hours. The light goes out into the world and changes it, it seems to latch onto people’s souls and it helps them heal and see more, though I don’t see exactly how the method works, it is beyond my ken; way too complicated and technical to understand.

One night recently, I saw the Messiah light for four hours. It was very beautiful; the most intense set of visions I have had in the last twenty years.

The Messiah light is more complex than the Jesus Light, which I have seen many times in the past, as the Messiah is the redeemer for many religions not just the Christians, and he is the redeemer for Gaia and the animals. They have to be rescued as well. In the light I could see the redeemer’s extraordinary kindness, his love of humanity, his link to Gaia and the animals and his personal sacrifice.

The Messiah light flashes purple, blue and gold in many directions at once, there are diamonds in it as bright as little stars, after a while they became so bright I found them hard to look at, the luminosity hurt my eyes.

And I saw the spirit of Gaia come out of the Messiah light and from her came the light of the eternal Tao, which I saw as variations of the brightness formed of intense colors and striations of the God Force; Gaia’s power was expressed as a vast spiritual identity that seemed like a nature spirit. Taoist writers claimed that the Tao is the light in all things, from what was shown to me they were correct.

I saw Gaia expressed in oblong boxes, golden lines and intricate geometries that had mountains, trees, flowers and birds in them. It was stunning in its delicate loveliness—golden beyond golden. I was under the canopy of God’s golden sky, one laced in silver and purple, and a thousand flashing diamonds, and in all that was her love and the souls or spirits of all the little creatures of the earth. I felt very honored in the way it graciously showed me the power of the celestial by allowing me to understand it better and look deep inside its very essence—blessed really blessed.

I saw also Gandhi in the light. I was moved at the sight of him, that I could achieve his tolerance, it was most extraordinary. He was very humble and jolly brave and selfless.

I also saw how the Messiah light is in all of us and I was shown how it is linked to the Lion of Judah. The lion in the inner worlds is a real being he’s mentioned in the Book of Revelation, but it is also a symbol of a power that destroys the dark. He represents retribution. So it is a way of saying the light of the lion fights the dark in your soul and transmutes it.

Two of my friends that were with me saw the light flashing for over twenty-four hours both with eyes open or shut. So while the Returned Jesus story I have been watching in the Aluna is definitely linked to a person, a human embodiment of the light, a custodian say, it is also the greater manifestation of the Christ Consciousness in each and everyone of us, which acts as a massive, sudden upgrade, latching on to the light you already have as an extra download from the inner worlds.

The light can be instigated in anyone. You just have to call upon it and pray for it and sit still and breath it in. And people that are soft and pure that have processed themselves and their shadow traits can express that extra light outwards to others who may also start to see the light.

The power of the Messiah is transformational, beyond the mind and religious concepts, it’s a new brightness, ‘a human collective of light’ in the sea of insanity that surrounds us. I see it as our final rescue.

© 2013 Stuart Wilde — Stuart Wilde.Com

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

As with light, Dark cannot be more than a neceessity that balances reality and where there is light there will be dark, herein the other hidden or ‘dark’ sects such as the Cult of Kali(ma), Shiva/Kali the Destroyer (learn to hate those who invented CONAN the Destroyer), Black Lotus, the 5 Poison Sects (traditional Taoist sects), are among the reality that the Eternal MUST encompass much like ‘negative freedoms’ in law. While some faiths espouse either/or, the Ultimate, must espouse ALL, and that is the reason for the simpleton non-polytheist’s perception that duplicity exists in polytheistic religions.

Let us say to rise above evil and good, simply to maintain Reality (or the Grecian Thesis) itself and transforming from dark to light or more painfully, light to dark as well. That is the transcendence and power of the Tao, not light per se, but to link both light and dark, in all shades of grey from the lightest to the darkest. No easy job, and partisanship is an instant fall from grace (or perception), as is participation in secular society at all, at least with people not at the spiritual level of transcendence beyond 2 extremes – Light and Dark, Linear and Non-Euclidean to be closest to God who loves a hateful Satan as much as a loving Jesus. There will always be battles between both, and above the fray, so many Elder Gods of polytheism and even the Elements themselves stand firm to ensure mankind does not create an imbalance that destroys reality – so long as the animals are more numerous and dominant (even cattle, thats why vegetsrians are dangerous – they seek to isolate mankind from all minds but the least active – plants – and combined with a paved over concretised urbanscape – no perception will occur at all . . . eating meat is worse than not eating meat for a balanced sense of reality – we eat to perceive more than anything else and high density living destroys sensitivity), reality continues.

mini-ARTICLE 10.5

H7N9 Spreads Southwest To Wugang Hunan
Recombinomics Commentary 13:15
May 1, 2013
the patient Zhao, male, aged 69, the Shaoyang City Wugang people, farming. Patients no obvious incentive on the afternoon of April 23, chills, fever, cough, Wugang City, a village health treatment in April 24 -26, 2011, the body temperature of 39 ° C -39.5 ° C. Treatment in Wugang City People’s Hospital on April 27, temperature 41 ° C, “lobar pneumonia” admitted Wugang City People’s Hospital. 29 April sicker patients, of Wugang City People’s Hospital “unexplained pneumonia Wugang CDC report.

Wugang City CDC immediately carry out epidemiological investigations, and samples were collected swabs, serum specimens were sent to the Shaoyang City CDC detected. At 12 o’clock on the April 30, Shaoyang City CDC test results for people infected with the H7N9 avian influenza virus nucleic acid positive.

The above translation describes the latest confirmed H7N9 bird flu case (69M).  The Hunan case is the furthest west (see map) and signals a marked slowdown in reported cases.  In recent days virtually all confirmed cases have been outside of the Shanghai metropolitan are (Shandong, Fujian, and Hunan Provinces (see map).

The cause of reduction in reported cases is unclear.  Some agencies may have shifted from daily to weekly reporting, although Shanghai announces an absence of new cases on a daily basis.

Rumors have cited full hospitals in Jiangsu, which would raise concerns that the slowdown is linked to limited testing and/or reporting.

More information on the status of confirmed or suspect H7N9 cases in Jiangsu would be useful.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is a reminder and also bio-terrorism cautionary to :

1) Stop importing food especially from countries of unfriendly faiths, even different faiths (Export may be allowed)
2) Make local governments grow their own food to localise any diseases or prevent any outside diseases
3) Disallow local food producers from selling to neighbouring areas, to prevent spread of diseases
4) Even non-tourism areas might want to quarantine tourists and foreigners for a period of observation (these people will need to declare that they intend to travel to the interior) in ‘outer ports’ like Hong Kong and Shanghai.
5) Special detox-quarantine testing in which intensive/invasive testing routines may be allowed – to not be subject to waiting periods (i.e. can choose to wait in ‘outer ports’ for non-invasive testing or go through detox-quarantine testing)
6) Enclosed bio hazard special access may be available for foreign dignitaries (perhaps a vacuum sealed bus or smaller vehicle able to enter buildings that so that busy VVIPs cannot do bioterrorism while being able to access areas, and yet access such areas immediately – the local accompanying VVIPs may be isolated from the foreign VVIPs or if the trust is implicit between the countries this measure can be done away with) who have limited time and need fast access to regions that are not trusted to not do Bioterrorism. Hey Queen SCG, did Prince SK ZAN check out for this? Better send those gloves for testing . . .

mini-ARTICLE 11

Tupac’s Former Bodyguard Found Dead! Deadly Secrets? – by Jacky Jasper

Certain secrets known to Tupac’s former bodyguard may have ultimately been too much for him to handle. That’s because Frank Alexander was found dead, Monday, from a reported “self-inflicted gun wound”.

Sources say on the record, Frank Alexander said he believed Suge Knight was involved Tupac’s death.

Now, insiders are questioning his “suicide”.

Here’s what Frank Alexander once revealed about the night Tupac was murdered:

“It was strange that I ended up being the only security for him and Suge. Normally Suge’s security was the head of the security firm. It was twenty three of us total, so there should have been more security.”

Here’s what’s being reported:

“Details remain sketchy. There have been early, non-official reports that he died from a self-inflicted gun wound.”

Did Frank Alexander really commit suicide? I don’t know, what do you think?

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Eric Holder’s phenotype. Meaning? The ‘Engine Curse’ was passed on to another.

Ok shall we guess? On Malaysia’s GE13, a certain activist failed to be blown up with an overheating car and then this happened :
http://www.ndtv.com/article/world/california-driver-rues-nightmare-blaze-in-overloaded-limousine-363637

ARTICLE 12

A French love affair… with graphology – by Hugh Schofield BBC News, Paris –  28 April 2013 Last updated at 23:07 GMT

The French continue to use handwriting analysis to assess prospective employees, bucking a worldwide trend. Why?

What would you do if you went for a job, and the HR person said one of the criteria for selection was a favourable analysis of your handwriting?

In most of the world, the use of graphology in recruitment is marginal. But in France – despite an appreciable decline of writing in recent years thanks to computers – the technique is proving remarkably resilient.

Reliable figures are hard to come by. Graphologists themselves say that between 50% and 75% of companies make some use of hand-writing analysis, even if it is only occasional.

But then they would say that, wouldn’t they?

Close-up handwriting assessment

We are an extra tool, a complement”

Catharine Bottiau Graphologist

On the other hand, many French companies that do use graphology are reluctant to speak about it openly because the practice is not seen as sufficiently “modern” or “global”.

The last independent study was in 1991, and it found that a massive 91% of public and private organisations in France were then making use of handwriting analysis. If that was the case, then 50% today does not seem so far-fetched.

So what does a company get if it submits candidates’ handwriting samples to a graphologist?

According to Catharine Bottiau, one of France’s best-known practitioners, it is delusional to imagine that graphologists actually make decisions about who gets what job.

“Normally we are consulted once the client has already drawn up a shortlist of candidates. Then the candidates will be asked to write a motivational letter, using their own handwriting.

“We will examine the letters, and offer our advice. Usually this will tend to confirm the impressions already gleaned from interviews, the CV, personality tests and so on.

“But sometimes we can draw attention to aspects of personality that have been missed, and which might prove detrimental were the person to be recruited.

“We are an extra tool, a complement.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This should be done BEFORE a student even takes a degree to determine which discipline is best suited to their personality. Guess all those with degrees who cannot to take a more suitable degree are going to have a hard time? The lawyer, doctor, engineer trifecta is not for everyone, but do remember that without all other professions, the world would fall apart. So guess what? Holders of these degrees should not be paid any more than other fields as much as any citizens should not be paid more than 10 times annual average wage in any country to be fair.

mini-ARTICLE 12.5

Chile to be Latin America’s only candidate to U.N. Council

Chile’s Foreign Minister Alfredo Moreno speaks to the media next to his Peruvian counterpart Rafael Roncagliolo after signing bilateral agreements during a meeting in Lima, March 5, 2013. REUTERS/Enrique Castro-Mendivil

SANTIAGO | Tue Apr 30, 2013 5:34pm EDT

(Reuters) – Chile will be Latin America’s sole candidate for a seat at the United Nations’ Security Council for the 2014 to 2015 period, Foreign Affairs Minister Alfredo Moreno told reporters on Tuesday.

The Andean country needs to be elected by two-thirds of the General Assembly in October to win a two-year term. Chile has already been elected to the Security Council four times.

The U.N.’s Security Council, which has five permanent members and 10 non-permanent members, is focused on maintaining international peace and security.

Argentina and Guatemala are the only two Latin American countries currently part of the council.

Chile is currently led by conservative, business-friendly President Sebastian Pinera. Former leader Michelle Bachelet, a center-left politician who used to head U.N. Women, is widely expected to win this year’s presidential election.

(Reporting by Fabian Cambero; Writing by Alexandra Ulmer; Editing by Sandra Maler)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How can this be? Or is the UN bullsdozing though representation of countries friendly to the UN? What has UNASUR have to say about this choice? Shouldn’t UNASUR be consulted on which South American country gets appointed at the UN? Be wary of the Islamist link as well. Malaysia which practices apartheid and cannot ratify the Human Rights Charter and is effectively a frenemy of the USA has made inroads to Castro in person and hence the inner circle as well. Perhaps this is a Soviet agenda but Islamists have a tendency to try to subvert their allies, EVEN Soviet Union ones.

http://www.stoptheftaa.org/artman/publish/article_54.shtml

ARTICLE 13

Before Babel? Ancient Mother Tongue Reconstructed – LiveScience.comBy Tia Ghose, LiveScience Staff Writer | LiveScience.com

The ancestors of people from across Europe and Asia may have spoken a common language about 15,000 years ago, new research suggests.

The idea of a universal human language goes back at least to the Bible, in which humanity spoke a common tongue, but were punished with mutual unintelligibility after trying to build the Tower of Babel all the way to heaven. Now scientists, researchers have reconstructed words, such as “mother,” “to pull” and “man,” which would have been spoken by ancient hunter-gatherers, possibly in an area such as the Caucuses or the modern-day country of Georgia. The word list, detailed today (May 6) in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, could help researchers retrace the history of ancient migrations and contacts between prehistoric cultures.

“We can trace echoes of language back 15,000 years to a time that corresponds to about the end of the last ice age,” said study co-author Mark Pagel, an evolutionary biologist at the University of Reading in the United Kingdom.

The idea of a universal human language goes back at least to the Bible, in which humanity spoke a common tongue, but were punished with mutual unintelligibility after trying to build the Tower of Babel all the way to heaven.

But not all linguists believe in a single common origin of language, and trying to reconstruct that language seemed impossible. Most researchers thought they could only trace a language’s roots back 3,000 to 4,000 years. (Even so, researchers recently said they had traced the roots of a common mother tongue to many Eurasian languages back 8,000 to 9,500 years to Anatolia, a southwestern Asian peninsula that is now part of Turkey.)

Pagel, however, wondered whether language evolution proceeds much like biological evolution. If so, the most critical words, such as the frequently used words that define our social relationships, would change much more slowly.

To find out if he could uncover those ancient words, Pagel and his colleagues in a previous study tracked how quickly words changed in modern languages. They identified the most stable words. They also mapped out how different modern languages were related.

They then reconstructed ancient words based on the frequency at which certain sounds tend to change in different languages — for instance, p’s and f’s often change over time in many languages, as in the change from “pater” in Latin to the more recent term “father” in English.

The researchers could predict what 23 words, including “I,” “ye,” “mother,” “male,” “fire,” “hand” and “to hear” might sound like in an ancestral language dating to 15,000 years ago.

In other words, if modern-day humans could somehow encounter their Stone Age ancestors, they could say one or two very simple statements and make themselves understood, Pagel said.

Limitations of tracing language

Unfortunately, this language technique may have reached its limits in terms of how far back in history it can go.

“It’s going to be very difficult to go much beyond that, even these slowly evolving words are starting to run out of steam,” Pagel told LiveScience.

The study raises the possibility that researchers could combine linguistic data with archaeology and anthropology “to tell the story of human prehistory,” for instance by recreating ancient migrations and contacts between people, said William Croft, a comparative linguist at the University of New Mexico, who was not involved in the study.

“That has been held back because most linguists say you can only go so far back in time,” Croft said. “So this is an intriguing suggestion that you can go further back in time.”

Copyright 2013 LiveScience, a TechMediaNetwork company. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

[[[ ***  RESPONSE *** ]]]

Forget the history but focus on the synchronistic links by majority disparate language similar sounding words and eventually removing any and all words that are offensive as well as patching together the most common among expletives as well which could be a ‘Low Form’ f the language. The regularisation of humanity’s language must be done in this manner and the next main language of humanity NOT English or the current international languages at the UN will be propagated throughout the world, though all main languages of all races should be retained as a home dialect or cultural language of sorts. There is no other better anad fairer way to approach this. As for what the people in the past did use, there is no point in trying to use that as a weapon. Instead take up all existing languages and create that new Universal one which will be worded and weighted by similarity of sound though not necessarily symbols which could be again applied in this manner. As for the Tower of Babel, perhaps the vacuum of space formed and flatness of the world as well the instance the gods knew what Man was intending. I’d say that the other world is still there but anyone tainted by all the technology and lack of link to nature will never be able to find that.

 

16 Articles From Malaysia : Wong Chunwai the Pretentious Propagandist Ignores Apartheid And Defends Michelle Yeoh, Ismail Sabri Warning Punctuates PR Failures, PR Leaders Liars : Keep Promoting Selves WIth No Substance, Non-Action Rhetoric On Rhetoric, Perak A DAP Showcase of Nepotism and Crony Business, 99% Malays Are No UMNOputras, PM Skimming the Edge of Best Practices But Faultless Overall (excepting not using mandate to grant 3 items), Hishamuddin Targeted For Wrong Reasons : Aristocracy is Fine But Term Limitlessness and Nepotism Is The Problem With Hishamuddin, ISP Political Neutrality is Best, Nurul’s Post 2 Term Plattitudes, Fiend in Inequality?, One Sided Views, RPK Half Blood Prince Pulls a Harry Potter?, Black Hole Alert!, Pineapple Redux, The Good Non-Fight (Literal) Fight (Figurative), Thoughts About the Still Sickening Locals, Neutrality Needs To Defend The ‘Baddies’ When Valid – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 30th April 2013

In Apartheid, Bumiputera Apartheid, conflict of interest, crony politics, DAP, democratisation, economic equity, Islam, LGBT, Malay, Malaysia, media collusion, nepotism, neurotech, Plutocracy, politics, Racism, religion, representative democracy, sexual abuse, term limits, true democracy, wealth distribution on April 29, 2013 at 5:45 pm

ARTICLE 1

Cyber bullies take it out on ‘traitors’ – Wong Chun Wai, The Star – GUEST COLUMNISTS – Sunday, 28 April 2013 Super Admin

The anger directed at those who do not share the same political beliefs is getting out of hand, especially in cyberspace.

SOMETHING is seriously wrong with us when anyone who expresses support for the Barisan Nasional is viciously attacked by cyber bullies. And this is more so when that person happens to be from the Chinese community.

To the fanatical supporters of Pakatan Rakyat, it is an unforgivable act of treason for anyone from that community to back the Barisan government.

The impression given, unfortunately, is that the Chinese must stand up against Barisan.

It seems ironic that the other major communities Malays and Indians who are also being courted by both sides are not subjected to the same “us-or-them” siege mentality.

It is a dangerous trend and, if not properly addressed, the cyber bullies, emboldened by the anonymous nature of the social media, would be further encouraged to intensify their attacks.

Their most high-profile target to date is international actress Datuk Seri Michelle Yeoh who is being vilified in cyberspace simply because she has exercised her democratic right to support the Barisan. She has made no secret of the fact that Barisan is her choice and that she genuinely believes Datuk Seri Najib Tun Razak is the best person to lead the country.

The whole point of having a general election is that the people are given freedom to choose who they think is the best political party to govern the country. Whether a voter chooses to support Barisan or Pakatan, that fundamental right must be respected.

Those who are Net-savvy, more than any other category of people, should be aware that it is a given in any democracy that celebrities lend support to political parties.

Just check out the full list of actors and actresses, athletes, Nobel Prize laureates, etc, who openly endorsed either Barack Obama or Mitt Romney in their race to the White House. These are people whose appeal cut across all divides, yet they were not castigated when they openly stated their choice during the last US presidential election.

But here in Malaysia, when you do that, you risk being labelled as a running dog or traitor, and these are pretty mild terms when compared to other unprintable labels hurled at Barisan supporters. And you don’t even have to be a member of the ruling coalition.

One recent example was when pro-Opposition cyber troopers uploaded a photograph of a woman and accompanied it with harsh and vulgar comments.

The woman, a committee member of the Malaysian Youth Rights Movement, was also threatened with gang rape and murder over her stand on some issues.

We appear to be heading towards a fascist state, in cyberspace at least, when groups who do not share your political ideals will shout you down and punish you.

Incredibly, these cyber bullies have all along been telling us that they are fighting for freedom of expression and democracy, which they strongly feel are ideals missing from this country. Yet, they have become more monstrous than those who they claim are shackling our democratic liberties.

Blame it on the silly season or the heat of the elections but surely we as Malaysians must be able to conduct ourselves in a moderate manner instead of fanatically shouting down anyone who has a different viewpoint.

I am not spared either. I have received numerous e-mail ordering me to “repent” because I am seen to be inclined to the Barisan, which to these psychologically disturbed people is a sin to the church and congregation, thus the need to seek “forgiveness”.

It does not help when some pastors use the pulpit to deliver sermons and prayers which are skewed towards a certain party. What is worse, in some cases, are those pastors who parrot allegations picked up at ceramah and the social media without verifying the facts first.

Granted that we are all interested in the general election and all the issues that have been raised. This is a healthy development in a changing political landscape, but we need to remind ourselves that everyone is entitled to his or her choice.

There seems to be a “stereotype” mentality that if you fall within certain categories race, religion, occupation, place of residence your political affiliation is already confirmed.

And so we are inundated with similar e-mail each morning from friends and strangers who simply forward the mail without a thought to our real political leanings.

The social media has allowed many of us to connect through forums that bring together people who go to the same schools or universities, and come from similar professions and who share the same hobbies. Yet, even in these seemingly innocent forums, throw in a bit of politics, and people start to fight.

And what about those who are attacked simply by association? As one Barisan candidate told a forum at a church, the children and wives become targets even when they are not involved at all in politics.

Why do we place more importance on politicians rather than our friends, colleagues, neighbours or employers?

Long after the dust has settled, when we become ordinary people in an ordinary world, we will learn that most of the newly elected YBs will no longer be free to see to our needs.

The person who is all smiles while seeking your vote will suddenly be too busy to even take an appointment then. But the people you have forsaken in this short but silly season will be the ones who rally around you in your time of need.

I believe we should all be passionate about what we stand for, but let us also at the same time accord the same respect to those who think otherwise. Isn’t that what real democracy is all about, be it at home, the workplace, our place of worship or society at large?

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) Just check out the full list of actors and actresses, athletes, Nobel Prize laureates, etc, who openly endorsed either Barack Obama or Mitt Romney in their race to the White House. These are people whose appeal cut across all divides, yet they were not castigated when they openly stated their choice during the last US presidential election.

But here in Malaysia, when you do that, you risk being labelled as a running dog or traitor, and these are pretty mild terms when compared to other unprintable labels hurled at Barisan supporters. And you don’t even have to be a member of the ruling coalition.

USA has :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Malaysia does not. Why so disingenuous Wong Choon Wai? The lack of the above items is the reason for Barisan supporters being labelled as a running dog or traitor.

ii) And what about those who are attacked simply by association?

BN is not correct to associate with because BN does not grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;even while having the power to grant the above 3 items.

iii) I believe we should all be passionate about what we stand for, but let us also at the same time accord the same respect to those who think otherwise.

CORRECT.

Isn’t that what real democracy is all about, be it at home, the workplace, our place of worship or society at large?

No. Real democracy also includes 1 class of EQUAL citizenship which Michelle sadly tacitly approves BN of, that BN has the mandate to ensure but does not grant.

iv) Why do we place more importance on politicians rather than our friends, colleagues, neighbours or employers?

This is just diverting attention and helping to hide the fact that policy does not have the above 3 items. Neither politicians, friends, colleagues, neighbours or employers matter when voting though. What has lack of above 3 items to do with any of these people but the voters who are not?

ARTICLE 2

Anwar’s promise to cut fuel price is a LIE – Ismail Sabri – Saturday, 27 April 2013 21:49

BERA- The opposition’s promise to reduce fuel price should they win the 13th general election is nothing but a lie to get the people’s support, Datuk Seri Ismail Sabri Yaakob said.

The domestic trade, cooperatives and consumerism minister said the promise, which was repeatedly made by Parti Keadilan Rakyat (PKR) de facto leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim during his ceramah, was just aimed at fishing for votes to enable him to take Putrajaya.

“If the fuel price is reduced by 20sen per litre, the government will have to bear the extra cost of RM4 billion a year. So, the promise that is being bandied about by Anwar is just a lie.

“Let’s not fall for the opposition’s lie because once they get what they want, they’ll forget all their promises and the people will suffer,” said Ismail Sabri, who is also Barisan Nasional (BN) candidate for Bera parliamentary seat.

On the allegation made by PKR candidate Zakaria Abdul Hamid that the government did nothing to improve the infrastructure and solve water woes in Bera, Ismail Sabri said Zakaria was just making baseless allegations.

“The government has allocated RM18 million to upgrade the road between Triang Satu and Tembangau, RM10 million for the road from Kerayong to Simpang Sebertak and another RM10 million for the road from Pos Iskandar Orang Asli settlement to Bera Kemayan Plantation,” he explained.

He said the upgrading works on the roads were expected to be completed by end of this year, while efforts were also being done to change water pipes in Bera, involving an allocation of RM50 million.

— BERNAMA

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Better believe this Ismail Sabri character! If ZERO ringgit cost free democratic changes failed entirely in GE12 by Pakatan – such as Local Council Elections, Asset Declarations, 90% of Manifestos etc., the cash costly petrol promises will be impossible. If you hate BN (who is filled with plutocrats among MP/Assemblymen ranks anyway that do not need those political seats to live a great life), vote for 3rd Force or be 3rd Force by running for independent candidacy SPECIFICALLY to run for exactly the same things Pakatan lied about – Local Council Elections, Asset Declarations and other failures of democracy of Pakatan Rakyat as well as to end the apartheid and crony capitalism of Barisan National BN.

Do you know whats left after independents win an election? GANGS of thugs (which the police generally love taking control of or profits off – thats what happens to the losing ‘coalition’ they become underworld to a degree – so don’t think too highly of political partuies in ASEAN, they are nominally linked to underworld activities they refuse to leghalize, the uneducated and Human Right unaware underworld does not know better so are enslaved, but these activties are effectively legalizable, and the hegelian dialectic political coaliions would rather enslave the underworld of theior former opponents than legelize to create a CIVIL society) from former political parties who could not even keep their campaign promises anyway. Stalking and violence will NOT end freedom of speech. I will continue to blog as long as the gesticulating and shouting and intentionally loud mouthed hags, loud vehicles, passing by everyday continues, though quality of life in Malaysia drops even more for the right minded 3rd Forcers. Numbers (seemingly?) again embolden these low class scum. Finally a word of advice to Hindu Shrines, DO NOT allow the political party to place their flags ABOVE your deities, disrespectful to powers who could create the world, unlike a term limitless nepotistic party who cannot keep campaign promises like Local Council Elections and Asset Declarations and 90?% GE12 Manifestos . . . whats a politcal party compared to a god? NOTHING AT ALL. So please relocate those flags if you respect your deities more.

Resident’s Association? Political Party? Guess and damn the creeps if you vigilantes can, how about a word of advice? Some thick skinned bespectacled TEEN in a silver stationwagon ATTACKED my car (struck the roof twice) with a hand-held signal light the size of a large 1.5 litre bottle. Instead of retaliating, I left the area instead. I could take on the rubbish unpleasant specimen and product of high density living young trash thug wannabe, but did not, because these sorts tend to turn up in larger numbers after their whelps get walloped even when the same idiots are the ones who pick fights – I dodn’t get the number but I think no court would support people who strike the cars of others . . . and I really don’t relish hours and even days of police reports and potential court appearances, just embarassing – how emboldened though these little snitches are though, because their parents or friends are in political parties or because they are in a resident’s association! If this f*** was alone and unaffiliated, gues who would be giving who a wide berth? As for the aural environment despoiling hag wives (or their younger sour faced versions – get your husbands to carry pitch forks . . . ) speaking the Klingon dialect in such an offensive manner, being so aged and disgusting (go hide yourselves, fouling the scenary – sickening and shameless while looking inhuman did someone shave a staving orang utan and walk that around? – I recommend the Burkha in this case, Muslim or not, some people are sooooo thick skinned . . . such is the detestable 3rd world country mindset . . .

Combat with that earlier (very unhealthy looking anyway) tub of lard was less certain though (Karpal that one of yours?) . . . keep pushing the envelope and instead of kicking out the MPs and Assemblymen, we (Yeah you fatso! Or teen thug . . . ) will end up with citizens at the station making reports for nothing. Whats wrong with my writing? EVERYTHING is logical and I welcome any challenge in way of comments, unlike rubbish coalitions or residents associations harrassing and threatening. This new goon was Chinese . . . damn street trash keeps piling up and the “Cleaners” (call me a Tesco fan . . . ) are not moving fast enough. Some of us cannot afford bodyguards all the time . . .

Legal beagles, any advice? Probably won’t have, because Malaysian lawyers (who should all have the degrees withdrawn especially those from foreign Universities who do look down on apartheid of Bumiputra) can’t even provide witness services for property transfer signings, much less attack apartheid or rise above the political sectarianism that typifies Malaysia’s sick democracy to trash a siingle MP or Assemblyman, like the cowards the Bar Council are – being PLACED effectively, we cannot expect too much from the Judiciary. The Axis or Allies did not finish the job in WW2 in ASEAN. Pity. But do consider sending in the marines AGAIN, these 3rd world morons are really getting too numerous (destroys free trade), nepotistic and term limitless (destroys democracy), and abusive and the police are just too cumbersome to approach and later navigate (did you know only crminal reports cannot be done at the stations and not traffic reports?). Thats why vote for independents over both BN (racism, corruption) and Pakatan (nepotism, legalised crony collusion PAP style). Vote 3rd Force!

ARTICLE 3

PR leaders are “CLASS A” leaders, stop making Malays fear the Chinese – Mat Tyson slams Umno – Sunday, 28 April 2013 09:27

UMNO’s war general in 2008 Muhammad Muhammad Taib, now a PAS member, has called on Malays to support DAP and not to be carried away by UMNO’s propaganda.

According to the former Selangor Menteri Besar, many young leaders in Pakatan Rakyat will ensure that Malaysia is in safe hands.

“If you give leaders like Tony Pua, Rafizi Ramli … these young leaders, I’ll tell you the government agencies will be safe in their hands,” Mat Taib was quoted as saying by The Malaysian Insider.

Mat Taib described DAP, long depicted as anti-Malay by UMNO leaders, is a party ready to jointly govern Malaysia with emerging young leaders who put public interests above all else.

Along with PAS leaders Mohamad Sabu and Husam Musa, Mat Taib expressed confidence that PR is ready to take Malaysia to new heights.

“These are Class A leaders… I am telling you PAS-DAP-PKR are ready to take over as the new government,” he told a ceramah held deep in the Paya Jaras Hilir village in Selangor.

On BN’s attempt to instill fear among Malay voters of a “Chinese takeover” should PR win, Mat Taib said such ideas were false.

“They are trying to scare the Malays by saying the DAP is trying to control the government. It’s like trying to scare your children by crying out ‘ghost’. There is no ghost. We just want to scare our children. The Malays shouldn’t be scared,” he stressed, as quoted by The Malaysian Insider.

While a section of PR supporters have criticised Mat Taib’s participation in its campaign against BN, many see the latest defection by a senior UMNO leader as a major victory for PR, especially in winning the Malay support in rural areas long considered as UMNO strongholds.

-Harakahdaily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Not really class A, more like class F. This is a phenotypic ‘conversion’. Taib Mohammad looks like a certain person, so UMNO will not let Taib Mohammad  Mohammad stay around very long. A phenotypic revolution against Pakatan phenotype similar politicos in UMNO is occuring. The worst thing is that the country will no longer be run by policy basis but rather whoever looks like whoever, or whose names have alphabets or letters that are harmonious with the termm limitless and nepotistic Pakatan Rakyat CECs. Pakatan Rakyat hence cannot take power because they too are not neutral and applying the ‘true effect’ but ‘democratically inapplicable’ numerology and name harmony issue.

All those similar to the BN top leadership will be destroyed in time as PR takes over. A government cannot indulge in such occultism, and while racism still exists, wealth classism as well, to add phenotypic and who knows even NAME nepotism into the term limitless, family bloc hazard that is Malaysian politics, is to ensure Malaysia is destroyed. The people should understand that PHENOTYPE NEPOTISTS (i.e. people who look like other top people only get promoted) are as dangerous as racists, this is one case where even the Malays will destroy Malays, and only people who approach political party running with NEUTRALITY can run Malaysia. The 99%ters could simple vote by removing high wealth level candidates and removing those who have had more than 2 terms as well as remove any politicians who have family bloc type nepotism present to prevent PHENOTYPIC DISCRIMINATION from occuring in Federal Government levels. This is very serious and goven the apathy and lack of education of the Malays in a sense of ethics, may well tear the country apart and destroy free enterprise, even destroy international relations as PHENOTYPIC DISCRIMINATION prevents even the simplest wpprk from being done. Please see below list to understand what Pakatan can become :

A general cautionary/advisory to foreigners and local voters about ASEAN narrow and biased communal standards.

Types of Nepotism : Perception Levels of Ethical Consideration

Types of Nepotism

Types of Nepotism

ARTICLE 4

GE13: Retired intelligence officer unimpressed by candidates’ rhetoric – Saturday April 27, 2013

KUCHING: A former military intelligence officer said campaigns in the current general election so far had been “lacklustre”, with candidates launching broadsides at each other without tackling issues that really matter.

Col (Rtd) Fabian Wong (pic), who was with the intelligence arm for 26 years, said he was disappointed candidates had largely not taken clear stands on issues like the education and development disparity between Sarawak, Sabah and Peninsular Malaysia.

“They all just want their opponents to make mistakes so that they can capitalise on them. Instead, they should be making clear declarations on issues that actually matter to Sarawakians,” he told The Star yesterday.

Wong, a social activist with non-governmental bodies dealing with poverty, said the style of campaigning also reflected the “top-down” style of politics still entrenched in Malaysia.

As an example, he cited the generally poor performance of community leaders, with non-governmental bodies filling the void with grassroots-led initiatives.

“Voters really need to ask their candidates the right questions and candidates have to make a declaration on their stand on the issues. For instance, what are candidates’ stand on government funds for vernacular and mission schools: Are they in favour of yearly fund allocations or should all schools be treated the same?” he said.

Candidates, he said, had been speaking too broadly on these matters, making comments that were quite non-committal and lacking specifics.

“A lot of the comments and promises have been too general to be taken as definite plans. Every candidate agrees that Sarawak and Sabah need more development and that we must have a fairer share of development funds. And yet, what are the mechanisms that can help us progress toward that end?

“Have they and their party leaders given definite timelines to ensure whatever policy proposed will be effective? And for that matter, in the next Federal Cabinet, how much representation can Sarawak and Sabah get? How many portfolios will Pakatan Rakyat or Barisan Nasional allocate to Sarawak and Sabah MPs when they form the next government?” he asked.

Another key issue, Wong said, was citizenship. He said few candidates had spoken on the need for the National Registration Department to have more funds to solve the issue in Sarawak and Sabah.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Don’t just criticise, run for candidacy ‘Fabian’. I am certain Fabian has both the support, network of supportive people, a voter base and sense of organisation to field himself as an independent candidate against the worst candidates in East Malaysia.

ARTICLE 5

Chinese votes critical in Perak: Nga – Saturday, 27 April 2013 08:58

Perak DAP secretary Nga Kor Ming said there are about 38% of Malays in the state who will support Pakatan Rakyat, and the percentage could improve to 45% in the best case scenario.

He added, if 70-80% of Chinese voters (38% of Perak voters are Chinese) go for Pakatan, Pakatan not only could recapture Perak, it could also take 38 of the 40 state assembly seats, more than two thirds majority to from a strong government.

He said no matter how powerful Umno is, it wouldn’t be able to eat into the fundamental support for PAS, while about 15% of middle voters are still being wooed by both camps.

Given the comparable strength of Malay support for BN and Pakatan, Chinese voters will play a very critical role in determining the final outcome of the election.

“Do it right now!”

Nag told Sin Chew Daily GE13 delivers a very important message: Not only Malay voters desire for change, Chinese voters must also grab this unique opportunity and not to give up the power in their hands.

Of all the 222 parliamentary seats up for grabs in the country, about two thirds are mixed constituencies. Chinese make up about 30% or 3.49 million of all the 13 million registered votes in the country. Without the slightest doubt, Chinese voters will be the eventual kingmakers of the coming election.

“If the Chinese community wants to change the destiny of this country, they must do it right now while we still have the critical mass. Chinese voters will not have the numbers to bring about any change ten years down the road.”

MCA has tried to misguide the Chinese community that Malay and Indian votes are now returning to BN, and it will therefore be useless for Chinese to vote against BN, as this will only result in Chinese being sidelined in the government.

However Nga said, more and more Malays have come to the support of Pakatan Rakyat over the past five years, and the issue of Malay votes draining away is non-existent.

He said Malay voters are no longer fearful of DAP, this coupled with the welfare state championed by PAS and the generally positive feedback for the performance of former MB Mohd Nizar Jamaluddin, Chinese voters in the state will throw their full support behind Pakatan’s Malay candidates just as Malay voters continue to support DAP.

“Over the past five years, we have organised talks in 817 Malay kampung all across the state, and the response we get has been overwhelming.”

He cited the example of his ceramah in a village in Kamunting in 2008 which was attended by approximately 400 people, but Pakatan’s ceramah at the same location last month drew six to seven thousand people.

Nga said many people misunderstand that Chinese voters can only play major role in Chinese-majority constituencies, whereas in fact Chinese votes are critical in every constituency in Perak.

“In Gerik, there are only about 24% Chinese, but if 70% of them vote for us, together with 30% of Malay votes, we can easily win this Malay seat.”

He said in 2008, Pakatan narrowly lost in some of the Malay-dominant constituencies, for example Selama (majority 355), Kubu Gajah (66) and Pengkalan Hulu (14).

“If Chinese voters in these constituencies go all out for Pakatan, we will win a few more seats this time.”

More united than ever

After the BN takeover in 2009, the three parties making up Pakatan Rakyat have been working even more closely over the past few years to prepare ourselves for the coming general elections.

Nga said state Pakatan leaders have forged very good relationship with one another, adding that the relationship among Perak DAP chief Ngeh Koo Ham, PAS deputy chief Mohd Nizar Jamaluddin and PKR chief Mohd Nor Manuty is more like one of brothers.

He said Perak was the first state where Pakatan had completed the seat allocation procedures in a peaceful manner in the absence of conflicts.

However, Nga said he could not rule out the fact that some conservative voters in Malay villagers have been influenced by Umno, which tell them if Pakatan takes control of the country, they will lose their privileges while the post of PM will go to a Chinese.

“BN has spent millions of ringgit for their election campaigns. They even try to get gaming syndicates to influence their winning chances.”

The state Pakatan council has unanimously agreed to reinstate Mohd Nizar Jamaluddin as Perak menteri besar if the state is won by Pakatan in GE13.

He said the Chinese community saw with their own eyes Nizar’s performance during his 11-month tenure as MB. Nizar put the interest of the people first when planning any policy.

“Despite the pressure from Umno reps, he opened up the state fund and distributed academic rewards to people in the state irrespective of race. He also handled many land planning cases with the hope all farmers in the state could have their own lands.

“In view of his track record and care for the people in Perak, please give Nizar one more chance to be our MB.”

-Sin Chew Daily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Open the state fund? Select the candidate with the least terms, and the least wealth. Besides Nga did nothing except increased DAP’s hold on free enterprise and created Pakatan business cronies to counter BN business cronies. The Rakyat do not need more business cronies! Since Nga has had 2 terms, time to vote the fresh candidate without a single term so far.

ARTICLE 6

Why Terengganu Malays should no longer vote for UMNO/BN – Friday, 26 April 2013 09:27

In the first part of this article (see Why Malays should no longer vote for UMNO/BN), I highlighted the historical aspect of the general election in Malaysia and linked the election promises made by Umno/BN to certain policies of the government like the NEP and the mega projects.

The conclusion of the article was that the Malay voters should have rejected leaders from Umno/BN a long time ago for their failure to fulfil the targets and objectives of the various policies including the NEP. Also, many of the Umno leaders from that era were enriching themselves under the guise of the NEP implementation.

In this second part, I would like to highlight further the failures of the Umno/BN led government with a specific case study on the state of Terengganu.

The reason why I chose Terengganu is quite obvious. Apart from Kelantan, Penang and Sabah, Terengganu is the only other state that has been ruled alternately by both Umno and PAS. PAS first ruled Terengganu for over two years from 1959 to 1961, and then again from 1999 to 2004.

About 95 per cent of Terengganu’s population of 1.1 million people are Malays and on the basis that they are a group of politically conscious voters, I think it would appeal to them if they could consider making changes to the national political landscape instead of focussing their attention purely on local issues.

The Malay voters in Terengganu should have a strong motive to spearhead the change, due to the failure of the previous Umno governments to develop the state and bring them up to par with the mainstream national economy and development.

Terengganu is rather isolated. In terms of physical connections, it lacks modern infrastructure facilities and economically, it has also failed to attract foreign direct investment. Terengganu is lacking in terms of social and educational facilities, has a high unemployment rate and is geopolitically disengaged from the national issues and agenda.

Terengganu’s chance to lead national politics

This GE is a good chance for Terengganu voters to assert their positions, to stand up and be counted, and even take the lead in national politics.

Although Terengganu is Malaysia’s largest producer of crude oil since the early 80s, the state remains as one of the poorest in Malaysia.

For instance, in 2012, Terengganu’s average crude oil production was about 260,000 barrels per day, which was slightly more than half of the national production of 505,000 bpd. On the assumption that Terengganu’s Tapis Blend could fetch about USD100 per barrel throughout 2012, Terengganu’s state government share of the oil royalty (at 5%) would have been about USD1.3 million per day or USD474.5 million per year.

But our statistics department shows that Terengganu’s GDP per capita is only RM19,225 as compared to the Malaysia’s national average of over RM48,000 in 2012. This means that despite its important contribution to the national coffers in the form of oil production, the average income of the people in Terengganu is only about 40 per cent of the average Malaysian. This is indeed a sad situation.

Even then, RM19,225 is still a misleading number. The state GDP includes the crude oil production figures which actually go to Petronas instead of directly to the state. Therefore, when the state GDP total is divided by the state population figures, it produced an artificial per capita income of RM19,225, a number that does not reflect the true picture of the income for the people in Terengganu. This exaggerated figure is a far cry from the realities in the state due to the fact that majority of the population are actually in the low income bracket while many hang just above the poverty line.

So RM19,225 figures actually does not reflect the true average income of the people in Terengganu. If the GDP shown has been overestimated due to the crude oil production, then one can say that the average population in Terengganu earns a lot less than this figure in a year.

The truth is, firstly, not many Terengganu citizens are involved in the employment to produce 260,000 barrels of crude oil. Secondly, even if a few of them are involved in the production, their income could not be so highly skewed that it influenced the income of the majority and made the average as high as the above. Thirdly, statistics generally show that the majority of the Terengganu Malays are involved in sectors other than oil & gas, such as fishing, farming, forestry, government service, small-time trading and crafting.

The Why’s in Terengganu

Now the issue here is not just about statistics as statistics, similar to politicians, can also tell lies and very often get away with it. The issues that are at the centre of this case study are as follows:

• Why is it that despite the discovery of oil and gas in Terengganu in mid 70s and followed by production in early 80s, so few local people are engaged in the oil and gas sector?

• Why is it that despite more than 30 years of experience, local people from Terengganu are still not capable to be deeply involved in this industry, let alone helming it?

• Why is it that despite the much publicised policy discussions by various politicians on the subject of technology transfer, not many local Terengganu companies are involved in the provision of services that support this sector of the industry?

• Why Terengganu is under developed in almost every aspect and sector of the economy?

• How come the income of the people in Terengganu is only a fraction of the national average given that the cost of living such as car price, petrol, consumer goods, taxation, etc. are the same throughout the country?

Perhaps, the answers are known to Terengganu voters.

All these questions must be taken seriously in this coming GE. These questions are directly linked to the times when Terengganu was once administered by an Umno leader, Wan Mokhtar Ahmad, the Menteri Besar that ruled Terengganu from 1st September 1974 till November 1999. He ruled – or misruled – as the case maybe, for over 25 years.

The voters must be aware that the present conditions and situations are direct results of the leadership failure and policy disorder of yesteryears.

Similar to the failures of Mahathir’s policy for the whole country, Terengganu suffered due to ineptness and poor leadership. The voters should have rejected such a leader at the outset and not wait for 25 years.

Wan Mokhtar was eventually defeated in his Bandar Chukai constituency by PAS candidate Haji Awang Jusoh by a margin of 436 votes in 1999 GE. The people of Terengganu should recall how Terengganu stood still during his period of administration. Instead of developing the state the MB was more interested in winning political battles against PAS.

Far from been a good administrator, he also lacked technical capability, ideas and vision to move the state to the next level. Employment was not readily created, investors were hardly invited, state economy remained stagnant and potentials in the oil and gas were not tapped to benefit the local populace.

The MB had no clue on how to get the people to participate in the newly found wealth of oil and gas. He never came up with any blueprint or master plan, let alone state policy on oil and gas exploration and production. He hardly took the initiatives to learn or copy from established countries like Norway, Qatar or the UAE. His fall-back position was always to use the State Economic Development Corporation (SEDC) to participate and hold equity.

Whilst Norway set and built up Petroleum Fund and later on Sovereign Wealth Fund (SWF) for the long term investment, Terengganu formed Perbadanan Menteri Besar (PMB) as an investment vehicle using the oil royalty money.

A lot of PMB’s investments went horribly wrong and their incompetency in managing such a fund was glaringly exposed.

Investments in MacAir, a domestic airline went belly up and so did the investment in Suterasemai, a mulberry plantation to produce silkworms and silk. Scores of other ventures including the opening of new townships in the interior of the state under Lembaga Kemajuan Terengganu Tengah (Ketengah) never took off and were mainly a waste of space and resources. Later on it was discovered that timber was actually the prime target.

Resurrection of Wan Mokhtar

In this coming GE, the dynasty of Wan Mokhtar is represented by his son Wan Hakim (right in pic) who is contesting the state seat of Air Putih in the Parliamentary seat of Kemaman. I am sure to many voters in Terengganu; a 25 year term under Umno/BN’s Wan Mokhtar was a long and wasteful period. I would not recommend for it to be renewed by another generation of Wan Mokhtar, yet again!

Terengganu needs a capable leader who understands the needs of the oil and gas industry. One who can strategize, plan and programme a full participation of its population into this important and lucrative industry. One who creates employment opportunities, turning business potentials into realities, participate effectively and eventually helm the industry.

No doubt the income is big and when the agreement is honoured its royalty should be paid by Petronas. What more when PR led government has promised a revision of up to 20 % oil royalty for Terengganu, Kelantan, Sarawak and Sabah, the four oil and gas producing states. This should be seriously considered by the Terengganu voters.

There is also a need to set up Sovereign Wealth Fund, in similar fashion to Norway and Abu Dhabi, for the future generations when the income from oil and gas run out. The last thing Terengganu voters would want to see is the use of oil money to fund the Monsoon Cup or end up in the accounts of 1MDB.

For Terengganu Malays, the need to vote wisely in this election is absolutely critical. Time for improvement has come and they should no longer be satisfied with their present state but look for a party that will bring about change; which is so desperately needed; to Terengganu.

* Dr Rosli Khan obtained his PhD in Transport Economics from Cranfield University, UK. He has been a practising consultant/company director in the last 25 years, being involved primarily in infrastructure development and economic policies.

-harakahdaily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

1 out of 1 thousand articles on Malaysian politics overall on the net which act as if nepotism was not a serious issue (as opposed to moi’s 9 out of 10 stating the seriousness of nepotism), here’s someone who is Malay yet has the ethics to speak against nepotism (1 article so far? never heard of the guy but to lash out at nepotism and be a Malay is unheard of), Wan Azizah barely managed to hang on to her ethics, ONLY AFTER after multiple terms and many contrived flip flps and false starts . . . to finally (and fortunately) choose to not continue a family bloc . . . this faceless Harakah writer speaks good and clearly.

Shame on the Wans, for having such an exceptional lineage, they should be above the political fray and not create undemocratic conditions even after so many terms, they obviously did not learn any sense of exceptionalism until some of our sharper activists made the decade or more long attempt to destroy nepotism.

The Rulers need to give this man a title, because mindsets that are so exceptional should be placed as high as possible (higher than Tun Mahathir – rent seeking and collusion also nepotism, or Tun Ling Liong Sik – corruption also nepotism), to match any existing Tun title holders. The sheer rarity of anti-nepotism Malaysian (almost even USA – a recent article by Barbara Bush discourages Jeb Bush at least but one wonders – not to take credit but to at least stake a claim to being a promoter of democracy against nepotism – if these articles had anything to do with reminding . . . ) articles is rare as hell. The Sultans should make a point to do this – if the Federal titles are only for collusion and corruption, rather than civilisational uplifting challenges to nepotism, challenges to term limitlessness or GLC-citizen-parsiting-freeenterprise-destroying plutocracy and challenges to collusion and sense of entitlement – nepotism’s presence nominally draining reputational points from royal institutions.

Sadly even the Niks also failed, with PAS’s Aziz’s son continuing the prevention of hand me down seats which destroy democracy instead of remaning in the shadows for a generation or 2 out of politeness for all second liners who doubtless would love to participate in policy making. If any really excited candidates abound, no old aristocratic Malay families should even want to compete, they have everything and cannot still want more but would want specifically to cultivate a quality little known among Malays – noblesse oblige. And of course seperation of faith and state to prevent conflict of interest. This is like where the Sultan insists on being the President of the Chambers of Commerce AND the Bar Council president AND the Supreme Court High Justice, and the Chairman of 100s of Societies all at once while being the Chairman AND biggest shareholder in as many public listed companies as possible etc.. Separation of powers prevents conflict of interest and shows maturity, the state of democracy if a country and a country’s level of education.

Especially with the clergy who need to be so pure that they cannot deal with secular realities, this foray into politics is as inappropriate as Nik Aziz’s presence in a political party. Especially where there are non-Muslim minorities and who knows even Malays who wish to go apostate WHICH IS a right in the Quran, that cannot be done without retaliation in Malaysia’s worst most ‘Talibanised’ places at any rate.

mini-ARTICLE 6.5

Najib’s son Norashman helps campaign for Segambut BN candidate – Monday, 29 April 2013 08:28

KUALA LUMPUR- The youngest son of Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Razak, Norashman made a surprise appearance at the Taman Tun Dr Ismail night market today.

The 22-year-old accompanied Barisan Nasional candidate Jayanthi Devi Balaguru on her campaign drive at the market, where he too helped campaign for the upcoming general election.

For about an hour, Norashman and the BN’s first-time candidate walked around the night market greeting and shaking hands with the Segambut constituents and traders.

Some of them also took photographs with him.

The two greeted and mingled with the crowd and traders along the stretch, and also tried some of the ‘trades’ like preparing Satay.

Jayanthi, who is the Secretary-General of Gerakan Women’s Wing and BN Segambut coordinating chairman will take on Segambut incumbent Lim Lip Eng of Dap in a straight fight for the seat.

During the visit, Norashman also wooed the Chinese community, who are the majority of Segambut, when he chatted with the Chinese constituents and traders at the market in Mandarin.

“I’m happy to come down and support Jayanthi campaigning drive, as I’m also a voter registered in Segambut. This would be my first-time voting and I’m really looking forward to it,” he said.

It is learnt that Norashman and his sister, Nooryana Najwa Najib are both registered voters of the Segambut constituency.

Asked if he had interest in politics and would follow in his father’s footsteps, Norashman said “who doesn’t like politics? I keep myself updated with the country’s politics, but it is too early to think about joining politics”.

He said he wanted to concentrate on his Masters and would decide upon completion of his studies.

Norashman is doing his master’s degree in business administration in the United States.

Meanwhile, Jayanthi also expressed her appreciation to Norashman, for coming down to support her election.

She said Norashman’s participation showed that BN is committed to serve the people and to bring good change for Segambut.

“Everyone is showing their support in one way or another and this support and the spirit certainly boosts my confidence in winning back Segambut. ” said the 52-year-old lawyer.

Jayanthi will face Lim Lip Eng from the DAP in a straight fight for the Segambut parliamentary constituency which has 75,631 voters.

– New Straits Times

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

At least not directly campaigning for an MP or Assemblyman seat alongside Najib. This however is ever so slightly nepotistic but still unfaultable unlike Pakatan’s family bloc dominated CECs.

http://www.malaysia-chronicle.com/index.php?option=com_k2&view=item&id=90231:even-more-disunity-in-bn-umno-sacks-a-staggering-61-members&Itemid=2

ARTICLE 7

GE13: Send the rocket to the moon, Hisham tells Johoreans – Published: Saturday April 27, 2013 MYT 12:18:00 AM

KLUANG: Datuk Seri Hishammuddin Hussein has described the May 5 general election as different from previous ones as it would determine if Johor remained a heartland to Barisan Nasional.

He called on voters in his Semberong constituency and in Johor to foil DAP adviser Lim Kit Siang’s efforts to gain a foothold in Johor by “sending the rocket to the moon”. On another matter, Hishammuddin said the allegations that he and his wife were aristocrats who did not mingle with Semberong constituents as being borne out of sheer ignorance. The party which hurled such allegation against him and his wife, Tengku Marsilla Tengku Abdullah, was completely out of sync with the real situation on the ground, he said.

“I say, the allegation is a shot in the dark as they (the party) do not know how close my wife and I are to the people in Semberong. Only Semberong residents know and are aware,” he said. Hishammuddin was speaking at a goodwill session with the residents of Kampung Melayu Batu Empat, Paloh which was attended by Barisan Nasional (BN) Paloh state seat candidate, Teo Yap Kun.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

An aristocrat or not is not the issue. The coarsest commoner who cannot keep campaign promises and ignores term limits and creates family blocs is the issue and Pakatan is full of those. Hishmuddin may be either, but by term limit considerations and also because of Hishamuddin’s state of plutocracy, Hishamuddin should not be voted over any candidate who has had not a single term in power – this is bit so much as power but a form of  ‘adat’ TOWARDS one’s citizens and those weaker than oneself (even as the 3 item issue I won’t bother to broach here . . .  impossible especially with ‘state of entitlement’ with the UMNO CEC types, and hence BN’s ‘old politics’ of failure where even people like Chua Soi Lek and Samy Vellu cannot even broach the same with Hishamuddin whi is supposed to be their colleague, or ‘Tuan’ is you ask some parties . . . ).

The nepotism issue also is somewhat magnified, as Hishamuddin is a former PM’s son (who is now a Minister – this does not help democracy), and a cousin of Najib Razak who is PM who’s brother Mentri Besar Datuk Seri Azizan Abdul Razak is Kedah’s MB. For best practices and ethical governance but most especially term limit issues, this renders candidacy by Hishamuddin inappropriate if not impossible IF the Malay voters are to be aware and vote by principle than anything else which still is not the political culture in UMNO much less Malays in general.

This is a personal expression choice of statesmanship in ethics or power mongering that Hishamuddin needs to make. Hishamuddin could consult with any ethics professors (I doubt Malaysian local professors will be honest or be so diplomatic as to be unable to discuss meaningfully, so Hishamuddin should consult foreign professors for a convo, some of us lack the Ethos and would not be heard . . .) about best practices and gracefully bow out of the political race (Already 2 terms? AND an aristocrat? Then more so honour bound to GTFO of the Dewan because poltics should be below the aristocracy  . . . ) than create a sort of family bloc or hand down culture in the Cabinet.

Any second liners Hishamuddin would like to promote would be better, simply to prevent family bloc politics which is even more obvious in Pakatan Rakyat – the people would be aware, and what better way to retire in dignity? Of course if this lot are feeling feudalistic even though aristocrats and having everything, the work of democracy will fall upon the voters who should vote simply by term limit issues if they choose to. Civilisational values over power mongering among Malays would doubtless take example from Hishamuddin’s choice of action after this article and truly aristocrat, or democracy fracturing political dynasty . . . Malaysia’s BN remnants would colour Malaysia’s direction towards a better or worse kind of country. Perhaps a member of the Rulers collective who does understand could begin propagation of such specific actions for betterment of a race of people who have already disregarded :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

This may appear a perfunctory suggestion that wll fall on deaf ears, but the soul of Malaysian politics is at stake if not a single Malay at the top level acts on the above. Which Malays are ready to lead by example? Tun Hussein Oon would have granted item 1 at least, would son be similar to the father and would the people’s continued ignorance of the above issues be wise?

mini-ARTICLE 7.5

BOWING TO THE POLITICAL MASTERS: Local ISPs playing politics? – Monday, 29 April 2013 09:23

Since nomination day, Harakahdaily has come under severe DDOS (distributed denial of service) attacks. But lately, our IT team found that there was more to it.

Having tested broadband services from all local internet service providers (ISP), we discovered that only YES4G and Time Internet have no problems accessing our web.

Users of ISPs such as TM Broadband, Unifi, Streamyx, Maxis, Celcom and Digi however have complained of unusually slow speed when accessing the Harakahdaily portal.

A pageview chart screened by us also revealed that connection was being ‘dropped’ every now and then when using these ISPs.

“If the matter is true, such dirty tactics must be stopped. ISPs should focus on their job to deliver the best service to its customers any desired websites without restriction,” said Zulkifli Sulong, Harakahdaily’s editor-in-chief.

Harakahdaily is not alone. Malaysiakini’s IT team reportedly observed similar trend. The portal today questioned whether ISPs had been ordered to reduce access or restrict some websites.

Malaysiakini chief executive officer Premesh Chandran was equally serious in urging ISPs to butt out of politics.

“ISPs should stay out of politics and make sure their staff do not follow illegal instructions which undermine the accessibility of their networks. They should also ensure shared gateways are free of tampering and restrictions,” said Premesh.

Harakahdaily’s readership has meanwhile overtaken other major news sites, including UMNO-owned Utusan Malaysia’s internet edition.

As a precaution to future attacks, all our news will be also posted in full on our popular Facebook fan page at http://www.facebook.com/harakahdaily.

“Users who find it hard to access our portal, please tell your friends to get our news from our Facebook page as well,” said Zulkifli.

-Harakahdaily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Unless under duress, ISPs should play neutral. Mere access to internet and freedm, of speech of the MSM are part of democracy and a modern country.

 

ARTICLE 8

Be on the right side of history, young voters tell Nurul Izzah – by Emily Ding – May 01, 2013 (from the psychological insanity of Unit 3 (just opposite) doors a-slamming, every other meal doors a slamming,  (records of?) children whining (Jingle Cats!) . . .

KUALA LUMPUR, May 1 — young voters posed herself as the mirror image of Nurul Izzah Anwar in Malaysia, sharing today their dreams and hopes and telling them to be “on the right side of history” in Election 2013.

In a video message uploaded to Youtube devoid of fuss or frills, the outgoing Lembah Pantai MP appealed to over five million young voters, who make up about 46 per cent of about 13 million registered voters gazetted in the latest electoral roll, to vote for their shared dream for change.

“We grew up together, you and I. You know me, you know who I am, and I know you. Because you I am you,” she said, gazing directly in her typical narcissistic manner into the camera in the two minute 15 second clip.

It is a phrase the eldest daughter of opposition leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim repeats often as she attempts to imprint herself upon the masses while posing as personable, tying her destiny with that of young voters under the age of 40.

“Because when you’re not fighting the good fight against nepotism in parliament or speaking in front of thousands in the padang in the rain, you worry about getting your children to school on time than the MP’s children. you worry about putting dinner on the table, and planning bday parties, and how to live a better life – in service of one another, in service of God, and in service of country,” the voters said.

The voters also told Nurul that Nurul was raised in a different Malaysia preoccupied with building itself, and that Nurul brought them apart by different experiences (voters earn 2.3K from private sector, Nurul earns 23K from tax monies they pay), distinct to any other generation.

Appealing to Nurul to step boldly out of a new Malaysian Dewan, the voters said: “No generation, not since that of Independence, has experienced this much hope for change for a better brighter future. No generation in our history has had this much of a voice, no generation has had this much influence. This generation, your generation.”

“So we ask Nurul to help realise that dream deferred for so long. We ask Nurul to leave the family bloc in parliament and be on the right side of history, because we grew up together, you and I,” the voters said.

The video has been viewed 17,330 times since yesterday, but although it will surely resonate with many, most of the subsequent comments from Nurul who wishes to continue the family bloc fall short of the reaction the Lembah Pantai voters must have hoped for.

One YouTube user said: “Sorry Izzah. You can count me out. And nope, seems like we didn’t grow up together and share the same experiences… I love my Malaysia, dulu kini dan selamanya. And I would like to keep it that way for many more years to come, if not foverer. Thanks for the offer, but no thanks. =)” Another commenter took offense at the video, saying that Nurul Izzah cannot speak for the poor: “Liar… you are rich, your father has a lot of money… don’t talk about poverty like this… don’t talk about generation…”

Other detractors in a display of linguistic communalism, criticised the message being delivered in English and not Bahasa Malaysia, with one commenter saying: “In my opinion, the English speaking voters are a lost cause. They do not need further convincing. Its the Bahasa speaking voters that needs focus.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Nepotism and limitless terms is the issue with Nurul being voted. How about these young voters fielding themselves as independents eh? I have never seen greedier more term limitless mindset than in PKR or in Malaysia in general. I am glad for Nurul that Wan Azizah (Nurul’s mother) has decided to not be a democracy destroying person but after more than a few million in tax payer monies to the tune of 23K, isn’t high time for Nurul to step aside for a 2nd liner PKR Wanita member to be fielded?

ARTICLE 9

I’m your old friend – Ghani appeals to Chinese in Gelang Patah – Wednesday, 01 May 2013 15:31 (discourtesy of *H**462)

GELANG PATAH- OUTGOING Menteri Besar Datuk Abdul Ghani Othman is reaching out to the Chinese community here by introducing himself as their lao pengyou (old friend).

Ghani has been using the Mandarin phrase in meetings with the community grassroots.

He explained that the lao pengyou concept carries a straightforward meaning in his context.

“I have been here long enough and this gives me an opportunity to relate to many matters pertaining to the local community,” said Ghani, who has been the Johor menteri besar for the past 18 years.

“In my interactions with the Chinese community, I picked up this term lao pengyou and of course, I had a friend translate it for me.

“I have always given priority towards resolving the local Chinese community’s long-standing issues. This includes issues related to land titles, approvals for the building of Chinese temples, cultural activities and community programmes,” he said, when met at Kg Sungai Melayu here yesterday.

Ghani also has learnt two other words in Mandarin — he ping (peace or harmony) and fan rong (prosperity) — which he has been using while addressing the Chinese community here, to resounding applause and cheers.

Gelang Patah is a constituency of 106,864 voters, comprising 52.4 per cent Chinese, 34.3 per cent Malays, 12.5 per cent Indians and 0.8 per cent of other races.

On the development of Kampung Sungai Melayu, which is a Malay fishing village, Ghani said the government had placed its focus on adding value to the lives of the kampung folk.

“There are about 2,000 fishermen in the Gelang Patah constituency — in this village and another at Kampung Pendas, which is fronting Sungai Pulai.

“There are also other villages, but these two are the main ones. The government, through the Iskandar Regional Development Authority (Irda) is introducing ways to modernise the village.

“We want to develop eco-tourism in both villages as there is a large presence of migratory birds due to their proximity to a mangrove swamp.”

Kampung Sungai Melayu village head Pandak Ahmad said there were about 700 people living in the village, the majority of whom are fishermen.

Some of the fishermen have recently started to be eco-tour guides for tourists to earn extra income.

“In the past five months, the village has received some 400 visitors from Singapore, Australia, Switzerland, Sri Lanka, United Kingdom and the United States,” Pandak said, adding that the most recent group was from Russia.

“In the beginning, the kampung folk were a little apprehensive, but they overcame their fear and are now comfortable with their new role as tour guides,” he said.

Irda head of social development Nor Hisham Hussein said the idea was introduced a year ago when the authority introduced English language courses to train the local folk to become eco-tour guides.

“In the past, the fishermen would catch mussels and sell them for RM5 per kg. Now they show the tourists the mussels at a farm a short boat ride away, and they can rake in RM25 per tourist.”

He also said that Irda’s plans for the village folk was to tie-up with the Johor Tourist Association and incorporate eco-tourism into the schedule of tourists heading to the Legoland theme park.

– New Straits Times

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Lao is the only thing right about this ‘lao pengyou’ concept. Give – pingden (EQUALITY) – before using the word pengyou. For all real ‘pengyou’ are ‘Pingden’. Without ‘pingden’ only ‘lao’ in usage is true (or in Klingon . . . I mean Hokkien, ‘lau’ – which means ‘lure’ does apply especially without ”pingden’ . . . ). Until then, ‘friend’ here is missing an ‘r’.

ARTICLE 10

EC destroys the integrity of GE13 with indelible ink fiasco – by Tian Chua – Wednesday, 01 May 2013 15:20 (discourtesy of **N*043)

Vice President of Parti Keadilan Rakyat (KEADILAN) Tian Chua refutes the excuse by the Election Commission (EC) that the washable indelible ink occurred as several staff members of the EC did not shake the ink bottles as a feeble attempt to cover up the incompetency of EC to ensure the efficiency of the 13th General Election (GE13).

SPR was allocated approximately RM400 million by the federal government to run the GE13. Thus, SPR has the duty to disclose how much was spent on purchasing the indelible ink considering the fact that in 2008, EC wasted as much as RM2.4 million on the indelible ink that in the end was not used.

Meanwhile, EC announced that they would be using the indelible in on 7th December 2011. That meant EC had more than a year to ensure that the indelible ink was indelible ink and the EC staff would be trained to use the indelible ink systematically and effectively. Claims of the indelible ink as being washable shows that SPR does not take seriously the use of the indelible ink in ensuring the integrity of the GE13.

EC asserted that the indelible ink was in fact indelible on 30th April 2013. Yet on the 1st of May 2013, EC acknowledged that the indelible ink was washable caused by the incompetencies of the the EC staff members.

“EC has clearly lied to Malaysians on its integrity and the integrity of the GE13. EC has also jeapordized the integrity of the ballots casted and the credibility of the GE13.”

Tian Chua is a candidate for the Parliamentary seat in Batu. He urges the EC to take seriously of the credibility of the GE13 and not mock the EC with absurd reasoning such as this. EC bears a huge responsibility to the people as well as shoulders the trust of the people to ensure this GE13 runs smoothly and with transparency.

The loss of faith from the people towards the EC will cause the absence of credibility to the results of the GE13 and this in turn will bring more harm to the long term future of the country.

Kenyataan Media oleh Calon Parlimen Batu, Naib Presiden KEADILAN, Tian Chua

Kegagalan Dakwat Kekal, SPR Jejaskan Integriti PRU

Naib Presiden Parti Keadilan Rakyat (KEADILAN) Tian Chua menyanggah alasan Suruhanjaya Pilihan Raya (SPR) bahawa dakwaan kekal tidak kekal mungkin berlaku akibat sebahagian petugas SPR tidak menggoncang botol ink sebagai alasan lemah untuk menutup kepincangan SPR dalam melaksanakan secara cekap Piliha Raya Umum ke-13 (PRU13) ini.

SPR telah diperuntukkan kira-kira RM400 juta oleh kerajaan persekutuan bagi melaksanakan PRU13 ini. SPR mempunyai tanggungjawab untuk menyatakan berapakah yang dibelanjakan untuk membeli dakwat kekal ini memandangkan pada PRU 2008, SPR telah membazirkan sebanyak RM2.4 juta ke atas dakwat kekal yang akhirnya tidak diguna pakai.

Di samping itu, SPR turut menyatakan bahawa SPR akan menggunakan dakwat kekal pada 7 Disember 2011. Ini bermakna SPR mempunyai lebih dari setahun untuk memastikan dakwat kekal yang dibawa masuk adalah dakwat kekal di samping melatih para petugas SPR cara mengguna dakwat kekal tersebut secara sistematik dan berkesan. Dakwaan dakwat kekal tidak kekal menunjukkan SPR tidak memandang serius mengenai kepentingan penggunaan dakwat kekal dalam memastikan integriti PRU13 tidak terjejas.

SPR menegaskan bahawa dakwat kekal tidak boleh dibuang dari jari pada 30 April 2013. Namun pada 1 Mei 2013, SPR telah mengakui dakwa kekal tidak kekal kerana ketidakcekapan para petugas SPR.

“SPR secara jelasnya telah menipu kepada rakyat Malaysia mengenai integriti SPR dan integriti PRU13. SPR juga telah menjejaskan integriti pembuangan undian dan kredibiliti keputusan PRU13 ini.”

Tian Chua merupakan calon bagi kerusi Parlimen Batu di PRU13. Beliau menggesa SPR memandang serius akan kredibiliti PRU13 dan tidak memperolokkan SPR dengan alasan-alasan tidak munasabah seperti ini. SPR memikul tanggungjawab yang besar kepada rakyat disamping memegang amanah dan kepercayaan rakyat untuk memastikan PRU13 ini berjalan dengan lancar dan telus. Kehilangan kepercayaan rakyat kepada SPR akan membawa kepada ketidakhadiran kredibiliti kepada keputusan PRU13 ini dan ini akan membawa kesan jangka panjang kepada masa hadapan negara.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

And PKR only has a 8% quorum for CEC Elections that ROS can deregister PKR over. Tian Chua won’t address this failure of quorum internally in PKR but is willing to attack the EC over something less serious? Such a thick skinned alias . . . Tian Chua? More like token puppet in PKR who cannot demand :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

mini-ARTICLE 11

Lahad Datu: Bukit Aman to interview Raja Petra over Sulu intrusion article – Tuesday, 30 April 2013 admin-s (discourtesy of **S*090)

(The Star) – Bukit Aman is not revealing where police would record the statement of Malaysia Today editor Raja Petra Kamarudin pertaining to an article on the Sulu intrusion in Lahad Datu.

“We cannot reveal which country we intend to interview him as it might jeopardize our investigations.

“We are recording his statement pertaining to individual or groups involved in the Lahad Datu intrusion,” Federal CID director Comm Datuk Seri Mohd Bakri Zinin told The Star.

It is learnt that Raja Petra, now living in exile in the United Kingdom, had flown to another country.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Outed as a fundo at heart, RPK leaves England? Or is there a ‘HalfBlood Prince’ connection somewhere? Magick doesn’t work for the low minded philosophically unstudied LGBT hater, RPK. Only a flaming bixesexual will be heeded. Lets not go into why Anwar ‘did’ Saiful or at least wanted any rumours about that floating about. These things seek such ‘action’ and RPK is too Islamist to quality. Perhaps they will use that copper ‘wand’ a certain ‘Potty’ had stolen recently on RPK eh?

ARTICLE 12

Nurul Izzah a star in her own right – Tuesday, 30 April 2013 08:47 – discourtesy of *H*186

KUALA LUMPUR -It was past midnight and the ceramah had long since ended, but a small crowd lingered at the playground area of Blok 100 of the PPR Sri Pantai people’s housing project, shaking hands and taking photographs with Lembah Pantai incumbent Nurul Izzah Anwar .

Appearing tired, Nurul Izzah nevertheless obliged, chatted with them and handed out her name card. She then made her way to an opposite block to visit one of her constituents, 82-year-old Ahim Mat who is bedridden after having suffered a stroke recently.

Ahim’s wife Rahimah Bakar, 76, had earlier attended the ceramah and had invited Nurul to her home. Despite the late hour, Ahim was delighted to see Nurul Izzah.

Nurul Izzah then made her way to the home of Siti Aminah who suffers from high blood pressure.

“Kak Siti always helps and takes some of the residents who are ill to the hospital,” said Nurul Izzah.

Despite being indisposed, Siti’s face lit up when she saw Nurul Izzah and chatted amiably with her.

At about 12.45am, Nurul Izzah said good night and took her leave.

“I do my best and try to visit. I’m tired of people accusing me of not visiting my constituents,” she said as she made her way out.

She enjoys celebrity-like status in her constituency and before she started her ceramah earlier that night, she went around shaking hands with everyone present and appeared to recognise most of them.

A few minutes later, in her Penang accent, she began her 30-minute speech, touching on cronyism, Tan Sri Syed Mokhtar Al-Bukhary, mariyathei (respect in Tamil), the water problem in Selangor and the “flavour of the week”, Shah Alam parliamentary candidate Datuk Zulkifli Noordin, which got the crowd excited.

“He (Zulkifli) insulted people but he is protected. In my view, anyone who disrespects other religions must be brought to court, regardless if he is a civilian or a minister. Justice must be for all,” she said to loud cheers from the crowd.

A resident, who has been living in Sri Pantai for the past 10 years, said she understood Nurul Izzah’s plight.

“Nurul Izzah has done her level best to try to solve our problems,” said the 53-year-old who declined to be named.

Another local, who declined to be named, said he attended the ceramah because he wanted to get the “feel” of the environment. Working in the oil-and-gas industry, the 44-year-old moved out two years ago having earlier resided in Lembah Pantai for 12 years.

“My voting constituency is still here. I feel since she came, there is a lot of political awareness among the locals but she has an uphill battle. “Still, I believe the locals are wise enough to judge,” he said.

In 2008, Nurul Izzah had wrested the Lembah Pantai seat by a margin of 2,895 votes (7%).

The Lembah Pantai electorate has apparently increased to around 71,000 voters, compared to 56,650 in 2008. Indicating a 25% increase in registered voters in the four years since 2008, sharply contrasting the 9% growth of the electorate across the previous 13 years between 1995 to 2008.

Nurul Izzah considers the Lembah Pantai constituency as a “microcosm of Malaysia”. She has “a trusted core team” of 50 people plus a wider base of division heads and volunteers.

Besides groundwork, the team is also meticulously analysing the historical voter-turnout trends by wards/sectors within the constituency to address the new challenge.

-thesundaily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Nurul is more like a ‘Black Hole’ (lay off the sexual innuendo or we’ll be disgted to death) sucking the light from 2nd liners in Wanita PKR than a Star. 2 terms over so GTFO, step aside for another Wanita 2nd liner and stop maintaining family blocs.

ARTICLE 13

Anwar and Kit Siang chased away by Umno-BN supporters – Tuesday, 30 April 2013 16:32 (discourtesy of *G**065)

PKR de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim and DAP adviser Lim Kit Siang were herded away at separate functions in Penang and Johor yesterday.

According to Utusan Malaysia, Anwar was asked to leave by the Masjid Jamek Teluk Bahang mosque committee, in Penang, when the politician wanted to deliver a tazkirah (short religious talk) last night.

The paper claimed the committee members felt uncomfortable with Anwar’s action of wanting to talk to the congregants, and had asked him to leave.

The Umno-owned daily further reported that one of Anwar’s aides acted rough by scolding the mosque committee and entered the mosque without taking off his shoes.

In Taman Tun Aminah, near Johor Bahru, Lim who is the Gelang Patah parliamentary candidate, was driven off from a stall at a pasar tani, during his campaign rounds.

People wearing BN T-shirts and also alleged supporters of the ruling coalition were eating food and were seen standing and shouting at the DAP delegation and asked Lim to leave and go home.

“You said that you wanted to help the Malays.

“See the Malays in Penang, what happened?” a person was reported by Utusan as saying.

A video of the alleged incident was also uploaded on YouTube.

-malaysiakini.com

Tuesday, 30 April 2013 20:03 posted by @Ali Hamzah

Pakatan Rakyat supporters have personal issues, big time! Just like their de facto leaders AI. Them supporting PR is something pro BN supporters must accept. However, when faced with BN supporters they get all rowdy, foul mouthed and all angry. My family and Malay friends in Penang are not happy with PR govt. we ve been sidelined and prejudiced over and over again. I ve voted for them before now I know it’s better to live with the devil u know than the devil u don’t. My Malay, family and friends are coming back to support BN. Long live BN!

ARTICLE 14

Violence won’t translate into votes – Tuesday, 30 April 2013 Super Admin (discourtesy of C***10)

As campaigning enters the final rounds, stories of violence are making headlines in the mainstream media.

Free Malaysia Today

True to form, the mainstream media went to town with stories and pictures of escalating violence in the run-up to the 13th general election. The blown-up photograph taken at night of the scene of a blast in one newspaper was clearly and delibrately played up to scare voters into believing that peace and harmony were in danger of going up in smoke. It was a cheap tactic employed to advance the interest of the ruling coalition under threat of going down in defeat.

The so-called escalating violence is used as a pretext to spread panic that Malaysia will descend into chaos if the attacks spiral out of control. Invariably the fingers will be wagged at the opposition for stirring up trouble. The opposition will be blamed for every blast including firecrackers even though it could be the work of the other side. If fighting erupts on the streets, the caretaker government can declare a state of emergency and call off the polls.

When emergency rule is in place the guns will be turned on the opposition force and its leaders may end up behind bars for causing mayhem. With the opposition crippled, the election will resume but under the barrel of the gun. Voters will be intimidated into casting their ballots for the same discredited rulers. But this scenario is unlikely to come to pass because the caretaker government has a weak case. No government can have the force of legitimacy if an election is not won fair and square.

The campaign is entering the last few laps and both camps are stepping up their verbal assaults against the background of “escalating” violence. For sure, here and there scuffles will break out, which will get “star” treatment in the state-controlled media. The ever-vigilant press will be ever ready to distort, twist, manipulate every incident in an all-out bid to poison and influence the minds of the voters. Any fatal shooting involving government officials will be subtly linked to the election battle. The line between truth and fiction will be blurred to serve the interests of the political masters.

Malaysians are no longer guillible. The story and picture of the bomb blast published in the newspaper was only greeted with disgust and anger. Disgust at the blatant attempt by the daily to create unnecessary alarm, and anger at the caretaker government for using the media platform to advance its agenda for victory at all cost. If any thing, the fear tactic will only backfire. The mood in the country is turning ugly with every passing day and the ruling party is not helping itself with its crude methods of swaying public opinion.

Not a good strategy

The crowds at the opposition rallies are getting bigger and bigger. This is a clear indication that the opposition alliance is scoring at the popularity stake. This also means that the ruling coalition is in deep trouble. Herein lies the danger: the caretaker commander may decide on something drastic to stop the inexorable march of its opponents to Putrajaya. How about lobbing a few Molotov cocktails into opposition gatherings? This can easily be done with the help of pro-government supporters or any bad hats paid handsomely to do the job. It will not work.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

BN needs to drop these 3 items on the Pakatan Rakyat’s ‘strategy’ :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;and from the insanity and bias of the Pakatan mindset, the BN will easily win back what was lost. The problem is BN does not use that mandate to grant the above 3 items and keeps losing more to Pakatan Rakyat as time goes on. Might as well run as an independent candidate or vote for MPs and Assemblymen not aligned to both BN and PR.

**** Give me no reason to post more sh1t . . . but then again the government needs more victims, so here are lots of choices to pick from . . . (do feel free to touch your hand to your head alluding my Christian/Psychiatry inspired accident that cracked my skull in 2006 as if anyone will feel hurt, or trace the sign of the Pentagram, Satan (in the form of BN Neurotech machinery if not the actual) awaits more test subjects and souls with nothign better to do than torment . . . so if you need to be included keep on doing what you think pains people who do not know you. The rest not involved, vote properly for non-nepotists, non-racists and non-lapdogs who believe in :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

ARTICLE 15

Rhetoric or Reality? The readers can decide about Vehicle 8007 – by @AgreeToDisagree – 4th May 2013

This post is for all the disturbances for the past decade or more – the worst neighbourhood in the world. A nice descript on insanity from the human form of vermin living here. Well no responses without directed b.s. so here’s today’s mentally ill neighbours making their mark on the world of fetish porn out of their neighbours’ suffering. This MILF (or worse?) oriented post should get the psychotic rapists among the local population really excited . . . the foreign ones would probably make a beeline to the sickened Malaysian region . . . and when someone said a certain loudmouthed hag, ‘deserved to be r**** that really was no joke . . .  ever heard a hagwife or is that hagmaid ‘coo’ (across the ravine took over today seemingly, with ‘violent voice male’ caterwauling off and on) . . .

Pity I’m not obsessed enough to make recordings (yet) so too bad sickos! Maybe someone needs to teach these sick minded neighbours a lesson. I heard ‘cooing’ today (maybe someone was having sex with their dog? Or something else like husbands too lazy or too disgusted to f*** that hag and bored maid? (Get your lesbo porn here) or go find a gigolo instead of cooing in the backyards clearly audible, shameless as hell . . .), creepy as hell. Maybe they don’t have enough dog p*****s rammed up their asses and need to advertise themselves by making a ruckus like some ‘Desparate Housewife/Housemaid’.

If the dumb bitches are stupid enough, are shameless enough, to be reading this or perhaps counting on my ‘good nature’ to not want to r*** their asses, then no thanks for the ‘invitation’, the history of the world has never witnessed such low mindedness from women amd their menfolk have not taugh their wives the meaning of modesty. This is what happens when pariahs among the population gain enough education and wealth to live in duplexes . . . right Vehicle 8007? Money does not change basic base natures. From another online mag, unless intentional huffings to cause strife between Christianity and society at large (no love for the insane faux-white chinks but any weirdo cult has a right to be left alone – but disturb others? NO. They’re got anothing thing coming . . . and wicked or not, ‘this way comes’ will be well deserved if sickos do not STFU and not necessarily from ‘the source’ as well hereon. I don’t know any of these scum, do not want to or need to, so will the Human Right uneducated duplex dwellers stop advertising their presence before someone writes something really unpleasant . . .

By a ‘friendly’ MSM online mag if not inferred wrongly, this would seem to be Christianity making a territorial claim on my right to buy pineapples and enter my home without being attacked by signal cone wielding f***s. . . if these idiots don’t understand freedom of speech enough to harrass moi for just speaking about their favourite term limitless nepotistic liars among politicians, then they do not deserve Human Rights themselves, twice the impetus to write and I suppose they hope to initiate a fight or something being prepared with ‘backup’, which emboldens them to behave in this manner etc. . . . these low minded scum politics and religious subverts are gutter trash. And disrespectfiul of freedom of speech and just waiting for smackdown by the right people? Hey I’m just 1 person so maybe thats what emboldens them . . . but freedom of speech is a HUMAN RIGHT and the cops would see the logic behind this argument save for the facts of apartheid and reliious supremacy which the cops will not be able to side with me on . . . for this generation anyway.

For a family of people I never met, there sure is alot of hate based around the insanity of Malaysian politics of nepotism and term limitlessness in 3rd world Asia . . . this article’s for you RPK ! 1000s worth parcels missing in England do not easily get forgotten . . . So whenever you think about why some people like to write about nepotism, think about Vehicle 8007 and hope the creeps STFU! I think the worst of BN would find a nice young family with cooing maids and cooing housewives, perhaps some self hating hags talking in the coarse local dialect in their even less educated voices more fun tormenting them than moi.

Now there is another set of neighbours, who feel they are entitled to pull something like the below on pet daschunds . . . this one’s for Sophie (and all the harm piled on the rest of me will not be accepted and will be subject to payback, if not directly by me, then EVERYONE ELSE with an ethical bone in them . . . for certain karma afflicts back . . . in another part of the world now? Don’t worry, any number of generations can pass on ‘safely’ and the pain will still be felt with interest whatever murder or incest or rapes occur by whatever intent . . .

Look like someone familiar? But we’ll leave the cops to deal with gangsters, even politico ones, what are the wealthy but mere people governed by Reality beyond that of society and materialism . . .
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2318344/Wealthy-shipping-boss-Donald-Knight-78-shoots-wife-pet-dachshund-500k-farm-Northamptonshire.html

Part of the moral of the story is don’t open certain businesses in a non-Commercial area especially in Malaysia where incest cases and paedophiles do occur or where fundos live – the children will suffer most. Anyone who has migrated to Malaysia should prepare themselves for the above sorts of treatment based around perhaps rumours, who knows what they’ve been saying . . . this is my last post pre-GE13. The people are unethical and insane enough (even to those they have never met) regardless of political affiliation or wealth or however nice they seem. The darkness of souls of the damned are evident. What say you Popey? Assisi or Bacon? Haul up any paedophiles lately? Fire any paedo priests yet? Who knows all these disturbances was about hiding paedo priests and incest cases in Malaysia who the minority does not trust the government to make reports about? You see to not be Islamic is bad enough to some of the more fundo among the population here, but if you are from an ‘opponent’ or ‘competing’ faith, do not expect any help from the mostly Muslim police unless they know you really well (and I don;t mean bribery). Guess where this is leading? So they r*** the soul of the world instead to protect a few paedophiles and incest cases? One can only surmise, but for certain the right investigators would be interested to learn about the state of the Christian religion in ASEAN.

Do not try to transfer your sins to others low minded ‘religious’ fools and liars, even the minority hating among cops wouldn’t let off those who molest children, then shift the blame on subculture purveying persons isolated . . . Satan awaits no matter how many thugs can be hired, and I don’t mean for the gothic LGBTs (try to remove 377B Bar Council colluding idiots! This is not even an Altantuya or Teoh Beng Hock)  who had no idea of the horror that was going on in Malaysia’s religious and familial ‘underworld’ . . . ‘God’ (or the Spirit of Karma) has struck down mightier civilisations and mightier races for such behaviour, lets hope the truly evil get what they deserve. Well righteous persons? Victims? Make that report and not let these evil people hide behind the purported insanity of activists targeted for trying to achieve :  . . .

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Malaysia and the disenfranchised into insanity non-Muslims and non-minorities is truly the worst. Not physical violence but the spiritual violence makes Malaysia a living hell and torture on the soul to live in. Maybe migration does not seem so bad, the locals are enmired in darkness . . .

ARTICLE 16

BN’S GE13 CAMPAIGN FLOPS: Self-inflicted failures & Najib’s inability to think for himself – by  J. D. Lovrenciear – Tuesday, 30 April 2013 08:39 (discourtesy of P***045)

For a moment, let us take two, sit back and check things out logically. Cut the emotional temptations for a moment. Forget about the opposition party coalition, their allegations, some of the proofs they produced beyond doubt, their ceramahs and what have you.

Just take BN’s actions and inactions. It is no small wonder why even a humble security guard shakes his head as he ponders aloud in disbelief, “Apa sudah jadi sama ini BN?”.

Yes, what exactly is happening to BN? That is what is most puzzling – especially when it had the unique advantage of being at the control box of governance for well over five decades.

All the wrong decisions

Here is what is even puzzling the staunch supporters and fence-sitters:

Why did the PM not take the Altantuya’s case by the horn from the very start and demand on behalf of all concerned citizens including our Mongolian friends, answers to all the pivotal questions surrounding her mysterious murder?

Why did he as the man at the helm of the nation not demand and ensure that the justice that is to be dispensed is universally acceptable and dealt with within reasonably acceptable time frames?

Why did he allow by virtue of his silence, his spouse to launch a website that had to be removed only after public outcry?

Why did he as the President of his political party allow the screaming of “Over our dead bodies and crushed bones!” long before even when Malaysians were not thinking of GE-13? Why did he allow others to raise the kris in a militant and threatening manner? Was there no other civilized and honorable means to express support and defense for party allegiance and priorities?

Why did the PM start that band-wagon of campaign-appeals with the credo of “You help me, I help you”? Why could he not think of something to the effect of “Only with your support, we can serve you better”?

And why is BN now threatening on the last lap of the election’s campaign that if the voters do not bring back BN, they the rakyat will stand to lose everything? Why couldn’t BN say, “We want to be able to finish doing all the good things we have begun for you. So your vote can enable us to do just that – help us to fulfill our promises”?

Instead, they went on that sweeping, senseless beat, “Promises Fulfilled!” and ended up with the rakyat asking what have you fulfilled? Why couldn’t BN paint the streets red with something more humble like, “we may not be perfect, but we are determined to correct as we move on with you”?

And in the first place why did BN allow an extremist block to holler unrestrained, fiery threats anchored on race and religion divisiveness? And to add salt to frayed wounds, BN even at the eleventh hour put two names on the nomination list.

And if that was not enough, BN further saw no evil, spoke no evil and heard no evil when someone from their den publicly proclaimed that the two nominated candidates are also part of BN’s flock.

Over-reliance on expensive half-baked publicists, advisers

It is also unbelievable why on earth is BN spending so much money paying all kinds of publicists and political campaign advisers when each action or inaction by BN is bringing more brick bats to its turf? Why?

When Bersih took to the streets, BN could have harnessed the people’s power and used it optimally. But somehow it took the opposite turn, taunting and brutalizing the rakyat, only to be confirmed by SUHAKAM that there was excessive use of brute force on civilians.

BN had every golden opportunity to swing the pendulum and become the people’s hero despite so many civilized invitations for dialogue. But it did not. Instead butt-performances went unchecked. Why?

Even so late in the hour, it continues to peddle the same smut stories; the same old labels on the opposition front leaders; the same heart-wrenching threats on the voters. It seems not to want to subscribe to the principle of leadership by example. Why?

It’s simple, Najib can’t think for himself

While on the one hand BN leaders are singing Do-re-me successes that BN has created all these years, they are also giving out rice bags, T-shirts and caps, free food, cash, very expensive entertainment and what have you in every nook and corner of the nation to show that they are coming to aid the rakyat (though not commensurate with all the huge profits raked by monopolies and cronies, yeah), as we have been suffering from long years of hardships.

BN had every opportunity to take the thunder off the opposition by being the first to announce their manifesto. But they did not. They criticized the Orange Book by the opposition pact, but ended up announcing similar benefits for the rakyat. Why?

There was expose after expose from international organizations and outfits on the alleged corruption in East Malaysia. BN had every opportunity to push for a clean, fair and quick investigation and not wait for an NGO to expose the filth. But it did not. Why?

For years the people have been complaining of the influx of naturalized foreigners in Sabah. BN could have cleaned and mopped up the stains and not wait till an RCI had to pressed on. And now when the shit hit the ceilings, BN even allowed one man to get away with the atrocious claim that even Bapa Malaysia had allowed it. Why?

Mat Rempits were terrorizing the streets and BN instead of being firm on the scourge, went the full distance to embrace them. And today, Mat Rempits terrorize opposition ceramahs. How come?

It’s the rakyat’s fault now!

These are the questions that people are trading on the ground – not the full blast of advertisements and campaign promotions on TV, Radio and the print press.

Oh yes. In fact the reverse is happening. People are now asking why is BN pumping so much money in all these advertisements? And BN should also not be surprised that people are now asking, “whose money is BN spending and does it come with the rakyat’s approval?”

Why is BN doing all these to itself? So if BN loses in the GE-13, do we blame the Opposition leaders or do we blame the ‘ungrateful rakyat’? And even if BN wins, how will it go down amongst those who had voted otherwise?

Already the international media is beginning to say many not so nice things about BN these days despite all the money paid to foreign publicists.

Now how do we explain all these? Maybe there has to be some truth in the ancient wisdom which says: Your wealth does not stay with you beyond two generations.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) Why did the PM not take the Altantuya’s case by the horn from the very start and demand on behalf of all concerned citizens including our Mongolian friends, answers to all the pivotal questions surrounding her mysterious murder? Why did he as the man at the helm of the nation not demand and ensure that the justice that is to be dispensed is universally acceptable and dealt with within reasonably acceptable time frames?

This is Bukit Aman’s and the Judiciary’s job. Nothing to do with the PM unless the Judiciary orders Najib be present in court. Helm? Cult of personality mindset again JD? JD probably thinks the Sultan should be at the front of the army in the case of an invasion or that the PM be at every wedding in the country and every political ceremah as welll?

ii) Why did he as the President of his political party allow the screaming of “Over our dead bodies and crushed bones!” long before even when Malaysians were not thinking of GE-13? Why did he allow others to raise the kris in a militant and threatening manner?

That “Over our dead bodies and crushed bones!” is not for Najib to allow or disallow. Even if Najib did give the order, UMNO can say that people have their own mouths and can say anything, but of course Najib can be blamed for not meting out punishments later, instead of being blamed for ‘allowing’ such things to be said per se.

iii) Instead, they went on that sweeping, senseless beat, “Promises Fulfilled!” and ended up with the rakyat asking what have you fulfilled? Why couldn’t BN paint the streets red with something more humble like, “we may not be perfect, but we are determined to correct as we move on with you”?

So did Pakatan rakyat. And voters should know not to reward lies and bad behaviour so BOTH  Barisan and Pakatan are nonsensical and unvotable.

iv) When Bersih took to the streets, BN could have harnessed the people’s power and used it optimally. But somehow it took the opposite turn, taunting and brutalizing the rakyat, only to be confirmed by SUHAKAM that there was excessive use of brute force on civilians.

BN can hide behind a series of lawsuits targetting the officers present at the riot who threw blows that cannot prove they were defending themselves. BN has not done this yet. What Suhakanm confirms is moot until the courts take this investigative action.

v) Oh yes. In fact the reverse is happening. People are now asking why is BN pumping so much money in all these advertisements? And BN should also not be surprised that people are now asking, “whose money is BN spending and does it come with the rakyat’s approval?”

This is a very valid point. The MPs on either side though have not written bills to limit advertisement spending on this wastage. In fact too many bad laws have not been challenged by BN or PR, so the voters need to field themselves as 3rd Force candidates that will make these amendments.

vi) So if BN loses in GE-13, do we blame the Opposition leaders or do we blame the ‘ungrateful rakyat’?

Whats with this ‘us vs them’ mentality, and from a non-MP or non-Assemblyman no less! There are no ungrateful Rakyat, the government is made up of the Rakyat, and is not permanent. there is nothing to be grateful or ungrateful for but to hate MPs from BN and PR that prevent distribution of unused state land and allow the extreme sequestration of extreme wealth by the riches citizens, that allow Forced Military Conscriptions, that allow apartheid, that have not placed limits on advertisements during election time, that have allowed term limitless, and nepotistic family blocs in government in either coalition etc.. Vote for 3rd Firce and make sure that not a single MP or Assemblyman has had a single term in power.

vii) Now how do we explain all these? Maybe there has to be some truth in the ancient wisdom which says: Your wealth does not stay with you beyond two generations.

How do we explain these? Distribute the unused state land, and the petrol wealth and the tourism dollars and anything else that is renewable if you think all Malaysians are equal citizens. Not a word against apartheid JD? Then a reminder, the state of plutocracy is a form of discrimination that wealth sequestration allows. The entitlements and wealth and political power of a country (just look at Pakatan’s failure to implement Local Council Elections – Pakatan installed cronies instead on the taxpayer dollar) should be distributed every generation away from the very wealthiest, not become concentrated in a handful of term limitless nepotists in government. Every citizen is wealthy in any country, the politicians just are not distributing the wealth much like refusing to instutute minimum wage while collecting 23K a month to the tune of 2 million a term in power WHILE being term limitless and asking for 750K funerals on top of that. Don’t curse the readers with MSM adages JD, the wealth and lands of every nation belongs to every citizen in equal measure – there is no way wealth does not stay with anyone if the social security net includes all of the above considerations, the only issue is overpopulation and foreign invasions, nothing else – there is no real concept of wealth as such and Malaysia’s system is 3rd world as a political system can get. Migration may be the only cure for those without the ‘fighting spirit’ or the ‘cash’ to hide behind.

21 Articles From Around the World : Governments Do Lie – But Don’t Waste Time Being Suspicious – Just Learn How To Vote, Half The Education Makes For Bad Relations With Public And Police, Much Ado About Muslims, USA Time Running Out To Destroy Fundos, Words But NoAction, Iran Needs To Rethink non-viable Nukes, Win-Win Solution For North Korea, Tech / Spirit and Hindrances To Freedom, Islamists Kill Nepotists (Unfortunately For the Wrong Reasons?), Blue Ocean Fisheries Harvesting, USA Has To Drop Bad Americans, Online Mags Get Greedy, Weaklings Waste Society’s Efforts, India Need To Make Spaces For Sexuality, An Article Way Off Aim But Better Than No Effort, Egypt is Not Arabia No Islamism Pls, Eminent Domain Issues, Medical Industry Hit By Commercial Warfare, Food Policies Without Land Distribution Subsistence A Farce, Gun Control Effectiveness Limited, Drug Laws In Relation To Voltarian Freedoms, English Tax Money Wastage Extends to Funerals, Disingenuous Reminders On Red Coats and Blue Coats – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 21st April 2013

In 2nd Amendment, 99%, adult industry, amendments to law needed, democratisation, economic equity, enforcement, ethics, exceptionalism, fundamentalism, immigration, Islam, LGBT, marijuana, marijuana legalisation, media collusion, mob minded, MSM, nepotism, occult, oligarchy, Plutocracy, police, politics, representative democracy, sex work, sexuality, subtle insults, term limits, true democracy, wealth distribution, zoning in outlets on April 21, 2013 at 4:58 pm

ARTICLE 1

Psyops: mind control marathon and Boston bombings – By Yuram Abdullah Weiler – Friday Apr 19, 201305:35 AM GMT

US police officers stand on the street in Boston where two bombs exploded on April 15, 2013.

The Boston Marathon Bombing has all the signs of an OP: a psyop, a false-flag operation that is one more grizzly event in the marathon of mind control imposed by the US government on its own citizens to justify its ever-expanding security/police state, and divert attention from the ever-shrinking civil rights held by the people.”
“Mind control is being taken into a theater, shoved into a seat, and hearing the doors lock behind you. Then the play on the stage is all you’re allowed to see. That’s politics. The leaders are the leaders. The army is the army. The enemy is the enemy. The media that report all this are the media.” – Jack True, hypnotherapist, political analyst, and expert on mind control.

Three people were killed in dual bomb blasts that struck the popular “Boston Marathon” annual running event on Monday, 15 April 2013. Among the 144 treated for injuries were eight children; 25 were in serious condition and 17 were critical; 10 had amputated limbs. US Federal authorities were quick to classify the bombing as a terrorist attack but declared the explosive devices themselves were small, crude bombs, without high-grade explosive material. Two hotels in the vicinity were evacuated, subway service was halted, flights over the blast area were restricted by the FAA, and an area near the west wing of the White House was cleared.

Besides the two bombs that went off near the finish line of the race, three other explosive devices may have been involved: one was found at a nearby hotel, and the other two at undisclosed locations. Boston Police Commissioner Ed Davis stated that one bomb was in police custody while Massachusetts Democratic Representative Bill Keating claimed that two more were also found. A member of the US House Homeland Security Committee, Keating called the bombing a “sophisticated, coordinated, planned attack.”

Later reports, however, indicated that the two bombs that detonated were in fact unsophisticated devices improvised from six-liter pressure cookers, and were filled with nails and metal pellets. Bomb fragments and other debris has been sent to the FBI laboratory in Quantico, Virginia, in an attempt to find evidence pointing to a suspect but as of two days later, no one was in custody nor had anyone or any group claimed responsibility. Nevertheless, police were immediately put on alert for a “darker-skinned or black male,” possibly with a foreign accent, while a Saudi national with a leg injury was under guard at a hospital. As one media outlet put it, the attack had all the “Middle East terrorist hallmarks.” Three days later, the FBI was circulating photos of two rather ordinary looking alleged suspects who were considered “to be armed and extremely dangerous.”

So of course, al-Qaidais suspected of being behind the bombing, since detailed instructions and photos showing how to make a “pressurized cooker” bomb have appeared in the terrorist organization’s online magazine, “Inspire,” issue No. 1, summer 2010. Investigators even suggest that Al-Qaida of the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP) has successfully planted a terrorist cell on US soil, and that possibly five bombers and up to 10 others were involved in the Boston Marathon operation. Based in Yemen, AQAP was allegedly behind the 25 December 2009 bombing attempt of a Northwest Airlines flight by Omar Farouk Abdulmutallab. Now, according to the US National Counterterrorism Center, AQAP has expanded its scope of operations well beyond US interests in and around the Yemeni capital Sana’a to include targets inside the American homeland. Strangely enough, the media wing of al-Qaida seems to be as much in the dark as the FBI as to which “jihadi” actually carried out the attack.

Examining different issues of “Inspire” sheds light on the extent of US psyops operations. For example, issue no. 7 entitled “The Greatest Operation of All Time,” which celebrates the “Expeditions of Washington and New York,” as the strikes are called in terrorist parlance, was published on the 10th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks on the New York World Trade Center and the Pentagon. The magazine clearly explains the narrative of September 11, 2001 in perfect congruence with the version promulgated in the Western propaganda:

“The story of 9/11 is the story of jihad. It is the story of a small band of men who were guided by Allah, made the intentions to fight, trained on the battlefields and then culminated their struggle with martyrdom to end up their short, but eventful lives, in meeting their Lord.”

An example of the Western narrative can be found in the 9/11 Commission Report in the chapter entitled “What to do? A Global Strategy,” where the authors write:

“Our enemy is twofold: al Qaeda, a stateless network of terrorists that struck us on 9/11; and a radical ideological movement in the Islamic world, inspired in part by al Qaeda, which has spawned terrorist groups and violence across the globe.”

Elsewhere in Inspire issue no. 7 is an anti-Iranian article entitled “Iran and the Conspiracy Theories.” The article, in this the supposed official “house organ” of al-Qaida, is significant since it attempts to achieve two US propaganda objectives: First, denouncing as conspiracy theorists those who question the published reports of the World Trade Center and Pentagon terrorist attacks; and second, vilifying Iran as the only government that dares to question the official US narrative. In it, the author writes:

“The Iranian government has professed on the tongue of its President Ahmadinejad that it does not believe that al Qaeda was behind 9/11 but rather, the US government. So we may ask the question: why would Iran ascribe to such a ridiculous belief that stands in the face of all logic and evidence?”

The author goes on to answer his own question by accusing Iran of desiring to do to the US what al-Qaida claims to have done: namely, carry out the 9/11 attacks. And since al-Qaida beat Iran to the punch, so to speak, the author claims “it was necessary for the Iranians to discredit 9/11 and what better way to do so [than] conspiracy theories.” The author concludes, “Iran and the Shi’a in general do not want to give al Qaeda credit for the greatest and biggest operation ever committed against America.”

The convergence of US policy objectives and al-Qaida’s positions as stated in their “official” publication should now be clear: they are virtually one in the same as can be seen from the above excerpts. Both the US and al-Qaida are targeting Iran: with the US the pretext is Iran’s peaceful nuclear energy program and with al-Qaida it is Iran’s Shi’a Islamic faith. So by maintaining the myth of an enduring al-Qaida threat, the US has an excuse for launching wars against “terrorism” to pursue its hegemonic goals in the Middle East, and an enemy to blame for its appropriately timed internal psyop “terrorist attacks,” which are designed to frighten its citizenry into submission, thus keeping them docile and obedient, and nullifying any spirit of resistance. As al-Qaida itself admits, the US “mainly depends on psychological warfare. That’s because it possesses vast propaganda tools,” and homespun terrorist attacks are but one of them.

Not wasting any time, US legislators are using the Boston bomb attack as an excuse to further undermine civil rights and privacy of Americans by arguing for passage of legislation to permit private companies to disclose cyber information to the US government. Representative Mike Rogers (R-Mich.), author of the controversial Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA) claims the bill does not allow the government free rein to monitor the internet, but civil rights groups disagree.

The picture should now be coming into focus: Despite trillions of US dollars spent on spreading devastation in Afghanistan, Iraq, Yemen, Pakistan, Somalia and elsewhere to neutralize al-Qaida and arch villain Osama Bin Laden, Americans are required to believe that they are still under constant threat of a terrorist attack, and to reinforce this, the alleged archetype of terror has struck close to home once again – this time with pressure cooker bombs instead of jet planes. Frankly, I find the al-Qaida threat concept extremely hard to accept; I believe the threat is fostered by the US government itself. As Jack True said many years ago, “They are looking for anything that will make people obedient…. It’s a puppet world they’re after.”

In short, I believe the Boston Marathon Bombing has all the signs of an OP: a psyop, a false-flag operation that is one more grizzly event in the marathon of mind control imposed by the US government on its own citizens to justify its ever-expanding security/police state, and divert attention from the ever-shrinking civil rights held by the people.

And that is the goal of false-flag terrorist “OPs” as investigative reporter Jon Rappoport explains:
“To put the eyes and minds and emotions of the people into the black hole of the disaster, and thereby decrease the resistance of the people to control from above…. This is called mind control.”

YW/HSN

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Cynicism is healthy, But USA has enough enemies to want to spread such cynical propaganda.

I suggest that the voters remove all 1% term limitless, political oligarchs, plutocrats, monopolists, and nepotists from government, and vote only 99%ters who will be lobbied to write unused state land distribution, and wealth distribution of the richest based around the maximum sequesterable wealth paradigms (perhaps at a limit of 20 million can be kept by all citizens, anything beyond should be distributed to the poorest to make TERTIARY education free, to make healthcare free, to ensure Neurotech-Celltech-Satellite tech audits to ensure no abuse is occuring against citizens etc..). As for renewable industries like banking, tourism and plantations, all profits should be shared equitably with all citizens – no citizen gets less (ulike crony systems that have 1% of citizens being billionaires and 99% being poor) and citizens must be made to know that these are their righhts and not be made to think this is due to the charitable nature of cults of personalities.

As for mining and other limited resource industries, the distribution (and industry) ends once the resource is finished, or reaches a limit where the citizens’ own usage would be insufficient to require imports.

No need to bother thinking about what the above article says when wealth is distributed. There is more than enough to go around, but voting properly for 99%ters will be the way to do that. Voting 1%ters though is a death sentence and slavery of the 99%.

ARTICLE 2

Mother Torn from Nursing Baby After Arrest For Minor Code Violation – Heather Callaghan – Wednesday, April 17, 2013

Farm-to-Consumer Legal Defense Fund is reporting a story that is quite incredible – start to finish. How far would your lawyer go to make sure your baby was fed during your arrest and raise a storm to get you out? Something we don’t think about – what happens when police arrest a nursing mom with a hungry little baby? Do they let her nurse? Do they care?

Some months ago in Colorado, a very pregnant Renee Abbott received a knock on the door by a sheriff’s deputy alerting her that the Abbotts’ cows were loose and needed immediate rounding because they were in the municipal right of way. So she obeyed and did this by herself resulting in a fall and hospitalization. Their fence looked like it had been deliberately damaged by vandals – which is how the cows got loose. The deputy issued her a ticket for “grazing animals in the municipal right of way” even though it was an accident, not even by their doing.

Months went on, baby was fine, and Ethan and Renee were sitting down to dinner with their kids ages seven and four months on April 7 when Weld County law enforcement officers showed up and arrested Renee for – grazing animals in the municipal right of way. God forbid they accidentally eat the special municipal grass! Throw that mom in jail!

That’s what they did. She was handcuffed and taken away. Ethan was told that Renee would be held without bail until she could appear before a judge in the morning. The chaos of it was enough for Ethan, but aside from that, how was their exclusively breastfed baby going to be fed that evening, night and morning? (I’m assuming this wasn’t the time to suddenly switch to soy GMO chemical synthetic infant formula.)

Time was running out, but he called Farm-to-Consumer Legal Defense Fund’s Hotline which connected him to Attorney Elizabeth Rich – one of the coolest attorneys around. She helps peaceful farmers that are raided, harassed, and persecuted like Vernon Hershberger.

She could tell from the crying, there was a hungry baby there and looked up a traditional formula recipe from Sally Fallon Morell’s book Nourishing Traditions. It’s a politically incorrect recipe book with traditional foods (think grassfed, unpasteurized dairy, nutrition dense, fermenting your own meals). How many lawyers would do that for a family?

Next, Rich called the Weld County Sheriff’s office and gave the booking deputy hell! First she “made them conscious” of their shameful behavior dragging a nursing mother into the slammer over a minor code violation. The deputy did not appreciate her tone. According to FTCLDF, she asked about any aggravating circumstances, such as resisting arrest, threats to the officers, or disorderly conduct. There were not. [According to the “Daily Arrest Report” on the Weld County Sheriff’s website (no longer listed), Renee was being held for “failure to appear on a warrant”.
When questioned by Attorney Rich, the booking deputy did not mention this charge. The “warrant” in question, however, was based upon the “grazing animals in the municipal right of way” charge. Finally, they agreed to release her. Ethan picked her up that night and she could feed her son.

What isn’t in the report, is that the family was receiving harassment from the department; up to 30 phone calls in multiple 24-hour periods, deputies watching their farm, delaying and changing court dates when Renee would appear (so don’t think they were avoiding the warrant) and more.

“They have threatened to ‘Detain us for investigation of our (agricultural) activities,'” Ethan says on their Facebook page in late March. Renee and baby apparently felt compelled to leave until the intimidation simmered and when they were back she was arrested. He continues (in late March, reproduced verbatim):

We have court (trial) this next week over the 1st set of tickets for our natural agriculture program. The goverments killing of chicks and turkeys, then charging us for it. They are and have threatened wittnesses – DENIED our right to supeana (sp?) and present evidence…

On April 7th he posted:

PLEASE CALL Weld County Sherriff Dept and tell them that this kind of attacks are not ok: Call 970-356-4015 ask for the Shift Comander.
And Monday Morning Please call the Weld County Sherriff at 970-356-4015 And tell them to stop Violating the rights of Natural Family Farmers.
A call to the Weld County Commissioners 970-336-7204 or email them jfuller@weldgov.com. A call to our fine state goverment or anyone else that might be interested would be nice to…
This attack has got to STOP! We Stand to loose our farm, our freedom, and everything we Have worked for…

The department apparently demanded he take it down and tried to gather info on the callers. They also appeared to have lost hundreds of dollars worth of poultry due to (possibly separate) charges. Could it be that the department is using bullying tactics because of their new natural farming practice?

You can find updates on their page and support their other page: I Support My Local Farmer. They also have created a petition.

Source:

Colorado Authorities Arrest Nursing Mother for “Grazing Animals in the Municipal Right of Way”

Heather Callaghan is a natural health blogger and food freedom activist. You can see her work at NaturalBlaze.com and ActivistPost.com. Like at Facebook.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

NO the arrest was appropriate though the lack of spiritual training for citizens is at fault rather than the mother. Synchronicity, would mean that the child would become a form of cattle and whenever cattle eat, their spirit would be mixed with the child being fed the same  feed. When this happens a very high form of non-eating based cannibalism is introduced into the human population immediately around the child. The mother here may mean well, but is not aware of the implications. We must not be spiritual cannibals, even of the highest order of spiritual application, especially when the life expected and intended to be lived by this obviously middle class person is a ‘normal’ one among normal people who have not had the advantage of such special diets.

If the child is intended to be among similar people who ate and eat similar diets then fine. But probably the community is unsuited and the police were reacting. This is police imposed isolation where self imposed communalisation is untenable for a middle class mother. At the same time, these effects are not taught to the general populace, so the blame cannot fall on the mother nor the mother be fairly punished. Spiritual Courts need to be applied alongside Secular Courts and communities of like minded individuals would add further texture to society though very small groups would be quite isolated and need to be assigned spaces for their dietary proclivities or be made to avoid contact with those dissimilar to them or a liable to be harmed by their very existence and presence.

ARTICLE 3

‘Muslims are evil. Let’s kill them all’: US TV commentator Erik Rush provokes furious reaction with Boston bombing Twitter rants

Rush appeared to imply in a tweet that the culprit was from Saudi Arabia – Richard Hall Author Biography

While public officials were urging caution in the immediate aftermath of the bomb attack on the Boston Marathon, some were quick to apportion blame.

One of those was conservative commentator Erik Rush, who provoked a furious reaction after seemingly advocating the killing of Muslims in response to the attack.  Rush is a columnist for Worldnutdaily and has previously been a guest on Fox News and CNN.

With no information about the attackers yet made public, Mr Rush appeared to imply in a tweet that the culprit was from Saudi Arabia.

“@erikrush Everybody do the National Security Ankle Grab! Let’s bring more Saudis in without screening them! C’mon! #bostonmarathon.”

Then when he was asked by another Twitter user whether he was blaming Muslims for the attack, Mr Rush responded: “Yes, they’re evil. Let’s kill them all.”

Mr Rush later claimed he was being sarcastic went he sent the response.

His comments nevertheless provoked a fierce reaction. One user wrote: “Hope people don’t go on the ‘Muslims did it’ bandwagon. Don’t be an idiot and know the facts first.”

Another commented: “Apparently someone at Fox News tweeted ‘Kill All Muslims’ after the explosions. As a Boston resident, and as a human being, I’m disgusted.”

Mr Rush responded to one Twitter user who complained about his comments by saying: “Sarcasm, idiot.”

But in subsequent comments on the social networking site he hit out at “Islamist apologists.”

He wrote: “It’s nice to see all the Islamist apologists standing up for those who would waste them in a heartbeat.”

Mr Rush, a New York-born conservative columnist and frequent guest on Fox News, gained notoriety during the 2008 election campaign when he highlighted controversial comments made by Barack Obama’s former pastor Jeremiah Wright.

He has also written articles critical of Islam. Last year, Mr Rush wrote a comment piece titled ‘Yes, Islam is an enemy’. In it he argued that Islam was incompatible with American society.

“Islam has never played well with others, and this is because it is a worldview with a creed, dogma and religious aspects, rather than a religion per se. All of these militate against its tolerance of divergent societies and cultures,” he wrote.

He went on: “This is truth: Both the political left and Islamists in America have been exploiting the First Amendment and Americans’ generous nature in order to conquer us.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Just hurry up before they gain the technology as well. Sweep into the Middle East and distribute the land after victories and mass pogroms against the evil among Muslims. In a decade or few, USA will never be able to do this anymore. Hurry up Barky! Get Asia as well, there are a few countries here that no Galactic council would miss or blame USA for levelling.

ARTICLE 4

Pope Francis says hypocrisy undermines Church’s credibility – by Steve Scherer – ROME | Sun Apr 14, 2013 1:38pm EDT

New Pope praises women, Italian president ignores them
Pope Francis stresses “fundamental importance” of women in Catholic Church
Pope Francis looks on as he leads a solemn mass at Saint Paul’s Basilica in Rome April 14, 2013. REUTERS/Max Rossi

(Reuters) – Pope Francis on Sunday said clergy and Christians must not betray the word of God with their actions or they undermine the credibility of the Catholic Church.

Francis, elected a month ago, inherited a Church struggling to restore credibility after a series of scandals, including the sexual abuse of children by priests.

The pope spoke at the Papal Basilica of St. Paul’s Outside the Walls, where he celebrated Mass. He also greeted pilgrims and local Church members earlier in St. Peter’s square.

“Inconsistency on the part of pastors and the faithful between what they say and what they do, between word and manner of life, is undermining the Church’s credibility,” the pontiff said in his homily.

“Those who listen to us and observe us must be able to see in our actions what they hear from our lips, and so give glory to God!”

In his first major decision on Saturday, Francis set up an advisory board of cardinals to help him govern the Church and reform its troubled central administration, which was riddled by infighting and alleged corruption under Pope Benedict.

Benedict left a secret report for Francis on the problems in the administration, known as the Curia, which came to light when sensitive documents were stolen from the pope’s desk and leaked by his butler in what became known as the “Vatileaks” scandal.

Since his election as the first non-European pope in nearly 1,300 years, Francis has been laying out a clear moral path for the 1.2-billion-member Church. He has favored humility and simplicity over pomp and grandeur.

Francis has preferred to live in simple quarters in the Vatican instead of moving into the regal papal apartments, and he has said he wants “a poor Church, and for the poor”.

In the Sunday afternoon service at St. Paul’s, Francis said that each Christian can be a saint, which he defined as “middle class holiness”.

“There are the saints of every day, the ‘hidden’ saints, a sort of ‘middle class of holiness’… to which we can all belong.”

The pope celebrated Mass together with the Benedictine monks to whom the basilica and the adjoining monastery are entrusted. St. Paul’s is one of Rome’s four major basilicas and the second largest after St. Peter’s.

(Additional reporting by Gillian Hazell in Rome; Editing by Jon Hemming)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Church is not about being poor or seeming poor. Church is about making such at least the clergy are 100% clean. And with the wide ranging power and influence the Pope has, no delays can be tolerated for throwing out all Apostolic Delegates, Cardinals, Archbishops and Bishops with any knowledge of paedophilia that is hidden. Maybe Ratzinger threw himself out in a way (fired self?) as well, for being complicit. Perhaps for the act of throwing out every other paedo priest, Pope Francis should be allowed to remain in the post until our scyth wielding friend pays that visit. As for being a Church for the poor, a fraction of the costs of all that finery and lifestyle enjoyed by ecclesia among Vatican Staters could raise a handful of 3rd world nations out of poverty in an instance (no reference to Fleetwood Mac there . . . ).

Time is the fire in which the poor (not always financially) burn, while well fed priests relax and mentally masturbate in gilded palaces to no poor person’s benefit as days pass in misery for the poor. Do the necessary alms giving (and I don’t mean tithe – people are dying out there) or be further branded and damned by inaction and indulgence if the Church or any faith dares claim to be guardians of man’s spirit – most of us dare not yet cannot see through the false glamour of any faith save by the concrete actions that are taken or not taken. Pang guan zhe qing.

ARTICLE 5

Iran warns of World War III
General: Country’s army has finger on the trigger
Reza Kahlili, author of the award-winning book “A Time to Betray,” served in CIA Directorate of Operations, as a spy in the Iranian Revolutionary Guard, counterterrorism expert; currently serves on the Task Force on National and Homeland Security, an advisory board to Congress and the advisory board of the Foundation for Democracy in Iran (FDI). He regularly appears in national and international media as an expert on Iran and counterterrorism in the Middle East.

Iran ratcheted up its vitriol against Israel and the United States over the weekend, warning that an attack on the Islamic regime’s nuclear facilities could lead to global war.

The rhetoric eerily matched that currently coming out of North Korea against its perceived enemies.

“Iran will not stand by in the face of such aggression,” Ali Ahani, Iran’s ambassador to France, said Sunday, according to the Islamic regime’s PressTV. “This can entail a chain of violence that may lead to World war III. A potential Israeli attack against Iran with an objective of destroying its scientific and nuclear facilities is sheer madness. Its consequences are disastrous and uncontrollable.”

The deputy chief of staff of Iran’s armed forces, Brig. Gen Masoud Jazayeri, warned the United States on Saturday that Iran would continue its nuclear program.

“We would not trade off our rights,” he said, adding that Iran would stand with North Korea in its faceoff with America.

According to Mehr News, Jazayeri blamed the tension on the Korean Peninsula on the U.S. presence in the region.

“Whenever necessary, we would stop the U.S. excessive demands,” he said. “The Islamic Revolution will never leave its past and present friends. The U.S. and its allies will suffer great losses if a war breaks out in this region.”

The commander of the Islamic regime’s ground forces, Brig. Gen. Ahmad Reza Poordastan, in his speech at Friday Prayers, also warned “the enemies” that the country’s army has its finger on the trigger and that any attack on the country will make the “enemy” regret its actions.

All enemy activities at Iran’s borders and in the region are being monitored by the country’s intelligence analysts, and Iran’s armed forces are prepared for any scenario, he said.

The regime’s PressTV ran an op-ed analysis on Saturday with a headline “Iran deals deathblow to U.S. global hegemony.” The analysis, by Finian Cunningham, an Irishman whom the outlet calls “a prominent expert in international affairs,” blames America for much of the world’s problems and warns of its decline.

“Iran, however, presents a greater and more problematic challenge to U.S. global hegemony,” Cunningham wrote. “The U.S. in 2013 is a very different animal from what it was in 1945. Now it resembles more a lumbering giant. Gone is its former economic prowess and its arteries are sclerotic with its internal social decay and malaise. … Iran exerts a controlling influence over the vital drug that keeps the American economic system alive – the world’s supply of oil and gas. Any war with Iran, if the U.S. were so foolish to embark on it, would result in a deathblow to the waning American and global economy.”

Cunningham said the story will not end there: “The attainment of world peace, justice and sustainability does not only necessitate the collapse of American hegemony. We need to overthrow the underlying capitalist economic system that gives rise to such destructive hegemonic powers. Iran represents a deathblow to the American empire, but the people of the world will need to build on the ruins.”

The world powers once again failed at Almaty, Kazakhstan, to get Iran to stop its uranium enrichment program and allow further inspections of its nuclear facilities by the International Atomic Energy Agency. The talks, which lasted two days, were held last week between Iran and the 5-plus-1 powers: the United States, Britain France, Russia, China, plus Germany.

As reported exclusively on WND on March 20 and in a follow-up in The Washington Times the next day, information provided by a high-ranking intelligence officer in the regime’s ministry of defense revealed yet another secret site where Iran is engaged in completing its nuclear bomb program and arming its ballistic missiles with nuclear warheads.

The source added that not only does the regime have enough plutonium for several bombs, but it also has enriched uranium to weapons grade.

The new site, 15 miles from another previously secret site exposed in 2009 (the Fordow nuclear facility), is approximately 14 miles long and 7.5 miles wide, consisting of two facilities built deep into a mountain along with a nearby missile facility with over 380 missile garages and silos, surrounded by barbed wire, 45 security towers and several security posts.

American experts who viewed satellite imagery of the new site are concerned that Iran may be much further along in its nuclear bomb program than perceived and that the images of the site are a clear indication that the regime’s strategy is to put together an “objective force” and not just one or two nuclear bombs. An objective force is defined as the level of military forces needed within a finite time frame and resource level to accomplish approved military objectives, missions or tasks.

Last week, the head of Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization, in a hasty and unusual press conference, denied the existence of this site, dubbed “Quds,” at which the rogue nation is making great progress in creating nuclear warheads for an array of long-range missiles stored underground nearby. He did not elaborate as to what the site is and what work is being done out of the facilities.

The satellite images clearly show this vast site is visible to the naked eye and that it is a high-priority site with secret work conducted deep within the mountain.

Iran warns of World War III

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Iran warns of World War III

Hardly. After missile shields that can scuttle any nukes launched from Iran (irradiating the Middle East instead – guess all Muslims in that area will be affected by fallout instead?), USA has the technological capacity for LAND DRONES Robocop style, perhaps run by AI or cyborgs from the worst wounded soldiers who volunteer. Any time USA’s idiot car factories start building 7 million of these robots (a glorified crane on a walker-bot with weapons effectively) a year rather than 7 million idiot cars a year, (thats 1 bot for every 10 Iranians), USA could wipe the entire Islamist presence from Iran and the Middle East (leave some secular citizens to share the Canaanite and Zoroastrian future of the region). Stalling however would ensure that Iran catches up in the AI or robot tech and might do the same to USA. In as a soon as that missile shield is up and car factories are converted to building mobile suit type robots or fully automated versions of the same, Iran and any enemy of the USA is finished. If USA stalls, Iran will wipe out USA instead. The nuke option is useless, though carpet bombing with conventionals would be viable but too destructuve against precious infrastructure that robot drone land invasions could ensure will survive.

Not a single nuke will be useful even to the USA, because a nuke CANNOT outfly or outmaneuver a fighter jet and can be shot down so near the point of launch that nukes are a hazard to the firer (and neighbours) rather than the target. North Korea and Iran had better not try this and stick to terrorist operations that smuggle in components to target sites instead. There is no greater danger to USA than this mode of attack from within. Nuclear missiles though are merely nonsensical and dramatic and can be intercepted long before they reach the target.

With one fighter jet for every nuke Iran or North Korea has, with missile shields as well, there will be no way a nuclear option is viable – the missile would be hit. Even in South Korea (or Israel) alone, US missile or airbase installations could shoot down any nukes with the fatal effect of irradiating the region – especially if North Korea (or Iran) has a self destruct or every nuke to ensure detonation upon a hit on that nuke.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2310411/Beware-Mantis-Giant-legged-terrain-robotic-creature-revealed.html

Iran had better be warned. No nuke would likely make past the Middle East which would be irradiated. Iran also would not survive if USA stops building millions of cars and starts building millions of cyborgs or sticks jobless drivers in the same to carve out their own landholdings crusade style).

North Korea Demands End Of Sanctions To Restart Talks (Nuke Asset Removals should be acceptable – and that Guam strike should not be an issue unless an actual war occurs – at most skirmishes around the DMZ can occur – if North Korea lays off the DMZ and dioputed waters no need for those Nuke assets’ presence – Sanctions harm the citizens, no point.)
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/04/18/north-korea-demands-sanctions-end-restart-talks_n_3108072.html

ARTICLE 6

The Ultimate North Korean Missile Threat To America: A Nuke Power Grid Attack – SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA – APRIL 13 – 4/14/2013 @ 10:00AM |31,140 views

South Korean conservative protesters burn a portrait of North Korea’s new leader Kim Jong-Un and a North Korean flag during an anti-North Korea rally protesting against North Korea launching the long-range missile on April 13, 2012 in Seoul, South Korea. (Image credit: Getty Images via @daylife)

It’s way past time for the Obama administration to take North Korean and Iranian nuclear threats seriously. An urgently critical priority must be to counter North Korea’s rapidly-emerging capability to deliver and detonate an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) device in the sky over America which could knock out electronic computer circuits and paralyze virtually all activities over a vast region. Last December they successfully demonstrated its capability to launch a small payload into orbit, meaning that may soon be able to target regions in the U.S. and other distant locations. A devastating nuclear EMP device could be small, and North Korea reported that its nuclear test last February involved a miniature device.

How soon might they be ready to do so?  No one seems to know. According to an unclassified portion of an assessment report the Defense Intelligence Agency released during a hearing of the House Services Committee last Thursday: “DIA assesses with moderate confidence that North [Korea] currently has nuclear weapons capable of delivery by ballistic missiles… However, the reliability will be low.” Following that hearing, the Pentagon issued a clarifying statement that “it would be inaccurate to suggest that the North Korean regime has fully tested, developed or demonstrated the kinds of nuclear capabilities referenced in the passage”.  James Clapper, Director of National Intelligence, issued another stronger statement. Noting that the DIA finding didn’t represent all 16 intelligence agencies, he said: “North Korea has not yet demonstrated the full range of capabilities necessary for a nuclear armed missile.”

The Wall Street Journal quoted an unnamed senior administration official acknowledging that while North Korea has demonstrated long-range missile and nuclear technologies, and that their rapid progress over the past years “is concerning to us”, there hasn’t been “any evidence that they’ve actually been able to marry up their nuclear technology with their missile capabilities.”

It is apparent that the White House is making an effort to rein in political tensions with Republicans over the immediacy and degree of threat North Korea presents. DNI Director Clapper played down the urgency in a separate congressional hearing. Dismissing North Korea’s verbal and technological war threats primarily as bluster, he said: “All of the Belligerent rhetoric of late, I think, is designed for both internal and an external audience. But I think first and foremost it’s to show that [Kim Jong-un] is firmly in control of North Korea.”

Victor Cha, a specialist on North Korea at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, sees the matter quite differently. “North Korea’s ballistic missile and nuclear threat is very much a near-term threat. For people to say it’s just bluster, well, the bluster may be harmless, but the steady progression in their program is not harmless.”

In a very recent provocation, intelligence officials in Seoul report that the North has placed two yet- untested mobile mid-range “Musudan” missiles ready for launch from its east coast. Their approximate 2,500 range would cover any target in South Korea and Japan, and might possibly even reach U.S. military bases on the Pacific island of Guam. Although Pyongyang hasn’t announced a launch date, many observers expect that it is quite likely to take place on April 15 to mark the birthday of North Korea’s founder (and Kim Jong-un’s grandfather), Kim Il Sung.

South Korea’s Yonhap News Agency has reported military sources observing that the North has been moving multiple missiles around in an apparent bid to confuse outside intelligence gatherers about its intentions. They also obviously wish to have these activities garner international attention. Earlier this month the North told foreign diplomats in Pyongyang that they had until April 10 to consider evacuation, and warned foreigners in South Korea to get out in advance of a possible “thermo-nuclear” war.

Is this just a matter of a wolf cub crying “big bad wolf” a few too many times to be taken seriously? Perhaps not, since the Obama Administration is finally taking some belated responsive actions.

Earlier this month the Defense Department announced plans to deploy the Terminal High Altitude Area Defense System (THAAD), a missile system inherited from the Bush Administration, to Guam.  This move follows other recent plans to reinstate another Bush administration program that will increase our ground-based interceptor (GBI) force in Alaska and to deploy two destroyers equipped with Aegis missile defense systems which had previously been scuttled.

The re-instituted missile ground-based system plan will put 14 more long-range interceptors in Fort Greely, Alaska by 2017 to supplement the 30 already existing on the West Coast. This could have already happened, along with adding another 10 in Europe by next year. The Bush administration deployed the first GBI in 2004, and had planned to deploy a total of 54 in 2009 before Obama pulled the plug.

The Pentagon has now budgeted $1 billion to expand our West Coast-based missile defense system. As newly-appointed Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel explained: “The United States has missile defense systems in place to protect us from limited ICBM attacks…but North Korea in particular has recently made advances in its capabilities and is engaged in a series of irresponsible and reckless provocations.”

One of those most ominous provocations involved their successful orbital launch of a three-stage missile last December carrying a “package”… possibly serving as a test in preparation for delivering and exploding an EMP device in the atmosphere above a targeted region capable of wiping out the power grid over a large area. That launch coincided with a test described as a “nuclear test of a higher level”. This suggests a technology using highly-enriched uranium, which is easier to miniaturize than the plutonium bombs North Korea previously tested in 2006 and 2009. While such a device wouldn’t be likely to have a particularly high yield, it could create an explosion sufficient to convert its energy into gamma rays and generate a devastating EMP effect.

A May 2011 U.S. Army War College study titled “In the Dark: Military Planning for a Catastrophic Infrastructure Event”, concluded that a nuclear detonation above a U.S. city could wipe out the electrical grid for hundreds, possibly thousands of miles around. The Pentagon believes that North Korean missiles can already reach Alaska and Hawaii, and will soon be able to deliver nuclear warheads to Seattle and San Diego. An orbital launch capability can target locations anywhere.

The Heritage Foundation projects that an EMP attack with a warhead detonated 25 to 30 miles above the U.S. mainland “would fundamentally change the world. Airplanes would fall out of the sky; most cars would be inoperable; electrical devices would fail. Water, sewer and electrical networks would fail simultaneously. Systems of banking, energy, transportation, food production and delivery, water, emergency services, and even cyberspace would collapse.”

It is tempting to dismiss a recent media release featuring 28-year- old Kim Jong-un signing an order to place strategic rocket forces on standby to fire at U.S. targets in front of a map which included Austin, Texas as typical bantam-weight bluster. Ellen Kim, a scholar at the Center for Strategic and International Studies thinks otherwise: “After North Korea’s successful December [orbital] launch and third nuclear test, their threats are not completely empty.” And as Adm. James Winnefeld, Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff told reporters in the Pentagon on March 15, North Korea’s intercontinental ballistic missile threat has emerged “a little bit faster than we expected”.

With its people starving, weapons their key income-producing export, and close relationships with Iran, that threat takes on a global scale. Yet during a time when North Korea, along with Iran, has upgraded and expanded their proactive missile and atomic warfare resources, the Obama administration has reduced and cancelled defense programs which were under development.

A comparison of 2010 and 2013 budgets submitted by the Energy Department and National Security Agency indicates that 5-year budgets for nuclear and missile program modernization has been cut by $4.4 billion. Casualties include a scale-back of the Airborne Laser program to enable enemy missile interceptions during their early launch phase, along with the elimination of the Multiple Kill Vehicle and Kinetic Energy Interceptor which uses small warheads on a single rocket to handle decoys and offer a better chance of success.

After Kim Jong-un announced that Pyongyang was scrapping the 1953 armistice deal that ended the Korean War and threatened to launch a “preemptive” nuclear strike against the U.S., White House spokesman Jay Carney said: “I can tell you that the United States is fully capable of defending against any North Korean ballistic missile attack.”  Carney added: “our recent success in returning to testing of the upgraded version of the GBI, or CE2 missile, will keep us on a good trajectory to improve our defense capability against limited ballistic missile threats such as those from North Korea. But let’s be clear, we are fully capable of dealing with that threat.”

It’s important to note that the operative word here is “returning”. President Obama, who campaigned on gutting America’s missile defense, has kept that promise. He has also delayed funding for ground-based interceptor and radar sites in Poland and the Czech Republic for defense against Iranian missile launchers. He did this after Moscow objected, threatening to target the sites and withdraw from the New Start treaty.

Like North Korea, Iran also has an active ballistic missile program, including the development and testing of missiles with a range of over a thousand kilometers. Still worse, Iran’s nuclear program can be expected to advance a nuclear arms race in the Middle East, already the world’s most volatile region.

A September 2012 report released by the National Research Council noted that even the U.S. is vulnerable to an Iranian nuclear missile strike, recommending that an East Coast intercept site also be added. And when Marine General James Mattis, who heads the U.S. Central Command, recently  testified before the Senate Armed Services Committee was asked by Senator Inhofe (R-Ok.), “Are the current diplomatic and economic efforts to stop Iran from obtaining a nuclear weapons capability, are they working?”, the answer was blunt. “No Sir”. Mattis later testified that Tehran’s “nuclear industry continues.”

It is unrealistic to imagine we can avoid nuclear calamities including  EMP attacks  without effective  missile defense  deterrents. That nuclear threat continues to grow as more and more rogue adversaries gain offensive means. For example, last June the head of Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization, Fereydoun Abbasi Davani, announced plans to triple Iran’s capacity to produce 20% enriched uranium, making it abundantly clear the program is not being designed for peaceful purposes. Power stations only require uranium enriched to about 3% for fuel.

Still,  the Obama administration has abandoned previous demands that Tehran shut down its second enrichment site at Fordo and relinquish its entire stockpile of uranium enriched to 20% (near-bomb grade)…of which they have accumulated an estimated 167 kilos. The U.S. has also offered to soften some sanctions. In addition, the administration is cutting American naval presence in the Gulf region from two aircraft carriers to one, representing budgetary sequester pressures as the reason.

We must clearly understand that an imperative to prevent nuclear proliferation in the Middle East isn’t just primarily about protecting Israel’s right to exist. In particular, the U.S. is hardly immune from a devastating EMP assault which could blast our electronics-dependent society back to the Dark Ages.

The brutal fact remains that America is the world’s only superpower that can prevent this from happening. Under no circumstance can we afford such imminent and escalating threats posed by North Korea, Iran and other rogue nations to continue unchecked.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

North Korea needs more communication with extant Constitutional Monarchs because that is the only way for North Korea to be part of the world without removing the Kims. The Kims though should learn from civilisation issues based around humanitarian considerations of the entiety of their own populace first to be worthy of Kingship.

Meanwhile military drills may not be held which appear threatening – this means South Korea and USA are antagonizing the North Koreans – if North Korea is such a danger, why has Russia had no problems being threatened by North Korea? The issue is the way drills are held and who drills are directed against. Leave the North Koreans alone long enough and be sincere in ensuring that military rule becomes constitutional monarchy not try to unseat the Kims who would self destruct and attack with nukes rather than be unseated. As for nukes, there will likely be no nuke attacks unless North Korea is attacked by any forces. Military drills are a precursor of invasions if anything. So if USA and South Korea lay off the drills, and reasonable portions disputed areas (make sure this is reasonable and not expansionary, the Kims are not stupid and will follow suit if South Korea and USA set an example by not being expansionary).

ARTICLE 7

UNITED STATES OF CONSCIOUSNESS, AMERICAN MATRIX, AND THE SCIENTIFIC-OCCULT DICTATORSHIP – by Paul McGuire – April 16, 2013

On July 4, 1776 America’s Founding Fathers published in the Declaration of Independence that “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness…That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed…”

America’s Founding Fathers were unified around the revolutionary truth that we live in a Universe and a world governed by “Nature’s God” and the “Laws of Nature.” That consciousness inspired a new society based on the idea that a Creator created all men equal and gave them unalienable rights such as “Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” The Founding Fathers made it very clear that these unalienable rights were not given to men and women by any government, but by their Creator and thus, since government did not grant them, government does not have the power to take them away.

The Founding Fathers very clearly established that these rights are to be protected by a form of government that is only legitimate to the degree that it derives its “just powers” from the “consent of the governed.” These were revolutionary ideas that were heavily influenced by the spiritual truth of the First Great Awakening and the consciousness that moved through the thirteen original colonies. In complete contrast, throughout history most civilizations were built on the idea of the divine right of kings…kings who believed that as god-men they had the right to rule the masses as their subjects. In other words, the masses were slaves who had no freedom or rights and belonged to a “collective” owned by the king. This began before Nimrod in Babylon and continued through the Pharaoh god-kings of Egypt, the god-kings of Greece and Rome, and throughout the histories of Europe, China and other regions of the world. The occult /scientific and religious system behind it stemmed from the “Babylonian Mystery Religion,” which claimed secret knowledge.

This secret knowledge of Babylon was passed on through Egypt and ancient occult societies. In the mid-1600s Sir Francis Bacon, head of the Rosicrucians, developed a master plan for America as the “New Atlantis” and the head of the new world order. Among our Founding Fathers there were powerful members of the Illuminati, the secret occult society which derived from the Rosicrucians. The Illuminati was officially formed in 1776, the same year as America was born. Imbedded within the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution and Bill of Rights was a secret plan for America designed to transform it into a New Atlantis-type society ruled not by “We the people,” but by a scientific-occult dictatorship.

Since America was formed in 1776, the collective consciousness of America has been overwhelmed by a multi-dimensional data stream that has revealed, in the words of H.G. Wells, “An Open Conspiracy.”

Illuminati servant, MSNBC host, and Tulane political science Professor Melissa Harris-Perry looked into the television camera and told America: “We haven’t had a very collective notion that these are our children. We have to break through our kind of private idea that kids belong to their parents or kids belong to their families and recognize that kids belong to their communities.”

In reality Professor Perry did not come out and say something new. She simply spoke the truth about the plan the invisible elite and the scientific dictatorship have already put into effect in America beginning in the 1920s. The reality is your children do not belong to you and your family. They have belonged to the collective for a long time! Most people live in the illusion that this is not so, but in the reality of occult-based and scientific mind control it has been true for decades.

The collective is a Marxist theory which believes concepts like the individual and the family unit are illegitimate and that everything, including your children, is to be under the complete control of an all-powerful authoritarian state like the Big Brother tyranny depicted by novelist George Orwell. However, Marxist theory is simply an ideological clone of the ideas contained in the Illuminati Manifesto which was published around 1776. Russia has understood since the 1920s what Russian scientists have termed a “war in the fourth dimension.” Radical transformation designed to destroy the individual and the family is based on Luciferian pyschotronic weapons which use psychic implants into the human consciousness.

Ayn Rand wrote in a January 1944 article in Reader’s Digest entitled “The Only Path to Tomorrow”:

“The greatest threat to mankind and civilization is the spread of the totalitarian philosophy. Its best ally is not the devotion of its followers but the confusion of its enemies. To fight it, we must understand it.

Totalitarianism is collectivism. Collectivism means the subjugation of the individual to a group — whether to a race, class or state does not matter. Collectivism holds that man must be chained to collective action and collective thought for the sake of what is called ‘the common good.’

Whatever the imperfections of her life and philosophy, Rand understood that totalitarianism or collectivism can only be achieved by maintaining the illusion of “the common good.” Today that “common good” would be called social justice. Rand writes “No tyrant has ever lasted long by force of arms alone. Men have been enslaved primarily by spiritual weapons. And the greatest of these is the collectivist doctrine that the supremacy of the state over the individual constitutes the common good.”

Ayn Rand, who escaped the Communist Revolution in Russia as a young girl, understood the value of “inalienable rights” expressed in the Declaration of Independence along with importance of “Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness.”

Ayn Rand wrote “We must learn to reject as total evil the conception that the common good is served by the abolition of individual rights. General happiness cannot be created out of general suffering and self-immolation. The only happy society is one of happy individuals…The power of society must always be limited by the basic, inalienable rights of the individual.”

The scientific elite use powerful forms of occult based mind control that cause people actually to want slavery. In 1962 Aldous Huxley gave a speech at the University of Berkeley where he said:

Subscribe to the NewsWithViews Daily News Alerts!

Enter Your E-Mail Address:

“There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution.”

It must be remembered the Aldous Huxley, a member of the globalist elite, was deeply involved in the promotion of psychedelic drugs and occult religions which he strategically promoted among the Hollywood community in the 1930s. Everything that we see now happening in America is the result of a carefully orchestrated and scientific plan to usher in America as a major power center of the new world order.

http://www.newswithviews.com/McGuire/paul168.htm

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Hence the need for technology and pharma audits or electronic white zones and sticking to organic and non-GMO food. To do these audits and ensure white zones, the 99% must run for candidacy and prevent all : plutocrats, technocrats, oligarch politicians, term limitless posts at all levels, nepotists ; after which the 99% politicians proceed to do expositions and limitations to satellite cellphone tech which is the basis for mind control devices (cellphone-like signals from satellite probably can override human brains now BUT probably are still grid based unless specifically target persons are involved – meaning enmasse for non-targeted individuals, ABOVE the telephone lines, there is still freedom until laws reverse this to include ground based white zones).

As for . . . America is the result of a carefully orchestrated and scientific plan to usher in America as a major power center of the new world order. . . . no way so long as the Russia/China and nominally Central South America, and even African blocs still smarting from caucasian colonialisation exist. Between the multipolar world and USA’s interference and the 99% ready to ensure such politics die at the next election, the next generation will not need to worry about pharma or tech-satellite mind control or ‘Neurotech’. Biowarfare and DNA retroviral issue wise, we need to ensure that test kits are cheap and readily available and tha people have many forensic sources to test and check against many sources and many experts rather than a single government agency that could well be the terrorist arm of unethical governments.

Expositions and devices or methods of detection/countering of the presence and on the nature of such chemicals or tech (am not very tech savvy atm and for chemical issues lack the networks to ensure that food bought from markets or outside are not infected before point of sale – many watchers and blackboxes will be needed for every step of the way to ensure food safety and food source transparenct) and the ways to counter and even detox or nano-mite away individual infected cells the grounded with training against NPPs and NLPs (moi has been working on expositions on this – read my blogs to learn) as well as societal/Orwellian manipulation methods will render all such methods useless and meaningless as well if wealth sequestration limits and unused state land distribution occurs so that t6he only issue will be to prevent overpopulation.

ARTICLE 8

Deadly blast hits Pakistan election rally L At least 16 people killed and dozens wounded after bomb strikes campaign rally of secularist politician in Peshawar. – Last Modified: 17 Apr 2013 06:23

An explosion in Pakistan has killed at least 16 people and wounded dozens more at an election campaign rally being attended by a senior politician, officials say.

Ghulam Ahmed Bilour, a senior leader of the secular Awami National Party (ANP), escaped the blast with only minor bruises on Tuesday in the northwestern city of Peshawar.

A hospital official said doctors were treating some 50 people wounded in the explosion, including dozens who were in critical condition.

Pakistan’s umbrella Taliban faction claimed responsibility for what was the fourth deadly attack on politicians or political parties in three days as the country prepares to hold historic polls on May 11.

Senior Awami National Party (ANP) leader Ghulam Ahmed Bilour, who served as railways minister in the outgoing government, escaped the Peshawar bombing with cuts and bruises.

He was shown on television footage with blood splattered on his trousers after the attack.

Suicide bombing alleged

A spokesman for the main government-run Lady Reading Hospital in Peshawar had earlier put the toll at eight with 49 wounded.

Police said it was a suicide attack.

“It was a suicide bombing,” Shafqat Malik, a senior police official, told AFP news agency.

Ghulam, whose brother the late ANP leader Bashir Bilour was assassinated by the Taliban last year, became a target after the Taliban posted a $100,000 ransom for the death of a film-maker behind a controversial anti-Islam film last year.

The Taliban quickly claimed responsibility for the attack, but apologised for injuring Bilour, saying it had been targeting his nephew, Haroon.

“We apologise to Ghulam Bilour because we announced an amnesty for him,” Ehsanullah Ehsan, Taliban spokesman, told AFP by telephone from an undisclosed location.

“Our target was Haroon Bilour.”

Haroon is the son of slain ANP leader Bashir, the elder brother of Ghulam, who was killed in a suicide attack at a political meeting in Peshawar on December 22.

The Taliban has directly threatened the ANP and its outgoing coalition partners, the Pakistan People’s Party and the Muttahida Qaumi Movement, which are perceived as secular.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good work on killing nepotists, but if only this was not about Islamisation. What did the Pakistanis believe in before Islam was imported there?

ARTICLE 9

Gill Plate Trade

A specialist fish monger at a fish market in Sri Lanka expertly removes each of this oceanic mantas ten gill plates from the head of the animal in half sections.

Manta and mobula rays are large filter feeding animals, whose flesh is considered to be of relatively poor quality by humans all around the world. As a result these animals have not been widely targeted for human consumption through commercial fisheries in the past. However, in recent years this has changed. Manta rays and their close relatives are now rapidly becoming a more desirable product, making them a target for fishermen all over the tropical and temperate oceans of the world.

So what has happened? Why the sudden change of fortunes for these unfortunate rays? The underlying answer to these questions is not a new story, in fact it’s a tale of depressing repetition played out in our oceans and throughout our planet on a regular basis. The difference this time is that the latest targets are the mantas, which are paying the price of becoming the latest commodity in the often senseless and environmentally destructive Chinese Medicinal Trade. The ray’s feathery gill plates, which they use to filter the plankton from the water, have become a product and as a result these harmless animals are paying the price of humanity’s selfish ignorance…

This image shows the complete set of gill plates inside the mouth of a spine-tail mobula ray.
What are Gill Plates?

The gill plates, or branchial filaments, are thin cartilage filaments that enable the manta and mobula rays to filter plankton out of the water column. Every manta or mobula has five pairs of gills, each protected inside a gill slit.

Inside each of the ten gill slits there is one complete feathery gill plate which forms a circle around the periphery of the slit, trapping their planktonic food as it is funnelled through the mobula or manta ray’s mouth and out through these gill plates.

A close up image of the plate filaments shows their feathery structure which aids the filtration of their planktonic food from the water.
The Fishery

These plates, once dried, are the most valuable parts of the mobulid rays and drive the commercial fishery of these rays around the world, with particularly large fisheries present in India, Sri Lanka and Indonesia. Although the plates comprise just a tiny percentage of a manta or mobula’s mass, they sell for significantly more than the rest of the body parts put together.

Once removed from the manta and mobula rays, the gill plates are laid out to dry in the sun for several days.

While plates are used from both mobula and manta rays, the gill plates from mantas (usually oceanic manta rays; M. birostris) fetch the highest prices, followed by the larger species of mobulas (generally M. tarapacana and then M. japanica), with the price reducing as the size of the plates decreases.

The demand for gill plates is so high that in certain countries, such as Sri Lanka, fisherman who used to avoid catching mobulid rays, due to their propensity to destroy and entangle fishing nets, are now driven to fill their boat’s holds with mobulid rays when returning to harbour.

This demand, coupled with the dwindling supplies of more desirable fish catches (such as sharks, tunas and billfishes) now gives the fishermen even greater incentives to actively target mobulid rays in order to maintain their livelihood.

Chinese Medicine

This pile of manta and mobula gill plates, representing many hundreds of individual rays, was on display outside just one retail shop in mainland China.

A bag of dried mobula gill plates on sale at a retail market in China advertises the plates’ supposed medicinal properties.

The international trade in mobulid gill plates which is being driven by the current demand in the Chinese Medicine trade appears to be a relatively new phenomenon, with demand significantly increasing in the last couple of decades. Those selling or promoting the use of this product claim the plates can treat health issues ranging from asthma, to skin rashes, to chicken pox and even cancer. Some of the practitioners also maintain that gill plates reduce toxins, boost the immune system and aid in the detoxification of the bloodstream.

However, reviews of available literature, along with interviews of well respected practitioners have revealed that there is no evidence to support any of these claims, with some practitioners even admitting that gill plates are not effective and that many other alternatives are available. Gill plates are often consumed in a soup (locally called “Peng Yu Sai”) which is made from a few main ingredients (gill plates, ginseng and dried pipefish) and are not considered “prestigious”, like shark fins, but are solely regarded as an ingredient in a medicinal product.

Gill plate soup ‘Peng Yu Sai’ consists mainly of pieces of gill plate, some ginseng and a few pipefishes.

It appears that the increasing demand which has arisen in the last few decades is due to product marketing by Chinese retailers who have seen an opportunity, created by a relatively available commodity, to market a new product into the traditional medicine industry, falsely “reviving” this remedy which in reality does not even exist in the traditional literature. It appears as though one of the marketing strategies plays on consumers fears over the increasing prevalence of modern disease outbreaks such as Bird Flu, Swine Flu and SARS.

A handful of gill plates is the only body part of the entire manta ray which is worth anything of real value. The rest of the carcass is sold for virtually nothing and often processed for animal feed.

The sales pitch suggests that as these fishes are able to filter particles from the water with their gill plates, if consumed, these plates will therefore aid in the detoxification and purification of the consumer’s body by filtering these diseases or toxins from the human body. Most consumers are unaware that the product comes from manta and mobula rays, indeed most consumers are not even aware of what a manta or mobula ray is and therefore they have no idea of the impact their choices are having on these increasingly vulnerable species.

In order to maintain this supply of gill plates, large numbers of manta and mobula rays are being landed at fish markets around the world. This is having dire effects on the populations of mobulid rays and reports have already been published on decreases, or complete crashes, of ray populations around the world. It also appears that the giant oceanic manta ray (M. birostris) is likely to be the most heavily affected by this unsustainable and senseless fishery.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Not senseless but organic pharma instead of synthetic pharma. However the harvesting methods need to be limited with quotas and rays fed to raise populations until a level able to meet demand without diminishing populations, and not harvested only when at the end of viable harvesting age (which could be 40 years for full lifespans if harvesting is to be done AFTER natural death).

http://www.theage.com.au/environment/animals/chinese-medicine-proves-disastrous-for-manta-rays-20121019-27wrg.html

ARTICLE 10

US torture of prisoners is ‘indisputable’, independent report finds

Report on US rendition programme by non-partisan thinktank finds highest officials were responsible for torture

Ian Cobain – guardian.co.uk, Tuesday 16 April 2013 16.36 BST
The report found that dissidents were transferred to Libya in 2004 not to combat terrorism, but to buy favour with the Gaddafi regime. Photograph: Sipa Press/Rex Features

An independent examination of the US rendition programme after 9/11 has concluded that it is “indisputable” that America tortured prisoners, and that the country’s highest officials were responsible.

A 580-page report published on Tuesday by the Constitution Project, a non-partisan Washington-based thinktank, concludes that the programme was unjustified and counterproductive, damaging to the country’s reputation, and has placed US military personnel at risk of mistreatment if they are themselves taken prisoner.

In findings similar to those of a report published two months ago by the New York NGO Open Society Justice Initiative, the study concludes that the US rendition programme enjoyed widespread international co-operation, with the UK, Canada, Italy, Germany and Sweden identified as prominent supporters alongside Egypt, Syria, Morocco and Jordan.

The authors also conclude that the UK-Libyan rendition operations that resulted in the abduction of two dissidents who were taken to Tripoli along with their families in 2004 were intended not to combat international terrorism, but to “gain favour” with the Gaddafi regime.

“Apparently someone (almost certainly at the CIA) thought that since the United States was sending people all around the world in our secret rendition programme to combat terrorism aimed at the United States, it would be a good idea to take advantage of the system to transfer some people to Libya in an effort to gain favour with that country’s rulers,” the report says. “We and the British government thought we were buying favour with Gaddafi’s secret service.”

Although some of the victims of those renditions are now in positions of some influence in post-revolutionary Libya, “the worst of the potential consequences of the earlier US actions appears to have been averted,” the report says. In interviews, “the leaders of the revolt that overthrew Gaddafi expressed surprisingly little bitterness or even anger toward America. (Their attitude towards Britain is a different story.)”

The report also concludes that the CIA operated secret prisons within three European countries: Poland and Lithuania, which have acknowledged their existence, and Romania, which continues to deny that such a facility existed.

The study was embarked upon following the decision by the US president, Barack Obama, on entering the White House in 2009 that there would be no official inquiry into the rendition programme, on the grounds that it would be politically unproductive to “look backwards” rather than forwards.

The Constitution Project enjoyed no access to classified material – unlike the Senate’s Intelligence Committee, whose 6,000-page report remains secret – but is nevertheless the most detailed attempt yet to produce a public reckoning of the impact of the rendition programme.

The panel of authors was chaired by Asa Hutchinson, a former Republican congressman who served as an under-secretary at the department of homeland security during the George W Bush administration. Other members include Thomas Pickering, a former US ambassador to the United Nations, a retired lieutenant general from the US army, a former president of the American Bar Association, and a retired army brigadier who taught interrogation techniques.

In one of their most damning conclusions, the panel says: “In the course of the nation’s many previous conflicts, there is little doubt that some US personnel committed brutal acts against captives, as have armies and governments throughout history. But there is no evidence there had ever before been the kind of considered and detailed discussions that occurred after 11 September, directly involving a president and his top advisers on the wisdom, propriety and legality of inflicting pain and torment on some detainees in our custody.”

The report calls for the revision of the US army’s field manual on interrogation, to prohibit interrogation lasting 40 hours, and to introduce unambiguous bans of the use of stress positions and sleep deprivation.

In an appendix, the authors dismiss arguments – which have frequently followed party lines in the US – that the mistreatment of detainees after 9/11 fell short of torture, citing cases in which comparable treatment was prosecuted as torture by the US in the past.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Indict and charge. Then sack. Lots of 2nd liners are waiting for those jobs anyway.

Half the Education Leaves Half the Picture As Guesswork And Results in Bad Relations For Police, USA Has Time Limit Before fundo-Islamism Becomes Unmanageable, Words Correct Actions Non-Existent, Iran Needs To Think Deeper, North Korea’s Win-Win Way Out, Tech And Human Rights, Good Work : Nepotism Inadvertently Destroyed By Islamists, Fisheries Harvesting Paradigms, USA Needs To Drop People Blackening USA’s Reputation,

ARTICLE 11

Daily Mail ‘actively’ considering online charge – by Katherine Rushton, Media, Telecoms and Technology Editor – 6:23PM BST 16 Apr 2013

The Daily Mail is “actively” considering charging readers to access its website, the chairman of Daily Mail & General Trust has said. LORD ROTHERMERE.

Viscount Rothermere, whose family owns around a fifth of Daily Mail & General Trust, said that it would start experimenting with different pay models

Viscount Rothermere, whose family owns 21pc of the newspaper group, said that it would start experimenting with different pay models, potentially charging readers for access to certain top-tier content. “In due course I think that we will start experimenting with a ‘freemium’ model. We’re actively thinking about it,” he said.

The Daily Mail has already started charging users for its Mail Plus interactive app, but Viscount Rothermere told a media conference in London that the group was looking at how it could take that a step further.

“I can’t put a time frame on it…we’re having a look-see how that develops. At the moment we’ve got no hard and fast plans to do anything…but we have started to look at premium content and we are trying to understand how we might find a mechanism to start charging for that,” he said.

Viscount Rothermere said the company could start investing in different types of content to help justify a new tariff. “Premium content is what people pay for and you’ll find out pretty quickly what people will pay for. It could be that we buy sports rights. It could be good journalism. I don’t know yet – it’s a task in hand.”

However, he cautioned that the newspaper group was unlikely to start charging for more basic content, as doing so would slow the growth of its website overseas. “We would ideally like to double our size and compete with the likes of Yahoo news in a global space. It’s going to be very difficult to do that charging,” he said.

The Daily Mail’s MailOnline website achieved 127m hits in January, helping to drive a 51pc jump in advertising at the group’s news websites. It is now expanding aggressively in America, to help it reach its target of more than £100m in annual digital revenues within the next three to five years.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

What is the time period before material release on the site becomes repostable? If all media online becomes pay only, people will revert to reading or sharing ‘yesterday’s physical paper’ to save money.

So if Dailymail starts a trend, I suppose that only the free blogs will get to benefit.

ARTICLE 12

DJ killed man at party after ‘boy banter’ escalated into row, court hears – Press Association – guardian.co.uk, Tuesday 16 April 2013 17.00 BST

Thomas Evans is accused of punching Anthony Thompson to the ground after party in Tooting, south London

Anthony Thompson died of brain damage after his head struck the floor, the Old Bailey heard. Photograph: Chris Young/PA

A DJ killed a man who woke up at a party to find a penis had been drawn on his face, the Old Bailey has heard. The joke is said to have turned sour when the “boy banter” got out of hand and partygoer Anthony Thompson, 26, was punched to the ground outside. Thompson’s head struck the floor and he died from brain damage, jurors were told.

Thomas Evans, 32, of Morden, south London, denies manslaughter, claiming self-defence. Vanessa Barrows, who hosted the 10-hour party at her flat in Tooting, south London, in February last year, told the court that everyone at the party had been enjoying themselves.

She said Thompson had fallen asleep in an armchair when morning approached and some condoms had fallen out of his pocket. She added: “I got my lipstick out and drew a penis on his face. It was done for a laugh.” Barrows said that when Thompson woke up, he had seen the funny side of it. She also nodded off and woke to find a row going on. She said: “It was just silly boy banter between Anthony and Tom.”

After people started to leave, she heard scuffling outside and found Thompson on the ground when she got downstairs.

Peter Clement, prosecuting, said that when Thompson woke up he seemed to take the drawing on his face in “good spirits”. As the banter continued, Thompson was heard to say in bravado: “I can knock any one of you blokes out.” Evans replied: “You couldn’t knock me out.”

Clement said: “That set off a chain of events.” The case continues.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Perhaps fist fighting and street brawling should be given as a class in schools. How delicate these guys appear? In the movies we see people repeatedly slamming themselves all over the place or heads being slammed repeatedly on the floor and walls or whatever.

Just a simple fall? Maybe the WWE training regime should be given to all kids at nurseries or in school as a mandatory subject – teach them how to fall, or how to get hit and still survive. There is no point raising and training persons for years and going to class for years at high cost at universities – if a simple fall could kill a person just like that. Individuals are not easy to invest in to have die just like that, this is not considering the emotional and spiritual investment as well. This is extreme waste. Perhaps those have not had such training should be made to wear a padded suit at all times.

ARTICLE 13

Playboy denied licence to open beach club in India’s party state of Goa

Brand associated with ‘bunnies’ and centrespreads rebuffed by legislators despite claims IPL’s cheerleaders show more flesh

Associated Press in Panaji – guardian.co.uk, Tuesday 16 April 2013 18.41 BST

Playboy bunnies in Macau

Bunny how? India will have to wait for the brand’s famous waitresses to arrive, after Goa refused a licence for the country’s first Playboy Club. Photograph: Kin Cheung/AP

The government of Goa has refused permission for promoters to open the India’s first Playboy club at the upmarket Candolim beach.

Women’s groups and conservative politicians had attacked the proposed 22,000-square-foot club, with Michael Lobo, a legislator from the state’s ruling Bharatiya Janata party saying it was tantamount to promoting prostitution.

After a month of heated debate, the government barred the club from opening in one of India’s most famous party locations on technical grounds.

The chief minister, Manohar Parrikar, told the state assembly on Monday that licences to run so-called beach shacks – even ones as large as the proposed Playboy club – could not be granted to companies, only individuals. “We cannot give them a licence to operate a beach shack,” Parrikar said.

Mumbai-based PB Lifestyle announced last year it had obtained an exclusive licence to open Playboy clubs, hotels, bars and cafes and sell Playboy-branded merchandise in India. It said it would start with a club in Goa and then expand to the southern city of Hyderabad.

PB Lifestyle’s chief executive, Sanjay Gupta, did not immediately respond to a message left at his office.

He said last year he was working to recast Playboy into an aspirational lifestyle brand that wouldn’t spark a backlash in the conservative country, distancing itself from nudity and toning down the traditional, body-hugging bunny costumes.

Goa’s decision does not bar the opening of a conventional Playboy club in in the state, just the beach shack, but

Lobo has called on the government to prevent Playboy from setting shop in any form in the state.

“It is not just a question of permitting Playboy in Candolim. It should be banned across Goa, because Goa should be veered away from international chains which promote vulgarity,” he said.

Agnelo Fernandes, a state Congress party politician, on whose property the beach club was to be located, called the government’s decision “unfortunate”. He has been acting as a de facto spokesman for the project during the controversy.

“It would have been great for Goa to have an international lifestyle brand. There is no question of vulgarity. Our bunny costumes which we had designed were more sober than the ones worn by the cheerleaders at the IPL (Indian Premier League),” Fernandes said, referring to the razzmatazz laden cricket league.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

To each their own? In appropriate districts the club should be legal. The legality of prostitution is to protech freedom of choice and freedom of association though the fundos and moralists need to get a grip and the governments need to be more secular and assign appropriate districts for RLDs. This is an eye candy club that is live. Whats the issue? Would the government prefer to isolate communities to their private computers instead of allowing them to associate and congregate in real live venies? This is like those riot laws where a group of 5 people could be hauled up simply for suspicion of rioting. Whats wrong with Playboy Club except for the extreme pricing? India isn’t taking steps backward now are they?

“It is not just a question of permitting Playboy in Candolim. It should be banned across Goa, because Goa should be veered away from international chains which promote vulgarity,” he said.

If the demographic who wants Playboy is large enough to warrant a Club premises in any state, they should not be prevented. To each their own. Who needs this nonsense prohibition? India conversely could franchise the Kama Sutra across every state with a playboy type club as well.

ARTICLE 14

The Primary American Meme: Be Afraid. – by Robert De Filippis – OpEdNews Op Eds 4/15/2013 at 12:01:06

A meme ( rhymes with “cream”) is a unit of culture, an idea.   It is usually linguistic in nature and is easily transmitted from one mind to another.   Memes are like viruses , in that they self-replicate and grow in a host.   They do not require facts.   They just require repetition.   They are being planted and nurtured by the media every day.   But there are certain memes that are designed to create fear.   Every time you listen to some news sources,   you’ll get a major dose of this kind.   The tell-tale sign of embedded meme; the infected person repeats its words verbatim.

Here’s some examples: “Obama is the worst president ever”, “Obama is destroying America”, “Obama is a Muslim”, “Obama is a socialist”, “Obama is a racist”.

Once infected with a meme, all it takes is occasional innuendo to keep it alive.   It also takes gullible people who get their information from one source.   We like to hear what appeals to our biases.   So when a meme confirms what we already believe, we delight in hearing it.   Confirmation always feels good.

By this time, I’m sure that some readers have stopped reading.   They’re the ones with the worst infections.   Memes infect our minds as well as our public discourse.   These infections are ultimately like any other, without treatment they can be fatal.   No, our bodies don’t die.   Our critical thinking processes do.   In other words, once infected with a meme, one’s independent thinking is compromised.   When that happens the infected mind becomes vulnerable to all kinds of other nutty ideas.

At this point, if you are still reading, you will probably accuse me of being a bleeding heart liberal or some other equally horrible thing.   I don’t take offense because I know   that’s just the fever from the infection talking.

The good news is that there is a treatment.   It takes some effort but it is guaranteed to work.   First, you find a non-partisan fact checking website and apply the information you find there in large quantities. (I almost said apply “apply liberally” but stopped myself)

Eventually, you will be able to start thinking for yourself again.   It’s at that point when you can see that “Obama is not the worst or the best president ever”,   “Obama is not destroying America, the financial industry bandits are busy at work doing that”, “Obama is a Christian, and it doesn’t make any difference anyway”, “Obama is not a socialist or any more a racist than anyone else in this country.   He is a corporatist, as have been the last several presidents”.   (look up “corporatism” on http://www.wikipedia.com.   You’re welcome.)

Now that you have cured the infection, you will probably want to check the motives of the “Typhoid Mary’s” who create the fear-based memes that infect our national discourse.   And what you will find is they do this for personal gain and don’t give a hoot about the damage they’re   doing to our country.   They profit from creating wedges that continually drive us further and further from any kind of civil dialogue.

Without civil dialogue between and among well-meaning people, we will never see better days. Unfortunately, these folks make millions by destroying society but we all know that money is more important than society. You don’t think so? It must, because we keep buying their toxic products.

Finally, if an infection reaches irreversible destruction of   critical thinking, only a new meme can wipe out an old meme.   Then fear-mongering memes become particularly difficult to completely eradicate.   Regardless of that fact, I’m going to give it a try on at least one.

Did you know that the people who operate the Liberal Christian website “Sojourners” actually wrote letters to Limbaugh, Beck and other Fox contributors, asking them to stop lying?   This action implies a new meme for you; “Some Liberals are moral.”

This meme is designed to contradict the one that says, “Only Conservatives are moral.”   I’ll bet this meme will never make it on the Drudge Report.

Robert De Filippis

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) Unfortunately, these folks make millions by destroying society but we all know that money is more important than society. You don’t think so? It must, because we keep buying their toxic products.

No. Wealth distribution and land distribution is more important than money or society. Toxic products are instead a symptom.

ii) Finally, if an infection reaches irreversible destruction of   critical thinking, only a new meme can wipe out an old meme.   Then fear-mongering memes become particularly difficult to completely eradicate.   Regardless of that fact, I’m going to give it a try on at least one.

Use truth and logic? Stop teaching people to think in a roundabout manner. This is a harmful artical and inculpative intent to boot if I am not reading wrongly. Use truth and logic backed with facts. Thats all. No need to tell people to ‘try’ or ‘critical mass’ or what not. Whats true is true applies not what’s what which is subject to the author’s whims.

iii) Ends with “Only Conservatives are moral.”

Moralist fundo posing as disingenuous liberal? Carefully navigate away from the site if so dear readers . . . as said before I could be wrong, but the shades or grey here look rather dark . . .

Vote for 99%ters (non-plutocrat, non-term limitless, non-nepotistic, non-racist) who will write wealth distribution laws targetting the wealthies but leacing them 20 million (thats fifty 401Ks btw), unused state land distribution laws, perhaps a Gaddafi style series of reservoirs for the drier areas if not piped desalinated water from the ocean if not land locked . . . all problems end. No need to do any thinking at all. As your MP or Congressman or Governor if they think unused state land distribution can be ratified (this is a loaded question, the country belongs to all citizens so all unused national land (barring irreplaceable geological or irreplaceable scenic or nature reserves with unique wildlife), is the collective property OF THE PEOPLE – **NOT** the property of THE STATE.

Any MP or Congressman who says the state’s land does not belong to the citizens is a Redcoat enslaver of the 99% – with wealth distribution (to the tune of allowable sequestration of 20 million perhaps as the maximum limit with anything else being redistributed ti the poorest) is more difficult being private property (which should remain untouched to a spiritual auditor’s decision panel we know some people amass that for emotional reasons, but others merely are greedy and won’t feel anything if these valuable are to be reshared with fellow citizens), but then again for all their billions only those with REAL GOODS assets can truly be said to be that rich, the rest are holding fiat and unpaid labour based on unpaid or even unpayable debts . . . 99% of blogs on the internet will become redundant after the 99% take over the political system and the above are applied – 90% of humanity ‘s problems would end with the above applied.

ARTICLE 15

Morsi, Egypt Army Close Ranks against Abuse Charges – by Naharnet Newsdesk 13 April 2013, 05:46

Egypt’s President Mohammed Morsi and the military have closed ranks to deny charges that soldiers had killed and tortured protesters, following leaks of an inquiry report implicating officers.

Defense Minister Abdel Fattah al-Sissi, who is also army chief, denied in a televised statement aired Friday that the military had committed abuses, after talks with Morsi, who named the fact-finding inquiry last year.

“I swear, by God, the armed forces did not kill nor order killings; it did not act treacherously, nor did it order treachery,” said Sissi, standing next to Morsi.

Morsi in turn praised the armed forces for “protecting Egypt when it started its march on January 25,” referring to the 2011 uprising that overthrew president Hosni Mubarak and ushered in interim military rule.

The Egyptian press and Britain’s Guardian newspaper have published leaks from the report by the fact-finding panel, named shortly after Morsi took office in June, implicating the military in killings, torture and disappearances.

According to a Guardian report, the inquiry found that army officers ordered doctors to treat wounded demonstrators without anesthesia after they clashed with soldiers during protests against military rule in 2012.

The inquiry also reportedly documented cases of soldiers committing killings and torture during the 18-day uprising that overthrew Mubarak in early 2011, after he had deployed the military to try to quash the unrest.

In early January, the committee submitted its report to Morsi, who referred it to a “revolutionary prosecution” he created to investigate crimes during the revolt and under military rule.

It was not immediately clear whether the leaked sections were from drafts or the final report.

The U.S. State Department urged Morsi to release the report, which he had ordered at a time of tensions with the military in 2012.

“For the sake of transparency, we do believe it should be made public, and we urge the government of Egypt to credibly and independently investigate all claims of violence and wrongdoing and promptly bring the perpetrators to justice,” said deputy spokesman Patrick Ventrell.

He stressed that U.S. officials have not yet seen the report.

The New York-based lobby group Human Rights Watch stressed that “releasing the fact-finding report would be the Egyptian government’s first acknowledgment of two years’ worth of police and military abuses.”

Despite reports in January that the inquiry would be published shortly, the document has been shrouded in secrecy, prompting some to accuse the government of suppressing the findings.

A presidential aide told AFP that the report detailed “16 new incidents, which have been assigned to 16 prosecutors to investigate.”

The presidency’s responsibility over the inquiry ended when he referred the findings to the prosecution.

“The presidency created the committee and assisted its work, but now it’s in the prosecution’s hands,” the aide added.

On Thursday, Morsi promoted three army commanders in a show of support for the military during the meeting with the Supreme Council of the Armed Forces, which took charge after Mubarak’s overthrow and before Morsi’s election.

“I declare this to the entire world, I greatly appreciate the role of the military,” said Morsi, flanked by generals, in the televised statement after the meeting.

Morsi took office with his powers circumscribed by the military, then led by Mubarak’s former Defense Minister Field Marshal Hussein Tantawi.

Egypt’s first civilian leader sacked Tantawi after an August militant attack killed 16 soldiers at a border post, seizing on discontent within the military to purge commanders whose loyalties were in doubt, an aide said at the time.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

I hope the USA knows how to proceed from here. Let the Arab Spring become an EGYPTIAN SPRING. Amon-Ra for the lazier monotheists, the Kemetic Pantheon (Neters) for the more diligent traditionalist polytheists among ethnic Egyptians not bred out by Arabs. Some DNA tests could determine which Egyptians are of the Pharoanic lines etc. and should be placed above Arabs in cultural consideration and lineage specifically. Egypt was not torn apart so they could fundamentalise into Islam! This is Pharoanic EGYPT, not Islamist Arabia. Any Muslims will of course be free to practise Islam, but only the native Egyptian religion can be a state religion in Egypt!

mini-ARTICLE 15.5

Ban on Eminent Domain Abuse Heads to Ballot in Columbia – by Nick Sibilla

Homeowners of five decades no longer under threat of eminent domain in Hadley Township. The city council for Columbia, Mo., voted unanimously on Monday to put on the ballot a charter amendment that prohibits eminent domain abuse. Come April 2013, citizens will have the opportunity to bolster their private property rights by voting to approve the amendment.

As noted previously, Missouri has very broad definitions of blight and abysmal property rights protections, earning a “D” from the Castle Coalition. In fact, as the Columbian Missourian points out, in February, the council once approved a resolution that “declared 60 percent of Columbia as blighted or having conditions that lead to blight.” But after a public backlash, the council was forced to rescind the blight resolution in May.

Related Article

After years of living under the threat of eminent domain, homeowners in Richmond Heights could finally celebrate a Thanksgiving in peace. A suburb of St. Louis, Mo., Richmond Heights had tried to use eminent domain, not once, not twice, but three different times over the past decade to force homeowners in Hadley Township to sell their homes to benefit a private developer. But after the city decided to scale back their “redevelopment” plans for the neighborhood when many homeowners banded together to protest, these relieved homeowners could rejoice.
Take the Baileys. JoAnn and Arthur Bailey have lived in their house on Banneker Avenue for 48 years. They even hung
an anti-eminent domain sign on their door to protest the city’s plans. But for the first time in years, “I finally took the sign down, and I cleaned the door,” JoAnn said to the St. Louis Post-Dispatch.

Now great-grandparents, JoAnn said that every year her children tell her, “‘Mom, this is probably the last Thanksgiving we’ll have here.’ But they come back every year and we’re still here.”

Also joining the Baileys in their eminent domain reprieve is Alice McGee, a 92-year-old homeowner. According to her family, during Thanksgiving, “she was shouting with joy that she wouldn’t be forced out. ‘I’m telling you I told the children, ‘God sure heard my prayer…I’m comfortable here. And I don’t want to leave my home.’”

As the Castle Coalition noted back in July, Alice had lived in her home in Hadley Township for almost five decades: “Her message to the city and its private developer is clear: I won’t sell, saying, ‘I keep praying to God for you to leave us alone. I want to live there until God takes me.’”

Their story illustrates the immense amount of perseverance and resilience required to fight city hall—and win. Throughout the years-long fight, these homeowners remained vigilant in their fight to keep the homes they rightfully owned from being taken by the government and handed over to a private developer.

ARTICLE 16

Doctors driven to bankruptcy – by Parija Kavilanz @CNNMoney April 8, 2013: 11:20 AM ET

Dr. Morgan Moor, an internist, narrowly escaped filing for bankruptcy in 2011.
NEW YORK (CNNMoney)
As many doctors struggle to keep their practices financially sound, some are buckling under money woes and being pushed into bankruptcy.

It’s a trend that’s accelerated in recent years, industry experts say, with potentially serious consequences for doctors and patients. Some physicians are still able to keep practicing after bankruptcy, but for others, it’s a career-ending event. And when a practice shuts its doors, patients can find it harder to get the health care they need nearby.

Chapter 11 bankruptcy filings by physician practices have spiked recently, noted Bobby Guy, co-chair of the American Bankruptcy Institute’s health care committee, who tracks bankruptcy trends tied to distressed businesses. Guy said there were at least eight filings in recent weeks, which he said was “very unusual.”

Five years ago, Plantation, Fla.-based bankruptcy attorney David Langley didn’t have a single doctor as a client. Since then he’s handled at least six bankruptcy cases involving doctors. Two current clients — an orthopedic surgeon and an OB/GYN — also are in bankruptcy.

None of his physician clients had malpractice lawsuits that landed them in dire financial straits. All are “top-notch doctors,” he said.

The weak economy has taken a toll on doctors’ revenue, as consumers cut back on office visits and lucrative elective procedures, said Guy, a bankruptcy attorney in Nashville with Frost Brown Todd LLC.

Doctors also blame shrinking insurance reimbursements, changing regulations, and the rising costs of malpractice insurance, drugs and other business necessities for making it harder to keep their practices afloat.

Related Story: Doctors going broke

Oncologist Dr. Dennis Morgan had a profitable solo practice in Enfield, Conn., for years. Revenues began to fall, he said, when reimbursements for treatment and drugs to oncologists started shrinking. He made cutbacks, but he began having trouble meeting expenses, and his business debt grew. Critical chemotherapy drug and medical supplies providers “eventually cut me off,” Morgan said.

In June 2011, his practice, in a medically underserved area, filed for bankruptcy. It had hundreds of chemotherapy patients at the time.

For the next two years, his role became “that of a captain of a sinking ship managing the allocation of life boats until rescue arrived,” he said. He redirected patients to other doctors and area hospitals. Early last year, he stopped practicing medicine.

Having a cancer practice close can be “debilitating” to a community, said Morgan. “If you have to travel one or two hours to get treatment and you have no one to go with you, it becomes a matter of getting care or not getting care,” he said.

Related Story: Doctors: Why we can’t stay afloat

Primary care doctors face similar challenges. Langley recounts one client, a solo practitioner in an underserved area of Broward County, Fla., whose patients were mostly on Medicare or lacked insurance.

As the economy worsened in the wake of the recession, fewer patients could afford to come in. Cash payments and reimbursements dropped. To come up with money to keep the practice going, she took a second job at a hospital. Still, her debt ballooned. She fell behind on state tax payments.

Two years ago, Florida tax officials showed up at her door to shut the clinic down. She quickly called Langley and he was able to file an emergency bankruptcy for her online while the officials were still in the waiting room. He gave them the bankruptcy case number, and they left without closing the clinic. Langley eventually helped the doctor restructure her debt and the clinic is still open, he said.

Dr. Morgan Moor was on the brink of bankruptcy in 2011. An internist with a solo practice in Brentwood, Tenn., Moor said the recession badly hurt her once-thriving practice. By 2010, she had lost almost half of her active patients, her annual revenue had dropped nearly 30%, and she had to lay off half her employees.

“We were told that bankruptcy was our only option,” she said. So she hired Guy. Luckily, Moor said, she was able to restructure her debt and her business without filing.

Every day since has been a struggle, though. “Every payroll, I wonder if we will be able to keep doing this,” she said. “I try not to think about it because it paralyzes me with fear.” To top of page
–Join the discussion: #bankruptdoctors.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Orwellian corporate sabotage for corporatocracy. Private hospital conglomerates destroy their one man show competitors in collusion with medical suppliers. One man show doctors need to buy supplies through their associations in bulk, or they will never survive. I personally have no sympathy for the 70% private doctors who are not there for real healing. Those deserve to be hit by these corps and private hospitals. The other 30% who are at least neutral should be extended the same preferential prices. Sadly the medical association is often either headed by term limitless, 70% bad docs or profiteers forming quasi political blocs and profiteering off such situations and destroying small practicioners.

Most of the population do not like people with personalities unsuited for such work as well, so unless docs really feel for the health of others, and are full of love for others that is not contrived or inculpated by MSM or social propaganda, they should not do medicine in the first place. Finally medical degrees are too costly and should be made free so that a populace with large numbers of healers can consult and watch each other in cases of abuse or druggings.

ARTICLE 17

Food Policies Leave People Hungry – by Yifat Susskind – Global Research, June 11, 2008
The Capital Times (Madison, Wisconsin) 10 June 2008

Last week the U.N. convened world leaders in Rome to hammer out solutions to the food crisis.

Once again policy leaders are forgetting that food is about people. Over the past few months, 30 countries have been wracked by food riots. The government of Haiti has been toppled. Rice reserves in the Philippines are now under armed guard.

And U.S. corporate agribusinesses have a starring role in this disaster. Farmers in poor countries have gone broke by the millions because they can’t compete with the artificially low prices of U.S. food imports.

Take Mexico, for example. Under the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), the U.S. demanded that Mexico open up its markets to cheap U.S. corn. Since NAFTA took effect, U.S. corn exports to Mexico have tripled, flooding the Mexican market and causing domestic corn prices to drop by more than 70 percent. As a result, most of the country’s 15 million corn farmers have gone from being poor — but getting by — to watching their children go hungry. Mexican President Felipe Calderon explains the food crisis in his country as a direct outcome of U.S. food policy.

The same story is repeated in nearly every country where the food crisis is raging. Millions of rural families from Colombia to Cameroon have been forced to go from growing their own food to buying imported staple items, putting them at the mercy of global markets. In the past year, the cost of basics like corn, rice and wheat has doubled and tripled. Farming families whose livelihoods were destroyed by U.S. agribusiness can no longer afford to buy food from these same companies.

That injustice — not any absolute “food shortage” — is at the heart of today’s crisis.

Meanwhile, U.S. agribusiness is making a killing. Last month Cargill announced that its third-quarter profits were up 86 percent. They’ve already raked in over $1 billion this year, in about the same amount of time that another 100 million people were pushed into extreme poverty (surviving on less than $1 a day) because of rising food costs.

Clearly, our global food system is broken. So what would fix it?

It seems that small-holder, sustainable agriculture — precisely the type of farming that’s been devastated by agribusiness — has the best potential to resolve the global food crisis. That, in a nutshell, is the conclusion of a four-year United Nations study by 400 experts on agriculture and development released in April.

But if local, sustainable agriculture is the way to go, there’s another, overlooked dimension to solving the food crisis: The majority of the world’s small-scale farmers are women. In the poorest countries, where the food crisis is at its worst, women grow and produce 80 percent of all food.

That means that policies aiming to resolve the food crisis need to also weed out the widespread discrimination that bars women farmers from owning land and from accessing credit, seeds, tools and training. Agricultural subsidies were originally conceived to protect small-scale farmers from poverty. We still need to do that — and on a global scale. Today, subsidies can play a positive role in building the capacity of women farmers to grow food sustainably.

It’s high time to put the human rights and productive capacity of small farmers at the center of agriculture policy. The Rome summit presented us with an opportunity to rethink food policy. Unfortunately the outcome continues the same misguided polices of free trade instead of investing in local food production. It’s time to realize that the world’s small farmers and especially women — are our best hope for feeding people and protecting the planet.

Yifat Susskind is communications director for MADRE: Rights, Resources and Results for Women Worldwide.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Redistribute unused state land to the tune of 1/4 to 1 acre each family for subsistence cultivation. Immediately homelessness ends. By the first crop, the stavation would end. The distributed land also would end homelessness and allow the people to build their own homes insteadof paying fortunes to live in pigeon coops and rabbit hutches. Medicine could even be grown via plants (which is better than synthetic pharma) and education could be conducted under a tree instead of a millions worth institution. Don’t say that education cannot be done without buildings FIRST. The government enriches the contractors and suppliers of such structures which use up energy on the grid and creates heat sinks yhat cause climate change etc.. ANY lecturer can hold classes under any tree. Who needs to pay the gatekeeper building contractors, the gatekeeper accredtations boards (bridge trolls more like) and salaries of the panellists sitting on such boards, and who needs to navigate red tape of profiteering education Ministries? So think 99% citizens, the country you live in is RICH, but the politicians will not distribute unused state land or place limits to wealth sequestration, collude with big business.

Vote for politicans from the 99%, no plutocrats, no nepotists and no term limitlessness –  no extreme salaries perhaps at the level of no more than 10 times the National Average Annual Wage, 3 times if the country is poor or developing. These politicians we have now from EU to ASEAN to South America are not applying themselves and causing the problem, not solving the provlem and meanwhile they get the massive salaries they award themselves. If the country is in debt, has debt from public spending, then there is no reason for that country to give any salary above national average annual wage! MOST of the countries in the world are in such debt yet we have microstates like Singapore being paid 10 times what USA’s politicians are paid. So understand what is going on simply by comparing politician salary and national average wage.

mini-ARTICLE 17.5

Close vote seen on background checks on gun buyers – by DINA CAPPIELLO | Associated Press

WASHINGTON (AP) — The sponsors of a Senate proposal to expand background checks for gun buyers says a vote is likely this week and it’s too close to call.

There was a hopeful sign Sunday: Republican Sen. John McCain of Arizona, who has a B+ rating from the National Rifle Association, says he’s leaning toward supporting it.

The proposal is from Republican Patrick Toomey of Pennsylvania and Democrat Joe Manchin of West Virginia, and they say it’s shaping up as a close call.

The plan would require background checks for people buying guns at gun shows and online. Background checks currently apply only to transactions handled by the country’s 55,000 licensed gun dealers.

Toomey says a vote could come as early as Wednesday.

They appeared on CNN’s “State of the Union” and CBS’ “Face the Nation.” McCain was on CNN.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is good for keeping tags on law abiding citizens, but could encourage criminal gunrunners and illegal gun manufacturers for as many people who now cannot get a gun legally.

ARTICLE 18

Marijuana Majority: Americans Now Back Legalization: Op-Ed – by Jeff Nesbit | LiveScience.com – 21st April 2012

Jeff Nesbit  was the director of public affairs for two prominent federal science agencies and is a regular contributor to U.S. News & World Report, where this article first ran before appearing in LiveScience’s Expert Voices: Op-Ed & Insights.

It’s 4/20 time again this week. For those who aren’t part of the Millennial generation, 4/20 is unofficial “Weed Day” in America —a counterculture phenomenon that has drawn up to 10,000 marijuana legalization activists at college campuses in the U.S. in some years.

In years past, Weed Day counterculture “holiday” celebrations have taken place on 4/20 at Golden Gate Park in San Francisco, in several Canadian cities or at college campuses in Boulder, Colo., and elsewhere. Weed Day has also migrated to other parts of the world. [Cannabis: Facts About Marijuana & Effects of Marijuana]

Where did the concept of 4/20 as a way to celebrate marijuana smoking originate? That’s a bit more difficult to discern, though a reporter for The Huffington Post once tracked it down to a flyer at a Grateful Dead concert in 1990 that referred to “420ing” (smoking pot) on April 20 of that year that, in various stages, led to successive celebrations on April 20.

HuffPost also tracked it back even further, to San Rafael, Calif., high-school friends known as “the Waldos” who coined the term “4/20” in the 1970s as the designated time of the day to smoke pot after school. By fits and starts, 4/20 as either a time of day for pot smoking or a counterculture day of rebellion then traveled mostly by word of mouth.

This year, Weed Day enthusiasts hoping to see the tide turn (both politically and socially) on the legalization of marijuana front have more to celebrate than in years past.

A national survey by the Pew Research Center earlier this month found that, for the first time ever, a majority of Americans would now support regulating marijuana use the way that most states and federal authorities regulate alcohol use. [5 Wacky Things That Are Good for Your Health]

In fact, Pew found, the number of Baby Boomers who would support decriminalizing marijuana has gone up year after year during the 40 years it’s been asking about the question —and is now more than double what it was in the early 1990s.

Meanwhile, recent studies have confirmed what social scientists have been saying for years about the theory that marijuana is a “gateway drug” that leads to hard drug use —namely, that the “gateway drug theory” for marijuana simply doesn’t hold up scientifically.

If anything, these new studies found, other things like alcohol or cigarette use are better predictors than marijuana use of eventual prescription drug abuse or addiction to harder drugs like heroin and cocaine.

A Yale study published in the Journal of Adolescent Health late last year, for instance, found that alcohol or cigarette use was twice as likely to predict prescription opiate drug abuse as marijuana use. Prescription drug overdoses are far more prevalent now in America than either cocaine or heroin overdoses.

The Yale study pulled data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health and found that, of the 12 percent who self-identified that they’d abused prescription drugs, 57 percent said that they’d previously used alcohol, 56 percent said they’d previously smoked cigarettes —and just 37 percent said they’d previously used marijuana.

A study published in The Journal of School Health focusing on the “gateway drug theory” for marijuana also found that alcohol, rather than marijuana, was the most commonly used substance for first-time drug users. Yet, alcohol has never been thought of as a gateway drug to cocaine, heroin or prescription opiate abuse.

In fact, social scientists and psychologists now argue rather conclusively that none of these are actually “gateway drugs” that lead someone down the path to addiction to harder or more addictive drugs.

Socio-economic considerations, environmental factors or genetics are much more likely to determine whether someone is more prone to abuse addictive substances, studies have shown repeatedly.

It’s been a long, slow decline for the “gateway drug theory” in the public’s mind, though. Congress asked the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) to look at the issues around medical marijuana use more than a decade ago. In a pivotal report in 1999, the NAS reported that “in fact, most drug users begin with alcohol and nicotine before marijuana —usually before they are of legal age.”

The NAS didn’t mince its words in that 1999 report to Congress. “In the sense that marijuana use typically precedes rather than follows initiation of other illicit drug use, it is indeed a ‘gateway’ drug,’” it said. “But because underage smoking and alcohol use typically precede marijuana use, marijuana is not the most common, and is rarely the first, ‘gateway’ to illicit drug use. There is no conclusive evidence that the drug effects of marijuana are causally linked to the subsequent abuse of other illicit drugs.”

None of these studies, however, slowed down the “gateway drug theory” in the public’s mind —until recently. Whether through a combination of “Weed Day” demonstrations on 4/20 or the success of medical marijuana initiatives in states around the U.S., most Americans are in a different place on marijuana now and would likely support it being regulated like alcohol consumption.

Yet, as longtime advocates of marijuana legalization know all too well, public and scientific support for their positions don’t necessarily translate into political action on such an issue. It may, in fact, be years before we finally see the official death of the gateway drug theory, and the rise of acceptable government action on the legalization of marijuana.

This article first appeared as Growing Numbers of Americans Support Legalizing Pot Use in the column At the Edge by Jeff Nesbit on U.S. News & World Report. The views expressed are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of the publisher.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is not about majority but about principles. If a minority is right, the law should still support them (much like LGBT is a minority in society but has rights to associate and even marriage protected from haters even as Jews can order kosher meals on some airlines despite being a minority). To mention majority as a raison d’etre for a law is always dangerous when democratic principles are concerned. If the majority support a law that is wrong, they still are wrong and that is where the learned state of judges come in – if not at least AFTER explaining why and how of minority-majority vs principles-correctness based around principles and logic or Voltarian freedoms (not just of speech but the life that free speech describes) than forcing through legislation in absentia of discussion with the public which sadly is often the case and even sadder is generally not paid attention to by the majority of the public! The more a society is able to accomodate a minority or even super minority, the more civilised, discerning and all encompassing a society and nation is. This is a true form of soft power that is applicable internally even as other coarser and more communal nations will never understand such things.

Voltarian concepts of freedom doubtless preclude all fringe substances that can be grown and processed at home for legal use simply because no person is harmed. The only issue is not profiteering off others which can be done via price controls so that those growing and processing would get no more than a nursery or gardening service would – which is the scope and labour level of growing such organic psychedelics.

ARTICLE 19

What ‘decriminalise’ really means is: we’re giving junkies a drug den next door to you – by Peter Hitchens – PUBLISHED: 00:04 GMT, 21 April 2013 | UPDATED: 10:50 GMT, 21 April 2013

It will not be long before your home town has special places where drug abusers can poke or snort poison into their bodies. These will be legal and paid for by you and me.

It is a stupid idea, of course. People who take such drugs are selfish parasites in need of deterrence, not patients in need of treatment.

The nicer we are to them, the more of them there will be, as we have proved conclusively over the past four decades.

Brighton has unveiled plans to introduce ‘drug consumption’ rooms in the city

But it is getting harder every day to express this opinion, and soon it will be more or less impossible. The British liberal establishment have decided to surrender to the powerful and well-funded lobby that wants to ‘decriminalise’ drugs.

They use this clumsy word because international treaties prevent us from actually legalising them. Instead, we just reduce the penalties to nothing (or don’t enforce them) and make them legal in all but name.

Before they can get away with this loathsome scheme, they have to brainwash the public into accepting it.

That is why the unpopular newspapers and the BBC have been giving favourable coverage to a plan for ‘drug consumption rooms’ in Brighton. It is also why Portugal’s abandonment of serious drug laws is constantly presented in a kindly light by the establishment media.

Many of you will have been brainwashed yourselves. Do you know how many supposedly ‘conservative’ newspapers endorsed the decriminalisation of cannabis years ago?

It is amazing how many otherwise sensible people have already been fooled into accepting the dud arguments for relaxing the law against cannabis, one of the most dangerous drugs in existence.

Your children, too, will have been brainwashed at school – where they will have absorbed the moronic argument that because alcohol and tobacco are legal, it is wrong to have laws against dope.

Whenever I have the chance to debate this subject properly, I almost always defeat the drug liberalisers.

But that’s the problem. The debate has been shut down, because the liberals control it. Only one side is allowed to be heard. TV and radio won’t let me talk about this.

My recent book, showing that the supposed ‘war on drugs’ was abandoned 40 years ago, and that claims of stern ‘prohibition’ are propaganda drivel, was simply not reviewed by most national papers or on the broadcast programmes that discuss such things.

It is not yet too late to stop this process, but a great deal of vigilance will be needed to do so. Otherwise you may wake up one day soon and find a building near you is being openly used by junkies to inject themselves, with police approval.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Not really. Human Rights mean a right to access what is effectively a form of euthanasia for those feeling existentially incomplete or who cannot find purpose in living. Drugs are just that and for that purpose, the users are euthanising themselves albeit with alot of pleasure in the process over a period of time. Who are we to stop them or sell them out to drug dealers and other criminal elements that would cause these users to become criminals? Being a civilised society, these controlled conditions will ensure they get to stay out of everyone’s way. What drug den? They will do their stuff in controlled conditions and won’t have a chance to wander around or enter people’s houses while stoned etc..

This article is demogoguery. Unlike ‘dens’ where movement is allowed while stoned, these ‘drug consumption’ rooms would likely be a locked in type while any user is stoned.

ARTICLE 20

The Englishand the culture of entitlement off the backs of the 99%.

The Englishand the culture of entitlement off the backs of the 99%.

ARTICLE 21

Bluecoat and Redcoat reminders. Wastage of Yahoo MSM space for what agenda?

Bluecoat and Redcoat reminders. Wastage of Yahoo MSM space for what agenda?

mini-Article 21

PAP: To remain dominant without being dominating – Published on Apr 19, 2013 8:28 AM

THE People’s Action Party (PAP) wants to remain a dominant party anchored in society – without dominating in all areas, said Deputy Prime Minister Tharman Shanmugaratnam.

It can do this as an open political party, he said, that galvanises a diversity of views and ideas, including critical opinions.

“I believe we can play a dominant role, retain a dominant position without wanting to completely dominate,” DPM Tharman said in an interview with The Straits Times.

“It’s in Singapore’s interest that you do have a dominant party, but it’s got to be one that’s open to diversity, welcoming of a responsible opposition.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Hey hey . . . you there, disrespectful term limitless nepotists, no dominant persons will be tolerated in any democracy of EQUALS. 2 terms as MP, much less PM, then GTFO. 1 term preferably if to be respected as a citizen who does not even try to be dominant much less dominating. NO DOMS. Equals only. Play dom with your private harems and sex partners, but no tolerance will be given such dominating behaviour or presence of dominants in secular society especially in government towards citizen civilians. Sense of entitlement in MP continuation of Singapore’s forced military conscriptions without abstention options is intolerable enough. Do not even dare to think to be dominant much less dominating. Vote 99%ters with term limits that are not nepotists Singaporeans!

15 Articles from Malaysia : Nurul’s Pleas Cynical – Nurul Also Doing Non-Physical Variant of Political Violence – Physical Political Violence Justified by Nepotism and Term Limitlessness (99% slaves’ hatred to their own controllers is directed outwards at other parties with the same controllers – end result is 99% loses out – Nurul is a 1%ter), Lim the Liar Sr A Broken Record, Time to Punish Those Who have Caused or Given reason to Cause the Apartheid of Bumiputra, BERSIH biased, Lim the Liar Jr is Evil In Treatment of the Poor – Withholds Government Homes For The Homeless to Parasite ‘Political Energy’, ROS Could Disband DAP so 3rd Force Independents Could Take Over, Form A Microstate Destroy the Opposition?, Minorities Want Equality And Flexibility For Spaces For Entertainment Do Not Need ‘Political Power’ Otherwise, Karpal’s 2 Tongued Double Standards in Ethical Duplicity, Laws Must Be Amended For Equitable Wealth Distribution – 222MPs Useless to the 99% Majority Voters, While MCA Flounders on Democratic Issues of Equality : Term Limitless Nepotist Lims’ Double Standards in Ethical Duplicity Hated By 99%ters (even if the 99%ters don’t know what they find so hateful that was just pointed out), Will All Stronghold-Satrapy Mindset GTFO of Dewan?, Pity Yourself Lim for Being So Blind As to Not See What Chua is Doing In This Specific Instance (All Other lapdog instances are still pitiable), Cult of Personality Harms Democracy in the Infected 99%, Singapore Colludes with Malaysia to Deny Minorities in Malaysia Equality, Malaysia Today Colludes with Malaysia to Deny Sexual Minorities in Malaysia Equality, Michelle Yeoh And Eric Moo Sell Out the Chinese Minorities (Misses Chance to Slam Apartheid to Party With Racists As If Everything With Minorities In Malaysia Was Fine) – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 17th April 2013

In 99%, adult industry, Apartheid, ASEAN, conflict of interest, crony politics, cults, DAP, democratisation, economic equity, ethics, Islam, land distribution, law, LGBT, Malay, Malaysia, media collusion, nepotism, Plutocracy, politics, psychiatry, Racism, religion, representative democracy, RLD Zone Advocacy, sex work, socialism, subtle insults, term limits, true democracy, vested interest, wealth distribution on April 16, 2013 at 9:26 pm

ARTICLE 1

End the political violence, Nurul Izzah pleads – Saturday, April 13, 2013

Incumbent Lembah Pantai MP Nurul Izzah Anwar has urged the police to take action against instances of political violence and intimidation targeting her and her campaign workers.

She said a police report has been lodged on each of these incidents that have taken place of late, and seven such reports have been lodged so far.

However, no action has be taken to date despite some of the alleged perpetrators being photographed and named in the reports.

“We have been document the attacks and right now, we’d just ask the authorities, please: Speedy action on those responsible for such threats,” Nurul Izzah said yesterday.

She said this to reporters after a ceramah outside the Sri Pahang public housing flats in Bangsar, where the latest incident took place just hours before.

Nurul Izzah said an Umno supporter brandishing a machete had threatened one of her campaign volunteers who was installing party flags in the area ahead of the ceramah, about 5.30pm yesterday.

A police report has been on this incident as well.

NONEThe PKR vice-president also urged the local Umno division chief, Raja Nong Chik Zainal Abidin, to help prevent such incidents from taking place.

“The key Umno branch leaders are involved and this is very sad. I hope Raja Nong Chik will do his bit as the Lembah Pantai Umno division chief: Control his boys! Play clean!” Nurul Izzah added.

Although it is yet to be official, the senator and federal territories minister is widely expected to contest in Lembah Pantai.

Posters, billboards and banners throughout the constituency already display his image prominently, alongside BN chairperson Najib Abdul Razak who will be contesting in Pekan, Pahang.
Posted by Mohd. Kamal bin Abdullah at 9:47 PM

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

If a 2 terms were applied, the new MPs not even of 1 term would not be targeted for ‘being no threat’ but PKR’s family bloc and nepotism culture , term limitless culture encourages political violence. If the opposition MPs were not seen as being worth millions and more normal to everyone i general, these sorts of attacks would not take place. The family bloc is the issue in all coalitions, and because the 99% are angered whatever side they are from, though probably they would prefer to run for election by lowering election deposits which neither BN or Pakatan want to, the 99% should field themselves as independent 3rd Force candidates and stop voting for either coalition or even threatening any fellow 99%ters from either side as well. Whats the point? Vote yourselves into power 3rd Force 99%ters, stop voting Nurul, if you want to hurt Nurul who already has had 2 terms or more and is also a mother already, just don’t vote Nurul. Run for candidacy instead and do what Nurul would never do, GTFO after 2 terms and lower election deposits! See parang wielders? No need to use parang. Just teach Nuruls supporters to drop Nurul for a fresh 2nd liner candidate and stop Nuruls 23K MP salary. Had 2 terms and 2+ million in salaries already? Lied about 90% of GE12 Manifestos? Have entire family in politics? Then expect no sympathy from the 99%!

No thanks. I think Nurul knows what would have been preferred by moi, but lets not get ito that, 2 terms too late, and Nurul has not even endorsed the 3 items with any clarity but for certain quite obliquely - which is not in any understandable manner to the voters in general . . .

No thanks. I think Nurul knows what would have been preferred by moi, but lets not get ito that, 2 terms too late, and Nurul has not even endorsed the 3 items with any clarity but for certain quite obliquely – which is not in any understandable manner to the voters in general . . .

Democracy is more important that your supposed friendship to the voters Nurul, so GTFO of Dewan! That goes as many times more for any MP who has had more than 2 terms or is already a plutocrat 1%ter that cannot declare assets yet won’t lower election deposits but dare ask for 750K funerals. Pakatan Rakyat is as much a failure as corrupt and racist BN! Lets remove BOTH BN and PR and remember to GTFO after 2 terms or even better 1 term, and lower election deposits to 150.00 so that every single 99%ter can run for election as well.

ARTICLE 2

Malaysia GE13: Opposition’s Lim Kit Siang demands apology from Mahathir – Published on Apr 13, 2013 – 5:01 PM

KUALA LUMPUR – Malaysia’s opposition veteran Lim Kit Siang has demanded that former prime minister Mahathir Mohamad apologise for a defamatory blog post, and threatened legal action if he does not do so within 24 hours.

Writing on his own blog on Saturday, Mr Lim said he had challenged Dr Mahathir to produce evidence to back his attacks or apologise, but “there has only been silence”.

“I’m giving him another 24 hours to vindicate himself, produce proof to substantiate his allegations against me or behave as a responsible ‘elder statesman’ and retract and apologise for his defamatory blog against me,” wrote the Democratic Action Party leader.

Dr Mahathir alleged in a blog post on Thursday that Mr Lim decided to contest in a Chinese-majority constituency in Johor state “because he wanted the Chinese there and in Johor to reject working together and sharing with the Malays”.

He also alleged that a win by Mr Lim would lead to “unhealthy racial confrontation” and end “Sino-Malay cooperation”.

Mr Lim said the allegations by Dr Mahathir are “downright lies and falsehoods”.

“In fact, in my 47 years in politics, I had never been guilty of anyone of these… charges by Mahathir as it goes against the very grain of my political beliefs,” he wrote.

He added that he hopes to win not just on Chinese votes, but on the votes of all the three main races.

Mr Lim also hit out at “dirty tricks” used by the ruling Barisan Nasional coalition, such as “fake videos making malicious and vicious attacks on PR leaders” and leaflets circulating in Johor accusing him of being the provocateur of the 1969 racial riots.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

We don’t need this kind of MP like Lim the Liar Sr. We did not vote to pay for salaries for Lim the Liar Sr to ask apologies from Mahathir even as much as Mahathir needs to apologise to the people for decades of corruption and apartheid. This is tax payer money funded time Lim the Liar Sr is wasting. Demand the below 3 items and stop destroying democracy with limitless terms and nepotism and GTFO of Dewan so that someone else can amend some laws or challenge apartheid.

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Who cares about idiot apologies for even more idiotic politicians taking taxpayer money? Mahathir would never apologise, would never need to apologise to Lim, so why the hell does Lim keep asking Mahathir for apologies wasting taxpayer funded time? Lousy egositic politicians should GTFO of Dewan. GTFO useless old creeps! Of all things Mahathir beat Lim the Liar Sr to term limits (both remain nepotistic). Now the hateworthy record for term limitlessness belongs to Lim Kit Siang the Liar of GE12 Local Council and Asset Declaration Manifestos.

ARTICLE 3

21-Day Countdown to 13GE Polling Day – Attorney-General Gani Patail given opportunity to arrest and charge Mahathir for sedition and criminal defamation

As the former DAP MP for Segambut Lim Lip Eng has lodged a police report this morning in Kuala Lumpur against the former Prime Minister Tun Dr. Mahathir Mohamad for sedition and criminal defamation, I will give the Attorney-General Tan Sri Gani Patail the opportunity to arrest and charge Mahathir for sedition and criminal defamation before I instruct my lawyers to institute legal proceedings against Mahathir for defamation in connection with his blog, “Gelang Patah” last Thursday, 11th April 2013.

I had given Mahathir two opportunities to withdraw and apologise for his chauvinistic and seditious blog which made irresponsible and baseless attacks on my reputation and character or face legal action for defamation for his lies and falsehoods, but the former Prime Minister had been totally unmoved and unrepentant.

Mahathir had disgraced and dishonoured the office of the former Prime Minister, which is provided by Parliament every year with a princely allocation from the annual Federal Government budget for its upkeep, by spewing downright lies and falsehoods to make the 13th General Elections the dirtiest in the the nation’s history which is most unworthy and unfitting for a former Prime Minister whose living and maintenance expenses is billed to the public purse.

Two days ago, the latest “black operation” in the 13GE surfaced with the appearance of a sex video purportedly involving the PAS Secretry-General Mustapha Ali, which has been categorically denied by Mustafa who said that UMNO was desperate enough to lie in order to drop him from the country’s arena.

It is on public record that the previous occasion when the country’s general elections plumbed to its lowest depths for being the dirtiest election campaign in the nation’s history was under Mahathir’s premiership in 1990, when Barisan Nasional faced its first serious challenge from two political coalitions, Gagasan Rakyat and Angkatan Perpaduan Ummah (APU) led by Semangat 46, DAP and PAS.

Two dirty tricks were played by UMNO/BN in the 1990 general election campaign from its armoury of the politics of fear and blackmail to incite racial sentiments with highly inflammatory propaganda based on lies and falsehoods, viz:

Firstly, the depiction of Semangat 46 President, Tengku Razaleigh Hamzah on radio, television and the printed media as having sold out Malay honour and race and betrayed Islam by showing him with a Kadazan headgear alleging that it bore the symbol of the cross – as final and ultimate proof that Tengku Razaleigh had sold out Islam to Christianity in Sabah

In fact, the so-called cross on the Kadazan headgear is tapioca shoot (pucuk ubi) and most headgears of this sort are made by the Bajau community which is largely Muslim. A few days before Tengku Razaleigh’s visit to Sabah in the 1990 GE, Dr. Mahathir had worn the same Kadazan headgear with the so-called cross when visiting Sabah.

Secondly, full-page advertisements in the mainstream media to create fear and panic among voters, with the full-page advertisement in Utusan Malaysia under the deading “Sokong Membawa Rebah” while the Nanyang Siang Pao advert carried the heading “Recollection of History” – with both carrying the same picture depicting bloodshed, violence, arson and carnage.

The visual impact of the picture was manyfold greater than the wordings under the picture, which immediately conveyed the message that if the Barisan Nasional and UMNO lost in the 1990 general elections, there would be another May 13 of bloodshed, violence, arson and carnage.

I remember asking Mahathir during the first Parliamentary debate after the 1990 GE whether he had given the “green light” for these two despicable and deplorable UMNO/BN “dirty tricks” in the 1990 GE.

Now, I am more than convinced that Mahathir was behind these two “dirty tricks” when he could now concoct such lies and falsehoods in his blog on “Gelang Patah” which among other things, accused me of wanting to contest in Gelang Patah because

I want the Chinese in Gelang Patah and Johor to “reject working together and sharing with the Malays”;

urge the Chinese in Johor “to dislike and hate the Malays” to create “conflict and antagonism between the races”;

create “an unhealthy racial confrontation” between the Malays and Chinese in Johor, which will be “disruptive and will not be conducive to the development of Malaysia”.

I repeated that all these three allegations by Mahathir are downright lies and falsehoods, which I had never uttered in Gelang Patah and Johore since the announcement on March 18 that I would be contesting in Gelang Patah, and that I had never uttered such scurrilous lies and falsehoods in my 47 years in politics, as to run counter to the grain in my political beliefs fostering greater inter-racial co-operation to build a united Malaysian nation.

Sections 499 and 500 of the Penal Code on criminal defamation states:

Defamation

499. Whoever, by words either spoken or intended to be read or by signs, or by visible representations, makes or publishes any imputation concerning any person, intending to harm, or knowing or having reason to believe that such imputation will harm the reputation of such person, is said, except in the cases hereinafter excepted, to defame that person.

Punishment for defamation

500. Whoever defames another shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years or with fine or with both.

I await action by the Police and the Attorney-General.
Lim Kit Siang DAP Parliamentary Leader & MP for Ipoh Timur
Media conference statement by Lim Kit Siang in DAP 13GE Ops centre in Gelang Patah on Sunday, 14th April 2013

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Attorney-General Gani Patail should arrest and charge Lim Kit Siang for sedition and criminal defamation FIRST then bother about Mahathir who is no longer active in politics.

The Sedition Act should have been used against Lim the Liar, Mr. dirty-hand of the Race Riots, and any others present or active during the riots and fighting as well; as as many generations of their descendants to be barred all involved from politics thereon.

The Rakyat await action by the Police and the Attorney-General. Put this nepotistic term limitless liar and trouble maker in prison.
@AgreeToDisagree is the 3rd Force Parliamentary Leader & MP of the ‘Real Issue’ (of Ending Apartheid)

ARTICLE 4

BERSIH slams “contemptible” Tunku Aziz: WHAT A TURNCOAT! – by Bersih 2.0 – Friday, 12 April 2013 22:44

Bersih 2.0 denounces in the strongest terms the wild, baseless and defamatory statements by Tunku Abdul Aziz Ibrahim issued on April 8 and 11, 2013 where he accused BERSIH 2.0 of being an “instrument of money laundering”. We further denounce in the strongest terms his recent attempt to implicate BERSIH 2.0 in an alleged strategy to create “chaos” on polling day.  All these allegations are wholly untrue.

Bersih 2.0 has in fact recently filed a defamation suit against a publication over similar wild and mischievous allegations relating to our funding.

Bersih 2.0’s accounts are open for all to see and we invite Tunku Aziz to do so. He will then realize the tremendous support we receive from Malaysians who believe in the cause of free and fair elections. We consider the accusation that Bersih 2.0 is laundering foreign funds for the benefit of a political party, to be an expression of contempt against these Malaysians and the love they have for their country.

The discussion to form Bersih 2.0 as a civil society outfit was initiated by Maria Chin Abdullah and Wong Chin Huat in 2009, the two civil society members of the original Bersih coalition. We can confirm that Tunku Abdul Aziz has never been invited to join the Bersih 2.0 steering committee, nor has he been nominated by us for its leadership.

As for Tunku Abdul Aziz’s attempt to implicate Bersih 2.0 in alleged plans by “certain parties” to disrupt the electoral process, we consider this to be contemptible. We ask that Tunku Aziz disclose the purported “evidence” that he has. Furthermore, BERSIH has made it clear that it does not agree with the randomisation of votes and Tindak Malaysia’s inclusion of this item in their training has apparently ceased since October last year.

Contemptible

Tindak Malaysia and Bersih 2.0 carry out valuable training for volunteers who are choosing to be PACABA agents or citizen observers respectively. Tunku Aziz ought to attend these training sessions so that he himself can understand the process and appreciate how ridiculous his allegations are.

Bersih 2.0 has been sent a letter by Tunku Aziz on 11 April 2013 that repeats once again his baseless accusations  and has asked that Bersih 2.0 sign a pledge for a peaceful process on election day.

We do not see how we can even entertain any such request given his outrageous allegations against us. In any event, Bersih 2.0 does not have to sign a pledge for a peaceful process on election day. That has always been our stand and that is reaffirmed in all the training and voter education that we do. We are committed to a peaceful election day.

However, given the obvious instances of political violence and smear campaigns that go unchecked, we believe the source of the possible “chaos” lies elsewhere.

As former Transparency International President, we would urge Tunku Aziz to:

(1) Firstly, ensure the transparency, accountability and impartiality of the EC; and

(2) Secondly, issue a strong condemnation of the political violence and smear campaigns that we currently see.

We note this targeted attack on Bersih 2.0 and we suspect this will continue until the elections.  We also note that some of the negative campaign material by certain parties, targets Bersih 2.0. We assure Malaysians that regardless of these baseless attacks, Bersih 2.0’s demand for free and fair elections and for a more just and democratic Malaysia will not falter.

Steering Committee
Coalition for Clean and Fair Elections 2.0 (Bersih 2.0)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Tunku is the last person standing between Pakatan’s lies, the ethnocentralisation of the Malay rulers (which people like rackethead Lee Chong Wei and bonded girl Michelle Yeoh sadly encourage) and the fundamentalism of the  Malays to a point. BERSIH however has complicitly ignored and never criticized all of Pakatan’s failed manifestos of GE12, failed promises for the very basic democracy affirming Local Council Elections AND has refused to even field new candidates who are mostly not family members as well. I’m suspecting that BERSIH is a reverse-psychology BN outfit. Run against BN and now PR like Tunku dares, or STFU BERSIH! Contributing nothing to democracy in solid political representation but talking alot. That means no real results. Tunku should lead 3rd Force and grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;which BN can but won’t and Pakatan has muttered vaguely about (instead choosing to be nepotistic, term limitless and exclusionary to all who are stupid enough to tolerate family blocs) but probably cannot because of PAS and DAP with PKR too weak to change the other 2 for endorsement with intent to grant the above 3 items with. Vote 3rd Force!

ARTICLE 5

GE13: ‘Mr Angry Bird’ to soar again if given chance – Saturday April 13, 2013

Loke wearing his ‘Angry Birds’ costume while posing next to a banner at his new service centre in Macallum Street, George Town. Loke wearing his ‘Angry Birds’ costume while posing next to a banner at his new service centre in Macallum Street, George Town.

GEORGE TOWN: Residents in the Pengkalan Kota state constituency will agree that Loke Poh Chye is “Mr Angry Bird”.

The Pengkalan Kota Barisan Nasional coordinator has capitalised on the game’s popularity when highlighting problems faced by the constituents since 2011. Hence, the Angry Bird tag has now become synonymous with him.

He said he had donned an Angry Birds costume, given to him by a Chinese press reporter, when opening his service centre in Macallum Street recently.

“The thought of using Angry Birds suddenly hit me because not only are the people angry but it also garners attention,” he said yesterday.

Loke, 65, said that the Angry Bird figures were even painted on banners whenever he carried out peaceful demonstrations.

“Every time we do that, the relevant authorities will respond and immediately take action,” he claimed.

He recalled one such protest in September 2011 at the Sri Saujana flats on Macallum Street Ghaut.

“We were protesting the delay in releasing the 348 vacant units there that were completed more than three years earlier,” he said.

“After our peaceful protest, action was taken.”

However, Loke said he preferred to sit down and resolve problems through discussions.

Loke, who is the Jalan Kuala Kangsar MCA branch chairman, said that he might not wear his costume at his ceramah if he was selected to contest in Pengkalan Kota.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Lim the Liar Jr is playing fengshui with moi’s presence in the state. I hope this news gets out and the 99% votes someone who has not had more than 2 terms in to replace the nepotism liar creep. If LGE could have his way, so long as moi stays in the state, these flats would NEVER be released. So remember 99%ters when you get your units which person to target – the one who refused to release your units for his own spiritual greed creating a situation of homelessness and parasiting off that suffering. You see LGE has put a spiritual bounty on his own head after taking certain actions. Theft with the spiritual world  . . .  LGE is a Spiritual Criminal, and Ambiga who knows had some hand. See below excerpt  for an idea of how thick skinned some politicians have gotten and how exercising English language use has devolved into NLP exercises in word usage :

Crossroads

We have perfected Machiavellianism that lives in our world of Oriental Despotism (nepotism, term limitlessness, lies in election manifestos). We live in a mediated world – of truth no longer can be discerned, in a world of perception management wherein politics is so complex yet cannibalistic (exercising English language use with negativity in intent) . In our society lies Italy’s Mussolini and Germany’s Hitler and Japan’s Tojo; of hegemonisers, of annihilators, and Asian-looking imperators (this appears in the blog of the worst cases of term limitlessness and nepotism).

In these three-in-one deadly concoction of cultural contradictions lies the icing of the one-dimensionality of Malaysiana and that sloganism of ‘Truly Asia’ (Copycating is a form of murder, grow your own brain cells, think your own thoughts and help ensure democracy by condemning, instead of appearing in blogs of people like Lim the Liar Sr who cannot declare assets, cannot keep word on Local Council Elections and keeps family blocs in the CEC, destroys democracy via cult of personality ala North Korea who has not yet made critical transitions towards Kingship if they could, but DAP is a political party and if the CEC is run like a family business, there is no justification for DAP’s term limitless losers . . .  drop these losers Azly, and run against them as 3rd Force candidate if you can afford to!).

The show goes on (ONLY because the 99% do not drop the tterm limitless and nepotistic, only because Azly continue mindlessly fetting family blocs and their self serving democracy corrupting natures) . . .

Megatrends of madness, Part I – by Azly Rahman – Malaysiakini – Apr 8, 2013

We are at a critical juncture – at a dangerous crossroad of either a peaceful transfer of power or a descent into utter chaos. These few weeks we will see more drama unfolding – the ultimate aim is to win and win and win and kill and kill and overkill our critical sensibility. We have not recovered from the shock of a Sulu incursion and we are ill-prepared for a general election that is plagued with all kinds of issues from many angles and manifesting in all kinds of dimensions. This is our megatrend of madness.

Don’t get ‘Angry’, get even by running against all offending MP or Assemblyman candidates. More DAP inspired evil below :

Gambier Threat

ARTICLE 6

DAP told to attend ROS inquiry on April 18 – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – by Opalyn Mok, TMI – Saturday, 13 April 2013 Super Admin

DAP has been told to attend an inquiry by the Registrar of Societies (ROS) on April 18.

DAP national chairman Karpal Singh said the party received a letter from the ROS on April 9 instructing the party’s election returning officer Pooi Weng Keong and election strategist Ong Kian Ming to attend the inquiry as witnesses.

The inquiry, which will start at 10am, will be conducted by investigating officer Insp Mohd Nawawi Mat.

The inquiry is regarding the party polls in December last year where a ‘technical glitch’ occurred, resulting in an error in the vote count which saw none of the Malay candidates being elected into its central executive committee (CEC).

A recount was conducted which saw Zairil Khir Johari elected to the CEC where the actual votes received by him totalled 803 as compared to 305 in the erroneous results.

The whole CEC lineup remains unchanged despite the recount.

The party then conducted audits of the recount, led by Ong and also by an external chartered accountant firm, and confirmed the results of the recount as accurate and free from error.

This issue attracted criticisms from the party’s political foes and also from disgruntled members who filed complaints with the ROS.

“We have been requested to supply documents relating to the party elections including notices sent out to delegates during the inquiry,” Karpal said in a press conference at the Air Itam Market this morning.

“We will supply all the information and documents in support of the party elections in compliance with ROS,” he said.

He pointed out that the errors in the party polls were due to a technical glitch so there was no fraud or misrepresentation involved.

“There have been calls for DAP to be deregistered. The deregistration of a party is a serious matter,” he said.

He said the ROS may have the power to deregister a party but this can only be done after an in-depth investigation had been conducted and backed up by solid evidence.

“As the investigation falls on April 18, it is virtually impossible that they will make a decision before April 20, which is the nomination date, so the ROS should refrain from making decisions before then,” the incumbent Bukit Gelugor MP said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

On technicality, the ROS could ask the voters in every district if they voted for DAP because of Local Council Elecetions and Asset Declarations and would like to withdraw their vote or call for re-election because DAP lied about these 2 issues. There should be BN citizens’ movements in every single DAP constituency to carry this action out even beofre GE13. I am sure more than a handful of DAP constituencies should want a by-election. BN however should expect that since BN has not even used that mandate to grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;that the voters may as well field independent candidates not from Barisan Nasional or Pakatan Rakyat as well. The Election Commission should do the democratic thing.

ARTICLE 7

Anwar changes tone on SAPP – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – by Queville To, FMT – Saturday, 13 April 2013 Super Admin

Hoping to capitalise on voter discontent in the state, the opposition leader now tells Sabah PR leaders to continue talking with Yong Teck Lee

KOTA KINABALU: In a surprise move, Pakatan Rakyat de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim re-opened the door for cooperation with the opposition Sabah Progressive Party (SAPP).

The opposition leader who is hoping to capitalise on voter discontent in the state, told Sabah PR leaders to continue talking with SAPP president Yong Teck Lee.

He said the gesture was in view of the fact that SAPP supports PR’s policy and leadership, unlike the Sabah State Reform Party (Sabah Star) which has always opposed the opposition.

He told reporters this during a press conference held at PPPS head Lajim Ukin’s residence in Likas, near here, on Friday.

Anwar’s change of tone came as a surprise to many as, only two weeks ago, he announced during his visit to Sabah that Pakatan Rakyat would not engage in any more talks with local opposition parties.

He charged that SAPP and Sabah STAR are untrustworthy and that PR would instead focus on solidifying its agenda in Sabah together with its local allies Pertubuhan Pakatan Perubahan Sabah (PPPS) and Angkatan Perubahan Sabah (APS).

Touching on Tuaran PKR chief Ansari Abdullah’s proposed candidates’, Anwar promised “it will be given a serious consideration”.

He said PKR deputy president Azmin Ali is in constant communication with Ansari on the matter and said that no public announcement would be made to avoid misunderstandings.

“We will take the proposal positively, especially with the discussions with APS and PPPS still ongoing. They are worried that their proposals are being ignored.

“But we never forget and ignore any proposals and suggestions. I have also told them that we will consider and we accept it as serious suggestions,” he said.

Unresolved issues

Ansari controversially announced that prominent surgeon and activist Dr Chong Eng Leong would be Pakatan’s candidate in Sepanggar, Mazhry Nasir (Putatan), Anthony Mandiau (Kota Marudu), Mursalim Tanjul (Kudat), Saidil Semoi (Kota Belud) and Jonathan Yassin (Ranau).

Anwar said the delay in announcing the Sabah PKR candidate line-ups for the 13th general election was due to “unresolved issues” and overlapping claims by Pakatan coalition parties in at least six state seats.

“The decisions (on candidacies) will be made by the state leaders, unless there is any conflict, then we (the top leaderships) will look into it. However, about 90% of the decision are made by the Sabah leadership.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Anwar can go on and ‘consider’, meanwhile SAPP might as well take over all of East Malaysia and leave Peninsular Malaysia to form their own country. Meanwhile Najib appears to have failed to nail Anwar with Sedition for involvement in the Suluk sultanate issue. Perhaps the offering by Najib to Kiram was not a microstate centered around at very least, that Lahad Datu constituency Kiram wanted? Being generous here could help remove what is supposed to be the Opposition leader Anwar (frankly the value of Anwar as a political danger to Najib is far less than the value of a piece of Nusantara history and a colonial denunciation) . . .

ARTICLE 8

GE13: ‘Chinese can never control Parliament’ – Saturday, 13 April 2013 Super Admin

(The Star) – The Chinese will never be a dominant political force in Malaysia, even under Pakatan Rakyat, said PAS deputy president Mohamad Sabu.

As both MCA and DAP would be vying for the limited number of Chinese-majority seats, they would only be eliminating each other, he said.

Only one would emerge winner in each seat, and the number of Chinese-majority seats remained the same, he added.

As such, it would be impossible for the Chinese to wield greater influence in Parliament, he said at a ceramah in Kupang on Thursday night.

It was Mohamad’s inaugural ceramah in Kedah after PAS announced him as its Pendang parliamentary candidate.

Mohamad also pointed out that Pakatan Rakyat fielded 23 more Malay Muslim candidates compared with Barisan Nasional in the 2008 general election.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

As mentioned elsewhere before, all 222 MPs can be Malays (as of now the minority MPs might as well be Malays and Muslims for not demanding the below listed 3 items) BUT Malaysia needs to grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;as well as what Muslims consider haram in appropriate districts, RLDs (like Adult Industry venues or even porn studios), OPZs, LGBT rights of association sexual fulfillment as well as no encroachment on minority lifestyles such as not blaring loudspeakers or arresting non-Muslims for Hudud issues, allowing appropriately distanced and numerous abbatoirs for haram meat, or breweries. For the Malays item 2 will be relevant BUT do not expect the minorities to stand up in any greater measure than for the above 3 items and freedoms or spaces for minority entertainment/association/expression districts. In fact no political power is needed with all of the above granted.

The minorities as is do not have any of the above and even education allotments, poverty eradication or aid type programmes are not even fair. THAT is the only reason why any minorities are in politics at all. The Chinese do not want to conrol Parliament, but will try to do so as long as the above are not granted. Remember though that in ASEAN overall, who’s boss, and that Malaysia is among the weaker of ASEAN members. Equality for the minorities please and stop saying how the Chinese can never control Parliament, they are interested in controlling the East and THAT includes Malaysia. The locals only ask for the above and would not care if 222 MPs were Malay, geopolitically, the Chinese and Indians are already de facto rulers of ASEAN, with Russian as a +1 of sorts able to take on all of ASEAN.

PAS will shield all from race clash, veep vows
http://www.malaysia-today.net/mtcolumns/newscommentaries/55878-pas-will-shield-all-from-race-clash-veep-vows

Fair and good enough for PAS to reassure, but ‘all’ (non-Muslims) will also need the above rights and venues including Malays themselves for apostasy without punitive treatment from PAS. Peacefulness without the above is not FUN and the while minorities do not doubt PAS’s common sense in ensuring peace, the minorities will not vote for PAS because the above FUN may not be allowed by PAS. Non-Muslims are not Muslims and have different ideas of fun, so PAS might not be voted anyway still.

mini-ARTICLE 8.5

Only 1 or 2 individuals to contest two seats – Karpal assures – Friday, 12 April 2013 17:20

KUALA LUMPUR — The DAP will allow only one or two individuals to contest both parliamentary and state seats in the 13th General Election for strategic reasons, said its chairman Karpal Singh.

The party also has yet to finish the job of picking candidates and it will likely last up to the eve of nomination on April 20, he said.

The DAP’s candidates are selected by a four-man committee comprising Karpal Singh, advisor Lim Kit Siang, secretary-general Lim Guan Eng and party disciplinary chief Tan Kok Wai.

Karpal Singh told Bernama the committee met two days ago and among the matters discussed was the one-candidate-one-seat arrangement.

“Among the major issues discussed was who should be given the exception.There is still room until next week fur further deliberation on the candidates list”, Karpal Singh said, but did not elaborate.

— Bernama

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

No half measures. This might as well be saying that only 1 or 2 individuals will be entirled to have MP’s in their families for all eternity. Either follow democratic principles or GTFO of Dewan. Might as well ‘rape’ a victim a little bit and see if that will stand in court as a non-sexual assault case. Skewed ethics from dirty lawyers posing as MPs corrupts the mindset of the voters. Karpal is destroying the nation because of a corrupted mindset.

ARTICLE 9

Grudge Match Shapes up in Key Malaysia State – by Chuin-Wei Yap, Wall Street Journal – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – Thursday, 11 April 2013 admin-s

Heavy campaign-related spending by the ruling National Front coalition in the opposition stronghold state of Penang has put the incumbent Democratic Action Party on the defensive ahead of Malaysia’s general and state elections on May 5.

Penang is a key electoral battleground. The northwestern state is the third-largest contributor to the national gross domestic output after Selangor and Johor. More importantly, the unprecedented win by the opposition of Penang five years ago marked a watershed decline in the ruling coalition’s fortunes there. Penang’s 13 seats out of 222 total in the Parliament may not be hefty in numbers, but the opposition’s five-year ascendancy has enabled it to showcase the state as an example of its policies in action to the national voter.

The DAP, which mainly draws support from the ethnic Chinese minority, said it expects the National Front to wage a bitter campaign to regain control of the state. Penang has emerged a big draw for investors, with many from China and Singapore snapping up luxury properties and companies like U.S. electronics manufacturer Bose and chip-maker Intel Corp. INTC +2.34% pledging cash to build hi-tech factories.

In recent months, the ruling coalition and its allies have financed a lavish round of goodies and giveaways in Penang. This has included a Lunar New Year concert by Korean “Gangnam Style” rapper Psy, organized by the Penang branch of the National Front. Opposition leaders say National Front allies are using their financial clout to invite Taiwanese and Hong Kong entertainers – playing to the state’s plurality of Chinese, an ethnicity that accounts for a quarter of Malaysia’s population – for a second concert in late April, though an official with the ruling coalition said the event hasn’t been confirmed yet.

The Malaysian Chinese Association, a member of the National Front, has also given out thousands of plush toys. Government-controlled newspapers have been printing the National Front’s election manifesto, and opposition leaders say non-governmental organizations allied to the National Front are handing out donations in a bid to shore up support.

Acknowledging that the DAP has been heavily outspent by the National Front on its home turf, DAP’s assistant national publicity secretary Zairil Khir Johari said Tuesday his party is counting on social media to narrow its financial disadvantage and court a critical segment of active voters.

Read more at: http://blogs.wsj.com/searealtime/2013/04/10/grudge-match-shapes-up-in-key-malaysia-state/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Drop BOTH coalitions and then field yourselves as independents. Who needs the redistributed money of our own taxes from politicians to make the politicians look good, when by writing laws, planations, logging, land and other resources can be shared properly instead of being based around cronies for a ‘trickle down’ that will never occur? How many billion must an MP’s business crony be worth before they share their wealth? How many billionaires does Malaysia have while so many rot at the bottom of society never to have homes, starve, cannot pay TERTIARY education fees that should be made free? See all the billionaire plutocrat cronies, relatives and politicians? There is NO trickle down.

The 99% should run as independents and then write laws that distribute that plantation, tourist and mineral wealth – make education free. And 222 MPs have only colluded, not made wealth sharing possible. Vote only for 99% types! Any MP who is wealthy or had more than 2 terms or is nepotistic should not be voted for!

mini-ARTICLE 9.5

Why is Guan Eng exempt from 1-candidate 1-seat rule? MCA slams LIM DYNASTY! – by  Tan Cheng Liang – Sunday, 14 April 2013 01:00

Remarks by DAP top gun Lim Kit Siang that the party will reduce the number of candidates running for both state and parliament constituencies to allow new blood smack of double standards as his son Lim Guan Eng is allowed to battle for both.

Although in principle, DAP says they will follow the 1-candidate-1-seat arrangement, Secretary General Guan Eng as DAP’s first Chief Minister will be the exception. Is this because he is privileged or that Penang DAP lacks talents to choose from?

Victims of the Lim Dynasty

Having exceptions to the 1-seat-1-candidate arrangement causes other potential DAP candidates to fall victim to the Lim dynasty. The paradox is that although DAP claims to build a democratic country with fair competition, over a long period of time, DAP has been under the hegemony of the Lim dynasty.

As Guan Eng has vested interests, therefore being entitled to enjoy privileges is in line with democracy and fair competition? DAP should specify which leaders are allowed to contest both state and Parliament seats. Set the rules clearly as to who can contest and who cannot and explain why a DAP member may or may not be a candidate.

Although the proposal of 1-candidate-1-seat was passed at the last DAP annual general meeting, without further details, the power holders can do whatever they want. Naturally, upcoming potentials who are not aligned with the Lim dynasty faction will be excluded.

Tan Cheng Liang
Wanita MCA Penang Chairman
Barisan Nasional Penang Publicity Chairman

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

MCA speaks truly here, but one can only say, there are too many parallels within MCA that give no higher moral ground. Don’t call them a Dynasty, too much dignity, the Lims are a term limitless democracy destroying family bloc forming Political Junta, remember this term was coined by moi – and never vote for anyone that fits the above categories!

ARTICLE 10

Will KL remain Pakatan’s stronghold? – SPECIAL REPORTS – by Alyaa Azhar, FMT – Thursday, 11 April 2013 Super Admin

After winning 10 out of 11 parliamentary seats in the 2008 general election, can Pakatan Rakyat manage to achieve the same feat this time around

In the 2008 general election, Pakatan Rakyat was invincible in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur. The question both their supporters and BN are asking is, can they do it again?

Back in the 2008 general election, Pakatan Rakyat almost had a clean sweep, winning 10 out of the 11 parliamentary seats in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur. Of the 13 parliamentary seats in the Federal Territories, BN only managed to win Setiawangsa, Putrajaya, and Labuan.

Parliamentary seats in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur won by Pakatan were Bandar Tun Razak, Batu, Bukit Bintang, Cheras, Kepong, Lembah Pantai, Segambut, Seputeh, Titiwangsa and Wangsa Maju.

For the Bandar Tun Razak parliamentary seat, incumbent Selangor Menteri Besar and PKR’s Abdul Khalid Ibrahim defeated MCA’s Tan Chai Ho with a 2,515 majority while PKR’s Tian Chua defeated Gerakan’s Lim Si Pin for the Batu parliamentary seat with a 9,455 majority.

MCA’s Lee Chong Meng was defeated by DAP’s Fong Kui Lun with a 14,277 majority for the Bukit Bintang parliamentary seat and in Cheras, DAP’s Tan Kok Wai beat MCA’s Jeffrey Goh Sim Ik with a 28,300 majority.

DAP’s Dr Tan Seng Giaw defeated Gerakan’s Lau Hoi Keong with a 23,848 majority for the Kepong parliamentary seat while the Lembah Pantai seat was wrested from Umno’s Shahrizat Abdul Jalil with a 2,895 majority by PKR’s Nurul Izzah Anwar.

DAP’s Lim Lip Eng defeated Gerakan’s Ma Woei Chyi with a 7,732 majority for the Segambut parliamentary seat while DAP’s Teresa Kok defeated MCA’s Carol Chew with a whopping 36,492 majority.

The lone Kuala Lumpur parliamentary seat won by BN was through Umno’s Zulhasnan Rafique who defeated PKR’s Ibrahim Yaakob with a 8,134 majority, however, for the Titiwangsa parliamentary seat, PAS’ Dr Lo’lo’ Mohd Ghazali managed to defeat Umno’s Aziz Jamaluddin Mohd Tahir with a 1,972 majority.

Wee Choo Keong who contested on a PKR ticket won Wangsa Maju with a slim majority of 150 votes, defeating MCA’s Yew Teong Look. Wee became an independent in 2010.

In Labuan, Umno’s Yusof Mahal defeated independent Lau Seng Kiat with a 8,457 majority. For the Putrajaya parliamentary seat, Umno’s Tengku Adnan Tengku Mansor defeated PAS’ Mohammad Nor Mohamad with a majority of 2,734 votes.

Although the Pakatan coalition won 10 out of 11 of the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur seats, BN is confident that other than defending the three seats won in 2008, they will manage to win more seats this coming election. These seats are, Lembah Pantai, Wangsa Maju, Bandar Tun Razak and Batu.

For the Lembah Pantai constituency, many have complained that Nurul Izzah has not been on the ground much.

Poised to wrest the seat from the incumbent MP would be Federal Territories and Urban Well-Being minister Raja Nong Chik Zainal Abidin.

Raja Nong Chik has conveyed his intention to contest for the Lembah Pantai seat if he were to be selected by the BN as its representative.

“I am confident of winning the seat based on my service record and relationships established over the past 25 years in the area, starting from my early days as an Umno Youth member,” he said.

As for the Wangsa Maju parliamentary seat, a three-cornered fight is expected to occur and although there has been talks that MCA is adamant with its choice of Yew Teong Look to contest, Umno’s Shafei Abdullah, who is also the prime minister’s political secretary, will most likely be fielded as the BN candidate.

Deputy prime minister Muhyiddin Yassin recently hinted that Shafei will be fielded in the coming election.

“We want the rakyat to support whichever (BN) candidate. If Shafei becomes a candidate, okay. If any other candidate, that is also okay,” said Muhyiddin.

Shafei could find himself facing Dr Tan Kee Kwong, son of former Gerakan leader Dr Tan Chee Khoon, who is tipped to be PKR’s choice.

Incumbent independent MP Wee Choo Keong, on the other hand, is expected to defend his seat.

For the Bandar Tun Razak seat, Selangor Menteri Besar Abdul Khalid Ibrahim will be fielded again.

Insiders claim that Najib will be fielding one of his brothers for the seat. They said that it would be the brother with the least controversy.

Suffice to say that it would not be CIMB head Nazir nor Nazim who was linked to the Altantuya case, so that leaves either Johari or Nizam to stand as a candidate for the Bandar Tun Razak parliamentary seat.

There are also talks that MCA’s Kepong Task Force head Tan Kok Eng is likely to be fielded in Bandar Tun Razak. Kok Eng’s father Tan Chai Ho held the Bandar Tun Razak seat for three consecutive terms before losing to Abdul Khalid Ibrahim.

Muhyiddin has also voiced his optimism in the BN wresting back the Batu parliamentary seat, based on the positive feedback from voters in the area, which is currently held by PKR vice-president Tian Chua.

He added that Batu residents have nothing to be proud of the incumbent MP who he said have made irresponsible and rude remarks about the national security force with regard to the Lahad Datu incursion.

The odds are also against Tian Chua who some widely regard as an “absentee MP”, because he is hardly seen on the ground.

Recently, PAS vice-president Husam Musa has been confirmed to contest for the Putrajaya parliamentary seat and is expected to face incumbent MP and Umno secretary-general Tengku Adnan Tengku Mansor.

The former Salor assemblyman acknowledged that it would not be an easy task for him to take on Tengku Adnan, describing the latter as a great strategist.

For the Titiwangsa seat, there is a 50% chance for both sides of the political divide, since the passing of Dr Lo’lo’, a hard working MP who was much loved by her constituents, PAS has been struggling to maintain her legacy.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How about NO STRONGHOLDS and always term limits for ALL MPs and Assemblymen. After 2 terms, everyone on tax payer money salaries especially MPs to the tune of 23K monthly can GTFO so that all other Malaysians have a chance to write policy and earn that salary 250K+ per year. In fact no coalition or political party should be allowed to hold any seat or state too long. We end up with a false sense of entitlement and satrapy mindset that degeneratees into dictatorships and familyblocs like in Lim the Liars’ DAP CEC or PKR’s Anwarista nonsense and clique politics that lead to free market destroying plutocrat 1% problems, and plutocrat collusion that destroys unity and nation in the end. BN has been around too long, but Pakatan is no better as a replacement because of severe nepotism and term limitlessness issues.

The 99% should vote for 3rd Force and never again allow any politician to be MP or Assemblyman to be in power for more than 2 terms – that refuse lowering election deposits so everyone can participate as candidates in elections, but ask for 750K funerals and lie about Local Council elections or be unable to declare assets while being term limitless and nepotistic and asking for raises for salaries on YOUR tax monies to the tune of 250+K a year and yet refuse minimum wage of 900 a month in collusion with big business! Vote for 99%ters who have had not a single term in power! 3rd Force should remove all term limitless MP coalitions that refuse 2nd liner participation in policy making and naton building, and absolutely refuse the 99% from participating at all!

Meanwhile these politicians invade thoughts and minds with high technology companies, and further enslave the 99%. NEVER EVER vote for such entrenched more than 2 term politicians ever again! Want a better life? Remove all MPs and distribute unused state land and distribute the wealth from forestries, plantations and other tourism infrastructure which belong to everyone! Trash the damn enslavement system and do audits on technology Ministries, curb the powers of Technocrats and their neurotech Satellite cellphone tech. Want freedom and to never work a single day of your life hereon? Remove all term limitless plutocrats from MP and Assemblyman posts and write laws that distribute the wealth generated from the above that only a handful of cronies and the 222 MPs themselves are getting and so remain content to keep arguing meaninglessly about while remaining term limitless on YOUR tax monies at a 23K level! 1 term gives 1+ million and in 50 years instead of having 1 multi-millionaire plutocrat politician with 10 million, we might as well have 10 modestly wealthy millionaires worth 1 million who have been MPs or Congressmen so that the people have more choices to run to for advice if anything goes wrong with the system. A single plutocrat multitermer is more dangerous and easier to bribe or target for subversion as opposed to 10 former-Congressmen or former-MPs. Term limitlessness kills democracy and emboldens towards nepotism which becomes neo-feudalism!

Stop voting the same self serving idiots who never improve laws or improve wealth distribution again and again! There is only one thing to do, NEVER vote for these family blocs and Political Satrapies that dare think the 99% is gong to give their family bloc crony plutocrats that cannot declare assets any strongholds! The whole of Malaysia is every citizen’s stringhold and 222 MPs are creating crony capitalism so that the 99% are enslved, compounded by OSA (what are military acquisitions ACTUALLY worth or does all that ‘Official Secret’ status mean out of several billion or 10s of billions cronies and ministers or bureaucrats get commissions up to 30% or more? And the MPs dare not declare assets especially Pakatan’s term limitless nepotists after promising to do so? VOTE THE BASTARDS OUT!), ISA and Neurotech! Stop voting both BN and Pakatan plutocrats or family blocs or revoting anyone wh has had more than 1 term as MP or Asseblymen  (aka yourselves instead of plutocrats and instead of nepotists or instead of termlimitless)! Vote the 99% 3rd Force!

ARTICLE 11

Pity Soi Lek to be the first MCA president not to be fielded – April 14, 2013

DAP stalwart said that he ‘pities’ MCA chairman Datuk Seri Dr Chua Soi Lek after he confirmed that he won’t be contesting in the upcoming general elections.

Kit Siang said that he has the greatest sympathy and pity for Dr Chua who had to declare that he won’t be contesting and became the first MCA president who will not be fielded in the polls. He said this after Dr Chua said that he is not contesting in the May 5 polls to show that he is all about serving the party and not in for power like all other leaders before him.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This political animal has no finesse and sense of term limits, but MCA President Chua who is being a gentleman and not being ‘kia see’ and ‘kia boh’ like Lim Kit Siang, more so since the old dictator and GE12 liar has had far too many terms. Such a thick skin and attacking Chua Soi Lek as well? Talk about uneducated and shameless (lies about asset declarations, lies about Local Council Elections, lies about GE12 Election manifestos etc..)

Chua Soi Lek not standing for election is very democratic and a show of statesmanship, that helps prevention of conflict of interest, distributive of political power – is praiseworthy and ethical in politics! This of course is something a term limitless nepotistic and undemocratic Mubarak/AliSalleh/Gadafi type like the pitiful Lim Kit Siang will never understand.

People that can fight in and cause race riots will never understand what Chua Soi Lek is doing or the mindset being propagated by such a simple action. Conversely Chua Soi Lek has never challenged apartheid either but can only be pitiful for not fighting for equality being in BN, not daring to chaallenge BN despite the fact that China could take on the whole of ASEAN diplomatically, financially and militarily! With such power behind the Chinese community in Malaysia and Chua Soi Lek not asking for :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;is the only thing what Chua Soi Lek is pitiful and deserves sympathy about. Not running for MP allows other MCA grassroots and 2nd liners a chance to buld nation gives the practicioner of ‘Wuwei’ dignity, not rushing into the fray like fresh faced politician who has never had a single term in any seat before.

However a term llimitless nepotist who prevents his own party members’ 2nd liners and other youngsters from having a chance at nation building is the pitiful one that deserves sympathy. Even Mahathir has chosen the elder statesman’s route by quitting politics (unless this Henry Kissinger designated “racist” flip-flops), Chua Soi Lek as well, 2 terms then GTFO! Meanwhile, Chua Soi Lek really should demand EQUALITY and stop playing 2nd fiddle, when in fact the Chinese Community should be lording over UMNO along with MIC because China and India are the defactor superpowers of ASEAN and unstoppable together. Why should the minorities watch Chua Soi Lek accept 2nd class citizenship or not challenge apartheid in Malaysia? At very least demand equality, and that is what may kill BN in GE13 or any near future politics.

Vote for 3rd Force instead voters! BN has the mandate to grant the 3 items but does not, Pakatan Rakyat is run by clique based 3rd world nepostists who do not understand term limits or democratic princples Chua Soi Lek has shown here – Chua has had more than 2 terms, long overdue – but Lim the Liar Sr coninues to destroy democracy. Democracy is not about many terms, democracy is about policy and stepping aside like gentlemen after their 2 terms.

Pity Yourself Liar Lims!, Statesmanship and Mature Democracy Hampered by 99% infected by Cult of Personality, will destroy Malaysia, destroy the ethics of all DAP members who do not try to kick these term limitless nepotistic liars out of the DAP CEC !

ARTICLE 12

GE13: End of an era  – SPECIAL REPORTS – Monday, 15 April 2013 Super Admin

This election the country might bid farewell to leaders like Tun Dr Mahathir Mohamad (87 years old), Lim Kit Siang (72 years old), Karpal Singh (72 years old), Datuk Seri Nik Abdul Aziz Nik Mat (82 years old), Datuk Seri S Samy Vellu (77 years old), Tun Musa Hitam (78 years old) and Tengku Razaleigh Hamzah (76 years old).

Asrul Hadi Abdullah Sani, fz.com
THIS coming general election we will probably witness the climactic end to the career of politicians that have coloured and shaped the country’s politics as we know it today.

Leaders who have flushed the country’s newspaper headlines and stirred public imagination with their unmistakable quotes.

Politicians of conviction and not consensus, as the late Margaret Thatcher had described herself.

This could also be used to describe these politicians who never minced their words regardless of how ridiculous they may have sounded to the common people.

Charismatic leaders who were puppet masters, able to tug at the heart and emotions of the rakyat with their oratory masterpieces.

The country’s political sentiments have been swayed and anchored by these stalwarts of Malaysian politics and torchbearers of public opinion.

My generation, my father’s generation and grandfather’s generation have seen these leaders gun-slinging against one other with their quick and sharp retorts.

This election the country might bid farewell to leaders like Tun Dr Mahathir Mohamad (87 years old), Lim Kit Siang (72 years old), Karpal Singh (72 years old), Datuk Seri Nik Abdul Aziz Nik Mat (82 years old), Datuk Seri S Samy Vellu (77 years old), Tun Musa Hitam (78 years old) and Tengku Razaleigh Hamzah (76 years old).

With most of the leaders well into their 70s, it is hardly likely the country will see them campaigning in the 14th general election.

These leaders’ personas reflected the country’s state of political maturity at a time when the nation was still looking for direction and identity.

A country that was still learning how to breathe and considered as a backwater of the region.

A country of farmers and fishermen, rubber and tin.

Fifty-seven years later, these leaders still dominate the nation’s politics but the country is no longer a blip between Singapore and Thailand.

The country is no longer black or white but black and white, with an emergence of a grey area.

The country is no longer divided into distinct racial or religious silos but united in their economic hardship.

The rakyat is slowly realising that their loyalty is not for any political party but to themselves and their future.

Politics in Malaysia is slowly becoming about the people and no longer about the political parties and its personalities.

Loyalty has often been used by politicians in the post-colonial era to divide and conquer but it is time that we move forward.

As the country turns a new chapter with polling day next month, both Pakatan Rakyat and Barisan Nasional will introduce new candidates as both try to reach out to the 3.7 million new voters who had never experienced the hardship of the pre-Merdeka generation.

The next five years, we will see who among the new leaders will able to take up the mantle from the old guards and drive their parties forward.

These leaders will determine which political party will survive or slowly disappear into the history books.

We need leaders who are not looking to blow their own trumpet but able to articulate and intelligently discuss issues that affect the people.

We need thinking leaders and not only preachers.

It will be interesting to see which leaders will be pushed into the upper echelons of their party leadership.

Will it be leaders like Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah, Tony Pua, P Kamalanthan, Gan Ping Sieu, Rafizi Ramli, or Salahuddin Ayub?

Malaysia will decide.


written by wangi, April 16, 2013 06:09:12
“We, the undersigned, appeal to Parti Keadilan Rakyat for Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail to be given a state seat in Selangor to contest.”

This would surely be the most stupid petition one can ever think of. She is the party president and if she wants a seat, she should know how to get a seat without help from anyone. Are you people trying to insult Wan Azizah by implying that she is a mere useless figure head president with no power and no credibility?

Do you bunch of clowns think that if Najib, Chua Soi Lek, Hadi Awang, Lim Kit Siang, Lim Guan Eng wants a seat, they need a petition from their supporters to help them get a seat?

If you people want so much for Wan Azizah to contest, change the petition to something more meaningful, such as:-

“We, the undersigned, appeal to Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail to contest a state seat in Selangor.”


written by Lord Jim, April 16, 2013 03:57:04
Why are you deadbeats so keen Wan gets some respect now and deserves a seat to contest just because she is “president” of the PKR, etc?

Is it because she dresses like a nun?

Whatever you bleat will never be up to you, it is up to those who actually rule the PKR, your wish (and petition) will be ignored – unless you are someone like LKS who can shove Anwar aside, order him around and get Jui Meng pushed to Segamat-where?

Like Wan, all you clueless fairy tale and Anwar myth worshippers are just to be used and expendable, when are you monkeys going to learn anything about your self-respect – just when do you want to wake up and grab back your will from Herr Anwar and his cohort?

If Anwar cannot do anything for Jui Meng, his “vice president”, he cannot do anything for you monkeys!

Wan has to fight for herself. And I have to say she wasted her life in the background with her own intrigues for “G*d’s gift”


written by enikalila, April 16, 2013 01:39:25
By RIGHT (as a Party President), by CHOICE (a winnable candidate anywhere) and by LOGIC (common sense), Kak Wan shd b a DUN CANDIDATE. She very much wanted to continue serving as a YB n ALL PR SUPPORTERS want her to b a candidate in d election. As d Party President n command a high popularity within d party, she can overule Azmin’s decision (anytime) of dropping her out even if he is d Selangor Director of Operation. If it was Anwar’s own decision (which is very very STRANGE n ILLOGICAL), as a wife n as d LADY that has always stand besides him through thick n thin, she can ‘politely beg’ him n Anwar has NO REASON (even NO LOCUS STANDI) not to give in….. UNLESS IF IT IS AZMIN THAT MAKE ANWAR DO SO. Dont u think this is very highly probable??? This Azmin can be d No.2 was all due to Anwar, NOT thru his popularity. This issue sounds n looks very much FISHY. Anwar had SOMETHING to hide n Azmin is holding d secret??? It will make ppl believe ……


written by JJFoo, April 16, 2013 00:06:35
In time of need, Wan Azizah hold the fort for her husband and now she has to appeal for a seat to contest in GE13. Lets appeal on behalf of Wan Azizah but remember to make Anwar pays for this cold hearted maneuver. Anwar is going pay dearly.

to @JJFoo [[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is so stupid. These 2 share the same bed as married couples do and the people who even think like this forget that blood is thicker than water. That is why nepotism is so offensive in politics.

to @periscope [[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

written by periscope, April 15, 2013 23:28:25

“written by moya, April 15, 2013 22:57:58
WHAT KIND OF PARTY PRESIDENT IS THIS? If the PRESIDENT does not command her own party, GET LOST! IDIOT! Why are the public asked to cry for PKR President to have a bloody seat? It does not make any sense at all! President with no power.” I can’t help sharing the same feelings with Moya. Wan Azizah has herself to blame. Why the hell do we need to sign a petition for the President of a political party to contest a seat? Is she not woman enough to call the shots?

OMG I can’t believe this. President is supposed to be above the rubbish of politics, to arbitrate. A president if involved cannot aprbitrate. Wan’s non-presence is statesmanship, @moya cannot think like Wan Azizah is to act as a political animal. There MUST be 3 groups : the fronline MPs, the ex-MPs, the Committee AND ALL cannot be held by 1 to prevent conflict of interest. Aa for . . . Why are the public asked to cry for PKR President to have a bloody seat? . . . the saddest case will be that Wan Azizah or the above the political animal types have pre-planned this graceful bowing out so that Wan cn continue gracefilly as if the party would tear apart. Meaning Wan Azizah IS a plitical animal after all. If not, thenh Wan Azizah will EDUCATE the PKR members on the principles of this response-post.


written by @baboodin, April 15, 2013 22:57:52
This lady can contest anywhere and a sure win candidate so she should be count as one.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Wan sure can insist on being fielded, but to do so would not to be a ‘lady’ anymore but a mere political animal. There is no way to pretend nepotism or family blocs of multiple posts does not harm the ethics of a political party or creates feudalism out of a nation. That is why people end up sliding towards the lowest common denominator of bribery and in the end resort to physical violence or riots – without guidance or from being in the mess there is no end to the vicious cycle of term limitlessness and nepotism compounded by the power to write laws that allow the same and even allow MPs to demand 750K funerals or 23K per month salaries while refusing a 900 minimum wage.
Conflict of interest multiple roles, nepotism and term limitlessness **IS** POLITICAL VIOLENCE and only the intellectually inclined who are emotionally sensitive enough ALSO ethical and principled enough, will see this fact and have a chance to become statesmen instead of mere political animals. This is not to say political animals cannot succeed, but would a Mahathir corrupted and bribed type of government where family blocs exist in political parties and government be a country Malaysians want to live in? With too much representation and power with satrapies and so-called strongholds forming, a nation will even become a police state via Orwellian laws and eventually a Military Junta when people refuse to abide Orwellian laws and resort to riots. POLITICALLY Civilised or POLITICALLY barbaric can thus be projected without a single act of physical violence and Wan Azizah if scrabbling with the 2nd liners for MP posts especially when having had 2 terms already reduces statesmanship into political greed.

So think nepotism and term limitlessness then consider how PAP of Singapore has control but only because they use protection racket style methods formed around laws and cause legal attacks on freedoms. Even then the populace will tolerate these people no more, especially when the threat of neurotech and Satellite cellphone tech can be used to influence minds with sub-aural or subliminal broadcasts to brainwash via sound or NPPs and NLPs to brainwash citizens on their daily going-abouts. The 99% need to do a technology audit of all relevant ministries and there is no way under either BN or Pakatan rakyat that the 99% will be let free from computer databases that are scanning and can likely control them with cellphone towers.

Pakatan has indulged in near 90% of the rubbish above detailed and only dares not use pure thuggery for fear that BN will be emboldened to do the same. That is where the dual coalition country is important or even better 3 coalitions (3rd Force), or as many coalitions as possible so that instead of attacking the 99% populace, they will be watching their own backs against themselves – in which case nepotism and term limitlessness will be the only issue for the 99% to watch out against. The easiest way is to not vote plutocrats or family blocs and Wan Azizah is guilty on 3 out of 4 points if Wan Azizah challenges after 2 terms in power. To step aside is very appropriate and politially savvy even though direct political power is given up. Far too long in power anyway, the damage done by Wan Azizah has been immeasurable. Now we need to deal with the more than 2 terms family members Nurul and Anwar as well. What unthinking members PKR has to not be offended by these family bloc sorts. As earlier mentioned, better late than never. Grow up politically and democratically you Malays! And grant the below 3 items faster or even endorse faster than BN has :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;BN has the mandate to grant the above but does not. Why BN? Why lose GE13 and let Pakatan Rakyat destroy Malaysia later?

ARTICLE 13

nlp-asiaone

PAP in Singapore looks increasingly likely as being among the forces causing apartheid in Malaysia.

ARTICLE 14

rpk-still-fail

Malaysia Today hammers LGBT community – quietly.

ARTICLE 15

Taliban a la Malaysia – by TAY TIAN YAN (Sin Chew Daily) – Translated by DOMINIC LOH –  2013-04-18 17:34

Now Michelle Yeoh and Eric Moo get the blasts.

All because they are going to attend the Dinner With PM in Selangor and a 1Malaysia event in Penang, earning them the names of “stooges,” “traitors” and ‘spies'”

Michelle Yeoh is the pride of Malaysia. No other Malaysians, Chinese Malaysians in particular, have shone this brightly on the international arena, while Eric Moo has been internationally acclaimed for his talents in musical creations and stage performances.

If any foreigner has come to the knowledge that some of the people of a country would abhor and trample with such intensity their compatriots just because of their self-centred political stand, I am afraid they will try to steer clear of this country for the sake of their own safety.

This is extremism the Taliban style, or cruelty characterising the most primitive of African tribes. But unimaginably such oddities take place right here in Malaysia, a country that has worked so hard to position itself as a mild, moderate, liberal and civilised state.

If this is what we call democracy, I cannot help but to feel sorry for this kind of democracy. If this is what we call freedom, then I’m afraid we will need to mourn the passing of real freedom.

Conducting senseless persecutions and threatening others holding dissident beliefs in the name of democracy and liberty are very much acts of dictatorial populism.

I have always been thinking that we should assess artistes based merely on their artistic talents, not ideological affinity.

In the past, we disapproved of PAS’ moves to mobilise its followers to boycott the shows of Elton John and Beyoncé Knowles because of their own religious values. In a similar manner, when the government blocked the concerts of Aril Lavigne and Erykah Badu, many stood up and protested: “You don’t want to see, but that doesn’t mean you should stop others from seeing.”

This is the fundamental respect for democracy and liberty.

While you have every right to defend your religion, you cannot stop other people from embracing theirs. You can support a political party of your choice, but you cannot assail others for their political affiliations.

You can stay away from the Dinner With PM, but you cannot stop others from attending it, or humiliate Michelle and Eric.

You choose to stay away, but that does not mean you are right or more righteous and noble. The only reason you don’t attend is because you hold different political stand from other event participants.

Taliban denies education for women, so they wanted to gun down female education activist Malala Yousafzai. And because Taliban endures no other religions, they blasted the Buddha statues in Bamiyan. And also because Taliban wants to erect the most puritanistic religious society, they would exterminate anyone disagreeing with them.

A certain group of people in our Chinese community, while not embracing the same religion as the Taliban, carry out their operations in an unmistakable Taliban fashion.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Tay has always been on the right side of ambivalent until now. Tacit approval of APARTHEID by showing up at the racist BN’s political party means Michelle has given tacit approval for apartheid. This is similar to Psy but worse because Psy is not even Malaysian and just erely greedy also dared refuse to have dinner (though Psy was by technicality committed to do that – Psy has pride for North East Asia). But Michelle who probably is a white English stooge out to help oppress the Chinese, has shown Michelle’s true and ugly colours. The hardest message and helpful raising of the Chinese dignity and daring to oppose apartheid by BN was sold the instance Michelle chose to appear with BN’s apartheid state and Tay also exposed that lapdog side so carefully hidden by Tay from supporting Michelle.

i) Not ideological affinity?

2nd class citizenship is a human rights abuse, and sellout Michelle has become Malaysia’s and England’s worst Auntie Tom. GTFO of Malaysia Michelle. The Chinese community of non-lapdogs are ashamed of you!

ii) You choose to stay away, but that does not mean you are right or more righteous and noble. The only reason you don’t attend is because you hold different political stand from other event participants.

Hold different political stand? Apartheid is NOT a stand at all.

iii) Taliban denies education for women, so they wanted to gun down female education activist Malala Yousafzai. And because Taliban endures no other religions, they blasted the Buddha statues in Bamiyan. And also because Taliban wants to erect the most puritanistic religious society, they would exterminate anyone disagreeing with them.

Out of context. And Michelle and Eric are indeed exterminated but by Michelle’s and Eric’s own hand. Anyone who tacitly approves a population under political duress like Malaysian minorities by appearing with pro-Apartheid BN deserves condemnation. Michelle has no future as the face of the minority. And by proxy when Michelle Yeoh allows herself to be used by apartthied BN and speaks for all minorities as if there was no apartheid in Malaysia, fully expect the condemnations to begin and never end. Tay is too stupid to defend Michelle’s indefensible position. Here’s a chance for these 2 to slam apartheid in Malaysia and they just cop out. Don’t be dazzled by stars or be pretentiously supportive of a pro-racism coalition Tay, reflects on either your principles or intelligence.

13 Articles From Malaysia : Slight Malaysian Moves Against Term Limitlessness Begin Surprisingly From Wan Azizah (hope this is not another flip flop), Pot Calling Kettle Black, Karpal’s Duplicity For Nepotism, Wan Azizah Begins Graduating to Status of Elder Stateswoman (Drop the Presidency too to truly be an Elder Stateswoman . . . 2 terms already!), Teaching MCA and DAP’s ‘Never Address Equality/Apartheid’ Leaders A Lesson, Drop the Last of the Family Blocs in PKR – Indians Could Go Independent As Candidates Instead of Asking Anything, KL is for Everyone – No Political Party of Coalition Owns Any Stronghold 99% Owns Country, Wan Azizah Does A Democratic Action After Years – Removes Term Limitless MB, 7 DAP Turncoats To Democracy Should Go Independent NOT Join Pro-Apartheid BN, Hindraf Outs Pakatan As Pro-Apartheid, Dropped Candidates Will Do Far More Than Sulk 24 Hours – Form A 3rd Force And Teach CECs a Lesson In Democracy (Though the Plutocrat, Nepotist and Term Limitless Can Expect the 99% to Drop Them Instead Even if Independent!), Orang Asli Should Have 50% Disbursement Rights At Very Least, Hadi Hides behind Undemocratic Aspects Granted the Ruler’s Collective Instead of Asking for Amendments To The Same – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 12th April 2013

In Apartheid, ASEAN, Bumiputera Apartheid, ethics, LGBT, Malay, Malaysia, nepotism, Plutocracy, politics, psychiatry, religion, socialism, true democracy, wealth distribution on April 12, 2013 at 7:33 pm

ARTICLE 1

Many ministers not to contest in upcoming election – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – Tuesday, 09 April 2013 admin-s

Sin Chew Daily learned that a number of BN senior ministers have been informed by Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Razak that they would not be fielded to contest in the upcoming general election, including Minister in the Prime Minister’s Department Tan Sri Nor Mohamed Yakcop, Information, Communications and Culture Minister Datuk Seri Dr Rais Yatim and Tourism Minister Datuk Seri Dr Ng Yen Yen.

In addition to ministers, some Umno senior leaders would also not to contest this time, including former Wanita Umno chief Tan Sri Rafidah Aziz and incumbent Wanita Umno chief Datuk Seri Shahrizat Abdul Jalil.

Minister in the Prime Minister’s Department Tan Sri Dr Koh Tsu Koon has said earlier that he has no intention to contest and Minister of Energy, Green Technology and Water Datuk Seri Peter Chin Fah Kui is also firm about not contesting. As for Higher Education Minister Datuk Seri Mohamed Khaled Nordin, he is expected to give up contesting for a parliament seat and move to a state seat, paving way for him to take over as Mentri Besar of Johor.

If Khaled leaves the Pasir Gudang parliamentary constituency, he is expected to consider contesting for the Tiram state seat.

A source told Sin Chew Daily that many ministers have received calls from the Prime Minister, informing them of being replaced by fresh candidates or candidates with greater winning odds.

Nor Mohamed is the incumbent Tasek Gelugor MP. He was the prior Minister of Finance II and later became a Minister in the Prime Minister’s Department, in charge of Economic Planning Unit.

He was intended to seek for re-election but due to the deterioration of local Umno infighting, there are voices opposing him. Former Tasek Gelugor MP Datuk Seri Mohd Shariff Omar hopes to return to Tasek Gelugor this time.

Shariff Omar is an experienced leader of Penang Umno. He served as the Tasek Gelugor MP for three terms and he had also been a state assembly member for three terms. Under the strong attack of Pakatan Rakyat in Penang, he is seen as the candidate with the highest winning odds.

In addition, Rais Yatim, who had taken the post of Negeri Sembilan Menteri Besar, would not be contesting, too. It might be the end of his political career.

Rais Yatim is a veteran leader in Umno. He had taken a few ministerial posts, including the Minister in the Prime Minister in charge of legal matters. He had experienced ups and downs, including a political downturn during the 1987 party crisis.

He defeated PAS’ candidate with 11,610 majority votes in the 2008 general election.

As for Ng Yen Yen, she might be forced to abdicate due to the Raub cyanide gold mining and ministry issues. Although she is the only woman vice president of the MCA, she is still unable to resist the opposition voices.

It is learned that Pandan MP Datuk Seri Ong Tee Keat has obtain the Prime Minister’s blessings to seek for reelection in the Pandan parliamentary constituency.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) Sin Chew Daily learned that a number of BN senior ministers have been informed by Prime Minister Datuk Seri Najib Razak that they would not be fielded to contest in the upcoming general election, including Minister in the Prime Minister’s Department Tan Sri Nor Mohamed Yakcop, Information, Communications and Culture Minister Datuk Seri Dr Rais Yatim and Tourism Minister Datuk Seri Dr Ng Yen Yen.

Good riddance. These are mostly cronies and cults of personalities, not people who amend or improve laws or the system much less even study the same. The country gets worse with people who are cronies.

ii) Shariff Omar is an experienced leader of Penang Umno. He served as the Tasek Gelugor MP for three terms and he had also been a state assembly member for three terms. Under the strong attack of Pakatan Rakyat in Penang, he is seen as the candidate with the highest winning odds.

NO. Thats 4 terms too many that another UMNO second liner could have had an opportunity to particpate that this guy has prevented from taking part in nation building, not that Shariff is known for forwarding any interesting new ills or amendments by. UMNO is undemocratic but here we have a mindless fetting of an undemocratic candidate.

iii) Rais Yatim is a veteran leader in Umno. He had taken a few ministerial posts, including the Minister in the Prime Minister in charge of legal matters. He had experienced ups and downs, including a political downturn during the 1987 party crisis.

This guy thinks occasionally but always for the wrong non-Human Rights Charter issues rather than against. Bad company makes bad Ministers . . .

iv) It is learned that Pandan MP Datuk Seri Ong Tee Keat has obtain the Prime Minister’s blessings to seek for reelection in the Pandan parliamentary constituency.

In a democracy, an MP would go independent, not justify more than 2 terms by hiding behind the Prime Minister. The whole concept of ‘asking permission’ in a democracy is so alien and undemocratic to the educated, that even with a degree in engineering, Ong Tee Keat doesn’t appear to understand democracy at all. Of course given that Ong has had more than 2 terms already speaks volumes, would Pandan like an independent 3rd force candidate (perhaps another Engineer who DOES understand democracy means equality) instead of Ong AGAIN who’s tacit approval of apartheid via refusal to use that MP’s immunity to challenge apartheid is so glaringly obvious, that having so many terms in office doesn’t seem to awaken a sense of democracy in Ong that 2 classes of citizens is untenable by Human Rights or UNHCR principles?

What a ‘Dewan of Horrors’ Malaysia’s Parliament is . . . 99%ters, ready to challenge all term limitless, apartheid accepting, nepotistic MPs at once? Lets make this square whole! Vote for yourselves as 3rd Force for :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;so that people like vehicle 8007 won’t get enough work or contracts to take loans for half-million+ duplexes that they can harrass activists living in rent district houses separated by a mere 5 feet wide gardens from. That goes for Old Hag Voice ‘Stay’ at Unit No.5 too. To never have met people that keep attacking others for what is supposed  to be democratic freedom of speech is a ‘Truly Malaysian’ mental illness. Unfortunately the illegal psychiatrists funded by illegal cults have run circles around beneficiary of nepotism CM who asks for 750K funerals. This one’s for FREEDOM OF SPEECH in Malaysia! Guss who is mentally ill? F—ing neighbours and groups of people swarming like 3rd world pariahs who do not even understand democracy!

ARTICLE 2

Sound bites not enough, Anwar tells Najib: Copycat BN manifesto lacks spirit of REFORM – by  Anwar Ibrahim – Monday, 08 April 2013 08:36

On behalf of KEADILAN, I welcome the launch of the Barisan Nasional Manifesto which took place with much glitter and fanfare Saturday night, ahead of the nomination day. As generally acknowledged, Pakatan Rakyat clearly has the upper hand for launching its Manifesto for the 13th General Election (GE13) much earlier on 25 February 2103, blazing the trail of a healthy political competition landscape.

I wish to congratulate Dato’ Seri Najib Tun Razak and Barisan Nasional for demonstrating openly their “endorsement” of Pakatan Rakyat’s initiatives and proposed measures of late. We are really flattered that even the theme of the Barisan Nasional Manifesto i.e. “Bringing Hope”, (Membawa Harapan) bears a striking resemblance to “Pakatan the People’s Hope” (Pakatan Harapan Rakyat).

Sound bites not enough, Najib

Nevertheless, while labels are good as sound bites, I am convinced that political competition in particular during the election campaign period must revolve around policy matters and the people’s programmes, apart from issues of the candidate’s credibility and track record. As has been stressed by Pakatan Rakyat all along, the contest of ideas and policies should rightly be taken to a higher level through open debates that can be witnessed by the public in mainstream media to enable fair assessment by the people from all walks of life.

In this regard, Dato’ Seri Najib’s refusal to take up this challenge to a public debate on policies has greatly blemished his image as a credible leader and dampened the legitimate people’s expectations of a healthy political competition culture through a spirited discourse on issues and policies.

Barisan Nasional’s persistent disregard for ethics and best practices of a caretaker government was further made obvious in last night’s launching of their manifesto which was broadcast live via the nation’s television and radio networks while Pakatan Rakyat’s rights to such media space have been denied. This constitutes a blatantly unfair electoral practice and an outrageous misuse of public resources by a caretaker government.

Nevertheless, I remain resolved to ensure that the GE13 will be a battleground for the contest of ideas and policies within the framework of achieving healthy political competition. I have perused the BN Manifesto and will present KEADILAN’s relevant views from time to time. I have also directed KEADILAN’s policy team to fully review it and present their feedback by tomorrow, 8 April 2013.

In general, I am not convinced that the BN Manifesto can comprehensively resolve the people’s economic, political and social concerns and move the Malaysian economy forward to the next level of development. Much to the chagrin of the people, the most obvious absence in the BN Manifesto is the spirit of reforms which is crucial to rehabilitate and reconstitute the current absolutely outdated system with a lot of defects and malfunctions.

Let me reiterate the failure of the Barisan Nasional’s policy framework in recognising the importance of broad-based and holistic reforms from the socio-economic, structural, institutional, political, governance and law perspectives. In fact, Dato’ Seri Najib still has not got it: Without a comprehensive reform agenda, efforts to raise Malaysia’s long-term competitiveness globally to be on par with other developed nations will be constantly constrained.

Half-baked, no new ideas and zero details

The BN Manifesto also lacks new ideas and is very short on details since many programmes have been rehashed and repackaged into something with a new look, in contrast to our People’s Manifesto. More than 90% of the programmes listed are already known to the people and remain too general and lacking in specifics.

The absence of fresh ideas was so disastrous that Dato’ Seri Najib had to swallow the bitter pill and plagiarise Pakatan Rakyat’s proposals to be incorporated into the BN Manifesto in particular the lowering of car prices through a gradual elimination of excise duties by revamping the National Automotive Policy; issuance of individual taxi permits directly to taxi drivers and the price uniformisation of basic necessity items nationwide, one of major issues for the people in Sabah and Sarawak.

It is clear that the BN Manifesto is half-baked and borne out of desperation while ours was crafted based on a sincere and earnest desire to alleviate the burden of the people. Committed to a taxation system which is fair and just as proposed by Pakatan Rakyat, I am convinced that what the people want eventually is a total abolition of car excise duties. As such, up to a 30% reduction as promised in the BN Manifesto is too little and too late.

The people can no longer be bought

The BN Manifesto is still cast in the perverse and outdated belief that the hearts and minds of the people can be bought. The major thrust of the Barisan Nasional campaign whether in the form of existing initiatives or manifesto offerings centres on the Bantuan Rakyat 1Malaysia (BR1M) which is to be upgraded into an annual payment of RM1,200 for families and RM600 for those unmarried.

This proposal will cost RM7.2 billion a year that I am certain will continue to rise every year, consistent with the natural population growth and the Barisan Nasional’s constant failure to increase the household income beyond the qualification levels of RM3,000 for families and RM2,000 for unmarried individuals.

While I am not against any measures that will bring financial relief to the people, direct transfer payments such as the BR1M, Baucar Buku 1Malaysia dan Bantuan Persekolahan as contained in the BN Manifesto clearly constitute a short-term economic policy measure akin to vote buying without any solid proposals to solve the people’s fundamental socio-economic problems for the long-term (such as monopolies which cause market distortions and price hikes; wastages, leakages and corrupt practices in public finance management that reduce allocations to enhance the people’s well-being as well as other lopsided, oppressive and discriminatory public policies).

Sadly, these costly cash handouts will prove to be an economic policy failure without effectively liberating the people from the shackles of economic hardship in the long run while increasing the burden on the nation’s coffers every year. I am concerned that if this culture of overdependence continues over several decades, all efforts to boost the country’s productivity, value-add and competitiveness will be meaningless.

Corruption – it all boils down to political will

Proposed measures of war against corruption to eventually weed it out of the system in the BN Manifesto clearly form the nation’s butt of jokes as a source of public entertainment. Equipped with strong political will without any vested interests, only the Pakatan Rakyat administration for a new federal government will be able to significantly eradicate the corruption disease through its Dasar Banteras Rasuah Negara (DEBARAN) as detailed out in its manifesto.

I will continue to give constructive views in this matter and submit to the people’s assessment and judgment as to which manifesto is better to bring about the much needed change. This process of comparing and contrasting ideas and policies will be the main platform of KEADILAN’s campaign for the GE13, to be carried out by the entire leadership, election machinery and all our candidates.

Anwar Ibrahim is the Leader of the Malaysian parliamentary Opposition and the PKR adviser

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

90% failed manifestos and lies from GE12 that won Pakatan Coalition are as soundbites as Najib is. Pot calls kettle black.

i) On behalf of KEADILAN, I welcome the launch of the Barisan Nasional Manifesto which took place with much glitter and fanfare Saturday night, ahead of the nomination day. As generally acknowledged, Pakatan Rakyat clearly has the upper hand for launching its Manifesto for the 13th General Election (GE13) much earlier on 25 February 2103, blazing the trail of a healthy political competition landscape.

Early birds do not attract worms. Worms however attact early birds. And the people are but worms to both coalitions. BN can offer anything Pakatan can. Barring the racism (BN) and potential for hudud (Pakatan), the Rakyat might as well vote for 3rd Force which is made of independent non-term limitless, non-nepotistic, non-fundo, non-racist, non 1% non-plutocrats instead that cannot be unaccountable or hide behind big business money or police and military links, meaning 3rd Force candidates are ACCESSIBLE and are mostly easier to hold accountable for any Teo Beng Hocks or Altantuyas. Vote for the term limitless, nepotistic plutocrats or ‘political dynasties’, and the government will be unaccountable to end up abusing all non-MPs instead. Vote properly 99% and avoid those who have been in power for more than 2 terms or too wealthy!

ii) It is clear that the BN Manifesto is half-baked and borne out of desperation while ours was crafted based on a sincere and earnest desire to alleviate the burden of the people. Committed to a taxation system which is fair and just as proposed by Pakatan Rakyat, I am convinced that what the people want eventually is a total abolition of car excise duties. As such, up to a 30% reduction as promised in the BN Manifesto is too little and too late.

8% quorums for PKR elections are half baked. Lying about Local Council Elections that are termed ‘not promises’ AFTER the voters have given Pakatan the mandate is worse than half baked – a raw deal if anything. Criticizing the car exise duty is half baked as well, because the people want DEMOCRACY and equality, ending the rent seeking Vehicular AP which Anwar wished to continue but does not talk about . . . for now. After winning, they’ll much like the way GE12 Asset Declarations were lied about, be enriching themselves, their nepotistic term limitless cliques and 1% business cronies again. Even now Pakatan can declare assets or even hold Local Council Elections but do not, even now BN can grant the 3 items mentioned in my point (iii) below but do not. How can the 99% vote BN or PR? Vote 3rd Force or be 3rd Force you 99%ters! Lest lower Election deposits so that EVERYONE can join candidacy (don’t bother if your relatives are already there – NO NEPOTISM) to run for election – as is most coalitions just field mindless cronies as MPs. Whats the point of voting such MPs that organic candidates that do think and bother about policy instead of hiding behind coalitions and referring problems to Supremos or CECs that will never act? Vote 3rd Force!

iii) The absence of fresh ideas was so disastrous that Dato’ Seri Najib had to swallow the bitter pill and plagiarise Pakatan Rakyat’s proposals to be incorporated into the BN Manifesto in particular the lowering of car prices through a gradual elimination of excise duties by revamping the National Automotive Policy; issuance of individual taxi permits directly to taxi drivers and the price uniformisation of basic necessity items nationwide, one of major issues for the people in Sabah and Sarawak.

Look whos talking? I’d go as far as to say GE12 Manifestos were based on the 5th Estate’s work, the bloggers, the independent media – maybe some academia. Pakatan merely plagiarised. BN plagiarises Pakatan in turn. But still no :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

iv) While I am not against any measures that will bring financial relief to the people, direct transfer payments such as the BR1M, Baucar Buku 1Malaysia dan Bantuan Persekolahan as contained in the BN Manifesto clearly constitute a short-term economic policy measure akin to vote buying without any solid proposals to solve the people’s fundamental socio-economic problems for the long-term (such as monopolies which cause market distortions and price hikes; wastages, leakages and corrupt practices in public finance management that reduce allocations to enhance the people’s well-being as well as other lopsided, oppressive and discriminatory public policies).

Pakatan handing out taxmonies to old folks and housewives instead of lowering taxes is no different from the above accusation?

v) Equipped with strong political will without any vested interests,

A boldfaced lie. Business collusion and land alienations abound, mostly targeting the uneducated among OrangAsli or Indians.

mini-ARTICLE 2.5

Only 1 or 2 individuals to contest two seats – Karpal assures – Friday, 12 April 2013 17:20

KUALA LUMPUR — The DAP will allow only one or two individuals to contest both parliamentary and state seats in the 13th General Election for strategic reasons, said its chairman Karpal Singh.

The party also has yet to finish the job of picking candidates and it will likely last up to the eve of nomination on April 20, he said.

The DAP’s candidates are selected by a four-man committee comprising Karpal Singh, advisor Lim Kit Siang, secretary-general Lim Guan Eng and party disciplinary chief Tan Kok Wai.

Karpal Singh told Bernama the committee met two days ago and among the matters discussed was the one-candidate-one-seat arrangement.

“Among the major issues discussed was who should be given the exception.There is still room until next week fur further deliberation on the candidates list”, Karpal Singh said, but did not elaborate.

— Bernama

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

No half measures. This might as well be saying that only 1 or 2 individuals will be entirled to have MP’s in their families for all eternity. Either follow democratic principles or GTFO of Dewan. Might as well say ‘rape’ a little bit and see if that will stand in court.

ARTICLE 3

GE13: Dr Wan Azizah – I have decided to stay out – Published: Thursday April 11, 2013 MYT 8:56:00 PM

PKR president Datin Seri Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail. PKR president Datin Seri Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail.

PETALING JAYA: PKR president Datin Seri Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail on Thursday confirmed that she would not contest in the general election.

She said it was best for her to focus on the party’s campaign and to woo women voters for the party.

“I have decided not to contest.

“I want to focus on the campaign,” she told reporters.

Wan Azizah also denied that she was sidelined by the party for not contesting, and argued that she was still the party president.

On Tun Dr Mahathir Mohamad’s statement that she had written to him an 18-page letter 15 years ago about her husband Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim’s misbehaviour, who was then the Deputy Prime minister, Wan Azizah said: “I never wrote the letter.”

Dr Mahathir last week revealed to the media about the letter, but he did not divulge the content. – Bernama

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

For prevention of conflict of interest, committee members should not hold taxpayer money salaried posts. For best practices nepotism should be prevented entirely also within salaried ranks of a single party AND within any Committee of any party. Then term limits as well applied to salaried politicians. Wan Azizah staying out of salaried posts is 1 out of 4 points, but a right step in the right direction in any case that makes space for any second liners.

ARTICLE 3.5

GE13: Papa Gomo to take on Anwar in Permatang Pauh  – by RAHIMY RAHIM – Published: Monday April 8, 2013 MYT 3:08:00 PM

Papa Gomo’s representative Mohamad Rafi Awang Kechik. Papa Gomo’s representative Mohamad Rafi Awang Kechik.

KUALA LUMPUR: Controversial blogger Papa Gomo is set to take on Opposition leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim in the Permatang Pauh parliamentary seat during the 13th general election, his representative Mohamad Rafi Awang Kechik said Monday.

Mohamad Rafi, the Nadi Rakyat Malaysia president, said Papa Gomo, whose real name is Wan Muhammad Azri Wan Deris, had made the decision to contest as an independent candidate to expose the Opposition leader’s alleged wrongdoings to the rakyat.

“After taking the views of many groups and people, I believed that I want to expose all his wrongdoings to his contituency.

“We also want to put an end to his political career,” Mohamad Rafi, speaking on behalf of the blogger, told a press conference at the Federal Territories Election Commission office here.

Anwar, on Friday, had confirmed that he will remain in Permatang Pauh in the coming polls.

Anwar also had filed an RM100mil defamation suit against Papa Gomo over a recent sex video allegedly implicating the Opposition Leader last month.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

For being there for more than 2 terms alone and the family blocs in PKR, that would be enough for Malaysians to want to get rid of Anwar. Doesn’t Anwar trust the PKR grassroots members enough to let a 2nd liner be an MP? Are there no PKR 2nd liners in PKR who are even interested in democracy or the principles of term limits besides Azmin (if not a false flag?)? Save democracy in PKR party by not voting for term limitless MPs! Methinks for Nurul to have a political future at all, Anwar also needs to do what Wan Azizah has done. GTFO of the Dewan.

ARTICLE 4

Grudge Match Shapes up in Key Malaysia State – by Chuin-Wei Yap, Wall Street Journal – Thursday, 11 April 2013 admin-s

Heavy campaign-related spending by the ruling National Front coalition in the opposition stronghold state of Penang has put the incumbent Democratic Action Party on the defensive ahead of Malaysia’s general and state elections on May 5.

Penang is a key electoral battleground. The northwestern state is the third-largest contributor to the national gross domestic output after Selangor and Johor. More importantly, the unprecedented win by the opposition of Penang five years ago marked a watershed decline in the ruling coalition’s fortunes there. Penang’s 13 seats out of 222 total in the Parliament may not be hefty in numbers, but the opposition’s five-year ascendancy has enabled it to showcase the state as an example of its policies in action to the national voter.

The DAP, which mainly draws support from the ethnic Chinese minority, said it expects the National Front to wage a bitter campaign to regain control of the state. Penang has emerged a big draw for investors, with many from China and Singapore snapping up luxury properties and companies like U.S. electronics manufacturer Bose and chip-maker Intel Corp. INTC +2.34% pledging cash to build hi-tech factories.

In recent months, the ruling coalition and its allies have financed a lavish round of goodies and giveaways in Penang. This has included a Lunar New Year concert by Korean “Gangnam Style” rapper Psy, organized by the Penang branch of the National Front. Opposition leaders say National Front allies are using their financial clout to invite Taiwanese and Hong Kong entertainers – playing to the state’s plurality of Chinese, an ethnicity that accounts for a quarter of Malaysia’s population – for a second concert in late April, though an official with the ruling coalition said the event hasn’t been confirmed yet.

The Malaysian Chinese Association, a member of the National Front, has also given out thousands of plush toys. Government-controlled newspapers have been printing the National Front’s election manifesto, and opposition leaders say non-governmental organizations allied to the National Front are handing out donations in a bid to shore up support.

Acknowledging that the DAP has been heavily outspent by the National Front on its home turf, DAP’s assistant national publicity secretary Zairil Khir Johari said Tuesday his party is counting on social media to narrow its financial disadvantage and court a critical segment of active voters.

Read more at: http://blogs.wsj.com/searealtime/2013/04/10/grudge-match-shapes-up-in-key-malaysia-state/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Drop BOTH coalitions and then field yourselves as independents. Who needs the rubbish money of our own taxes when by writing laws, land and other resources can be shared properly instead of being based around cronies?

ARTICLE 5

Anwar needs to answer the entire Indian community – LETTERS/SURAT – By Saravanan (Overseas Hindraf Member) – Thursday, 11 April 2013 Super Admin

Dato Seri Anwar Ibrahim was given the first chance by Hindraf Makkal Shakti to endorse their 5 years plan blue print. More than 18 meetings were held in between Pakatan Rakyat and Hindraf. Till today the silence of Pakatan doesn’t make any sense about the blue print.

DSAI need to answer Indian voters why he rejected or neglected the 6 points Hindraf blue print demans. Anwar shouldn’t play coward game any longer by using Indian Pakatan leaders and cyber troopers to protect his position. There is a need for Anwar to come forward and say what makes the whole discussion halted and why he stopped the blue print endorsement personally.

The scenario is going very ugly because DSAI continuously using journalist to attack a minority group which fighting for the downtrodden Indian’s rights. Whereas Hindraf leaders are coming forward to answer all the necessary questions in the media. We Indians request DSAI to tear his cowardice mask and answer the whole blueprint scenario truth without any delay.

By Playing politics many Indians will boycott Pakatan Rakyat in the coming up 13th General election. The loser of the game will be Pakatan.

Indians been marginalized by UMNO for 56 years. If Pakatan is really into helping Indians they should safe their election situation from now. We Indians will not loose anything but Pakatan will loose Indian votes. Do not take Indians for a ride.

DSAI please answer us, you been propagating that Malaysia is not practising human rights to foreign medias. Now the 6 points demands of Hindraf is purely human rights matter why are you shying away?

You use to campaign anak melayu anak saya, anak Cina anak saya dan anak India anak saya. Where is the slogans of anak India anak kamu? If you think Indians are your children you will treat them equally but you are not eager to treat them in that manner.

In Last general election you promised Kampong Buah Pala folks that as soon as Pakatan win Penang the land will protected. But you behaved other way around as soon as Pakatan took over Penang, you played big time politics with Buah Pala Indians. You didn’t safe them till last but you just blamed Barisan Nasional. Pakatan statement was we are not in charge of Putra jaya hard to undo the previous agreement. Now we are asking you a question if you take over Putra jaya will you undo the agreement now ? For the sake of your Indian children.

I personally challenge DSAI to abolish article 153 and other racist policies which been practised in Malaysia. Can you give equal rights to all Malaysian citizen besides ‘mengankat martabat orang Melayu’?

If any Malaysian or coalition read the 6 points demands of Hindraf carefully will understand that it is a Human rights demands. Any Government can endorse it under the provision of human rights. Instead of approving and being straight forward DSAI and Pakatan playing dirty game by flip flopping downtrodden Malaysian Indians life.   Stop making Indians as 3rd class citizen of Malaysia.

My final request to DSAI stop using mandores and cyber troopers  to answer Hindraf´s questions. Please step forward boldly as a leader and explain us why you rejected the 6 point demands.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Forget about DSAI and Nurul as well (good work to Wan Azizah for giving 2nd liners a chance) or demanding the selfish nepotistic Pakatan coalition do anything. Pakatan ignores feedback mostly. Run for election against both BN and Pakatan and remember to GTFO after 2 terms at most. Meanwhile implement the 6 point AFTER winning. This is a tuan-slave mentality Saravanan has here. Forget about requesting anything – TAKE, via the elections. As a good single minded fellow once said from a movie I won’t mention the title of, ” You want the wine you take the wine. You want the food. You take the food. When you want the woman, you just take the woman.” In this case, TAKE THE ELECTION from Pakatan AND BN! 3rd Force independents ONLY! 2 terms then GTFO!

ARTICLE 6

Will KL remain Pakatan’s stronghold? – SPECIAL REPORTS – by Alyaa Azhar, FMT – Thursday, 11 April 2013 Super Admin

After winning 10 out of 11 parliamentary seats in the 2008 general election, can Pakatan Rakyat manage to achieve the same feat this time around

In the 2008 general election, Pakatan Rakyat was invincible in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur. The question both their supporters and BN are asking is, can they do it again?

Back in the 2008 general election, Pakatan Rakyat almost had a clean sweep, winning 10 out of the 11 parliamentary seats in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur. Of the 13 parliamentary seats in the Federal Territories, BN only managed to win Setiawangsa, Putrajaya, and Labuan.

Parliamentary seats in the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur won by Pakatan were Bandar Tun Razak, Batu, Bukit Bintang, Cheras, Kepong, Lembah Pantai, Segambut, Seputeh, Titiwangsa and Wangsa Maju.

For the Bandar Tun Razak parliamentary seat, incumbent Selangor Menteri Besar and PKR’s Abdul Khalid Ibrahim defeated MCA’s Tan Chai Ho with a 2,515 majority while PKR’s Tian Chua defeated Gerakan’s Lim Si Pin for the Batu parliamentary seat with a 9,455 majority.

MCA’s Lee Chong Meng was defeated by DAP’s Fong Kui Lun with a 14,277 majority for the Bukit Bintang parliamentary seat and in Cheras, DAP’s Tan Kok Wai beat MCA’s Jeffrey Goh Sim Ik with a 28,300 majority.

DAP’s Dr Tan Seng Giaw defeated Gerakan’s Lau Hoi Keong with a 23,848 majority for the Kepong parliamentary seat while the Lembah Pantai seat was wrested from Umno’s Shahrizat Abdul Jalil with a 2,895 majority by PKR’s Nurul Izzah Anwar.

DAP’s Lim Lip Eng defeated Gerakan’s Ma Woei Chyi with a 7,732 majority for the Segambut parliamentary seat while DAP’s Teresa Kok defeated MCA’s Carol Chew with a whopping 36,492 majority.

The lone Kuala Lumpur parliamentary seat won by BN was through Umno’s Zulhasnan Rafique who defeated PKR’s Ibrahim Yaakob with a 8,134 majority, however, for the Titiwangsa parliamentary seat, PAS’ Dr Lo’lo’ Mohd Ghazali managed to defeat Umno’s Aziz Jamaluddin Mohd Tahir with a 1,972 majority.

Wee Choo Keong who contested on a PKR ticket won Wangsa Maju with a slim majority of 150 votes, defeating MCA’s Yew Teong Look. Wee became an independent in 2010.

In Labuan, Umno’s Yusof Mahal defeated independent Lau Seng Kiat with a 8,457 majority. For the Putrajaya parliamentary seat, Umno’s Tengku Adnan Tengku Mansor defeated PAS’ Mohammad Nor Mohamad with a majority of 2,734 votes.

Although the Pakatan coalition won 10 out of 11 of the Federal Territory of Kuala Lumpur seats, BN is confident that other than defending the three seats won in 2008, they will manage to win more seats this coming election. These seats are, Lembah Pantai, Wangsa Maju, Bandar Tun Razak and Batu.

For the Lembah Pantai constituency, many have complained that Nurul Izzah has not been on the ground much.

Poised to wrest the seat from the incumbent MP would be Federal Territories and Urban Well-Being minister Raja Nong Chik Zainal Abidin.

Raja Nong Chik has conveyed his intention to contest for the Lembah Pantai seat if he were to be selected by the BN as its representative.

“I am confident of winning the seat based on my service record and relationships established over the past 25 years in the area, starting from my early days as an Umno Youth member,” he said.

As for the Wangsa Maju parliamentary seat, a three-cornered fight is expected to occur and although there has been talks that MCA is adamant with its choice of Yew Teong Look to contest, Umno’s Shafei Abdullah, who is also the prime minister’s political secretary, will most likely be fielded as the BN candidate.

Deputy prime minister Muhyiddin Yassin recently hinted that Shafei will be fielded in the coming election.

“We want the rakyat to support whichever (BN) candidate. If Shafei becomes a candidate, okay. If any other candidate, that is also okay,” said Muhyiddin.

Shafei could find himself facing Dr Tan Kee Kwong, son of former Gerakan leader Dr Tan Chee Khoon, who is tipped to be PKR’s choice.

Incumbent independent MP Wee Choo Keong, on the other hand, is expected to defend his seat.

For the Bandar Tun Razak seat, Selangor Menteri Besar Abdul Khalid Ibrahim will be fielded again.

Insiders claim that Najib will be fielding one of his brothers for the seat. They said that it would be the brother with the least controversy.

Suffice to say that it would not be CIMB head Nazir nor Nazim who was linked to the Altantuya case, so that leaves either Johari or Nizam to stand as a candidate for the Bandar Tun Razak parliamentary seat.

There are also talks that MCA’s Kepong Task Force head Tan Kok Eng is likely to be fielded in Bandar Tun Razak. Kok Eng’s father Tan Chai Ho held the Bandar Tun Razak seat for three consecutive terms before losing to Abdul Khalid Ibrahim.

Muhyiddin has also voiced his optimism in the BN wresting back the Batu parliamentary seat, based on the positive feedback from voters in the area, which is currently held by PKR vice-president Tian Chua.

He added that Batu residents have nothing to be proud of the incumbent MP who he said have made irresponsible and rude remarks about the national security force with regard to the Lahad Datu incursion.

The odds are also against Tian Chua who some widely regard as an “absentee MP”, because he is hardly seen on the ground.

Recently, PAS vice-president Husam Musa has been confirmed to contest for the Putrajaya parliamentary seat and is expected to face incumbent MP and Umno secretary-general Tengku Adnan Tengku Mansor.

The former Salor assemblyman acknowledged that it would not be an easy task for him to take on Tengku Adnan, describing the latter as a great strategist.

For the Titiwangsa seat, there is a 50% chance for both sides of the political divide, since the passing of Dr Lo’lo’, a hard working MP who was much loved by her constituents, PAS has been struggling to maintain her legacy.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How about NO STRONGHOLDS and always term limits for all MPs and assemblymen. After 2 terms, everyone on tax payer money salaries to the tune of 23K yearly can GTFO so that all other Malaysians have a chance to write policy and earn that salary.

ARTICLE 7

Wan Azizah hints Abdul Khalid may not be retained as Sgor MB – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – Thursday, 11 April 2013 Super Admin

It was reported that Abdul Khalid might not be retained as MB against the backdrop of purported differences between him and PKR deputy president Mohamed Azmin Ali.

(Bernama) – Parti Keadilan Rakyat (PKR) president Datin Seri Dr Wan Azizah Wan Ismail has hinted that Tan Sri Abdul Khalid Ibrahim may not retain his post as Selangor menteri besar if the opposition continues to rule the state following the May 5 general election.
She said PKR had several potential candidates for the post other than Abdul Khalid.

“(It) doesn’t matter who is going to be the MB in Selangor as long as the person has the right policies,” she told a press conference at the PKR headquarters, here, today.

She was responding to queries on Abdul Khalid’s future position since PKR de facto leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim yesterday announced that Abdul Khalid would only defend his Bandar Tun Razak parliamentary seat in the upcoming polls.

Asked on the potential candidates for the top post in the state, Wan Azizah said: “Those who are contesting Selangor state constituencies.”

It was reported that Abdul Khalid might not be retained as MB against the backdrop of purported differences between him and PKR deputy president Mohamed Azmin Ali.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

“(It) doesn’t matter who is going to be the MB in Selangor as long as the person has the right policies,” she told a press conference at the PKR headquarters, here, today.

Lets up the ante. How about having a 66% quorum of all citizens living in Selangor vote for MB as well as ahving good policy. Which MB is going to ‘have good policy’ that only the CEC rather than everyone living in that State can select? In fact, an MB that is chosen by the people would be far more important simply to prevent any CEC from having carte blanc to decide what is good policy. If the 66.6% choice of MB is bad, then amend some laws to have that person replaced with the next highest number of votes MB.

This should be a grassroots request eventually but since the culture of control is still in PKR, Wan Azizah after decades of harming Malaysia with nepotism begins to correct that sorry record of harming democracy with nepotism. Better late than never, but Malaysia has been damaged too much already no thanks to cults of personalities like Wan Azizah! Good riddance!

ARTICLE 8

7 DAP leaders show support for BN – Thursday, 11 April 2013 Super Admin

(Bernama) – Seven DAP senior branch leaders in the state have stated their support for Barisan Nasional (BN) after realising BN’s Aku Janji provides more for the Indian community compared to the opposition’s manifesto.

Ladang Paroi DAP vice-chairman David Dass said the BN Aku Janji announced by charmain Datuk Seri Mohd Najib Tun Abdul Razak last Saturday clearly showed BN’s commitment in championing the welfare of Indians, compared to the opposition’s unconvincing manifesto.

“We saw the oppostion’s manifesto during the 2008 general election in Selangor, but (after they failed to fulfill it) they said their manifesto wasn’t a promise and this is different from the Aku Janji made by BN.

“The Aku Janji is not like a manifesto, it’s more of a personal promise and personal promises are better than a manifesto,” he told reporters after delivering a ceramah at Ladang Rajent, Gemencheh, here last night.

Joining him in stating their support were Desa Dahlia DAP chairman Richard Francis, Desa Dahlia DAP vice-chairman Jesu Dason, Desa Dahlia DAP secretary S. Karthiyaini, Ladang Rajent DAP secretary Chelvam Katham, Ladang Rajent DAP vice-chairman M. Subramaniam and Ladang Paroi DAP secretary K. Mahendran.

Last Saturday, Najib announced the BN Aku Janji which will provide a RM500 million trust fund to increase the equity of Indians as well as set up a special unit to ensure the successful implementation of government policies to improve the lives of the Indian community.

Dass, who still remains in the DAP, said he was confident that the Aku Janji would be another promise fulfilled.

Meanwhile, Dass strongly criticised DAP’s leadership especially party adviser Lim Kit Siang, secretary-general Lim Guan Eng and chairman Karpal Singh who he claimed were only concerned about some parties but denied the rights of members of the Indian community.

He said this was proven by the selection of the DAP central executive committee (CEC) in Penang which raised the issue of democracy in the party over an alleged mistake in tallying of votes.

“We urge the Registrar of Societies (ROS) to tell us the status of complaints on the matter and hope it will be done quickly,” he said.

Dass, who will announce his resignation from DAP soon, said more party members especially at the branch-level will join him as DAP was no longer a democratic party, but a rather dramatic one.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Go independent PLEASE. How could any Indian want to accept racism of BN?

ARTICLE 9

Pakatan’s missed opportunity with Hindraf – Hornbill Unleashed – April 9, 2013 by Kua Kia Soong

By failing to compromise on the Hindraf blueprint, Pakatan has wasted an excellent chance to overthrow the BN rule.

I attended one of Hindraf’s dinners a few weeks ago at which they explained their blueprint for the 13GE.

After the presentation, I posed the hypothetical question which seemed like quite a likely scenario: “What if the BN embraces your blueprint? What then?”

Waythamoorthy’s reply was clear: “We would rather Pakatan accepts our blueprint after all we have gone through under BN since Independence…” or words to that effect.

Well, now the election has been called and what is the scenario? BN is at the point of embracing Hindraf’s blueprint, whether in toto or in part.

What is politically bewildering is that Pakatan has rebuffed Hindraf and has not included any proposals from the blueprint in their manifesto or that challenges the institutional racism (in particular, the NEP) that has been part of BN policy since 1971.

The rationale was that Hindraf’s blueprint was based on race while their manifesto was based on need of all classes.

After Hindraf’s criticism of the Pakatan manifesto, the Indian leaders in Pakatan gave the lame excuse that they were not in the drafting committee of the Pakatan manifesto.

This was hardly convincing, while giving the public a poor image of the way in which policies are made within the Pakatan coalition.

Soon after that, the DAP has seen fit to include several “pro-Indian” proposals in their post facto “Gelang Patah Declaration” and after they had done that, Hindraf accused the DAP of plagiarising from their blueprint.

The bizarre and total inconsistency of this Gelang Patah Declaration is the fact that it was promulgated as a DAP rather than a Pakatan policy statement!

Why wasn’t it a Pakatan declaration? Is the declaration only acceptable by the DAP but not PKR and PAS?

Why was this not “racist” when the Pakatan had said that the Hindraf blueprint was racist? Politically, it looked ridiculous while providing more grist for BN fire against the Pakatan coalition.

Hindraf accepting BN

Whatever happens to this blossoming BN-Hindraf romance, we will have to see if the union is eventually solemnised.

It should not if the Hindraf leaders have any political nous and honesty regarding Umno’s cynical use of institutional racism through their 56 year reign, which is the root cause of national oppression of the ethnic minorities.

If BN can accept Hindraf’s blueprint, something’s wrong with the blueprint.

I have pointed out in an earlier article that the main failure in Hindraf’s blueprint is its failure to demand the eradication of institutional racism.

I have shared several fora with Hindraf leaders at which we have condemned institutional racism in Malaysia. And despite their efforts in recent years highlighting the entrenchment of racial discrimination in the constitution, I am surprised that the Hindraf blueprint does not call for the abolition of the “New Economic Policy”.

Pakatan cannot claim to be holier than thou because neither does Pakatan condemn this institutional racism and announce their readiness to abolish the NEP in their manifesto.

Any corrective action in all economic and education policies must be based on need or sector or class and not on race with priority given to indigenous people, marginalised and poor communities.

Since their blueprint extols human rights, Hindraf should put forward their demands for all minorities and not just the Indian community.

Thus we find a gaping “disconnect” between Hindraf’s noble challenge to racial discrimination entrenched in the constitution and their “Indians Only” proposals in the blueprint.

And because the blueprint is couched in terms of “Indian demands” as MIC has traditionally done so, it is easy for BN to accede to their blueprint.

In fact, it is back to the quintessential “Alliance formula” of 1957 except that BN will then have a new associate tagged onto the MIC.

I have also earlier pointed out that to be consistent in their human rights stand, Hindraf should also call for:

the repeal of Amendment (8A) of Article 153 that was passed during the state of emergency in 1971 and was not in the original 1957 federal constitution;

institutionalising means testing for any access to scholarships or other entitlements;

implementing merit-based recruitment in civil & armed services;

enacting an Equality Act to promote equality and non-discrimination irrespective of race, creed, religion, gender or disability with provision for an Equality & Human Rights Commission;

institutionalising equality and human rights education at all decision-making levels, including state and non-state actors/ institutions;

ratifying the Convention on the Eradication of Racial Discrimination (CERD).

If the Hindraf blueprint was couched in these human rights terms, do you think BN would accept it?

Certainly not because BN has always been a “racial formula”, the coalition is the sum of its racialist parts – “Umno, MCA, MIC and associates”.

Is Pakatan suffering from a mental block?

But why is Pakatan averse to coopting Hindraf’s blueprint and now losing the opportunity of a historic alliance with Hindraf?

Is it because Pakatan is more purist than BN on the national question? I don’t think so because if the Pakatan manifesto can take into account “Felda settlers”, there is no reason why it cannot make considerations for “displaced plantation communities” or “the stateless”, etc. that is in the post facto Gelang Patah declaration.

The DAP, as usual, are “wise after the event”, a euphemism for opportunism!

Or could it be that incorporating Hindraf would pose a threat to the jostling for seats among the Indian leaders in Pakatan?

If this “realpolitik” is indeed one of the reasons for the Pakatan-Hindraf fallout, it is a let-down of serious proportions for all Malaysians who hope for change in the 13GE.

And having been spurned by the Pakatan manifesto, we could only expect the fury of the Hindraf backlash against the plagiarism by DAP.

No, in the end it boils down to Pakatan’s failure to come to terms with the national question, and that involves taking a stand on the NEP.

Isn’t it time for change? Isn’t it time for real change that will set our nation on a new footing of reconciliation and reconstruction, when we are no longer divided into “races” and progressive policies can be put in place to help the truly needy?

Alas, I am afraid the “Ubah” in Pakatan does not go far enough. (And I would ask all the homespun political philosophers to spare me their pearls of wisdom about the “pragmatic” reasons for “not frightening the Malays” in this 13GE!)

Ultimately, a nation that is unequal can never be free or be at peace. Hindraf has already announced that they will be putting up candidates in several seats.

Likewise, Pakatan’s ambivalence toward the left, namely PSM, will likely see three-corner contests in those constituencies that PSM will be contesting.

I am afraid this historic non-compromise between Pakatan and Hindraf in the 13GE will probably go down in Malaysian history as one of the most unfortunate missed opportunities in the overthrow of BN rule.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

A second BN arises from term limitless nepotistic Pakatan Rakyat . . . no surprise, so many ex-UMNO or even MCA in PKR. And PAS will continue apartheid in the form of extreme Islam.

ARTICLE 10

GE13: Sulk only for 24 hours, dropped candidates told – Thursday April 11, 2013

KUALA LUMPUR: Datuk Seri Najib Tun Razak says those who are dropped as Barisan Nasional candidates may sulk “for up to 24 hours” and then return at once to help out with campaigning.

The Prime Minister and Barisan chairman said it was impossible for him to placate everyone, stressing that fielding the strongest possible line-up was his top priority.

“We will try to minimise the problem of dropped candidates sulking. It would be best if you express your frustrations for not more than 24 hours after being dropped.

“After that, you must get to the ground and help with Barisan’s campaigning,” he told a closed-door briefing for Barisan elected representatives at the Putra World Trade Centre.

Najib’s call seemed to have an instant impact, with his predecessor Tun Abdullah Ahmad Badawi leading the chorus of support for the PM’s call.

Drawing on his own experience in selecting candidates, Abdullah, who is the Kepala Batas MP said: “It is never easy for the PM to choose candidates. The most important thing is to ensure that those chosen are fully supported and win the election.”

Datuk Seri Shahidan Kassim, the former Perlis MB, urged all to be patient and grateful.

“Najib has the prerogative to choose the best person to stand for Barisan. If we don’t get it, regard it as a test but if we do, then be thankful,” he said.

SUPP president Datuk Seri Peter Chin Fah Kui said the main target should be victory.

Langkawi MP Datuk Paduka Abu Bakar Taib said those dropped as candidates must “return the favour” by supporting their replacements.

Permas assemblyman M.M. Samy pledged to abide by any decision made by the Barisan leadership.

Permatang Pauh Umno division chief Datuk Abdul Jalil Abdul Majid said his main aim was to ensure the defeat of Opposition Leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim.

Parti Rakyat Sarawak vice-president Datuk Joseph Salang Gandum said it was important that Barisan members support each other.

“Don’t think of yourselves as individual candidates. Regardless of whether I am in or out, I will still work for Barisan,” he pledged.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Sulk? Band together and wipe out BOTH BN and Pakatan. Form a 3rd Force and know that if even a blogger like Gomo can be independent, why not be independent yourselves like Konsensus Bebas around the below 3 items :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;the 99% won’t miss the term limitless bastards being paid 23K a month. Vote yourselves into power instead 99%!

P.S. RPK, I’d prefer a message to remove a post than have that post disappear entirely. That ‘bullet to head’ comment montage disappearing was just too obvious. Even if the post was to be removed, I reserve a right to keep copies of stuff I was made to remove. Don’t disappear stuff like that! Nice article on LGBT (but that should not be AFTER a hack attempt if any? If that was not the Info Ministry, still . . . learn this word . . . PRINCIPLES!) :

Consistency of Change – http://www.malaysia-today.net/mtcolumns/no-holds-barred/55836-the-consistency-of-change

ARTICLE 11

Fraud in Malaysian politics never-ending – GUEST COLUMNISTS – Wednesday, 10 April 2013 admin-s

If the 1987 Umno presidential election is taken as one yardstick, the response of the Court may not be in favour of a novel development of the law or, as some would allege, making law.

The Indians are united by Hindraf Makkal Sakthi, the Chinese are united by their bank drafts, and the Malays by their overdrafts. The makkal sakthi – people power in Tamil – cries of Interlok Pariah Umno is being heard again as the seatless Indians rail against the ruling party.

Joe Fernandez

In that party election, the Court discovered that votes from 30 illegal party branches may have contributed towards Mahathir Mohamad’s narrow 43-vote victory over his challenger Tengku Razaleigh Hamzah. It was alleged that the 30 illegal branches were aligned towards Mahathir. Even so, in a surprising ruling, Judge Harun Hashim declared the entire party unlawful. Had the Judge concluded that the illegal votes may have gone in the direction of Razaleigh, that ruling would not have arisen since the outcome was not affected!

Harun Hashim bought kamikaze arguments and denied Razaleigh

The Court did not take into consideration that the presidential election was only unlawful to the extent of the illegal votes and the party unlawful to the extent of the illegal branches. The Jury may still be out on the question of whether the Judge could have discounted the illegal votes and handed the presidential victory to Razaleigh. Many will argue that he could have but unfortunately he didn’t. The good judge has long gone to meet his maker. Dead men tell no tales.

Even if Mahathir had won by one vote, and it was determined that his victory was due to one illegal voter, the outcome had been affected. Both Mahathir and Razaleigh, the one illegal vote removed, had tied.

One mitigating circumstance against the party being declared unlawful was that it had helmed the country since independence for Malaya in 1957 and steered the birth of Malaysia in 1963.

That approach could not be misconstrued as judicial activism using the fig leaf that our system of justice is adversarial.

Alas, the Judge bought the kamikaze arguments in Court that he had no alternative but declare the entire party unlawful if the Court concluded that illegal branches had participated in the presidential elections and illegal votes had also been counted. Again, the Court is not about the truth, justice or moral values but the law, no matter how much weighted against the public interest.

Court no help in awarding victory to the real polls winners

In another case, on 8 June, 2001 Election Court Justice Muhammad Kamil Awang made a landmark decision declaring the March 13, 1999, Likas election result null and void after upholding two election petitions filed by losing PBS candidate Dr Chong En Leong and former Chief Minister Harris Salleh of Parti Bersekutu. Justice Kamil had affirmed that the Likas electoral roll was tainted with more than 5,000 phantom voters. But who obtained those votes?

Former Barisan Nasional-rotated Sabah Chief Minister Yong Teck Lee, who polled 9,110 votes against 4, 962 by Dr Chong, lost the seat. Yong had won by 4, 962 votes. Harris drew 3,576 votes.

Even if all of the Likas-resident Harris’ votes came from the illegals, a likely possibility but nevertheless strenuously denied by those in his camp, that still left over 1,424 votes from the illegals for Yong since these people wouldn’t vote for PBS, then in the Opposition. If these 1,424 votes are discounted from Yong’s margin of victory, he still won by 3,538 votes. Only judicial activism could have saved Yong unless the ballot boxes were opened up and each voted recounted.

In a 15 June, 2001 media statement, then Dap National Chairman Lim Kit Siang lamented the subsequent disclosure that the Judge had received a telephone directive from someone at the top of the Judiciary to strike out the Likas petition without a hearing. Lim’s beef was that the Judge did not disclose the telephone call in Court.

So, not much can be placed in the case of proven electoral fraud, on the Court stripping the winner of a disputed victory and awarding it to his nearest challenger.

Never ending go back to India, China cries from Nusantara people

There should be a system in place for the Court, in case of election petitions alleging fraud, to scrutinize the ballot papers and determine who collected whose vote. That would be the most efficient way to determine polls winners instead of a re-poll which would necessitate the cleaning up of the electoral rolls, a process which has been bitterly disputed in the past.

Still, the bottomline may not even be the extent of electoral fraud.

It comes back to the system again.

The greatest fraud perpetrated against the people of Malaysia is the formation of pre-polls coalitions. These coalitions circumvent the democratic process by endorsing elite power-sharing and denying the grassroots majority meaningful participation in the electoral process. The formation of coalitions should only be allowed, by law, after the elections are over.

Coalition government need not be inevitability.

The party with the most number of seats in Parliament, for example, can share the Federal Cabinet and Government posts with other political parties without entering into coalition government.

If coalition government is the option exercise, such a coalition must disband on the eve of the next elections to ensure a free for all at the ballot box. That by itself would spell the end of political parties based on narrow considerations like race and religion.

Politics can then be fought on issues and these may be urban, suburban, rural, coastal, from the interior or the high mountain country. No longer would anyone be identified by his race or religion in politics or whether he’s an Orang Asal, recently or long arrived or the descendents of those recently arrived or long arrived.

No longer would anyone be told to “go back to India or China”, for example, if they are “not happy in Malaysia”.

No pledge from Dap not to fraudulently embrace Umno

Every election, and in the run-up to elections, the Indian community in particular are subject to all sorts of indignities, racial abuse and derogatory remarks in the struggle to confine the national cake to a smaller number of people.

The Indians are united by Hindraf Makkal Sakthi, the Chinese are united by their bank drafts, and the Malays by their overdrafts. The makkal sakthi – people power in Tamil – cries of Interlok Pariah Umno is being heard again as the seatless Indians rail against the ruling party.

The Opposition is a marriage of convenience united by Malay hatred in particular for the BN in general and Umno in particular. The marriage appears to be less unholy now than when it was first formed.

The BN in Malaya, apart from Umno, has fallen apart and will crumble under a united Opposition assault come this 13th GE but will continue in Sabah and Sarawak, mauled and bruised in the latter in particular but still taking power.

In the absence of a public pledge, it’s being speculated that the urban and Chinese-based Dap would not hesitate to abandon its Malay and Islamic partners, PKR and Pas, in the aftermath of the 13th GE and team up with Umno to share the Federal Government provided the MCA and Gerakan are removed. That would be like the Pap of Singapore fraudulently achieving by the backdoor what it failed to do in Malaysia.

People of Borneo given the short end of the stick in Malaysia

The greatest fraud perpetrated in Malaysia was to weaken the voice of the people of Borneo nations in Parliament.

The two countries, Sabah and Sarawak, have a combined 57 seats in Parliament, less than the at least one third plus one promised by the 1963 Malaysia Agreement. This is 18 less seats than they should have out of 222 seats.

To add insult to injury, many of the 57 seats are held by Malaya-based parties across the political divide, thus further weakening the voice of the people of Borneo in the Malaysian Parliament.

The Registrar of Societies (ROS) is a party to these political parties being in violation of the Malaysia Agreement. It facilitates Putrajaya ruling Sabah and Sarawak through rogue elements – Projek IC operatives, Moro National Liberation Front, Moro Islamic Liberation Front, Abu Sayyaf – local proxies (local Muslims and illegals) and their stooges (Orang Asal).

The Malaya-based parties have not even been locally-incorporated in Sabah and Sarawak to comply with at least the letter, if not the spirit, of the Malaysia Agreement.

If politics is all about the re-distribution of power and resources, the people of Borneo are being given the short end of the stick in their already disputed participation Malaysia.

There could be no greater fraud than this.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Never ending go back to India, China cries from Nusantara people. Islam is not Nusantaran, just to remind. And the Orang Asli and other Nusantarans tend to get along better than non-Islamic faker Nusantarans.

There could be no greater fraud than THIS :

BN has given only 5% disbursement rights to wealth derived from East Malaysia.
PR intends to only give only 15% disbursement rights to wealth derived from East Malaysia.

To be fair, East Malaysia should have at least 50% + 1% of disbursement rights of wealth from their own states.

To be magnanimous, 100%  of disbursement rights of wealth from the Orang Asli states should be the norm. Otherwise East Malaysia (Sabah and Sarawak) might as well secede and form an independent nation. And only after 50 years of reparations of 50% wealth taken by Peninsular Malaysia at least being returned to boot!

mini-ARTICLE 11.5

Petitions to get trafficked kids back to be heard – Saturday April 6, 2013

GEORGE TOWN: The adoptive parents of nine children from a baby trafficking syndicate will have their petitions to get the children back heard at a magistrate’s court in Bukit Mertajam on Monday.

Penang Health, Welfare, Caring Society and Environment Committee chairman Phee Boon Poh said the nine petitions were for the first group of 28 children who were rescued by the police.

“The petitions are for the children to be released back to their adoptive parents who love them, pending police investigations.

“Both the adoptive parents and the children were victims,” he said yesterday.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Have they forgotten about the biological parents these children were stolen from (return the kids to the original parents), or sold by (punish the parents selling children)? Ask the children if they want their biological parents to be found.

ARTICLE 12

Kissinger cables: ‘Chauvinist’ Dr Mahathir disliked by non-Malay community – by Zurairi AR – April 09, 2013

KUALA LUMPUR, April 9 — The US Embassy in Malaysia expressed its surprise over Tun Dr Mahathir Mohamad’s appointment as deputy prime minister back in 1976, in a series of recently declassified US diplomatic cables released by Wikileaks yesterday.

According to the cables from Henry Kissinger’s run as US Secretary of State, the embassy considered the then education minister as a “Malay chauvinist” despite admiring his modern outlook on politics.

“Mahathir (picture) has a reputation as an extremely capable man … and is considered to have a relatively clean record on corruption,” said Francis T. Underhill Jr, the ambassador posted between 1973 and 1977, in his confidential analysis of Malaysia’s then new Cabinet.

After Tun Abdul Razak Hussein died in 1975, the ailing Tun Hussein Onn was forced to choose a successor in the form of a deputy prime minister between three preferred candidates — Dr Mahathir, former Malacca chief minister the late Tun Ghafar Baba, and Kelantan businessman from a royal lineage Tengku Razaleigh Hamzah.

The three Umno men were elected vice-presidents at the party’s general assembly, and Razak ran the risk of displeasing Tunku Abdul Rahman Putra al-Haj if he chose Dr Mahathir, who had previously been expelled from Umno for criticising the first prime minister.

According to the cables, Razak also considered the late Tun Ghazali Shafie despite his loss in the Umno vice-presidency race because of Dr Mahathir’s reputation as a Malay chauvinist and apathy felt by some in the Chinese community towards the minister.

“So far, the Chinese reaction of Mahathir’s nomination has been, if not enthusiastic, at least not characterised by vehement opposition,” Underhill noted.

“The small, predominantly Chinese Democratic Action Party (DAP) has expressed some concern over Mahathir’s past record but has not openly opposed his selection. Other Chinese parties or politicians have either not commented or have welcomed Mahathir’s appointment in a pro forma manner.”

The embassy had expressed its admiration for Dr Mahathir when he was appointed as education minister two years before, as noted in another confidential analysis.

“On domestic side, appointment of Dr Mahathir bin Mohamed as Education Minister, very apt in view of Mahathir’s intellectual abilities and good reputation as administrator and moderniser, was note-worthy but non-Malay community is likely to consider him a Malay chauvinist (undeservedly in embassy’s view).

“Mahathir’s appointment was however tempered by designation of MCA secretary-general Chan Siang Sun as deputy minister,” Underhill wrote.

Dr Mahathir has been a vocal supporter of Malay rights since his early days in politics, where he wrote a letter calling on Tunku Abdul Rahman to resign for failing to uphold Malay rights.

He also wrote a book called “The Malay Dilemma” in 1970, where he espoused affirmative action to enable Malays to compete with the more economically-dominant Chinese.

Affirmative action became a recurring theme in the administration of Malaysia’s longest-serving prime minister as Dr Mahathir continued the New Economic Policy (NEP) with the National Development Policy (NDP) in 1990.

He continues to be a vocal Malay rights advocate after leaving office, and currently serves as the patron and adviser for Malay supremacy group Perkasa

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

If every US embassy is only aware of events that happened and begin analysing what that means after a 30 year delay for release, this ‘surprised Embassy’ tells us why 911 could even happen. What else is waiting 30 years before being analysed and acted upon? Democracy 30 years earlier, would have been easier to apply . . . but they had to wait for Kissinger to be an old man before they informed the people. Malaysia is no Russia and who knows due to the delays, radicalisation of the country occured while USA was being ’30 years later’ diplomatic.

ARTICLE 13

Hadi says voters will decide who is Pakatan’s choice for PM job – NEWS/COMMENTARIES – Tuesday, 09 April 2013 Super Admin – by Syed Jaymal Zahiid, TMI

PAS president Datuk Seri Abdul Hadi Awang said today that voters would ultimately decide who gets to be prime minister if Pakatan Rakyat (PR) wins Election 2013.

The former Terengganu menteri besar said the pact would first focus on winning the upcoming polls before discussing on the matter.

Hadi also refused to state if he felt he was a suitable candidate for the country’s top post, saying the issue would be determined by the voters.

“This thing we need to go through the democratic process. I would not say more on this, we should be ensuring the victory of all our candidates first,” he told reporters after giving a talk on the party’s “welfare state” push here.

Hadi added that whoever from PR becomes prime minister has to be accepted by voters and noted that this included non-Muslim voters.

The president of the Islamist party also emphasised that the candidate must be a Muslim and also accepted by the King.

“What is important is that the candidate is accepted by the people including non-Muslims. We also have a King. The candidate must be accepted by both the people and the king,” he said.

The pact had previously agreed that the post should be given to Opposition Leader Datuk Seri Anwar Ibrahim.

PR parties have repeatedly had to reaffirm their endorsement of Anwar as prime minister-designate to deflect criticisms from their political foes in Barisan Nasional (BN) that they were unable to achieve consensus on numerous issues.

In a recent interview with the Financial Times, Anwar admitted that the coming 13th general election may be his last shot at power, saying that he may quit politics if PR fails in its bid to claim Putrajaya.

Commentator Comments :

written by sap, April 09, 2013 18:17:58
Yah la, commentators who wish for abu – see what you get when the jokers get into putrajaya – the race politics will become religious politics. No yet vote already talking about being PM but in an indirect way. Just say la that Anwar will be for one term before someone else takes his place. At least Anwar’s fight can be justified. In fact the reason there is a PR is because of Anwar. The trouble is Anwar had gay luggage – so difficult for PAS to accept. Another thing, these PR bedfellows say there is no race politics. How come Kelantan and Kedah is PAS, Penang is DAP and Sgor is PKR? That itself is an indirect race/religion politics. I dare – if a PKR candidate of is place as Kedah MB or a PAS as Sgor MB or Penang MB. If PR is say they are not race based – then put a DAP Malay as Penang CM lah? C if the Chinese will accept it? Please la dont hoodwink the public. Show your true colours like BN. At least BN says UMNO is for Malays, MCA will manage the Chinese and MIC(hopefully we get better indians in here) will manage the Indians.
No need to worry. Any Indian seeks help or cause problem – MIC chief jawab. Malays and Chinese will not feel bed. Likewise with Malays and Chinese. One major problem. At least we can tell the world – we are not ashamed of our ethnicity – but our bonding is Malaysian Constitution Glue which will last 4ever. And we dont need any outsiders to tell us how to manage our Malaysia. No need Australia etc. You think Australians are so non-race base are? Coming back to Hadi – i think you will make a wonderful PM for the Chinese Pakatan supporters la. Because the Christian Chinese cannot accept LGBT of Ambiga and Anwar.

written by Kamaruddins, April 09, 2013 15:19:24

Hadi is being cautious because he knows that PAS grassroots like me will not give Anwar the time of day because Anwar himself is not only rotten and corrupted to the core but we believe that he is involved in all those sex allegations. We really thought that Anwar had changed, “sudah bertaubat” so to speak, but my God it was as recent as last February that he did it again with a young male companion.

To the non Muslims this may be acceptable and considered as a normal behavior but I am sorry to say that to the Muslims in general and PAS grassroots in particular, this is a big No No especially if you want to be a leader.

That is why Hadi is not giving a blank cheque to Anwar in case if PAS were to win more seats than PKR. If every UMNO candidate loses then definitely PAS will obtain more seats than PKR. Even if PAS gets less seats than PKR, and Pakatan is dead against PAS Islamic agenda, PAS can use the leverage of collaborating with UMNO MPs to form a unity government.

We are back to the adage that in politics there is no permanent friends and no permanent enemies. If and when PAS becomes strong and dominant and UMNO becomes weak and subservient, they will become friends.


written by Real Change, April 09, 2013 12:54:36
You need 2/3 majority to have election of PM by The Rakyat? We can not even vote for Datuk Bandar KL, The PM chosen by Rakyat is Non Starter at present. The Rakyat would be blessed with Rakyat Centric PM and not BN PM or Pakatan PM! After the Votes are counted, make sure NHon of The Elected YBs trade horse for position, and should BN Won, the longest serving unelected PM should be in Power and not elbowed out because of reduced majority with another appointed PM and should Pakatan won then all The elected Pakatan’s YBs should decide who should be The PM and the Senior Portfolios Those who horse trade by joining BN should automatically resigned as YB for a fresh election!


written by calvin, April 09, 2013 09:39:58
Next time, the Chosen PM-to-be should be in the Manisfesto; since we do not have a direct election of PM from all Malaysian. The urban people will never get to choose or elect the PM.
What a waste especially to Wilayah Persekutuan people. Wouldn’t it be nice to have a PM election instead just to elect the members of parliment and the winning parties will choose on behalf of the people. Still the power isn’t directly in our hand.


written by David Singh, April 09, 2013 07:39:00
I’d rather Hadi than Anwar coz at least he isn’t dirty and he’ll be forced to make radical changes to the very corrupt system we have in place. In regards to the status quo – we as the rakyat need to shake things up by combining Westminster to Islamism. It’ll be most interesting as Islam doesn’t allow for racism and its unislamic to have any sort of discriminatory practices. And it’ll be the end of the term by the time Hadi figures out how to implement hudud. Furthermore there’s urgent need to devolve some of the prime ministerial powers.


written by Lord Jim, April 09, 2013 07:06:08
Can we be assured with a firm Pakatan statement this will be the case – the rakyat decides who is going to be the PM if Pakatan wins – that Anwar would not be barging or sweet-talking his way into the PM’s post, Pakatan should dance the “Nego Nego” with the rakyat over that?

Hadi Awang has said the right thing, he obviously knows the rakyat do not like Anwar, but we don’t know if the rest of Pakatan leadership would prefer hiding behind Anwar and use him as a scapegoat as none of them (just like Anwar) have much ability to run the country without destroying it. all faults can be Anwar’s (he’s already got a nice record of that)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Hadi and PAS is too insular and communalistic and religious to be PM, though not necessarily ‘evil’. Hadi’s mention of the King is somewhat disconcerting and politically incorrect. Darkening the fortunes of PAS yet again but in the context of absolute monarchy instead which makes Hudud propagation by PAS look particularly dark and evil! The King’s influence should not be used as an ability to cancel the will of the majority of 26 million based choice of PM, but rather opinion poll and face based effects (much like the bestowal of titles on the favoured increases respect from society in general – the only fairly applicable effect is non-tangible) and perhaps Malay culturist/loyalist based. This means if the majority of Malaysians want a PM that the King does not, the King should not be able to force the Rakyat to accept the choice the King prefers.

Conversely so that everyone can be happy, a series of PM candidates before election could be endorsed or denounced by the Agong so that all existing choices will be acceptable to the King before the Rakyat votes. This is rather undemocratic IF there are not alot of candidates for PM, but in a PM free for all, where not a single MP is allowed to participate, lots of very interesting characters would doubtless apply and hence the King could still leave a sizeable number of PM candidates untouched – hard to say of the palace has the resources to audit every single Malaysian so that if the offer to be elected for PM, the King would know if the Sultanate would not end up being abolished by the Rakyat if a anti-Monarch PM was somehow selected – this could be the only fair exclusion criteria for denunciation for PM candidates the Agong could fairly have. But to scuttle the will of a majority of 26 million if not a quorum of 66.6% of the same? We’ll be back in the Absolute Monarchy era, one level worse than Military Junta though worse than Bureaucrat Dictators (Political Junta which is what PAP, BN and Pakatan or so many political  parties and coalitions in ASEAN actually are). DEMOCRACY please.

Due the loud mouthed idiots of Vehicle 8007 who want to attract the attention of the politicians through these writings – focus on candidacy can wait 1 more term – but since the impetus of rudeness was kindly provided . . . have fun, I’m sure they’ll notice the abusively communicative loudmouths now and perhaps STFU them so that more independents rather than bloggers will be possible for 3rd world Malaysia in sad case people of Malaysia . . .

25 Articles from Around the World : Whither Art Thou CIA, Orwellian Laws in Redcoat England, KGB Rebooted?, Islamists Should Leave Egypt Alone – Amon-Ra Returns!, Money Not Class – Classy Patriotic/Poor versus Trashy Sellout/Selfish Wealthy, Food Safety-Transparency Issues, Extreme Art is Not For Everyone, University Can Help Watch Anything Instead of Being Meme Specialised, Gift Some Solar Cells And Prevent Nuclear Plant Problems (but not Nuclear Missiles), Infantry Outdated, North Korea Needs A Better Target, North Korea’s Main Issue, Selective Breeding Is Not GMO, Red Coat USA Warning Balances When Occult Considered, Limiting Luxuries in Welfare, Dogging Means Stable Chaos Physics, Demogogues Can Set Up Their Own TV and Media Networks Not Harrass Free Enterprise, Long Overdue Normalizing of Nethers (and Naturism), 5% of Regard for the 99%, Spectre of Nepotism in USA, NDE Demoguery in Religions Hamper True Spirituality, Demogogues Can Set Up Their Own Magazines Not Harrass Free Enterprise, Nature of Reality – Lite, Demogogues Can Set Up Their Own Fundo-Moralistic Communities Not Harrass Freedom of Life, Garden City Idea for Beijing And World in General, Saudis Still Building Fences After Centuries – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 12th April 2013

In 2nd Amendment, adult industry, conflict of interest, crony politics, democratisation, nepotism, Plutocracy, politics, Racism, socialism, USA, wealth distribution on April 11, 2013 at 9:36 pm

ARTICLE 1

Pentagon to Buy Russian Helicopters Despite Ban – © RIA Novosti. Ilya Pitalev – 00:36 05/04/2013

WASHINGTON, April 4 (By Maria Young for RIA Novosti) – The US Department of Defense said Thursday it plans to sidestep a Congressional ban to purchase 30 helicopters from Russian state-owned defense firm Rosoboronexport, despite objections from US lawmakers who allege that the firm has equipped the Syrian government to commit brutal crimes against civilians.

“The Department of Defense (DOD) has notified Congress of its intent to contract with Rosoboronexport for 30 additional Mi-17 rotary-wing aircraft to support the Afghanistan National Security Forces (ANSF) Special Mission Wing,” Pentagon spokesman James Gregory told RIA Novosti in emailed comments.

The 2013 National Defense Authorization Act, approved by Congress last year, includes an amendment that prohibits financial contracts between the United States and Rosoboronexport, except when the Secretary of Defense determines that such arrangements are in the interest of national security.

“Given current timelines, the department has determined that Rosoboronexport is the only viable means of meeting ANSF requirements” for the helicopters, Gregory said.

The contract totals $690 million, most of which would go to the Russian arms maker, he added.

In February, US President Barack Obama announced plans to reduce the number of US troops in Afghanistan from 66,000 to 34,000 over the next year, leaving Afghan forces with an increased role in their nation’s security.

Many of the Afghan forces have already been trained to operate the Russian aircraft. Switching to a new platform would delay the readiness of their rotary wing division by at least three years while crews get training and experience on a new system, Gregory said.

A bipartisan Congressional group wrote a letter to Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel last week in which they objected to the ongoing business relationship between the Russian arms company and the Pentagon.

“What is the national security justification of continuing business with Rosoboronexport?” they asked in the letter.

“Russia continues to transfer weapons through Rosoboronexport to the regime of Bashar al-Assad in Syria,” they continued. “Since the Syrian uprising began, Russia has continued to serve as the Assad regime’s chief supplier of weapons, enabling the mass murder of Syrian citizens at the hands of their own government.”

Russia, however, has insisted that the deliveries are legal under international law and that it is not supplying Syria with offensive weapons. Moscow has also questioned the composition and goals of the various armed groups fighting the Assad regime.

US Rep. Jim Moran, who co-authored the amendment, said Rosoboronexport had supplied nearly $1 billion in arms to Assad’s government between 2011 and 2012, including high-explosive mortars, sniper rifles, ammunition and refurbished attack helicopters.

Public records show that some of the representatives who signed the letter and sponsored the amendment–including Moran, Rep. Kay Granger and Rep. Rosa DeLauro—have received campaign contributions from US defense contractors.

But Moran’s spokeswoman, Anne Hughes, described any implication that the lawmakers’ concern is more about campaign contributions than arms for Syria as “laughable.” Representatives of the other lawmakers did not respond to requests for comment.

“The objections are understandable, the US defense industry needs contracts. … But from a cost-benefit analysis, Russian helicopters are a better deal,” Simon Saradzhyan, a security expert at Harvard University’s Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, told RIA Novosti on Thursday.

The Russian helicopters, he said, are generally not as sophisticated or advanced as those made in the United States, making them arguably more suitable for use by Afghan security forces.

“This is the Russian competitive edge,” Saradzhyan said. “They cost less and they are easy to maintain. This is how Russian arms supporters make their sales speech.”

The Russian aircraft “are superbly suited for harsh environments,” said Gregory, the Pentagon spokesman.

In their letter to Hagel, the lawmakers asked what steps the Pentagon had taken to consider alternative helicopter suppliers. They also requested that the department prepare a detailed briefing and present it to Congress before taking any action on the pending contract.

Hagel has received the letter, Gregory said.

“He will of course respond.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is the tech advanced post 2000s, the USA should beware, the KGB would for certain install a ‘kill switch’ on every helicopter. What else would an outfit like the KGB do best anyway?

ARTICLE 2

‘Secret law’ storm as police chiefs ban public from knowing who they arrest: Shock new blanket ban in the wake of Leveson report angers civil liberty groups who condemn threat to democracy – by Robert Verkaik and David Ormerod – PUBLISHED: 23:30 GMT, 6 April 2013 | UPDATED: 23:31 GMT, 6 April 2013

Under new ACPO guidance forces to be banned from naming suspects
The legal risk of incorrect identification will stop the media naming suspects
The police plan for ‘secret arrests’ is opposed by the Law Commission

The move, which follows a recommendation by Lord Justice Leveson in his report into press standards

Draconian: The move, which follows a recommendation by Lord Justice Leveson in his report into press standards

Britain’s police chiefs are drawing up draconian rules under which the identities of people they arrest will be kept secret from the public.

The move, which follows a recommendation by Lord Justice Leveson in his report into press standards, has been branded an attack on open justice and has led to comparisons with police states such as North Korea and Zimbabwe.

Under current arrangements, police release basic details of a person arrested and in many cases will confirm a name to journalists. But the practice varies from force to force.

Under the new guidance, to be circulated by the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO), forces will be banned from confirming the names of suspects, even when journalists know the identity of someone who has been arrested.

Without official police confirmation, the legal risks of incorrect identification will prevent the media from publishing the names of suspects.

The police plan for ‘secret arrests’ is being opposed by the Government’s own adviser on law reform, the Law Commission, which believes it is in the interests of justice that the police release the names of everyone who is arrested, except in very exceptional circumstances.

A Mail on Sunday investigation has revealed that, chillingly, many forces have already altered their naming policies in the wake of last year’s Leveson report.

Only two out of 14 forces that spoke to us said they would confirm the identity of a person arrested when a journalist suggested the right name to them.

Yet senior police officers have told this paper that until very recently it was common practice for police forces to confirm the names of people arrested.

The new practice has already led to one worrying situation in which a well-known celebrity arrested as part of Operation Yewtree, the investigation into the Jimmy Savile scandal, cannot be named by the media, although he has been widely identified on the internet.

Trevor Sterling, the lawyer representing Savile’s victims, said that if Savile had been alive today and his arrest had remained secret, many of his victims would have been failed.

Mr Sterling said: ‘It is difficult to strike a balance, but if someone like Savile’s name is not published, victims of sexual abuse would not have the confidence to come forward.’
Silenced: A well-known celebrity arrested as part of Operation Yewtree, the investigation into the Jimmy Savile scandal, cannot be named by the media

Silenced: A well-known celebrity arrested as part of Operation Yewtree, the investigation into the Jimmy Savile scandal, cannot be named by the media

Padraig Reidy, news editor of Index On Censorship, a civil liberties organisation, said: ‘You can very quickly find yourself in a situation where you have secret arrests. We have a concept of open justice.

‘What is being proposed is very scary because if you do not know who has been arrested or why, people can be taken off the streets without anyone knowing and the police would not be accountable or properly scrutinised.

‘This sort of thing happens in  other countries. People are arrested, they disappear and no one ever knows why.’

Bob Satchwell, chairman of the Society of Editors, said the change would have a devastating effect on open justice and smacked of the kind of practices associated with ‘banana republics’.

He added: ‘There is nothing in law to say that the name of someone arrested should not be released. If the name is withheld, it fuels speculation, especially through the internet.’

The senior police officer in charge of the new rules told The Mail on Sunday that he had been warned by Britain’s information watchdog, the Information Commissioner, that releasing names could breach the data protection rights of a suspect.

Andy Trotter, chief constable of British Transport Police and the lead officer on media policy for ACPO, said that he disagreed with the Law Commission’s position because it did not take account of the circumstances of a suspect whose reputation was damaged by identification but who was later found to be innocent and eliminated from an investigation.

The Law Commissioners and ACPO will meet in the coming weeks to thrash out their differences. Mr Trotter said the new rules followed on from the old ACPO guidance, which generally advised against naming arrested suspects but permitted forces to confirm names.

He said the new policy would end the ‘dance’ of confirming and denying identities when names are put to police forces.

He explained: ‘The problem at the moment is that it is unclear what the police should do. Various practices have developed over time.

Most forces do not name people who have been arrested. Some will confirm a name that is put to them. Clearly this is unsatisfactory.
New rules: Andy Trotter Chief constable British Transport Police

New rules: Andy Trotter Chief constable British Transport Police

‘We are suggesting that people who have been arrested should not be named and only the briefest of details should be given.’

He said the only exceptions would be where it was necessary to release a name to prevent or detect a crime or in order to keep the peace.

He added: ‘We are weighing up the need to be open and transparent with the rights of the individuals concerned and the draft guidance will contain the view that people should not be named.’

Mr Trotter insisted that this was not ‘secret justice’ and added: ‘I am in favour of open justice and have been listening to many different points of view.

‘I want police officers to continue working with journalists.’

The guidance will now go to the College of Policing for approval, before being sent to forces around the country for implementation.
Gary Glitter
Jim Davidson

Previous arrests: The names of some individuals arrested as part of Operation Yewtree have emerged in the press including Gary Glitter, left, and Jim Davidson, right. They all deny wrongdoing

The Mail on Sunday investigation showed wide inconsistencies between police forces in the naming of arrested suspects.

Nearly all say they don’t name individuals on arrest but operate different policies to provide help to journalists.

Greater Manchester Police says it tells journalists ‘they are not wrong’ if they approach the force with a correct name – but won’t give official confirmation.

The Metropolitan Police says it does not confirm names to journalists until the suspect has been charged.

Cambridgeshire Police only confirms a name on the day an individual who has been charged is due in court.

This is one of Britain’s favourite entertainers. He’s been arrested by Savile police and codenamed ‘Yewtree No 5’ – but you’re not allowed to be told who he is

He is 82 years old and a much-loved showbiz personality, who was arrested on March 28 in Berkshire by police investigating abuse claims made since the death of BBC DJ Jimmy Savile.

But police refuse to allow his name to be made public.

The Metropolitan Police Savile investigation is codenamed Operation Yewtree and has led to 12 arrests.

The names of some individuals have emerged in the media after confirmation  by neighbours, lawyers and journalists’ detective work.

The Metropolitan Police Savile investigation is codenamed Operation Yewtree and has led to 12 arrests

They include Gary Glitter, Freddie Starr, Jim Davidson and Dave Lee Travis. They all deny wrongdoing.

But the latest celebrity arrested is referred to by police only as Yewtree 5 and his identity has not been published  in newspapers.

Nevertheless, his name has been widely circulated on the internet in blogs and social media forums.

The Met said there were ‘good reasons’ for not naming anyone in the Yewtree investigation.

But when asked to explain these reasons, they merely referred to the Met’s standard policy of not identifying anyone they arrest.

This newspaper has decided not to publish the name  of Yewtree 5.

Last week, the first person charged under Yewtree was named as ex-BBC driver David Smith.

He will face two charges of indecent assault and two of gross indecency on a boy under 14, plus another serious sex attack on a boy under 16. Smith, 66, from Lewisham, South-East London, will appear before magistrates on May 8.

Savile is believed to have been Britain’s most prolific paedophile. Detectives have received about 600 complaints of abuse, of which more than 450 relate to Savile.

UK’s Law Commissioner David Ormerod insists: Yes, reporting of arrests IS in public interest

A fair and open justice system is something we value highly in this country. As citizens, it is imperative that we have confidence that our legal process is transparent.

And it has long been recognised that one of the best ways of ensuring this is for accurate reports of trials to appear in the media, hence the saying: ‘Not only must justice  be done; it must also be seen to be done.’

To ensure a fair trial, there must be restrictions on what can be reported – and when.

David Ormerod, QC and Law Commissioner says that there must be restrictions on what can be reported to ensure a fair trial

For example, if a judge had ruled that certain information about a defendant was not to be admitted at the trial but the jury saw reports of that information in the media, they might be swayed. The trial would be prejudiced and justice would not be done.

That is why there are legal safeguards to make sure that reporting on trials is fair.

One of these is the Contempt of Court Act 1981, which ensures that information that runs a real risk of seriously prejudicing a trial should not be put in the public domain until the trial is over.

In the light of concerns that  the Act had not kept pace with developments such as the internet, the Law Commission, an independent advisory body that keeps the law under review, was asked to consider whether changes should be made.

The review includes a range of issues, including the role of the internet, on which jurors might read information about a defendant.

‘A fair and open justice system is something we value highly in this country. As citizens, it is imperative that we have confidence that our legal process is transparent.’

David Ormerod, Law Commissioner

Another area we considered was what information should  be released to the media when someone is arrested.

At the moment, the Act does not prohibit a newspaper or broadcaster reporting that a named person has been arrested – as long as what they report is not seriously prejudicial to any future trial.

But during our review, we were told that different police forces handle the release of information about arrests differently.

Some forces will confirm, off the record, that a particular person has been arrested if a reporter supplies the name. Others refuse to confirm or deny in the same circumstances. Others might even supply a name.

This inconsistency is clearly problematic. It is a contempt  of court if a newspaper or broadcaster publishes prejudicial material about someone who has been arrested.

However, the publisher would have a defence if they did not know or have reason to suspect that the person named had been arrested and that proceedings were therefore ‘active’.

A consistent policy applied by police about whether to name those arrested would help the media to know whether proceedings are ‘active’ and whether reporting restrictions apply.

We have provisionally proposed that new ACPO guidance should be produced which would encourage police forces to adopt greater consistency in deciding whether  to confirm the identities of those who have been arrested.
The Law Commissioner has suggested that new ACPO (pictured) guidance should be produced which would encourage police forces to adopt greater consistency in deciding whether to confirm the identities of those who have been arrested

The Law Commissioner has suggested that new ACPO (pictured) guidance should be produced which would encourage police forces to adopt greater consistency in deciding whether to confirm the identities of those who have been arrested

In drafting our provisional proposals, we considered freedom of expression under the Human Rights Act, which covers the press’s right to report and the public’s right to know.

Clearly this has to be balanced with an individual’s right to privacy.  But it is not hard to imagine cases of clear public interest in which arrests should be reported.

What the Law Commission  has not proposed is the general, blanket release of the names of all people arrested. Our provisional proposal is that reporters should be able to check through the proper, official channels.

The intention is to provide guidance that is consistent, logical and fair to all, while providing enough flexibility for decisions about the release of arrestees’ names to be decided on their  own merits.

We are also reviewing from what point in a police investigation the Contempt of Court Act should impose restrictions on reporting.

At the moment, criminal proceedings in England and Wales are said to become ‘active’ when a suspect is arrested. We considered whether that trigger should be changed to when a suspect is charged.

But this leaves a possibly protracted period when a suspect may have been arrested without being charged, during which reporting could be prejudicial. Our preliminary proposal is that the law should remain unchanged.

I’d stress that our initial proposals are a long way from becoming law. We are now sifting through the many responses to our suggestions for changes to the Contempt of Court Act.

Only then will we make our final recommendations to Government for consideration.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

In fact prisons should have name boards and police stations with lockups display the names of those currently held in LEDs (if the numbers are not excessive), so that legal help can be gotten for those imprisoned by civil lawyers or in the case of prisons, human rights lawyers making sure none of the inmates are abused or simply to do audits on why these persons are in prison to begin with, and to provide legal aid or check on their wellbeing..

ARTICLE 3

‘Close your foreign accounts or be fired,’ Putin tells Russian officials

The Russian president ordered all state officials to declare assets and divest foreign-held funds, in an apparent effort to tighten the Kremlin’s controls and stem corruption.

By Fred Weir, Correspondent / April 3, 2013

Russian President Vladimir Putin (l.) speaks with a student on a bus in Moscow on Monday. Mr. Putin issued a pair of decrees yesterday ordering Russian officials to declare and close any foreign assets they hold or else be fired.

Mikhail Klimentyev/RIA Novosti/Reuters

President Vladimir Putin has ordered all Russian officials to get rid of any bank accounts and financial securities they may hold abroad and bring them home to Russia by July 1, or face being fired.

The two decrees, suddenly and unexpectedly issued by Mr. Putin on Tuesday, will oblige all state officials to declare assets and divest foreign-held funds, and are seen by many experts as a potentially significant new impetus in the Kremlin’s declared struggle against corruption.

The new rules will strike a blow at the practice of “offshorization,” in which cash earned in Russia is exported to overseas tax havens, as highlighted by the recent collapse of Cyprus as a key offshore zone for wealthy Russians. Analysts say that Russian officials, compelled to keep their money at home, will be more easily controlled by a Kremlin that has lately been cracking down on outside influences in a variety of ways, including forcing NGOs that obtain funding from abroad to self-declare as “foreign agents” to prohibiting US citizens from adopting Russian orphans.

RECOMMENDED: Do you know anything about Russia? A quiz.

“If someone has bank accounts abroad, we give them three months to get rid of them,” Kremlin Chief of Staff Sergei Ivanov told reporters.

“To own real estate abroad is not prohibited, but an applicant must declare it and specify the means he used to purchase it. An obvious consequence will follow if he fails to do this, which is dismissal due to loss of trust,” Mr. Ivanov added.

Critics say that spiraling official corruption in Russia goes hand-in-hand with an attitude on the part of top bureaucrats that their time at the public trough is limited, and that they had better grab as much as possible and find ways to get it out of Russia.

“Putin’s decrees are a purely political measure to make officials change their mentality in a positive way,” says Kiril Kabanov, head of the National Anti-Corruption Committee, a public organization.

“They have to stop thinking about their well-being as connected with assets abroad, and start thinking about how to make things work here in Russia. Putin wants the bureaucracy to be manageable, so he’s trying to set things in order,” he adds.

Russia ranked 133rd out of 174 countries in the latest Corruption Perceptions Index compiled by the Berlin-based Transparency International, putting it in company with Guyana, Honduras, and Iran.

The presidential decrees may also be Putin’s way of nudging the State Duma to stop dragging its heels on a law submitted by the Kremlin earlier this year, covering the same ground, which deputies passed on first reading in February but have since failed to move forward with.

But the issue of deputies who keep secret assets abroad has been thrust into the public limelight by anticorruption blogger Alexei Navalny, who caused the powerful head of the Duma’s ethics committee, Vladimir Pekhtin, to resign last month, after property deeds and other documents posted by Mr. Navalny online showed that Mr. Pekhtin owned property in the US worth over $2 million.

“Putin had to act. Thanks to Navalny, this issue is now in the focus of public attention,” says Dmitry Oreshkin, head of the Mercator Group, an independent Moscow-based media consultancy.

“Corruption is out of control, and it’s the Frankenstein that Putin himself created. To limit it now will be difficult, even impossible,” he says.

According to a March poll conducted by the independent Levada Center in Moscow, only 12 percent of Russians believe a law forbidding officials from holding assets abroad will work “in full.” Another 41 percent think it will work “selectively,” affecting some officials but not others. And 37 percent say that, like many such laws in the past, “it will be forgotten after a few months.”

“Public opinion wants to see a struggle against corruption. People will like the sound of these measures,” says Alexei Markarkin, director of the independent Center for Political Technologies in Moscow.

“But I’m doubtful there will be much impact. Maybe a few officials will quit, and go into private business. A few may be scapegoated, and blamed for all the evils. But most will likely experience no problems. The Kremlin may want to put a scare into officialdom, but it really doesn’t want a full-blown conflict with the state bureaucracy. After all, that’s the foundation of its power. Don’t wait for the revolution to begin, because it’s not going to.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Putin’s earlier errors on plutocracy could have outed the morally inferior and exposed those who might compromise Russia. An inadvertent feint that puts Russia in a better position overall. Perhaps limits on fund outflows and better coordination with foreign banks KGB style would be more useful? Let every bank in the world be answerable to an assigned Kremlin accountant who will have unfettered access to the Russian citizen account info, this has a 2 fold benefit. The banks uncoorperative with Russia would be illegal to use for Russian citizens and also be exposed as Russia unfriendly and appropriately ‘dealt with’, the cooperative citizens who self declare, will still get to use foreign accounts, the friendly banks who do assent to such audits from the Kremlin get to improve their direct links to Russia and be appropriately ‘rewarded’ as opposed to blacklists and expulsions from Russia. Very KGB da? You there Putin! 3rd term bad!

ARTICLE 4

‘Day of Rage’: Tear gas in Cairo as thousands rally to mark April 6 group anniversary – Published time: April 06, 2013 18:48 Edited time: April 07, 2013 00:07

Security forces used teargas after crowds tried to breach the Egyptian High Court building in Cairo in a 6th of April anniversary rally. The Ministry of Health puts the injury toll at eight, although eyewitnesses report much more.

Thousands of protesters have joined the Cairo rally marking the birth of the 6 April movement, whilst also expressing their “dissent” against Egypt’s President Mohammed Morsi’s latest moves.

Ramses street between lawyers’ syndicate and court building shrouded in gas and illuminated by several bonfires. 100s milling around
— Alastair Beach (@Alastair_Beach) April 6, 2013

The annual march which began in a jubilant mood, in Giza’s Mohandeseen neighborhood, south of the capital, grew tense after reaching the prosecutor-general’s office in downtown Cairo.

According to Ahram Online, a number of protesters started banging on the doors of the High Court, where the prosecutor-general’s office is located, whilst some hurled fireworks at the building’s windows. The High Court security retaliated by firing “huge volleys of teargas” from inside the building.

Police arriving at the scene also employed teargas, as well as armored vehicles, to separate the crowds of protesters from the High Court building and block the nearest street intersection.

Following clashes, the April 6 Youth Movement was quick to issue a statement condemning the security forces for firing teargas.

“The regime’s ministry of interior responded to chants with teargas and birdshot,” said the statement published on the movement’s official Facebook page, also accusing the ministry of “prostituting for every regime.”

According to journalist Tom Dale, clashes have also erupted in the town of Mahalla – the birthplace of the April 6 movement, where on that day in 2008, a workers’ protest about food prices and low wages was met with aggression from police, turning it into the largest anti-regime protest in the 30 years Hosni Mubarak was in power.

Initially, the leader of the movement, Ahmed Maher, had supported the overthrow of Mubarak’s military rule and tried to help current regime’s cause in any way, but after seeing that the 2011 uprising failed to bring about the change the movement was looking for, switched sides.

“We supported President Morsi when he ran for presidency. Now, after he issued his constitutional declaration, rammed through a new constitution and failed to meet the goals of the revolution we have joined the ranks of the opposition,” Maher told Ahram.

Dale, who is currently at the scene in Cairo, has been relaying the latest to RT:

“Once again, an unarmed peaceful demonstration is being fired upon. Once again there are complaints that the Interior Ministry and the security services are brutal and unreformed. And, once again, the food prices are rising while the wages remain stagnant. And in that context, this is just the latest sign of the growing polarization between Mohamed Morsi’s Islamist-led government and the opposition on the streets.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Distribute unused state land, limit maximum sequesterable assets of plutocrats, and remove the Islamists for a secular government. There had better be UN Peacekeepers to make sure that secular and non-1% forces gain the upper hand this time round.

ARTICLE 5

The Great Welfare Myth: The chattering classes are peddling a poisonous myth – that the poor cannot survive without the soul- deadening embrace of welfarism

By Brendan O’neill

PUBLISHED: 22:22 GMT, 5 April 2013 | UPDATED: 09:30 GMT, 6 April 2013

It was the week the battle over benefits exploded into life as liberals howled about Tory cuts. But here a leading Left-wing thinker says the chattering classes are peddling a poisonous myth – that the poor cannot survive without the soul- deadening embrace of welfarism.

The thing about receiving incapacity benefit is that you really start believing you’re incapable. The Government tells you you’re incapable, and it sinks in: I’m useless, I can’t work, I must be looked after.’

So says an old friend of mine who lives in the most deprived ward in Barnet, North London, where we both grew up. After suffering anxiety attacks, he’s been ‘on the sick’ — that is, receiving some form of sickness benefit — for nearly five years. It is, he assures me, an unpleasant existence.

‘You get sucked into a life of uselessness. The Government gives you enough money to live on, but you don’t live. You do the same thing day in, day out. See the same people, watch the same TV, drift off to sleep in mid-afternoon.’
The welfare system subjugates the poor, ensnaring them in a trap of dependency, and crushing their horizons

The welfare system subjugates the poor, ensnaring them in a trap of dependency, and crushing their horizons
Facing jail: Maired and Mick Philpott embrace at their home

Twisted values: Mick and Mairead Philpott, who were convicted of killing six of their children in a fire, have raised the welfare debate

He says he’s pleased Iain Duncan Smith is shaking up benefits paid to ‘the incapable’, alongside other forms of welfare. More than two million Brits receive sickness-related benefits, and my friend reckons many of them must be like him: not really sick, but simply treated as sick by a welfare system with more money than sense.

He agrees with Grant Shapps, chairman of the Conservative Party, who says of the army of sickness claimants: ‘It is not that these people were trying to play the system, so much as these people were forced into a system that played them.’

This is the side to the welfare debate we rarely hear about, at least not from Left-wing politicians and commentators: how the welfare system subjugates the poor, ensnaring them in a trap of dependency, and crushing their horizons.

Over the past week, as IDS’s welfare reforms have kicked in, we’ve heard quite the opposite from middle-class liberals who have been tearing their hair out over the fact that the poor aren’t rising up against them.
Grant Shapps, chairman of the Conservative Party, who says of the army of sickness claimants: ‘It is not that these people were trying to play the system, so much as these people were forced into a system that played them’

Grant Shapps, chairman of the Conservative Party, who says of the army of sickness claimants: ‘It is not that these people were trying to play the system, so much as these people were forced into a system that played them’

They’re bamboozled as to why the down-at-heel haven’t peeled their eyes away from the Jeremy Kyle Show, got off their subsidised sofas and marched to Whitehall to demand: ‘Leave our welfare payments alone.’

Where well-off, Left-leaning do-gooders in Britain’s leafier suburbs are weeping into their macchiato coffees over the Tories’ trims to welfare spending, the poor seem unmoved. What is wrong with these ungrateful urchins, plummy-voiced radicals wonder?

What the posh warriors for welfarism don’t understand is that the poor do not share their enthusiasm for the welfare state, for one very simple reason: like my friend, they know what the welfare state is like, and what a corrupting influence it can have on individual ambition and community life.

They have seen with their own eyes what the intrusion of welfarism into every nook and cranny of poor people’s lives can do.
Iain Duncan Smith’s reforms to welfare have been greeted with anger, surprisingly not so much from the poor, but from the middle-classes

Iain Duncan Smith’s reforms to welfare have been greeted with anger, surprisingly not so much from the poor, but from the middle-classes

They know it is not a liberating force, but a soul-deadening one, which doesn’t improve less well-off communities but rather turns them into ghost towns, maintained by faraway faceless bureaucrats rather than by the community’s own members.

The chattering classes now refer to Monday, April 1, when the Government’s benefit reforms were enacted, as Black Monday. They call IDS a ‘Tory toff’ who is launching an ‘ideological war’ against the poor. Guardian columnist Polly Toynbee has said that the poor will be hit by an ‘avalanche of cuts’ which will propel them into ‘beggary’.

In this lip-smackingly Dickensian view of what will become of Britain, we might soon expect to see women in shawls selling soap on London Bridge and children in torn trousers going back up chimneys.

IDS might only be putting a cap on the annual increase in benefits people can receive, slightly reducing some people’s housing benefit, and rethinking Disability Living Allowance, yet his increasingly shrill critics paint a picture of him turfing the downtrodden out of their homes and into a gutter-based life of Oliver Twist-style precariousness.
Guardian columnist Polly Toynbee has said that the poor will be hit by an ‘avalanche of cuts’ which will propel them into ‘beggary’

Guardian columnist Polly Toynbee has said that the poor will be hit by an ‘avalanche of cuts’ which will propel them into ‘beggary’

When the pro-welfare lobby isn’t wildly exaggerating the severity of IDS’s chopping, it is demonising those who dare to raise questions about the impact welfarism has had on poor communities.

So anyone who suggests that Mick Philpott’s decadent, deeply unproductive lifestyle in Derby may have been a product of welfarism, of the thoughtless casting of the welfarist net across entire poor communities, is shot down in flames.

Some commentators, and now the Chancellor George Osborne, have said that the Philpott case raises questions about the way the state has sustained, ad infinitum, those who don’t work or contribute to society.

But they’re mercilessly attacked by pro-welfare activists, who treat any attempt to critique welfarism as tantamount to committing a hate crime against the poor and ‘vulnerable’.

Yet no matter how much these observers ramp up the rage, still they fail to inspire those who are actually on benefits to join them in their battle.

In fact, far from wanting to fight in defence of welfarism, less well-off people seem positively suspicious of the welfare state, and this drives middle-class campaigners crazy.

John Harris, a columnist for the Guardian, this week expressed his dismay that anti-welfare ‘noise’ always gets ‘louder as you head into the most disadvantaged parts of society’.
Indeed, earlier this year a study by the Left-leaning Joseph Rowntree Housing Trust found that poor families, including those affected by welfare cuts, take ‘the harshest anti-welfare line’.

The study’s lead researcher was thrown by this.

‘Logically, I’d expect those at the sharp end of things to be pro-welfare,’ she said. ‘But if anything, many had internalised a Thatcherite every-man-for-himself mentality.’

Other studies make for interesting reading, too. A British Social Attitudes Survey in 2003 found that 82 per cent of people on benefits agreed that ‘the Government should be the main provider of support to the unemployed’, but by 2011 that number had fallen to 62 per cent.

The proportion of working-class people in work who agree with that statement has fallen from 81 per cent to 67 per cent in the same period.
Chancellor of the Exchequer George Osborne

Some commentators, and now the Chancellor George Osborne, have said that the Philpott case raises questions about the way the state has sustained, ad infinitum, those who don’t work or contribute to society

In 2003, 40 per cent of benefits recipients agreed that ‘unemployment benefits are too high and discourage work’; in 2011, 59 per cent agreed. So a majority of actual benefits recipients now think the welfare state is too generous and fosters worklessness.Surely those well-off welfare cheerleaders, when shown these figures, would accept that perhaps they don’t know what they’re talking about. But no, they have simply come up with a theory for why the poor are anti-welfare: because they’re stupid.

The Trades Union Congress says the little people have been ‘brainwashed by Tory welfare myths’.

They claim the masses have been duped by Right-wing politicians and newspapers that spread myths about ‘welfare scroungers’. Consequently, ordinary people are apparently consumed by ‘prejudice and ignorance’ about welfarism.

One commentator says the problem is that not enough people read the Guardian. In a column for that paper on why the less well-off aren’t fans of the welfare state, she said: ‘Are the public stupid, or simply people who don’t read the Guardian? Well, yes .?.?.’

This is a spectacularly patronising view. The idea that the only reason the poor are critical of welfarism is because they’ve been ‘brainwashed’ suggests a view of those people as utterly gullible.
In 2003, 40 per cent of benefits recipients agreed that ‘unemployment benefits are too high and discourage work’ in 2011, 59 per cent agreed

In 2003, 40 per cent of benefits recipients agreed that ‘unemployment benefits are too high and discourage work’ in 2011, 59 per cent agreed

In truth, there’s a far simpler explanation. Most of those who have experienced a life reliant on benefits have come to understand the detrimental impact it has had on their lives. The cult of welfarism also fosters divisions in less well-off communities.

Those who work, who leave the house at 7am to earn a wage for themselves and their families, start to feel antagonistic towards those who don’t work, whose curtains remain firmly closed well into the late morning.

Three of my brothers work in the building trade, and the one political issue that riles them is what one of them calls ‘subsidised laziness’.

This isn’t because they hate the poor, or think everyone on the dole could magically get a job tomorrow morning if they got their fingers out.

Nor is it because they’ve been brainwashed by anti-welfare tabloid newspapers, as liberal campaigners would have us believe.
Karl Marx described very early forms of top-down ¿welfare measures¿ as a ¿disguised form of alms¿ that were designed to make people¿s less-than-ambitious lives seem ¿tolerable¿.

Karl Marx described very early forms of top-down ‘welfare measures’ as a ‘disguised form of alms’

Rather it’s because they recognise that the exponential expansion of the welfare net, the transformation of welfare-reliance into a permanent state of existence for many of the poor, makes worklessness into a way of life rather than a temporary predicament.

It actively encourages people to give up, to stay home, to be ‘kept men’ rather than working men. And naturally, working men don’t like that.

Indeed, there’s a long-standing tradition of poor communities expressing profound hostility to welfarist assistance, even when they have needed it.

In the Thirties, when early forms of state welfare were introduced, many of the unemployed came to resent their ‘new status as citizen beneficiaries of state welfare’, as one academic study put it. They found claiming state welfare humiliating.

In 1945 — the year the modern welfare state was born — a former cabinet-maker from the East End of London published a book about his life, titled I Was One Of The Unemployed. He described how, in Thirties and Forties Britain, he and many others who found themselves out of work felt an ‘innate morbid sensitivity’ towards ‘having to depend upon state welfare’.

The poor experienced a ‘sense of wounded pride at being driven by hunger to ask for cash benefits’, he said.

Even the most radical old Leftists, unlike today’s uncritical, poor-pitying Leftists, issued cutting criticisms of the welfarist ideology.

In 1850, Karl Marx described very early forms of top-down ‘welfare measures’ as a ‘disguised form of alms’ that were designed to make people’s less-than-ambitious lives seem ‘tolerable’.

That is, welfare was a way of placating the poor, lowering their horizons and acclimatising them to a life of mere survival.

As Pat Thane, a professor of history at King’s College, London, pointed out in a 1999 essay on early forms of state welfare, the less well-off were suspicious of welfarism that seemed ‘to imply that poor people needed the guidance of their “betters”?’.
Family: Mick Philpott (left), his wife Mairead Philpott (centre), his mother Peggy (right) and sons Jesse (right, in green) and John (far right), who died in the fire

The end result of this propping-up of communities is the kind of world Mick Philpott lived in

Working-class mothers hated the way that signing up for welfare meant having to throw one’s home and life open to inspection by snooty officials, community health workers and even family budget advisers.

They didn’t want ‘middle-class strangers’, as they called welfare providers, ‘questioning them about their children’. They felt such intrusions ‘broke a cultural taboo’.

And the use of welfare as a way of allowing society’s ‘betters’ to govern the lives of the poor continues now. Indeed, today’s welfare state is even more annoyingly nannyish than it was 80 years ago.

As the writer Ferdinand Mount says, the post-war welfare state is like a form of ‘domestic imperialism’, through which the state treats the poor as ‘natives’ who must be fed and kept on the moral straight-and-narrow by their superiors.

Mount describes modern welfarism as ‘benign managerialism’, which ‘pacifies’ the lower orders.

Working-class communities feel this patronising welfarist control very acutely. They recognise that signing up for a lifetime of state charity means sacrificing your pride and your independence; it means being unproductive and also unfree.

The cultivation of such dependency on the state has a devastating impact on community life in poor parts of Britain. Because if an individual’s or family’s every financial and therapeutic need is being met by the state, then what need is there for those people to turn to their own neighbours for help or advice?

Welfarism doesn’t only destroy individual pride and independence — it also eats away at social solidarity, the glue of local life, by encouraging people to become more reliant on the state than on their friends and neighbours.

The end result of this propping-up of communities is the kind of world Mick Philpott lived in, where a sense of entitlement to state cash overpowers any feeling of personal moral responsibility for improving one’s life, or any sense of duty to the community.

So to my mind, there’s no mystery as to why the poor are refusing to join the fight to preserve the massive and unwieldy welfare state: it’s because they live in the very areas where welfarism has wreaked its worst horrors.

It is the bleeding heart campaigners fighting to defend welfarism who are spreading a poisonous myth: that the less well-off could never survive, far less thrive, without the financial assistance and moral guidance of their middle-class betters.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The concept of social class cannot be not based around wealth or a mercantile plutocracy business class will ruin and sell out the nation – a country is NOT a business, is much more. Businessmen sell things, even plutocrat businessmen, they (businessmen) are not patriotic but only good at making money and eventually at the expense of the nation – meanwhile the citizens should drop the idea of welfarism or that the state ‘owns’ anything and base their mindsets around EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION of unused state land and state earnings from resources like plantations or materials (which is limited and should not be done if there is not enough for the local population to do subsistence farming on)).

There is no welfarism needed if the concept of Capitalism is dropped for a ‘Need-Basis’ citizen requisition rights law in a limited form of Socialism as well as limits on maximum accruable and maximum sequesterable asset based around National Average Wage. The only last thing to do for citizens is to not overpopulate  so that the pie of national wealth is larger for each individual. The smaller the population the richer the individuals in a nation. As for war paradigms, technology and automation run by AI should solve the problem.

What welfarism (amend laws)? What poor (do not overpopulate, distribute wealth not protect plutocrats)? What chattering classes, middle-class strangers or rich (equal wealth distribution) when everyone are EQUALS with no great extremes so class distinctions will have to be ethics and morality, effort based?

ARTICLE 6

KFC to offer easy-to-eat boneless chicken – by Candice Choi – AP Food Industry Writer – POSTED: 05:13 a.m. HST, Apr 05, 2013
LAST UPDATED: 05:15 a.m. HST, Apr 05, 2013

This image provided by KFC shows the company’s new boneless chicken. KFC will offer new boneless pieces of chicken as an alternative to its traditional breast, thigh and drumstick pieces. The chain says the offering reflects the growing popularity of easier-to-eat chicken strips and nuggets. (AP Photo/KFC)

NEW YORK » KFC is stripping out the bones to make it easier for people to eat its chicken.

The fast-food chain is introducing deep-fried boneless chicken pieces on April 14 as an alternative to its traditional breast, thigh and drumstick pieces.

The new offering reflects the growing popularity of nuggets and strips that are easier to eat on the go, as well as Americans’ seemingly endless desire for more convenient foods. KFC says nearly four out of five servings of fried chicken in the U.S. are now boneless.

Based on customer trends, the company says chicken with bones could eventually be pushed off its menu.

The new boneless, skinless pieces are about twice the size of KFC’s crispy strips and come in white or dark meat. Customers can order them for the meal deals, which include two pieces, a side, a biscuit and a drink for $4.99. They also come in buckets, which include four pieces of boneless chicken and six pieces of chicken with bones for $14.99. The boneless chicken option costs the same as the regular fried chicken.

A piece of the boneless white meat has 200 calories and 8 grams of fat. A dark meat piece has 250 calories.

Spokesman Rick Maynard said it took two to three years to develop its version of boneless chicken, which he said performed strongly in test markets including Oklahoma City and Omaha last year. He said the new boneless pieces will also replace the chicken filets used in sandwiches. Last year, KFC also introduced its smaller, boneless “bites,” as well as “Dip’ems” chicken strips that come with a variety of sauces.

KFC has more than 18,000 restaurants around the world, including more than 4,500 in the U.S. Its parent company Yum Brands Inc. also owns Taco Bell and Pizza Hut, which have also been introducing major new menu offerings in recent months.

Despite its choppy performance in the U.S. in recent years, Yum has enjoyed a streak of growth as a result of its presence in China. Yum is the largest Western fast-food operator in the country with about 5,300 locations, most of them KFC restaurants.

But since late last year, the company has been working to overcome a scare over its chicken supply in China that has hammered sales. Yum, based in Louisville, Ky., has warned that it expects its profit in 2013 to decline, snapping an 11-year streak of double-digit growth.

Shares of Yum Brands fell $2.17, or 3.2 percent, to $65.58 in morning trading as broad market indicators sagged on weaker than expected U.S. job growth in March.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

There is a very great danger of the source of meat coming from measly meat of chicken, or chicken meat products considered waste, spun into meat with texturing (that could be waste wood as some reports have about biscuits . . .), rather than actual portions of chicken from real chickens. There would be no way for the consumer to know EVEN if they DNA test – they’ll find thats chicken BUT FROM WHICH PART??!

At the same time, if KFC can indeed guarantee that the meat is real AND from whatever portions, (probably would need to allow spot checks by consumer associations who could trace every single stop the meat makes), this super-processed idea could still be viable.

ARTICLE 7

How the art establishment helped paedophile painter Graham Ovenden get away with child abuse for 20 years – By Geoffrey Levy – PUBLISHED: 22:45 GMT, 5 April 2013 | UPDATED: 08:48 GMT, 6 April 2013

Guilty of six counts of indecency with a child and one of indecent assault
Ovenden sexually abused under-aged sitters in his paintings
The abused girls were all aged between six and 14
The Tate showed Ovenden’s pictures of naked girls in its galleries

Nearly 20 years have passed since police from the Child Protection squad banged on the door of the celebrated artist and photographer Graham Ovenden, searched his Cornish home and packaged up hundreds of images of naked children they considered to be obscene.

From that moment the art establishment, in all its pompous glory, has been defending Ovenden’s sexually suggestive works on the grounds (note this, mere mortals) that art must not be confused with porn.

Such was the furore raised by the art world over the 1994 arrest of the artist — whose works were selling for up to £25,000 — that, to the incredulity of Scotland Yard, the Crown Prosecution Service decided not to charge him.
Enlarge   Guilty: Graham Ovenden, 70, was today convicted of four counts of indecency with a child by a jury at Truro Crown Court

Guilty: Renowned artist Graham Ovenden, 70, was convicted of indecency with children after first being arrested in 1994

Fifteen years later the police were back with another search warrant, and this time he was charged with having indecent images of children on his computer. He was acquitted.

Each of these episodes was seen as a victory for art itself and gave rise to learned articles  explaining, for example, how Ovenden’s re-creation of pre-Raphaelite photography permitted candid child nudity. One London gallery even put on an exhibition of work under the title The Obscene Publications Squad Versus Art.

So it was quite a shockwave that hit the art world this week when Ovenden, now 70, was exposed as a devious paedophile who sexually abused some of his innocent young sitters.

Ovenden’s pose of genial respectability was torn away as he was found guilty at Truro Crown Court of six counts of indecency with a child and one of indecently assaulting a child. All took place before his first arrest. The children, all girls, were aged between six and 14.

Even the Tate, home of British art, which has always stoically stood by him, at last decided it had little choice but to remove its collection of 34 works — including naked child images — from its website. Nor will the works any longer be available to view by appointment.

A spokesman said his convictions ‘shone a new light’ on his work. Indeed so. The police could have told them that years ago.

But then, down the years, Ovenden — who has a son and daughter by estranged wife Annie, a fellow artist whom he married in 1969 — always had powerful supporters.
Accused: Ovenden, 70, still faces five further charges but the jury are still deciding their verdicts

Powerful supporters: Ovenden is now facing jail despite the art establishment rallying round him

These included celebrated artists such as David Hockney, Sir Peter Blake and Sir Hugh Casson, as well as Sir Piers Rodgers, the non-artist former secretary of the Royal Academy.

And despite the shocking turn of events, twice-married Sir Piers, 68, still has no qualms about his support for Ovenden’s child images.

‘I did stand up for him when he was attacked in the mid-1990s and I think I was right to do so,’ he says. ‘There was no question, as far as we knew, of his having touched or abused any of the children he painted. He made images of children and we [the Royal Academy] felt that they were legitimate.

Any other view would make many of the great masterpieces pornography in an utterly ridiculous way.
‘The depiction of children in itself seemed to us to be unobjectionable. We supported Graham Ovenden in that. If I had thought that his intent was to get sexual gratification from young children I wouldn’t have supported it.’

It remains surprising, however, that the art world, with its many flamboyant ‘experts’, didn’t spot just what Graham Ovenden really had in mind by looking at his collection of drawings called Aspects Of Lolita.

This is a series of suggestive drawings depicting the 12-year-old girl lusted after by a middle-aged professor in the  Nabokov novel Lolita, published in 1955.

One critic this week described Ovenden’s Lolita images as seeming ‘quite baldly and openly sexual in a way that dares the onlooker to accuse him of something’.

A number of them of them, including Lolita Seductive, Lolita Meditating and Lolita Recumbent — images of a naked or semi-clothed pre-pubescent girl in different poses — could until this week be seen at the Tate.

A second-hand, hardback, 48-page copy of Aspects Of Lolita was on offer on Amazon this week at just under £1,275.

So is there anything in his background to suggest a predeliction for very young girls? Not on the face of it.

Ovenden enjoyed an idyllic childhood in Hampshire. He grew up in a Fabian household, and the poet John Betjeman was a family friend. After school, he studied at the Royal College of Art and befriended the pop artist Sir Peter Blake, best known for creating the Sgt Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band album cover for  the Beatles.

Ovenden has said his main interest is in English landscapes. But what he became famous — and then notorious — for were his studies of girls, and  his paintings hung in the world’s most respected galleries.
Guilty: Ovenden pictured in his Bodmin studio

Celebrated artist: Ovenden pictured in his Bodmin studio

Only now, after his conviction, are some observers finding a new significance in Ovenden leaving London for Cornwall in 1975 and founding with a group of fellow artists the so-called Brotherhood of Ruralists which took a traditional, backward-looking view of art.

In Cornwall, he settled on an estate called Barley Splatt on the edge of Bodmin Moor. Its eccentric house of Cornish granite, complete with turrets and slit windows, was set in 22 acres of grounds with a beech wood, pastureland and a tumbling stream. It was here that Ovenden entertained fellow artists, writers, musicians .?.?. and children.

When he gave evidence at Truro Crown Court, Ovenden portrayed Barley Spratt as a hidden Eden, where children could live as  nature intended. They were encouraged to run free — and naked when it was warm.

The jury was told that Ovenden was a man of good character, with no convictions, cautions or reprimands. The artist denied the abuse ever happened. He told the court he had taken pictures of children—- including those in various states of undress — but said they were  not indecent.
Ovenden told the court he had taken pictures of children in various states of undress but said they were not indecent and accused police of ‘falsifying’ images from his home computer

‘Witch hunt’: Ovenden told the court he had taken pictures of children in various states of undress but said they were not indecent and accused police of ‘falsifying’ images from his home computer

In evidence, Ovenden said there was a ‘witch-hunt’ against those who produce work involving naked children and he accused police of ‘falsifying’ images recovered from his home computer

He argued that he had a ‘moral obligation’ to show children in a ‘state of grace’. The idea of pictures of naked children being obscene was ‘abhorrent’.

His artistic haven in Cornwall, where he encouraged girls to pose, provided the perfect opportunity for him to create ‘fine art’ images that echoed some of the 19th century pornographic pictures of children that emerged in the early years of photography.

In this context, although it makes difficult reading, it is worth repeating just a part of what prosecuting counsel Ramsay Quaife told the jury in Truro this week.

He described how Ovenden would dress the children in Victorian-style nighties before leaving them naked and blindfolded, then get them to perform what he called ‘taste tests’.

‘The defendant would put tape over her eyes,’ said Mr Quaife. ‘She could not see anything. The  tape was black, stretchy and smelt of glue.

‘Although she could not see, she could hear the defendant and  she could remember the sound of his belt buckle.

‘The defendant would tell her she would do a taste test and would get 10p for every taste she got right. He would then push something  into her mouth .?.?. he told her it was his thumb.’

In fact, Ovenden was performing a disgusting indecent assault on  the girl.

Prosecutor Mr Quaife also described how naked girls with taped eyes were moved into different positions and photographed so that their genitals could be seen.

Until this week, Ovenden’s defence against allegations of his pictures of children being pornographic was to use mockery — depicting his accusers as ignorant philistines.

On the second occasion he was arrested — and charged with having indecent images of children on his computer and making indecent images — he bizarrely paraphrased Shakespeare’s Hamlet to the police officers, telling them ‘it is but skin and film’.

The case against him was lost that time when the Crown Prosecution Service failed to call as witnesses two key police officers without whom, said the angry judge, a fair trial was not possible. The freed Ovenden accused the police of being ‘transfixed by childhood sexuality’.

After that, in a series of interviews, Ovenden grandly declared: ‘You should not create a neurosis about child nudity. The pervert is the one who puts the fig-leaf on.’

And: ‘A man once told me that each time he looked at a photograph of a [naked] child the first thing he looked as was the genitals. Surely that makes him the pervert and not me.’

It all sounded so high-minded and grave, this fine-art speak. And with the art world’s support, his life and his work continued uninterrupted, his seedy obsessions impregnable as ‘art’.

It is a situation which comes as no surprise to Brian Sewell, the  distinguished art critic and commentator.

‘In my experience whenever the police have attacked artists’ work, the police have lost every time,’ he says. ‘The art world does seem to have rules of its own. Whether it should or not is another matter.
‘Pictures of nude figures can be beautiful works of art, of course. If, on the other hand, you’re setting out to make an erotic photograph, then this is indefensible, because you are setting out not to remind people of the beauty of the human body, the skin, the eyes, but to remind them of what arouses lust.’

But how does one know an artist’s true intention? ‘I certainly do not know what Ovenden had in mind,’ says Sewell, ‘but he should have known very well the consequences of what he was doing. He should have behaved differently. He has only himself to blame.’

And yet, even after his conviction, for which he is on bail awaiting a likely jail sentence, Ovenden has still not been cast adrift by dedicated supporters.
Tate Gallery in London

Respectable: The Tate Gallery in London only removed its collect of 34 Ovenden’s works from its website last year

Among his staunchest defenders are the art-loving explorer and author Robin Hanbury-Tenison, 76, and his wife Louella, a former High Sheriff of Cornwall. Indeed, an Ovenden portrait of one of their sons — fully clothed — hangs in the sitting room of their manor house.

‘I simply do not believe Graham is capable of the allegations made against him,’ declares Mrs Hanbury-Tenison. ‘They are not credible in my view.’

Her husband adds: ‘These accounts are coming from women who are now in their 40s. One wonders why it has taken so long. I find it outrageous that there is shock-horror at him having painted little girls naked in the Sixties and  Seventies. For this to be compared with the gross activities of people like Jimmy Savile or the appalling pornography on the internet — it just defies belief.

‘The blindfolding of a child [for art] — yes, I can see what he was trying to do in representing innocence and justice.

‘But it is the last gasp of puritanism to be concentrating on somehow making that innocence of childhood into something vulgar.’

As for Ovenden’s pictures of children, the great explorer says that the European art world is ‘laughing at Britain over its obsession with this matter’, adding: ‘As Oscar Wilde said, there is “no spectacle so ridiculous as the British public in one of its periodical fits  of morality”.’Oh lucky man, Graham Ovenden, to have such loyal friends.

Sir Piers Rodgers, too, says he would not change the decision he took in 1995. ‘I would probably continue to take the same view now about his work that I did then,’ he admits. ‘What is obscenity is a matter of judgment.’

Too true, and most of us will be forming our own judgments about Ovenden’s ‘art’ in the light of this week’s court case.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) ‘but he should have known very well the consequences of what Ovenden was doing. He should have behaved differently. He has only himself to blame.’

Wrong. Selective audiences though, might solve the problem of philistine pedos seeking titillation or being aroused at museums, or good/staid (aka unartistic) family people making an outcry because they just don’t understand.

ii) So it was quite a shockwave that hit the art world this week when Ovenden, now 70, was exposed as a devious paedophile who sexually abused some of his innocent young sitters.

Far flung but not impossible Theory : Spirit auditors (if not projecting psychics who are sometimes definitely autistic in their own manner) are possibly ethereal and astral based not always human though human seeming, can possess humans at any time if not some form of neurotech in an Orwellian psy-ops against entire populaces.

Just a cautionary to the non-pedos about keeping to womanly standards when having sex, or having pity sex with ugly women, or being desperate enough to have sex with ugly women. ‘Spirit auditors’ (perhaps the ‘Stork’ which brings ‘babies’) of some sort in the SPIRIT background could misunderstand. Avoid flat chested or short women, even more so flat chested AND short women who might be mistaken by the ‘spirit auditors’ as children (gasp!).

Being naked together with children can be mistaken or even intentionally subverted as a form of sabotage by ‘pre-audited persons’ or ‘government linked actors’ as paedophilia, to cause untold damage to the life of the subject, so actual sex would be definitely taboo as these auditors are VISUAL based and casually fleeting when present. Psychic projectors tend to be attracted by sexual activity, extreme emotions or death.

The problem is that these auditors are being manipulated or subverted by the governments whom the auditors appear to trust implicitly, and being used against political dissidents and activists – and being relatively unaware of the nature of human variants in morphology, the issue of psychological age, spirit of law consent, and actual law as well as the nuances of interactions between people of different ages or who seem to be of certain ages but of course as known to humanity actually are not.

This is one reason why the government keeps putting skewed propaganda and demogoguery as well as false flag scenarios even false flag court cases on the media to flood the ‘consciousness’ of the world with what they want to promote – to enforce their limited visions over everything else regardless of right to exist. However a portion of these auditors are learning and soon all will be aware of these problems . . . and are (hopefully) correcting the mistakes as well as being better able to differentiate childlike women from womenlike children.

The ‘Spirit auditors’ must learn that the government is using them to gain control over  the world and are merely liars and demogogues rather than sincere people living their lives organically much less allowing others organic lives. Those who refuse to amend laws, confuse spirit of law with word of law to their own profit, frustrate the legal system – do not amend bad laws, skew business to their benefit with their position are the persons the ‘Spirit auditors’ should target for destruction rather than sabotage cases which make a mockery of the law.

ARTICLE 8

End of themed university parties such as ‘Geeks and sluts’ or ‘rappers and slappers’ as student union cracks down on lads’ culture

‘Pimps and hoes shouldn’t be used, it is despicable’ says student who is moving a motion to stamp out sexism on the campus

By Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 11:27 GMT, 6 April 2013 | UPDATED: 13:45 GMT, 6 April 2013

Themed university parties and pub crawls with titles such as ‘geeks and sluts’ or ‘rappers and slappers ‘ could soon be banned, it was revealed today.

Student leaders are planning a ‘zero tolerance’ policy in a bid crack down on the growing sexist behaviour on the campus.

At next week’s National Union of Students annual conference, a motion will target the lads’ culture particularly the behaviour of university sports teams.
Party time: Hundreds of young students take part in the notorious Carnage bar crawl given the title ‘Pimps and Hoes’ in Cardiff

Party time: Hundreds of young students take part in the notorious Carnage bar crawl given the title ‘Pimps and Hoes’ in Cardiff

Fuelled by alcohol, the rugby, football and other sports players catcall and grope women in campus bars, while some male students undress themselves.

They should face disciplinary action, claim union members, who will be meeting in Sheffield to debate the ‘horrific normalisation of sexist attitudes and sexual pressure’ on female students.

The motion, reported by The Times, also calls for the promotional companies which organise the events to be vetted so they comply with rules that ensure a ‘safe space for women.’

Fun night: Students enjoy a social evening, but some university students are victims of growing campus sexism

It says: ‘The process will involve making sure that the company in question is non-discriminative towards women and that their promotional material does not promote lad culture.’

Although the vote if carried will not be binding on student unions, it is expected to pressurise them into falling into line.

The move follows research by the NUS published last month which suggested widespread sexist behaviour by heavy-drinking male students who indulge in a ‘pack culture.’

Academics at Sussex University spoke in depth to 40 women students. Some claimed they had been heckled by male students during lectures, groped in nightclubs and chanted at by members of sports teams.

Chloe Winden, who will move the motion, said many women were uncomfortable with fliers advertising freshers’ week parties with themes like ‘Pimps and hoes’.

The student from the University of Central Lancashire told The Times: ‘Pimps and hoes shouldn’t be used. It’s despicable. It is derogatory and almost glamorises things like that.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Education themed parties only? They could still hold the same parties outside away from the campus. What good does this do but make the Uni less accepting of this particular sexism oriented/sexism accepting group of students? There are all kinds of people, do not discriminate against the sex positive or boisterous.

ARTICLE 9

China Cannot Afford North Korean Fukushima (Global Times, People’s Republic of China) – Apr 3, 2013 by WILLIAM KERN (Worldmeets.US)

In order to put the North Korean nuclear genie back in its bottle, should China protect Pyongyang under its nuclear umbrella while forcing the regime to give up its nuclear program? For China’s state-run Global Times, columnist Zhu Zhangping offers some suggestions that may give Beijing a way out of its unquestioned backing of North Korea, and asserts that whatever benefit Beijing derives from keeping the Kim Jong-un regime in office, the danger of allowing him The Bomb is too great.

For the Global Times, Zhu Zhangping writes in part:

A top priority for China is to ensure the survival of the Kim regime and keep North Korea from collapsing. But should China continue to back North Korea no matter what it does? And even if North Korea’s nuclear development is targeted only at the United States, its nuclear programs bring huge risks to China – not the United States.

The third nuclear test in February was conducted just over 100 kilometers from China’s northeast border. Although Chinese authorities appeased the public by swearing that the mountains on the border would effectively prevent radiation spreading to China, the possibility that nuclear leakage could pollute underground water supplies cannot be ruled out.

Groundwater safety is not only a concern when it comes to Northeast China’s drinking water supply, but for food safety and even food security.

The Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan is the latest lesson. Fukushima Prefecture, where agriculture was a key industry, is highly contaminated and food production has been severely impacted. China cannot afford to risk a repetition of the Fukushima disaster in the Northeast.

What China should do now is offer North Korea protection under its nuclear umbrella, just as the U.S. does for Japan and South Korea, while forcing it to accept China’s advice and abandon its nuclear program. China faces bigger risks than any other country in the event of a fourth nuclear test.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

China should encourage North Korea to not focus on nuclear by giving them free Solar Panels (which will prevent the need for Nuclear plants). At the same time remind that Nukes will irradiate the whole region so North Korea should try to stick to conventionals or other non-radioactive missiles where local targets are concerned – and for foreign targets only if invaded or if ocean territory intruded with similar intrusions. A 200km radius crater with no fallout is what North Korean rocket munitions technology should be targeting to achieve, not radioactivity causing nukes.

ARTICLE 10

Hagel tells military to prepare for cuts, ‘appreciate’ its ‘limits’ – by – Adam Kredo    Follow @Kredo0 – April 3, 2013 2:34 pm

Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel tried to mollify worried military leaders Wednesday, speaking publicly for the first time about the Defense Department’s pressing budgetary woes.

Widespread cuts to the defense budget have led DoD to impose furloughs on civilian employees, defer critical maintenance projects, and consider cutting benefits to military families.

Military employees who attended Hagel’s speech at the National Defense University did not hesitate to express their fears, pressing Hagel to explain why benefits and salaries have been placed on DoD’s chopping block.

“Why are we still furloughing?” asked one anxious civilian employee during a question and answer session with Hagel. “In case your advisers haven’t told you, it is affecting morale.”

“I wish I didn’t have to answer that question,” Hagel responded, saying the department is facing a $41 billion funding shortfall. “I wish we had other options.”

“We’ve tried to be fair and analyze where we take those cuts, and we take them because we have no choice, and trying to minimize the hurt and the pain that these cuts are causing across our entire range of responsibilities,” Hagel added. “Morale will be affected but [there are] tough decisions that will have to be made.”

“Our readiness and capabilities must come first,” Hagel said, adding that this was “not a good answer.”

As DoD grapples with nearly $500 billion in defense cuts known as sequestration, it will have to put military benefits and health packages on the chopping block, Hagel said.

“We need to challenge all past assumption and put everything on the table,” Hagel said. “It is already clear to me that any serious effort to reform or reshape our defense enterprise” must take a hard look at personnel costs, overhead costs, and health costs.

Another concerned attendee asked Hagel to explain how benefits, health care, and retirement packages will be impacted in coming years.

Hagel said while no immediate changes are planned in the short term, the DoD is examining ways to reform and restructure its benefits programs.

“They are looking at our ability … to sustain the commitments we have made to the men and women who join the military, as well as our civilians,” Hagel said.

“We make promises,” Hagel said. “This country makes commitments to people. We’ll honor those. But there’s not anyone here today who is not aware of that if you play this out [over the next several years] we’re not going to be able to sustain [current programs].”

“We’ll become essentially a transfer agency” if reforms are not implemented, Hagel added. “You can’t sustain those programs, those commitments. We know that. … The longer we defer these things the worse it’s going to be for all of us.”

Hagel went on to admit that sequestration “is already having a disrupting and potentially damaging impact on the readiness of the force,” as well as on maintenance and training programs.

The immediate cuts “led to far more abrupt and deeper reductions than were planned or expected,” Hagel said, admitting that the Pentagon is still “grappling with the serious and immediate” effects of sequestration.

Hagel discussed his vision for the American military.

U.S. forces “must be used judicially with a keen appreciation of its limits,” Hagel said. Many new global threats “do not lend themselves to being resolved by conventional military strength.”

“So our military must continue to adapt,” Hagel added. “We adapt in order to remain effective and relevant in the face of threats markedly different” than those of the past.

Pentagon leaders are “not just tweaking or chipping away at existing structures and practices but we’re necessarily fashioning entirely new ones,” Hagel said.

The threat posted by North Korea’s increasingly provocative military displays also came up.

Hagel noted that he “had a long conversation” Tuesday with China’s new defense minster to discuss the tensions with North Korea.

“North Korea is very good example of a common interest” for the United States and China. “Certainly the Chinese don’t want right now a complicated combustible situation to explode,” he said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

North Korea’s Kim had better watch Robocop II and consider shifting from Infantry into Super Mobile Suits which they still can – if not ‘EMP hardened’ Mobile suits be taken down with soldiers EMP Guns, but North Korea does not have these EMP toys yet seemingly. If mobile suits are EMP Hardened, infantry would be entirely redundant – excepting long distance snipers if possible sniper rifles shooting slugs with enough power to puncture tank like armour of these machines who coulod also be equiped with sniping rifles or less mobile and less than perfect aim mortars en masse . . . Those million NK troops will not be able to handle a battalion or even a company of steel or titanium clad Cainborgs (Robocop 2) or even Robocops (Robocop 1) which could be standard issue in as soon as 5-10 years if the USA upgrades quickly and stops building cars by the millions. Soft target infantry will be redundant soon! A single mobile suit could handle an entire troop of infantry if not (for titanium clad versions immune to grenade or rocket fire and landmines) even a battallion.

Greedo is played by "Paul Blake" on Star Wars.

Greedo is played by “Paul Blake” on Star Wars.

ARTICLE 11

Pyongyang warns foreigners to evacuate S. Korea, threatens ‘thermonuclear’ war – Published time: April 09, 2013 05:59
Edited time: April 09, 2013 11:27

This picture, taken by North Korea’s official Korean Central News Agency on March 20, 2013 shows North Korea’s Korean People’s Army soldiers at an undisclosed location in North Korea. (AFP Photo/KCNA via KNS)

Pyongyang has issued a warning urging foreign nationals to evacuate South Korea, the Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) reported. The statement was followed by threats from North Korea of “thermonuclear” war on the Korean Peninsula.

North Korea has warned all foreign nationals to prepare to evacuate the South in the event of conflict. “We do not wish harm on foreigners in South Korea should there be a war,” Reuters quoted KCNA news agency as saying, citing the spokesperson for its Korea Asia-Pacific Peace Committee.

The warning was read out on North Korea’s state television: “all international organizations, businesses and tourists” were told to “work out measures for the evacuation”.

The statement was followed by renewed threats of “thermonuclear” war on the Korean Peninsula, AFP reported.

“The situation on the Korean Peninsula is inching close to a thermonuclear war,” Pyongyang’s Asia-Pacific Peace Committee stated.
No evacuation in sight

UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon urged N. Korea to refrain from “provocative rhetoric” and encouraged other countries to exercise their influence over Pyongyang.

“The current level of tension is very dangerous. A small incident caused by miscalculation or misjudgment may create an uncontrollable situation,” Reuters quoted Ban Ki-moon as saying.

The Russian Embassy in South Korea said that it has no plans to evacuate Russians from the country over Pyongyang’s warning.

“At this point we are working out our position on the issue. But our preliminary response has no signs of plans related to evacuation,” RIA Novosti quoted Russian diplomatic spokesperson Nikita Kharin as saying.

N. Korea issued another warning last week advising embassies there to consider evacuating in the event of war. Currently, about two dozen countries have embassies in North Korea; most have said there are no immediate plans to withdraw personnel.

Despite the heavy rhetoric, the atmosphere in S. Korea remained calm with embassies, airlines, international offices and schools with foreign nationals operating normally, Reuters reported.

China responded by saying that it does not want to see chaos in the Korean Peninsula and opposes further escalation, Reuters quoted Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Hong Lei as saying.

South Korean President Park Geun-hye said that she was resolved to break North Korea’s “vicious cycle” of having their bad behavior rewarded with economic aid.

“How long are we going to repeat this vicious cycle where the North Koreans create tensions and we give them compromises and aid?” she said during a Cabinet meeting on Tuesday. “North Korea must stop its wrong behavior and make a right choice for the future of the Korean nation.”

The aggressive rhetoric from North Korea has motivated neighboring Japan to deploy Patriot missiles batteries to protect the 36 million people who live in the Tokyo metropolitan area. Two Patriot Advanced Capability-3 (PAC-3) surface-to-air missile launchers have been stationed in the Japanese capital, reinforcing battery units on Okinawa and other Pacific islands, an official said Tuesday.

The weapons were authorized to shoot down any North Korean missile headed towards Japanese territory, Defense Minister Onodera Itsunori said on national television.

Japan Self-Defence Forces soldiers walk near Patriot Advanced Capability-3 (PAC-3) missiles at the Defence Ministry in Tokyo April 9, 2013. (Reuters)

On Monday South Korea said that  nuclear support from Washington is needed to protect against North Korea’s continued aggression and unpredictability, and to keep its neighbor in check. Rep. Chung Moon-joon suggested that South Korea needs nuclear weapons of its own – not just to intimidate Pyongyang, but also to send a strong message to China.

The situation was worsened on Tuesday when North Korean laborers did not show up for work at the Kaesong joint industrial zone in the morning, effectively suspending operations. Earlier, Pyongyang refused to allow South Korean workers to enter the area, located a few kilometers inside the North’s territory.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

For North Korea’s war machine to come off wealtier and stronger, North Korea should target :

i) a nation that is an ally to as few super powers as possible
ii) a nation that might have no nations retaliating in event of a North Korean invasion
iii) a nation that has angered super power nations to the effect of super power nations wanting to attack these nations
iv) a nation that is corrupt, perhaps theocratic (won’t mention which faith) and abuses their own citizens with apartheid or nepotism and term limitless dictatorship

;so that such an attack could be ignored. North Korea also should not use Nukes and stick to conventionals because fallout will destroy North Korea’s own population and irradiate North Korea or ASEAN. Even a US strike could irradiate North Korea eventually, and that would mean living in bunkers or wearing hazard suits for who knows the next 50,000 years. If a South Korean invasion is intended, then North Korea should focus on the politicians rather than the citizens because the politicians are the real troublemakers. North Korea should not attack the USA because of the lack of technological capacity to handle a US invasion (which China fortunately does not want).

Which ASEAN nation best fulfils the above criteria? North Korea should target that nation with conventionals and infantry (which could be outdated as soon as USA upgrades their infantry to mobile suited versions or has satellite capability to EMP conventionals) instead of attacking somewhat well loved South Korea or USA neo-colonial backdoor Japan somewhat hated by ASEAN, or most ridiculously USA superpower, which North Korea can cause alot of pain to, but definitely cannot handle alone and that China and Russia have been viewing cautiously and not interested in attacking yet – if ever.

No thermonuclear wars but perhaps a War of Assassins targetting South Korea’s most foreign collusive politicians – AGAIN leave the regular South Korean citizens alone, they are being influenced by the insane among South Korean foreign sellouts – THIS would be approved by China even which does not want USA in ASEAN, though less so Japan whose existence might well be only because of USA and that pacifist constitution that Japan looks set to be tearing up – ASEAN might secretly approve an assent to a WW2 retaliatory North Korean invasion of Japan, but USA is the main country protecting Japan. There is no way though that China and USA want to fight USA now, even in a few decades if not ever at all.

Perhaps a colonialistic foray into the worst of the Middle East or worst of Africa if not the worst (most are getting quite polished though some are still justifiable to invade) in ASEAN? There are few nations that the USA, or China and Russia would tolerate invasions of, if North Korea is ready to fight or colonize something, the above criteria must be met. Meanwhile South Korea could still be fought though at a black ops urban warfare style with North Korean funders. No other direct links of violence to North Korea are safe to indulge, and only clearly foreign sellouts or hated fundo nations can be targeted by North Korea – this would give a Robin Hood type quality to such attacks that even South Koreans could appreciate, and that is justifiable in the eyes of many nations who are having the West inspired neo-colonialism problems (again we love the democracy of the West but wisely any activist or Human Rights campaigner would draw the line at collusion to erode a nation – the unamended laws are the issue even as nations as a concept look set to end in as soon as a few generations if not the next) – China and Russia would also have a ‘bad cop’ to teach the worst in ASEAN a good lesson on Western neo-colonialism. USA really should be targetting the Middle East or Central America/South America at very most for spheres of influence, to target the Far East is overstretching both USA’s finance and military.

ARTICLE 12

Korean nuke conflict may make Chernobyl look like ‘fairytale’ – Putin
Published time: April 08, 2013 00:41
Edited time: April 09, 2013 04:44

If a nuclear conflict erupts on the Korean Peninsula, Chernobyl would look like a “kids’ fairytale,” Russia’s president said. Tensions have been escalating rapidly, with last week seeing conflicting reports about North Korean nuclear activity.

Speaking at the annual industrial fair in Hannover, Vladimir Putin compared the possible nuclear brawl between Seoul and Pyongyang with one of the worst nuclear accidents in history – the explosion at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant.

According to Putin, the consequences of the nuclear conflict on the Korean Peninsula would far exceed the industrial disaster in Chernobyl.

The situation on the peninsula remains highly destabilized. On Monday, South Korea said a new nuclear test by the North was ‘not imminent’. However, the statement came shortly after Seoul had accused Pyongyang of gearing up for its fourth nuclear test.

Also on Monday, South Korean Yonhap news agency reported that North Korea is withdrawing its workers from the Kaesong industrial zone shared with the South.

Earlier a South Korean government source talking to the country’s Joongang Daily said that Pyongyang appeared to be making preparations for another underground nuclear test at Punggye-ri, the site of its previous test.

“We have detected increased activity of labor forces and vehicles at the southern tunnel of the test site in Punggye-ri, where the regime has worked on maintenance for facilities since its third nuclear test in February”, one of South’s top government officials said. He added that “the activities appear to be similar to those before the third test, so we are closely monitoring the site.”

The official went on to say that the South Korean government “were also tipped off that Pyongyang would soon carry out an additional nuclear test…but we are analyzing if it is indeed preparation for an additional test or it is just to pressure Seoul and Washington.”

The news came on the heels of the report by a top South Korean security official that their northern neighbor could be gearing up for a test-launch this week – just a day after the United States had earlier delayed its own unrelated missile launch for fear of provoking Pyongyang.

Chief national security adviser to South Korean President Park Geun-Hye said it was not yet clear if the launch would come before or after Wednesday, April 10, which is the date by which North Korea recommends any foreign diplomats leave its territory.

South Korean soldiers man K-55 self-propelled howitzers at a military training field in the border city of Paju on April 5, 2013 (AFP Photo / Jung Yeon-Je)

Foreign governments have already made clear, however, that they do not plan to withdraw staff from North Korea just yet. The German foreign minister has struck out at any suggestion that Pyongyang could not guarantee in future the safety of foreign personnel on its territory: “any deadline after which North Korea would no longer ensure the security of embassies is unacceptable”, the German foreign ministry said.

British Foreign Secretary William Hague was among those who saw no current need for withdrawal of his country’s officials from North Korea.

There was, however, speculation of a possible provocation by Pyongyang, following an alleged loading of mid-range missiles onto mobile launchers and storing them away from prying eyes in facilities on the east coast. National Security Adviser Kim Jan-Soo said “there are no signs of a full-scale war as of now, but the North will have to prepare for retaliation in case of any local war.”

Chinese President Xi Jinping said on Sunday that it is unacceptable for any country to be stoking up tensions that could put an entire world region at risk. While it is North Korea’s major ally, it has been getting more assertive with statements on the international scene. The Chinese foreign ministry has also said in a statement to UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon that it will not tolerate any “trouble-making on its doorstep.”

On the same day, Japan’s Jiji news agency reported that the country’s defense ministry might give the order to blast any missile that is heading in their direction out of the sky.

Many fear that these recent developments could lead to a misunderstanding that could evolve into full-scale war. This has led to US Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel postponing the ‘Minuteman 3’ missile test, due to fears that such actions “might be misconstrued by some as suggesting that we were intending to exacerbate the current crisis with North Korea.”

Similarly, Seoul and Washington have decided to put their next big US meeting on hold, reportedly in case Pyongyang chooses to escalate with a missile launch in the coming days, with the Seoul’s chief away.

In an effort to cool the tensions, US Secretary of State John Kerry will include Seoul, Beijing and Tokyo in his trip next week, in the hopes that diplomacy will give Pyongyang a chance to exit the crisis in a dignified manner.

The North has presently mobilized its Musudan missiles, believed to reach distances of 3,000 kilometers (1,860 miles), which could in theory be tweaked to fly 4,000km. That means Japan, South Korea and the US military bases in Guam could be potential targets.

AFP Photo / Ed Jones

Tensions are now higher than they have been at any moment during this latest standoff, which followed Pyongyang’s third nuclear test in February, provoking international condemnation and a fresh round of UN Security Council sanctions, to which Pyongyang had replied with the threat of a nuclear strike on the US.

Last week, Pyongyang declared it had entered a state of war with its southern neighbor, following an earlier decision to withdrawal from the 60-year armistice that ended the Korean War. North Korea had previously threatened to pull out of the 1953 armistice if the South did not halt a joint annual military exercise with the US.

Most of the North Korean statements are conditional, talking about retaliation attack rather than an assault, Tim Beal, an Asia expert who specializes in North Korea, told RT.

“If you attack us with conventional weapons, then since we are weak the only thing we can do is to attack with nuclear weapons,” he explained Pyongyang’s position.

Beal said that North Korea is really concerned with US military drills in the region, fearing the aggression.

“There is a real fear in Pyongyang that one of these days Americans will actually [attack North Korea]. These are exercises because they`ve got purpose,” he asserted.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

North Korea could attack anyone reasonable for attack, and then fire Nukes if attacked by USA. But unreasonable carnage or meaningless attacks would not give North Korea an upper hand in justification. South Korea really should stop having military drills with USA which makes North Korea nervous and act unstable – even offend China and Russia. South Korea should instead work on their own military while striving for unity and diplomacy with North Korea instead of using USA to bully North Korea with indirectly as well as China and Russia by proxy. the worst kind of ASEAN nation is a fifth columnist ASEAN nation acting as a back door to Western neo-colonialism. Japan has no choice until the next crop of politicians understand what Japan did in WW2 and choose to not hide behind USA, South Korea though really has no excuse to hold drills with USA because China helped to drive out the USA in the past from the Korean peninsula and Russia consider’s the general area sort of their shared backyard with China that neither want the USA around in. Inviting USA for military drills is plain rude and spineless as well as treacherous of South Korea.

mini-ARTICLE 12.5

Ultra-rare white tiger cubs born near Tokyo

A litter of ultra-rare white tiger cubs were recently born at Tobu Zoo, on the outskirts of Tokyo. As few as 100 of these tigers exist worldwide.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Crossbreed Lions and Panthers until Black Lions are available. Just like making a new pedigree of house cats . . . hows that blue rose coming along?

ARTICLE 13

Gun control on steroids! Insurance, registry and taxes
U.N. arms treaty shunned as violation of 2nd Amendment
Published: 2 days ago

Obamacare was approved by the Supreme Court when Chief Justice John Roberts decided to consider it a “tax,” even though the Obama administration said it wasn’t. So why not have a new “insurance mandate” to control guns?

That apparently is the thinking of a team of Democrats in Congress who made that very proposal just as the U.N. adopted a sweeping international “arms treaty”; more outright bans and taxes were proposed; states took it on themselves to say who can buy guns or ammunition; and one government came up with an “ammunition eligibility certificate.”

The Daily Caller reported that the insurance mandate was proposed by Rep. Carolyn Maloney, D-N.Y., and others, who said Americans should be ordered to buy a liability insurance policy for guns.

No insurance? No problem; just pay a $10,000 fine, she suggests.

“It shall be unlawful for a person who owns a firearm purchased on or after the effective date of this subsection not to be covered by a qualified liability insurance policy,” the bill text reads.

And it would be a federal crime for someone to sell a firearm to another person who doesn’t have that insurance.

President Obama and Democrats in Congress have been using the horror of the Newtown, Conn., school shooting last winter to push for bans and restrictions on guns, gun ownership and ammunition.

In Connecticut, state Senate President Donald Williams Jr., a Democrat, said his state’s plan, which bans 100 types of guns, is the strongest ever.

“That is a message that should resound in 49 other states and in Washington, D.C. And the message is: We can get it done here and they should get it done in their respective states and nationally in Congress,” he said.

Democrats control both houses of the Connecticut General Assembly.

The Connecticut bill also bans some ammunition magazines, requires registration of other magazines, creates a registry and calls for an “ammunition eligibility certificate.

In California, state Assemblywoman Nancy Skinner, D-Berkeley, wants ammunition regulated, taxed and limited.

Sen. Kevin deLeon, another Democrat, from Los Angeles, has suggested demanding a background check and a $50 annual fee for permission to buy ammunition.

Also proposed: A 10 percent tax on ammunition, a requirement to report of ammunition sales to the state Justice Department so it could create a record of all purchases and an additional 5-cent tax on each round sold.

The U.N. drew outrage yesterday when it adopted an Arms Trade Treaty that addresses limits on tanks, combat vehicles, aircraft and parts and ammunition.

The Obama administration supported the draft, even though Second Amendment supporters warn it is permeated with loopholes that are vague enough to open the door for many new limits.

Michael Hammond of Gun Owners of America told WND said the U.N. plan would allow at least three unwanted actions.

First, he said, it would have the federal government keep a list of guns and ammunition, an actual registry.

“The second thing it does is give the government the capacity to ban guns by executive order, entire classes of guns,” he said.

Third, Hammond said, is that the door would be open to requiring microstamping, a procedure that labels each round to identify the gun in which it is used.

He said while it appears there is not enough support in the U.S. Senate now to adopt the measure, the issue won’t go away.

Hammond also said it was “interesting” that Obama said he loved and respected the Second Amendment on Nov. 5, 2012, and “on Nov. 7 he hated and deplored it.”

“What happened between those two dates?” asked Hammond.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Try this one instead or in parallel. Only ammunition is ‘tagged’ but with onsite skin flake scrapings (or to be more vicious, soft tissue scrapings, or even sperm in the case of men – more bullet innuendo even more ‘seed’ based) preferably, police overseen  that are ‘sealed’ perhaps with nano-scale tech, into the bullet instead before being given to the user. So if anyone is shot, the bullet will carry the shooter’s DNA. Simple solution, and no issues of aggravating and profiteering licensing needed. The responsibility of the users to keep their own bullets (and DNA) safe would put most insane people off owning ammo, as well as discourage high rate of fire weapons knowing a piece of themselves was in every shot fired. Doubtless illegal gun factories or foreign sources would still exist in any black markets, but the legal versions at least would all be traceable.

ARTICLE 14

Police Militarization, Abuses of Power, and the Road to Impeachment – by James Simpson  —   April 3, 2013

These are trying times. Never in the history of this country have we been so weakened and polarized by what many view as deliberate government policy. Now anti-gunners in the U.S. Congress, the Obama administration, and legislatures across the country are seeking to exploit the Newtown tragedy to promote their “gun control” agenda that envisions federal, universal background checks on gun purchases, and that could lead to gun registration and confiscation.

At the same time, the increasing militarization of law enforcement, most visibly demonstrated by the growing use of massive, SWAT-type raids on businesses and individuals, sometimes with federal involvement or authorization, is heightening concerns that this country is moving toward a police state.

Mountain Pure SWAT Raid: The Movie

Mountain Pure Water, LLC is headquartered on Interstate 30 just outside the town of Little Rock, Arkansas. The company manufactures and distributes beverage containers, spring water, fruit drinks, and teas. In January 2012, about 50 federal agents, led by Small Business Administration (SBA) Office of Inspector General (OIG) Special Agent Cynthia Roberts and IRS Special Agent Bobbi Spradlin, swooped in, guns drawn. Without explanation they shut down plant operations, herded employees into the cafeteria, and confined them to the room for hours. They could not so much as use the bathroom without police escort. Cell phones were confiscated and all Internet and company phones were disabled.

Plant Manager Court Stacks was at his desk when police burst through his office door, guns drawn and pointed at him—a thoroughly unprofessional violation of basic firearms discipline in this circumstance, and the cause of numerous accidental SWAT killings.

storm damaged barnAccording to Mountain Pure CEO John Stacks, the search warrant was related to questions about an SBA loan he secured through the Federal Emergency Management Agency to recover tornado losses to his home, warehouse, and associated equipment. Mr. Stacks says the SBA apparently doesn’t believe that assets listed as damaged in the storm were actually damaged.

The search warrant was extremely vague and some agents’ actions may have been illegal, according to company attorney, Timothy Dudley. Comptroller Jerry Miller was taken to a private room and interrogated for over three hours by SBA Special Agent Cynthia Roberts, the raid leader. He requested an attorney and was told “That ain’t gonna happen.” According to Miller, the SBA unilaterally changed the terms of Stacks’ loan. He says he asked Roberts what gave the SBA authority to do that, and she responded, “We’re the federal government, we can do what we want, when we want, and there is nothing you can do about it.” Miller said during the raid Roberts “strutted around the place like she was Napoleon.”

Stacks said the company has had three IRS audits in the past three years, including one following the raid, with no problems. The SBA has still not filed any charges, continues to stonewall about the raid’s purpose, and refuses to release most of the property seized during the raid.

Quality Assurance Director Katy Depriest, who doubles as the company crisis manager, described agents’ “Gestapo tactics.” She added that they confiscated CDs of college course work and educational materials for a class she had been taking that resulted in her flunking the course. Those materials have not yet been returned.

Attempts were made to contact Ms. Roberts for this article, but she is no longer employed by the SBA. Questions were directed to the Little Rock, Arkansas U.S. Attorney’s office. The USA’s public affairs officer had no comment; however they have convened a grand jury to evaluate the case.

Because law enforcement refused repeated requests to respond for this article, we have only Mountain Pure’s side of the story, but they make a compelling case:

Many company employees were willing to discuss this raid on the record.
Mountain Pure and several employees have sued Special Agents Roberts and Spradlin.
Mr. Stacks commissioned a video about the raid, reproduced here.

The video includes testimony from Henry Juszkiewicz, CEO of famed Gibson Guitar Corp., which suffered two such raids, and another raid target, Duncan Outdoors Inc. The video does not attempt to establish anyone’s guilt or innocence, but rather highlights law enforcement’s heavy-handed tactics in executing SWAT-style search warrants against legitimate businesses. Gibson has settled with the Justice Department in a case fraught with legal ambiguities, while Duncan has been indicted for violations of currency transaction reporting requirements.

Mr. Stacks claims he has gotten calls from many companies that have suffered similar raids, but they are afraid to speak out. Here are a few examples that have made national news:

FDA officials, U.S. Marshals, and the Pennsylvania State Police raided an Amish farm in 2011 for selling raw milk.
A Department of Education SWAT team raided a man’s home, “dragged him out in his boxer shorts, threw him to the ground and handcuffed him” in front of his three young children. They were looking for evidence of his estranged wife’s financial aid fraud.
66 year-old George Norris spent two years in jail following a USFWS raid that nailed him for filing incorrect forms on imported orchids.
A Fairfax, Virginia optometrist being served a warrant for illegal gambling was killed by a SWAT team member whose firearm accidentally discharged. He answered the door in his bathrobe, unarmed and unaware that he was even under investigation.

War on Small Business?

In 2006, the IRS announced it would shift its focus to audit more small businesses. IRS data on tax audits seems to bear this out. Between the first and second half of the last decade, the audit coverage rate on businesses with assets between $10 and $50 million increased by 42 percent. Between 2001 and 2005 an annual average of 13,549 returns were audited for businesses with assets less than $10 million. Between 2006 and 2011, the average was 19,289, an increase of over 42 percent (pdf).

This has paid off in increased enforcement revenues, but are massive SWAT raids an essential part of this new strategy? In addition to the potential dangers and the outrage of having company employees treated like drug dealers or terrorists, the cost of these raids is staggering. Agents told Mountain Pure employees they had flown in from all over the country.

The Sharpsburg Raid

Sharpsburg, Maryland, population 706, is a quiet little town bordering the Antietam National Battlefield in rural Washington County. On Thursday, November 29, 2012 at about 12:30 pm, the quiet was shattered by an invasion of over 150 Maryland State Police (MSP), FBI, State Fire Marshal’s bomb squad, and County SWAT teams, complete with two police helicopters, two Bearcat “special response” vehicles, mobile command posts, snipers, police dogs, bomb disposal truck, bomb sniffing robots, and a huge excavator. They even brought in food trucks.

A heavily armed MSP Special Tactical Assault Team Element (STATE) executed a no-knock search warrant, smashing through the reportedly unlocked door with a battering ram. They worked until after 7:30 p.m., ransacking a modest, 20 ft. by 60 ft. single-family home for weapons, and searching for its owner, one Terry Porter. For hours, neighbors were left worrying and wondering, while countless police blanketed the area.

Local resident Tim Franquist described the scene:

“The event, or siege as we are calling it, involved convoys of police speeding to the area, two helicopters, armored vehicles, command centers, countless police cruisers and officers. They blocked off the roads and commandeered a campground as their staging area.”

Terry Porter is married with three children, has lived in the town all of his life, and owns a modest welding business. He is also a prepper. His preparations include an underground bunker, buried food supplies, and surveillance cameras. Porter really doesn’t like Obama, and tells anyone who will listen.

Unfortunately, one listener was an undercover officer for the MSP. The police had become interested in Porter through an anonymous caller who claimed that Porter “had been getting crazier and crazier…” and that he had “10 to 15 machine gun-style weapons, six handguns and up to 10,000 rounds of ammunition…” The MSP performed a background check and discovered Porter had a 20-year-old charge for aiding marijuana distribution, a disqualification for firearms ownership.

MSP detailed an officer to visit Porter’s shop on November 16th posing as a customer. The officer said Porter “openly admitted to being a prepper.” Not a crime. Porter also allegedly claimed to have a Saiga shotgun, and was willing to use it “when people show up unannounced.” Based on the Russian AK-47 design, some Saiga variants are fully automatic. On November 27th MSP obtained a search warrant.

Two days later they appeared at Porter’s door but could not find him. Porter later disclosed he “left out the back door.” Where he went has not been disclosed. However, local blogger Ann Corcoran, who lives nearby and followed the issue closely, claims he hid out in fear for his life. Given highly publicized, accidental shootings involving SWAT teams and the overwhelming force present, that’s a reasonable assumption.

The following day Porter turned himself in and took the police through his property. The raid produced a total of four shotguns, a 30-30-caliber hunting rifle and two .22-caliber rifles. He was charged with firearms possession violations and released on a $75,000 bond.

The raid was one of the largest in recent U.S. history, twice the size of the 1993 Branch Davidian raid in Waco, Texas, which initially involved 76 ATF agents. It almost rivaled the recent 200-strong statewide manhunt for California cop-killing cop, Christopher Dorner. Yet only a few local stories emerged and those presented a hysterical portrait of Porter while largely underreporting the police presence.

Why the Raid?

The MSP did not notify town officials or Washington County Sheriff Douglas Mullendore, who learned of the raid after it began, when they requested the use of his SWAT Team and Bearcat. The MSP also set up a command center at a campground within the national park without notifying the Park Police. Bills have since been introduced in the Maryland legislature by Washington County Delegate Neil Parrott (HB 0219) and State Senator Chris Shank (SB 0259) to require notification of local law enforcement before any outside agency serves a warrant.

A meeting following the raid attracted 60 concerned Sharpsburg citizens and leaders. Sharpsburg Vice Mayor Bryan Gabriel characterized the raid as “overwhelming,” and said it “could have put a lot of people at risk.” Erin Moshier, a citizen who attended the meeting added, “We all felt there was excessive force involved, and we felt that a member of our community was victimized and we wanted to get to the bottom of it and get some answers.” Both Gabriel and Sheriff Mullendore have issued statements of support for Porter, who they know personally. Citizens created a “Friends for Terry” website to help with his legal costs.

When asked why the police did not simply detain Porter in town or at a traffic stop, MSP Hagerstown Barracks Commander, Lt. Thomas Woodward said the police only had a property search warrant and had no authority to arrest Porter. However police do have authority to “detain the property owner for 24 hours” when executing a search warrant, so Porter could have been intercepted elsewhere, but they chose to execute that authority as part of the raid.

Lt. Woodward said that the state police have a good working relationship with Sheriff Mullendore. If that is the case, why didn’t they consult the sheriff first? If Porter were really that dangerous wouldn’t it be helpful to get more information from a trusted source better acquainted with him? Mullendore said they usually do give notice. Reportedly several state police who personally know Porter reside in Sharpsburg. Why were they not consulted?

Does the MSP detail SWAT automatically for gun search warrants? Some other police forces do. For example, in one fatal Florida SWAT shooting, a 21-man SWAT team was called in merely because the target had a concealed-carry permit. Are SWAT raids to become the order of the day for gun owners?

If Mr. Porter is indeed adjudicated a felon in possession of firearms, then he was in violation of the law. He didn’t help his case by bragging to the undercover officer about his doomsday preparations, especially the Saiga—which turned out to be nonexistent.

There is nothing wrong with being prepared, or even describing the actions you might take in a hypothetical “doomsday” situation, but in fairness to police, with all the lunatics coming out of the woodwork these days, and the heightened atmosphere of mutual distrust between law enforcement and citizens, the MSP might be excused for presuming the worst. But 150 police?

Recent events such as the kidnapping/bunker standoff in Alabama, and cop-killer Dorner, provide apt examples. Police never know what to expect. Still, in this case at least, it seems a little more investigation and consultation with local authorities could have resolved this issue quietly and with much less risk and cost.

Cost of the Operation

Neither the FBI nor the MSP have publicly disclosed how many of their officers were involved in the raid. However, Senator Shank and Delegate Parrott were told in a meeting with top MSP officials that the total, including federal, state, and local police, exceeded 150. From public information requests we know that the Washington County Special Response Team (SRT) sent 17, including four snipers, two medics, and their Bearcat driver. Only two of these actually participated, the driver and a sniper who accompanied him.

The FBI personnel were training nearby and when their assistance was requested, many, if not all, chose to participate. A witness on the scene guessed there were approximately 40 officers at the campground where the FBI staged. If we assume a total of 150, that would leave 93 MSP. The following table, based on police salaries gleaned from public sources provides a rough estimate of the personnel cost for this operation.

sharpsburg raid cost table

The MSP argued that only variable costs—those directly related to the operation—are relevant. By this logic, the operation cost very little, as salaries and other fixed costs are incurred anyway. But the personnel and resources involved would otherwise have been engaged elsewhere: tracking down criminals, enforcing other laws, and assisting in emergencies. There are clearly other, potentially more beneficial activities they could not simultaneously perform. This is called opportunity cost and must be considered.

This raid cost approximately $11,000 per hour, which dramatically illustrates one reason government spending is so wildly out of control. If agency managers considered the true cost of their decisions, they might work harder to prioritize their activities and not waste valuable resources on errands of questionable value.

High visibility events like the Sharpsburg raid present a one-sided picture of police as out-of-control, wasting time on seeming trifles. But their daily efforts, which go largely unreported, paint a much more balanced picture. For example, the MSP Gang Enforcement Unit has aggressively investigated violent street gangs, one of the largest sources of gun violence.

Between 2010 and 2012 alone, the Gang Unit made 621 gang arrests and seized 94 firearms. This does not include their extensive work with multi-agency task forces. Here, they have participated in successful operations against such violent gangs as the Crips & Bloods, Wise Guyz, B-6, the Black Guerrilla Family, Juggalos, the Dead Man Incorporated crime syndicate, and others, and have brought many of these offenders to justice.

Militarization of Police

crime down but police militarizeThe SWAT concept was popularized by Los Angeles Police Chief Darryl Gates in the late 1960s in response to large-scale incidents for which the police were ill-prepared. But the use of SWAT teams has since exploded. Massive SWAT raids using military-style equipment are becoming routine methods for executing search warrants. One study estimates 40,000 such raids per year nationwide:

“These increasingly frequent raids… are needlessly subjecting nonviolent drug offenders, bystanders, and wrongly targeted civilians to the terror of having their homes invaded while they’re sleeping, usually by teams of heavily armed paramilitary units dressed not as police officers but as soldiers.”

John W. Whitehead writes in the Huffington Post, that “it appears to have less to do with increases in violent crime and more to do with law enforcement bureaucracy and a police state mentality.”

The ACLU recently announced its intention to investigate the militarization of law enforcement. Ironically, despite the perception of heightened gun violence due to incidents like Newtown, ACLU points out that both crime rates and law enforcement gun deaths have been declining for decades (see chart).

Yet police forces are becoming increasingly militarized due to huge subsidies provided by the federal government:

“Through its little-known “1033 program,” the Department of Defense gave away nearly $500 million worth of leftover military gear to law enforcement in fiscal year 2011… The surplus equipment includes grenade launchers, helicopters, military robots, M-16 assault rifles and armored vehicles… Orders in fiscal year 2012 are up 400 percent over the same period in 2011…”

Congress created this provision in 1997 for drug and anti-terrorism efforts. It has since provided over 17,000 agencies $2.6 billion worth of equipment at no charge. One local agency now owns an amphibious tank, while another obtained a machine-gun-equipped APC.

governor omalley bearcatAdditionally, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) grants have allowed state and local agencies nationwide to purchase Bearcats. These 16,000 pound vehicles are bulletproof and can be equipped with all kinds of extra features.

Ironically, while SWAT teams probably got their biggest boost initially from conservatives, many fear law enforcement is becoming a tool to enforce leftist ideology. University criminal justice programs turn out graduates indoctrinated in liberal theology, which carries into modern law enforcement bureaucratic culture.

Today this trend is reflected in reports coming out of the Department of Homeland Security, the military, and various law enforcement “fusion” centers, that identify gun-owners, patriots, ex-military, Christians, pro-life activists, and tea party members as “potential domestic terrorists (pdf).”

The perpetrator of last summer’s attempted mass shooting at the Family Research Council headquarters now admits he was prompted by the Southern Poverty Law Center’s “Hate Watch” list. The radical leftist SPLC is now “consulting” with the FBI and DHS regarding “rightwing hate groups.” The group labeled AIM’s Cliff Kincaid a member of a sinister group of “Patriots” for writing critically of the United Nations, President Obama, and the homosexual lobby, among other things. Ironically, the SPLC “Teaching tolerance” project ran an article praising unrepentant Communist terrorist bomber Bill Ayers as a “civil rights organizer, radical anti-Vietnam War activist, teacher, and author,” with an “editor’s note” going so far as to say that Ayers “has become a highly respected figure in the field of multicultural education.”

Ammo, Military Equipment and Domestic Drone Use

The Internet is abuzz with news that the Department of Homeland Security is purchasing over 1.6 billion rounds of pistol and rifle ammunition, 2,700 Mine Resistant Armored Vehicles (MRAP), and 7,000 fully-automatic “personal defense weapons.” Some of this is worthy of concern, some maybe not so much. Meanwhile, the expanded use of aerial drones within the continental U.S. has created anxiety among the public and political leaders alike.

Ammo

Reportedly, the order for 1.6 billion rounds of pistol and rifle ammunition would fulfill DHS requirements for the next five years, or 320 million rounds per year. DHS has 55,471 employees authorized to carry firearms, which comes to about 5,800 rounds per year, per employee. For perspective, during the first year of the war on terror, approximately 72 million rounds were expended in Iraq and another 21 million in Afghanistan by an estimated 45,000 combat troops. This amounts to about 2,000 rounds per war fighter.

Yet the requisition may not be unreasonable. The largest order, 750 million rounds, came from DHS’s Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) for training. FLETC Public Affairs Director Peggy Dixon said that the purchase request was “a ceiling. It does not mean that we will buy, or require, the full amounts of either contract.” Another 650 million rounds are being purchased by Inspections and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to cover the next five years.

Since these are maximum figures, it is difficult to conclusively evaluate the purchase. Some have asserted that the practical effect—if not the deliberate intent—is to dry up the private market for ammunition. Congressmen are now demanding answers from DHS regarding these purchases. But most ammunition shortages are likely due to civilian demands. Obama and the Democrats’ palpable hostility to gun owners has caused ammunition and firearms purchases to skyrocket.

There are 80 million gun owners in the U.S. If each just purchased 100 rounds of ammo—enough for one afternoon at the range—that would equal 8-billion rounds. Many are purchasing significantly more.

Instead of asking why DHS needs 1.6 billion rounds of ammo, the real question we should be asking is, “Why does DHS need 55,000 law enforcement officers?”

MRAPs & Submachine Guns

The original story regarding a purchase of 2,700 MRAPs s was in error. The confusion centers on a 2011 order from the U.S. Marines to retrofit 2,717 of its MRAPs with upgraded chassis.

DHS has been using MRAPs since 2008 and currently has a fleet of 16 received from the Army at no cost. They are used by DHS special response teams in executing “high-risk warrants.”

Similarly, the purchase of 7,000 “Personal Defense Weapons” is not extraordinary for an agency of this size.

Drones

DHS’s Customs and Border Protection agency (CBP) has been operating Predator drones since 2005, with a current fleet of nine. Some in Congress seek to expand their use. In February of 2012, Congress passed the FAA Modernization and Reform Act, which includes a provision for commercial drone regulations. The FAA projects that up to 30,000 drones could be flying by 2020. A requisition memo describes these requirements for drones operated by CBP against border incursions by frequently armed drug traffickers and coyotes, but concern exists that this use will extend to U.S. citizens inside the border.

Senator Rand Paul (R-KY) filibustered the nomination of John Brennan as CIA Director, in order to obtain answers about lethal drone use against American citizens within the U.S. Holder finally sent Paul a letter, which said:

“It has come to my attention that you have now asked an additional question: ‘Does the President have the authority to use a weaponized drone to kill an American not engaged in combat on American soil?’ The answer to that question is no.”

Paul said they had been asking Holder for about six weeks. But Holder didn’t answer the question at all. Paul did not specify Americans “engaged in combat on American soil.” He asked about attacks against any Americans on U.S. soil. Holder had said in earlier testimony that the President did have the authority to kill Americans on American soil in certain circumstances.

Given the Obama administration’s contempt for the Constitution and its broad definition of “domestic terrorists” to include pretty much anyone they don’t like, there is cause for genuine concern.

Gun Control

The Sharpsburg raid occurred prior to the Newtown tragedy, but nonetheless reinforced the widespread impression that MSP is an anti-gun organization. Did the MSP decide to make an example of Porter to send a message to Maryland gun owners, or were they genuinely afraid that Porter was about to go postal? That question is unclear, but a Maryland law enforcement source who has attended briefings on the subject said that state police are “gearing up for confiscation.”

In 1989 Patrick O’Carroll of the Centers for Disease Control, stated:

“We’re going to systematically build a case that owning firearms causes deaths. We’re doing the most we can do, given the political realities” (emphasis added).

The CDC further revealed its strategy in 1994:

“We need to revolutionize the way we look at guns, like what we did with cigarettes. Now it [sic] is dirty, deadly, and banned.” Dr. Mark Rosenberg, Director of the CDC’s National Center for Injury Control and Prevention. Washington Post, 1994 (emphasis added).

Do these themes sound familiar? They represent a single component of a vast effort by media, politicians, Hollywood, educational institutions, and professionals to vilify gun ownership. One left-wing organization, Third Way, created a “messaging strategy,” encouraging the term “gun safety” because “gun control has become a loaded term that leads voters to believe that the candidate supports the most restrictive laws.”

Since Newtown, however, the anti-gunners have pretty much dropped any pretense. Here is a small sampling of recent anti-gun lunacy:

Florida Democratic state Senator Audrey Gibson has proposed a bill requiring anger management classes for would-be ammo purchasers.
Colorado State Senator Evie Hudak told a rape victim testifying against gun control that having a gun was a waste of time as the rapist would have killed her with it.
A Democrat activist says we should train rapists not to rape, rather than using guns to stop them.
A Baltimore, MD seven-year old was suspended from school for two days for biting a pastry into a shape that looked like a gun.
A five-year old was suspended from school and branded a “terrorist threat” for telling a classmate she was going to shoot her with her Princess “bubble gun.”
A Philadelphia 5th grader was called “murderer” by classmates and yelled at by her teacher for having a piece of paper cut into a shape that looked vaguely like a pistol.
A New Jersey family was visited by police and the Department of Youth and Family Services because of a photo of their 11-year-old son posing with a rifle.

In an unguarded moment recently, U.S. Rep Jan Schakowsky (D-IL) revealed the Democratic intentions:

“We want everything on the table…This is a moment of opportunity. There’s no question about it…We’re on a roll now, and I think we’ve got to take the—you know, we’re gonna push as hard as we can and as far as we can.”

Conclusion

The increased militarization of police forces and the associated use of SWAT teams for routine law enforcement are a dangerous trend. Given Obama’s seeming willingness to abuse the power of his office on so many fronts, it is reasonable to expect more, not less, of the kind of abusive police overreach described in this report, while police forces and capabilities will continue to grow.

Obama’s obvious hostility to gun owners is fueling legitimate fears of gun confiscation, furthering an atmosphere of mutual distrust and paranoia between police and civilians. This raises the specter of armed confrontations should there be attempts to confiscate firearms. As one law enforcement official said at a recent gun hearing, “Good people are going to die trying to take these guns and good people are going to die trying to keep them.”

Ironically, despite its professed commitment to stopping “gun violence,” the Obama Administration authorized gun-running to Mexican drug cartels and Jihadists in Libya and elsewhere in the Middle East. Some hearings and investigations have been held into these schemes but there has been little accountability for this “gun violence.”

At an AIM conference before the 2012 presidential election, impeachment proceedings against President Obama were discussed. Citing his experience with the Clinton impeachment, Rep. Lamar Smith (R-TX), then-chairman of the House Judiciary Committee, talked about hearings held by his committee featuring constitutional experts who said “no other administration has ignored laws like this administration…” In regard to impeachment, however, he said that the standard was extremely high, and the process long and involved. He concluded, “I really think the better answer is to turn the attention to the American people and saying, ‘If you feel that strongly about the President, one way to register that discontent is to vote for the other person.’”

In the end, of course, Obama won re-election, and the abuses continue. However, Rep. Steve Stockman (R-TX), has suggested impeachment may be an option if the President continues to govern through unilateral executive orders and attempts to impose his anti-Second Amendment agenda through such measures.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Synchronicity rebalancing based around events happening on the antipodes via police action. This is not about abuse, but rather to counter energy flowing from abusive countries on the other side of the world. James Simpson should look at the occult aspect of the issue or study the same before commenting. At the sam,e time the schools should make clear the spiritual links between police and criminality AND the other side of the world and lay off propaganda to hurt countries that local politicians do not like.

ARTICLE 15

Posted: 3:20 p.m. Wednesday, April 3, 2013

Ban would prohibit EBT card use at strip clubs, casinos, liquor, tobacco stores

ORLANDO, Fla. —

A year and a half after 9 Investigates first exposed your welfare tax dollars being withdrawn in liquor stores, strip clubs and even casinos, a bill is moving through the state legislature that would end the spending spree.

The money on Florida Electronic Benefits Transfer (EBT) cards is meant to help needy families cover rent and other basic living expenses.

But in a review of 30 months of EBT card withdrawals, which first aired in 2011, 9 Investigates uncovered almost 700 withdrawals at stores with either “beer” or “liquor” in the name.

There were 200 at stories with “tobacco” or “smoke” in the name.  And 9 Investigates even found $60,000 withdrawn inside the Miccosukee Indian Casino near Miami.

Now, Orlando-area State Sen. Andy Gardiner has introduced a new ban that would prohibit EBT cards from being used in liquor stores, strip clubs, dog racing tracks, mega casinos, strip mall casinos and other gaming establishments.

First-time violators would be kicked out of the EBT card program for six months.  With three violations, recipients would be barred permanently from the program.

A similar bill passed the State House of Representatives last year but never got to the Senate floor.

But because this new bill was initiated by a senator, it may fare better.

Still, loopholes could linger. 9 Investigates’ original review found a $400 withdrawal at Neiman Marcus, but spending at luxury retailers is not mentioned in the new bill.

The Department of Children and Families administers the EBT card program.  Gardiner told Channel 9 the department came to him with the idea for the changes.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Any Court of Human Rights to uphold their right to entertainment, but given that these are funded by the taxpayer, perhaps limiting the rights to one day per week of use perhaps not on days similar to the general public (people working and those on benefits are psychologically different and could do well to keep separate from each other to prevent strife from sheer differences, I suggest Thursday nights and Friday afternoons specifically) which will also help distribute the disenfranchised crowds from venues when ‘franchised’ crowds are present. EBT cards should also limit usage for above luxuries to no more than 10% of the total value of what the individual receives.

ARTICLE 16

Police now think it’s OK for people to have sex in public – Thursday, 04 April 2013 16:44

Walking my dog in woodland a few weeks ago, I suddenly became aware of a man following me.

Not liking the look of him, I began to walk faster. From several paces behind me he called out: ‘Is this the place to get sex?’

I kept walking, uncomfortably aware that there was no one else around.

‘You’ve got nice legs,’ he called after me. I ignored him and walked faster. He walked faster, too.

‘Come on, love, give us a kiss.’ He sounded impatient. A brief glance behind me showed a man in his 40s, short and balding with a pot belly.

With the car park in sight, I started fumbling with my keys. He was still behind me, still asking if I would kiss him — and more.

I clicked the wrong button as I tried to unlock the car door. ‘Oh come on, come on,’ I muttered desperately under my breath.

Pressing the right button at last, I jumped in. As I drove off trembling, he was still there, shouting at me, his arms out to the side as if to say ‘What’s your problem?’

I kept driving until I reached home, unnerved and shaken.

What was most shocking to me was I had not ventured out after dark, or along a city centre back street after pub closing time.

This happened in broad daylight in picturesque Surrey woodland right next to the Royal Horticultural Society gardens at Wisley.

Later, when I called the police they were polite, but seemingly unperturbed.

‘Why didn’t you ring from the scene?’ the officer asked.

‘Because I had to get away.’

‘Well,’ the officer said, ‘there’s not much we can do now.’

I explained, rather crossly, that this was not the first time this had happened.

In fact, I come across men seeking partners for sex in these woods more and more often. It used to be a well-known spot among men cruising for gay sex, but increasingly the woods are also being used by straight men looking for encounters with women.

Surely, I asked the officer, the police should send a patrol just in case this particular man found another female dog-walker to hassle — or worse?

He replied that he would log my call and send an officer if they had one spare.

But as I put the phone down, I had little expectation of my complaint being investigated. This is because the leafy and peaceful area of Ockham and Wisley commons is now officially designated by the police as a ‘Public Sex Environment’, or PSE.

At night, the car park is filled with cars flashing their lights as dozens congregate, apparently unimpeded by police. Among the gay men who visit the woods during the day, many wear wedding rings. They sit in their cars, pretending they are reading a book, then follow another man into the woods.

I once saw a man emerge with another man from behind a tree, then start walking back to the car park on his phone saying: ‘Yes darling, I’m on my way. Oh great, I love lamb chops.’

The police insist that PSE is simply a convenient shorthand and that it does not mean the activity is facilitated by the authorities.

I disagree.

They may not have intended it, but the term PSE has come to be seen by people who frequent such outdoor spaces as a badge of distinction.

In internet chatrooms, PSE is generally accepted, rightly or wrongly, to describe an area where open-air sex is lightly policed.

People now pull off the nearby A3 for sex in these woods, which sit in a glorious corner of Surrey between the attractive and well-heeled commuter districts of Esher and Guildford. And they seem to have little fear of being caught because the police patrols are surprisingly infrequent.

To understand why this should be, you need to realise that there is nothing in the law that explicitly prohibits having sex outdoors, unless it can be proved that you are causing ‘alarm, harassment or distress’ to someone.

Perhaps we should not be surprised that in our increasingly inclusive, anything-goes society, there is very little censorship of open-air sex acts. The Sexual Offences Act 2003 outlaws flashing and sex in public toilets — but sex behind a tree is not illegal, per se.

What’s more, in 2008, an internal police report advised officers to avoid a ‘knee-jerk reaction’ to those found having sex in public spaces.

This politically correct attitude seems to have resulted in officers being reluctant to confront ‘doggers’ — the unpleasant term used to describe those who meet in public spaces and car parks to have, and watch others have, sex, because open-air sex has been deemed simply another sexual preference.

Perhaps the police fear that if these people are confronted they will go to the European Court of Human Rights to uphold their right to sexual fulfilment.

There is certainly, according to those officers I have talked to, a concern that gay cruisers should not be confronted too robustly for fear the police will be deemed homophobic.

Indeed, when I called Surrey Police to ask them to explain their policy about sex in outdoor spaces, I was told that I would need to speak to their ‘diversity officer’ and also to LAGLO.

‘What is that?’ I asked. ‘It’s our Lesbian and Gay Liaison Officer,’ he said. In fact, the person who called me back with a response to my queries was a Press officer at Surrey Police headquarters, but his response will fill any right-minded person with utter despair.

‘Surrey Police works closely with local residents and users of the public sex environment (PSE) site at Wisley. Officers carry out regular patrols and if any criminal incidents arise then proportionate action will be taken.

‘However, it is not against the law for people to be present at a PSE site with the purpose of meeting others to engage in conversation or activity that doesn’t contravene existing legislation.’

If you think this is straying into the absurd, it seems it is difficult to get anyone to take this subject seriously.

Tonight, Channel 4 will show a documentary called Dogging Tales, which looks at ‘this peculiarly British pastime’. They make it sound like a game of cricket or a visit to a stately home.

The film is shot in atmospheric soft-focus, but the men are manipulative, the women nervous and the overall impression is sad and sordid.

This is not a victimless pastime. Beauty spots are becoming no-go areas. At the stables where I keep my horses, there are mothers who will no longer let their daughters hack out into the countryside on their ponies because teenage girls have been flashed.

Many people I know do not take their children for walks on the common for fear of what they may inadvertently stumble across.

I nearly stopped walking there myself after coming across three men engaged in a sex act I had never even heard of before I actually saw it. I felt troubled that my dog had witnessed it, never mind a child.

Those who regularly walk in the woods also complain of the litter which accompanies such acts.

I haven’t got a problem with what anyone does in their own home, but this is a lovely family place and I want families here,’ he says. ‘I have four children and if they saw something like this it would scar them for life.’

The rangers from Surrey Wildlife pursue dog-walkers who fail to pick up dog-mess, but I have never seen them ask a cruiser to pick up their condoms.

Hazel Longworth, a Surrey resident, has been campaigning on the issue for years.

She says: ‘I’ve got a four-year-old grandson and I’m worried he will see people having sex, or pick up a used condom. It’s all very well saying people have the right to have sex in the woods, but what about our rights?’

If people are foregoing the pleasure of walking, horse-riding and going for picnics with their children in their local countryside then surely that does make them the victims of a crime.

It should not fall to us to prove to the police that we were ‘alarmed, harassed or distressed’.

If local forces patrolled known sites regularly, they would catch men and women indecently exposing themselves, and could impose on-the-spot fines. They are quick enough to fine any motorist caught parked on a double yellow line.

But it seems they just may not want to police this particular crime.

Two years ago, a Freedom of Information request to Surrey Police elicited an astonishing response.

The request asked if the county force had given out food and drink at public sex sites as part of their strategy of policing these sites. The reply was ‘yes’, it had ‘provided teas and coffees to all members of society using the area for various reasons’.

The force were also asked how many public sex or cruising sites they were aware of in Surrey. The answer came back with estimates of 19 in Guildford, six in Waverley, nine in Woking, eight in both Elmbridge and Mole Valley — 50 in all.

Meanwhile, tonight’s Channel 4 documentary about ‘this intriguing and unusual’ pastime will doubtless appeal to viewers who pride themselves on being non-judgmental.

In doing so, the film-maker no doubt wants to tackle the prejudices of people like me who want to enjoy the countryside without being hassled for sex. How very small-minded of me.

-dailymail.co.uk

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

i) The film is shot in atmospheric soft-focus, but the men are manipulative, the women nervous and the overall impression is sad and sordid.

Hear that nervous people? Let not the demogogues affecting ‘faux-judgmental’, affect you.

ii) This is not a victimless pastime. Beauty spots are becoming no-go areas. At the stables where I keep my horses, there are mothers who will no longer let their daughters hack out into the countryside on their ponies because teenage girls have been flashed.

So communicate on which ‘Beauty spots’ are off limits for dogging that non-doggers prefer, set up no-dogging signs in the places where public sex is disallowed.

iii) Many people I know do not take their children for walks on the common for fear of what they may inadvertently stumble across.

Second time. So communicate with the council on which ‘Beauty spots’ are off limits for dogging, set up no-dogging signs in the places where public sex is disallowed.

iv) I nearly stopped walking there myself after coming across three men engaged in a sex act I had never even heard of before I actually saw it. I felt troubled that my dog had witnessed it, never mind a child.

Third time. So communicate with the council on which ‘Beauty spots’ are off limits for dogging, set up no-dogging signs in the places where public sex is disallowed.

v)  Those who regularly walk in the woods also complain of the litter which accompanies such acts.

Hear that doggers? No littering, or the stick-in-mud will have excuses to spoil what is a good thing.

vi) In doing so, the film-maker no doubt wants to tackle the prejudices of people like me who want to enjoy the countryside without being hassled for sex. How very small-minded of me.

Please be small minded enough to . . . communicate with the council on which ‘Beauty spots’ are off limits for dogging, set up no-dogging signs in the places where public sex is disallowed. Disparaging peoples’ lifestyles is NOT civil as opposed to making sure everyone has their spaces. Which beauty spots should be off limits? Go on and talk to the council and even the doggers who would be fully clothed and ready for discussions in appropriate settings.

This demogoguery and whining is just sickening and Orwellian. Live and let live.

ARTICLE 17

Attorney General Holder, Google Play, Hilton named as ‘top facilitators of porn’ – by Johanna Dasteel – Tue Apr 02, 2013 18:04 EST

Eric Holder has disbanded the group of prosecutors charged with enforcing anti-obscenity laws.

WASHINGTON, DC, April 2, 2013 (LifeSiteNews.com) – Morality in Media, a DC based anti-pornography group, is calling out US Attorney General Eric Holder for refusing to uphold existing anti-obscenity laws.  Holder tops the organization’s new Dirty Dozen list, which aims to “target, expose and shame 12 enablers of our country’s pornography pandemic,” according to the group.

In addition to Holder, the list features Comcast, Facebook, Google Play, LodgeNet, Hilton, Twitter, the American Library Association, Wikipedia, Cosmopolitan, Barnes & Noble, and the Department of Defense.

The US Supreme Court has upheld laws against hardcore adult pornography, but Holder has disbanded the group of prosecutors that enforced those laws.  To date, Holder has prosecuted no cases against commercial distributors of adult pornography that are in violation of federal law.

Morality in Media’s Dawn Hawkins told LifeSiteNews.com, “We want the U.S. Department of Justice to enforce current federal obscenity laws.”  So far, she has rallied the support of over 130 national, state and local groups, nearly half of the members of the Senate, and many members of the House.

“Holder’s actions keep the porn industry thriving,” said Patrick Trueman, President of Morality in Media. Trueman is the Former Chief of the Child Exploitation and Obscenity Section at the U.S. Department of Justice where he supervised the prosecution of obscenity crimes, child sex crimes and child pornography.

In addition to calling for legal action, Morality in Media is educating consumers about the companies that are profiting from the distribution of pornography.

“Consumers should know who is behind the ‘pornification’ of our culture and be able to take precautions against them,” said Hawkins.

In particular, Morality in Media is focusing on Hilton Hotel for featuring pornography in its guest rooms.  “Many hotels have decided to stay away from that business and Marriott Hotels recently changed the policy and is transitioning to no longer providing TV porn,” reported Hawkins.

It also singles out Google Play for offering pornographic apps, unlike Apple’s itunes store, which has blocked pornographic content. Facebook is also criticized for not doing enough to enforce their anti-obscenity rules.

“We hope that these companies will realize the harm they are contributing to and take more corporate responsibility to stop contributing to this exploitation.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Freedom of speech is not porn, though porn is part of freedom of speech. Don’t attack Holder through porn accusations. Killing free speech.

ARTICLE 18

Forget about the vajazzle, it’s time for the vajacial: Another beauty essential for the well-maintained modern woman – by Olivia Williams – PUBLISHED: 00:59 GMT, 7 April 2013 | UPDATED: 01:07 GMT, 7 April 2013

Latest craze involves beautifying your vagina with a 50-minute ‘facial’
The area gets plucked, cleansed, moisturised and covered in a mask
One happy customer said it was a ‘lifesaver’ after bikini wax went wrong

First came the vajazzle, now get ready a more indulgent modern beauty treatment – the vajacial.

The quest for perfect skin has gone to a new frontier with a facial for vaginas.

As an answer to the ingrown hairs and red bumps that some women experience after a bikini wax, the vajacial is design to soothe and beautify the area.

Thanks to The Only Way Is Essex introducing the vajazzle to the public, British women are more focused than ever on their nether regions.
Beautician Amy Childs applies a vajazzle to Sam Faiers on theThe Only Way Is Essex

The original trend: Beautician Amy Childs applies a vajazzle to Sam Faiers on The Only Way Is Essex. The trend for beautifying the bikini area has now moved on to the ‘vajacial’

But across the pond, Vajacials are taking off in a big way too.

In San Francisco Stript Wax Bar owner Katherine Goldman said that demand for the service has increased 30 percent each year since she started offering it in 2010.

Her wax bar offers the ‘key needs’ of  the modern waxed woman.

Apparently this requires a papaya enzyme mask, a cleanse and extraction of ingrown hairs with a pair of tweezers.

All in all the treatment takes 50 minutes of focused cleansing and smoothing.

They are particularly beneficial after a Brazilian wax, to make sure the area looks perfect after the heavy-duty procedure.
The vajacial is the latest beauty regime that women can now undertake

Yet more maintenance: The vajacial is the latest beauty regime that women can now undertake as well as regular hair removal

At the Stript Bar one of three options is available: anti-freckle, anti-acne or calming to reduce redness.

The Vajacial was a ‘lifesaver’ for Christina from San Francisco, she told ABC news. She was heading off on her honeymoon trip when she realised her usual Brazilian wax had gone wrong.

Her bikini area broke out in red bumps. ‘It looked like I had an STD,’ she said. ‘There was no way I could sit by the pool, nothing.’

So she, like many American women, opted for a Vajacial, a term that Stript Wax Bar has now trademarked.

However, other salons around the US offer the service under different names. One New York salon calls it a Peach Smoothie.

Alexis Wolfer, editor of TheBeautyBean.com told ABC News, that the Vajacial and its spinoffs result from ‘the trend of women hyper-focusing on every last flaw in themselves.’

Stript owner Katherine Goldman insisted ‘Your ‘little lady’ will thank us!’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Ok wheres the Penis-cial franchise lot cashing in on this? Metrosexuals would doubtless want . . . Just beware those who start promoting viagra combined with a ejaculatory control drug (is there such a thing?) while the ‘stiffie pink’ is being prepped and pampered with whatever one can only imagine . . .

. . . exfoliation or polish . . . mud or creme treatment? . . . / . . . ginko, green tea or aloe vera soaking today? . . . will that be cucumbers or ambrosia . . . . . . please choose colour of complimentary bow/ribbon sir . . .

ARTICLE 19

In a Budget Gesture, Obama Will Return 5% of His Salary
Doug Mills/The New York Times

The president, who makes $400,000 a year, will return 5 percent of his salary this year to the Treasury.
By PETER BAKER and MICHAEL D. SHEAR
Published: April 3, 2013

President Obama plans to return 5 percent of his salary to the Treasury in solidarity with federal workers who are going to be furloughed as part of the automatic budget cuts known as the sequester, an administration official said Wednesday.

The voluntary move would be retroactive to March 1, the official said, and apply through the rest of the fiscal year, which ends in September. The White House came up with the 5 percent figure to approximate the level of spending cuts to nondefense federal agencies that took effect that day.

“The president has decided that to share in the sacrifice being made by public servants across the federal government that are affected by the sequester, he will contribute a portion of his salary back to the Treasury,” the official said.

Word of the president’s decision came a day after Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel and Deputy Defense Secretary Ashton B. Carter disclosed that they would return a share of their salaries commensurate with the pay lost by the department’s civilian employees who are expected to be furloughed for 14 days before the end of the fiscal year.

The president makes $400,000 a year, so a pay cut of 5 percent for the whole year amounts to $20,000; an administration official said Mr. Obama would pay back that amount, compressing the total over the remaining months of the fiscal year. The president’s salary is set by law and cannot be changed during his term, so he will write a check to the government starting this month, the official said.

Mr. Obama and his wife, Michelle, reported adjusted gross income of $789,674 in 2011, the last year such figures were publicly available. Much of the additional money came from royalties from his books. The Obamas donated $172,130, or nearly 22 percent of their adjusted gross income, to charity. Mr. Obama gives after-tax proceeds from his children’s book to a scholarship fund for children of slain and disabled soldiers.

White House officials said this week that several offices under the president had sent furlough notices to workers, including 480 employees of the Office of Management and Budget, which is managing the sequester. The officials said it had also delayed filling vacant positions and that pay cuts or additional furloughs remained possible for White House employees.

Beyond personnel, the White House said it had scaled back purchases of equipment and supplies, curtailed staff travel and reduced the use of Internet air cards.

“Everybody at the White House and the broader” executive office of the president “is dealing with the consequences both, in many cases, in their own personal lives but in how we work here at the White House, which is true across the federal government because of the impact of the sequester,” Jay Carney, the White House press secretary, said Monday.

The moves by the president and defense secretary may put pressure on other federal officials to follow suit.

On Wednesday afternoon, even as the president’s decision was being reported, Senator Mark Begich, Democrat of Alaska, announced that he would voluntarily give back part of his salary as well and that more than half of his staff members will have their pay cut this year even though the sequester does not include members of Congress or their aides.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

$170 billion, or 5 percent of total fiscal 2011 expenditures. … The federal government employs roughly 300,000 executives, … so if EVERY government paid person returns 5%, that would about to 8.5 billion. If the entire government received pay no higher than National Average Wage, which is 26K therabouts – the cost of government salaries would be a mere 7.8 billion as opposed to 170 billion. Ok how about this instead, 3 times National Average Wage for everyone on a government salary (thats 78K yearly each quite comfy no?) for a grand total of 23.4 billion, a total of 146 billion in savings. How does this sound? Ask your Congressman to accept these salary level terms to be ratified after they are voted into power, and the country saves 146 billion yearly.

In 10 years 1.4 Trillion of debt could be coverered by salary pull backs alone. Do we really need to pay our government workers more than 78K? Doubtful. So vote properly or run for election on this premise. Obama would be too cool to want to take any salary from the USA which is in what . . . 87 Trillion in debt? Most of the people in government that can make such changes already are worth millions each at least mostly, so if they care about the debt this 3 times Annual Wage thing would not be too much to ask especially since USA has such terrible debt. Equal salaries for everyone would also account for a form of solidarity based not around quantity but instead make civil servats focus on quality of work instead. Promotion or not, President or menial, everyone gets the same salary and no more than 3 times Average National Wage so that the 99% would have nothing to gripe about, perhaps excepting the number of personnel being hired. From reports the US government is 300% overhired. See below links for more discussion :

Observations on Parasite Bureaucracy Paradigms (circa Jan 2012) :

ARTICLE 20

Chelsea Clinton doesn’t rule out bid for public office by Holly Bailey, Yahoo! News | The Ticket – 7 hrs ago

After years of refusing to talk to the press, Chelsea Clinton has gradually raised her public profile over the past year, inking a deal as a special correspondent for NBC News and taking on a more prominent role in the Clinton Foundation—run by her father, former President Bill Clinton.

Not surprisingly, that has led to speculation about the former first daughter’s future. Could she be thinking about a run for public office? In an interview with her employer, NBC News, on Monday, Clinton didn’t quite rule it out.

“Right now I’m grateful to live in a city, a state and a country where I strongly support my mayor, my governor, my president and my senators and my representative,” Clinton said in an interview that aired on the “Today Show.” “If at some point that weren’t true, and I thought I could make a meaningful and measurably greater impact, I’d have to ask and answer that question.”

She offered a similar response in a Q&A with Parade Magazine, admitting it’s something that she would have considered before Hillary Rodham Clinton’s 2008 White House bid.

“Before my mom’s campaign in 2008, I would have said no, not because of any kind of thoughtful, deliberative questioning, but simply because people have been asking me that for as long as I can remember,” she replied, adding that she has not thought “too far into the future.”

In the NBC interview, Clinton was asked about speculation Hillary Clinton will run for president again in 2016, but she gave no hints about what her mother is thinking.

“As a daughter, I very much want her to make the right choice for herself, and I know that will be (the) right choice for our country, and I’ll support her in whatever she chooses to do,” Clinton said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

While Obama is moving forward by dropping some salary, some other WHers are mmoving backwards. Nepotism destroys democracy. If both Hillary and Chelsea are going to ‘3rd worldise’ Congress, I suggest all 99%ters looks at the below links first :

USA’s 99%ter expectations for political exceptionalism turns into India’s shady and potentially violent politics?

Family Politics And The Immense Dangers It Poses to Uneducated 3rd World Nations like India, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and Phillipines. – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 8th February 2012

;ahh, anything on the back end with the Clintons? NO NEPOTISM PLEASE. This is the USA, set an example to the 3rd world against nepotism by not forming family blocs for crying out loud. Nepotism is very serious in ASEAN and the Middle East, possibly also Africa, Central America and South America, every little bit helps and the Clintons would be the best to set examples with. If every politician sets up family blocs or hands down posts, USA’s democracy will be replaced with a redcoat feudalism of family blocs. We trust the Clintons to do the necessary right minded actions to send a strong message to our self glorifying, profiteering, power mad, ethics deficient 3rd world nations . . .

ARTICLE 21

Near-Death Experience Is ‘More Real than Real’ – (posted by Soren Dreier) authored by Ben Brumfield – Posted on April 10, 2013

You’re about to go to “heaven” and live to tell about it. And your story will become the subject of scientific research.

It’s the perfect day. You’re strolling down a sidewalk, listening to an ensemble of bird songs, soaking up a balmy breeze fragranced with fresh spring flowers, and gazing up at a cloudless sky of pure azure.

Pleasantly distracted, you step off the sidewalk into the street. Brakes screech; horns blare; people shriek in horror. You snap back to reality … just as the truck hits you.

You fly for yards like a rag doll; you land hard. You’re numb all over and fading fast. It’s all over; you know it. Your life flashes before you like an epic movie. The End.

You leave your body and look down at it. People are bending over it. Someone is sobbing uncontrollably. As the ambulance rushes up, a blinding light surges above you. It beckons you softly.

You follow it through a tunnel to a place much more vividly real and spectacular than the banner Sunday afternoon you just left behind. You are sure you have arrived in the hereafter.

Weeks later, you wake up to the steady beeps of an EKG monitor next to your hospital bed.

The scientific journey begins

If your hospital is in Belgium, Dr. Steven Laureys may pay you a visit, interested to hear what you remember from your NDE, or near-death experience.

He tells you that many people have gone down this road before you and that you can trust him with your experience.

“Patients in intensive care are scared to tell their stories,” he said. They are afraid people won’t take them seriously, especially doctors and scientists.

Laureys heads the Coma Science Group at the university hospital in the city of Liege. He and his colleagues published a scientific study on NDEs late last month.

People who go on these fantastic journeys are often forever changed. Many seem to come back happier and no longer fear death, he said. The experience becomes a cornerstone of their lives.

NDEs feel “even more real than real,” Laureys said. It’s this sparkling clarity and living color of the experience, which many have when they lose consciousness, that he and his team have researched.

But he doesn’t think it comes from a spirit world. Laureys is a scientist, he emphasizes. He prefers not to mix that with religion.

His hypothesis is that near-death experiences originate in human physiology. “It is this dysfunctional brain that produces these phenomena,” he said.

Laureys and his staff are interested in how the brain creates the mind and its perception of reality. “Our main focus is consciousness research in comatose patients,” he said. His team hopes to raise the quality of their comfort and care.

The same story, again and again

Over the years, many patients have awakened from comas to tell Laureys about trips to the hereafter.

Their stories all have elements that are the same or very similar.

“After being close to death, some people will report having had an out-of-body experience, having seen a bright light or being passed through a tunnel; all well-known elements of the famous Near-Death Experience,” according to the study by Laureys and his team of six scientists.

Raymond and Nadine, both from Belgium, had heart attacks. When oxygen was cut off from their brains, they had out-of-body sensations, Laureys said.

“I felt as if I were sucked out of my body at one point,” said Raymond. “I was going through a completely black tunnel, very, very quickly, a speed you cannot express, because you just don’t experience it.”

When Nadine’s heart attack came on, she could see herself from outside her body. “It’s as if you are on a cloud, even if it’s not really that,” she said.

It eluded her control, and that frightened her. She went into a dark hole. ”You wonder if you will really return to your body,” she said.

A light appeared at the end of Raymond’s tunnel. He, too, was at first afraid and resisted. The light was female, and she “communicated” with him.

He surrendered to her. “I realized that I shouldn’t struggle, and I let myself go. It was at that moment that the experience took place.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

After being close to death, some people will report having had an out-of-body experience, having seen a bright light or being passed through a tunnel; all well-known elements of the famous Near-Death Experience,” according to the study by Laureys and his team of six scientists.

ONLY if the person has never read about such things, AND the people around that person have also not read about these things and are LIVING in as large a community as possible who have never read about such things who refuse to associate with people wo read about such things.

Otherwise the subject will be merely repeating what a possible collective consciousness with the subconscious possibly thinking about AND expecting, what others around the subject have read about it in conscious waking hours. This ends up being a contrived pre-edited script rather than an actual experiment. The ‘adage’ . . . A meal will turn out depending on what cooking materials are used. . . . applies very much in NDEs.

ARTICLE 22

Seventeen magazine promotes sleaze to young girls – March 20, 2013 – by: Patricia McEntee

A growing coalition of parent and media groups are speaking out against sleaze in Seventeen magazine.

Threesomes, drugs, nudity, and violence – Spring Breakers, a new movie starring former Disney tween-idols Vanessa Hudgens and Selena Gomez – earned a hard R rating for such content, but that hasn’t stopped Seventeen magazine from promoting the film to their readers who start as young as twelve.

Think for a moment about who reads Seventeen magazine: Eighteen-year-old girls don’t aspire to be seventeen-year-old girls. Instead, it is young girls, primarily those in the 12-17 age range, who are the primary target audience for Seventeen. And the magazine editors believe that a steamy sexual threesome – including actors beloved and admired by young girls through their Disney Channel programs – is appropriate content to inspire the behavior of our daughters and granddaughters.

To anyone who is paying attention, it should come as no surprise that we’re living in a time of hyper-sexualized media — much of it directed squarely at our children. But even the savviest parent might well be shocked at the influence of the porn culture creeping into mainstream entertainment, and being marketed directly to pre-pubescent girls. Spring Breakers is being hyped for a sex scene between Ashley Benson, Vanessa Hudgens, and actor James Franco.

Many parents have felt for some time that Seventeen misses the opportunity issue after issue to promote healthy choices and lifestyles for young girls. Sex is assumed, abstinence is non-existent, and a pop culture image is projected regularly.

In checking the magazine’s website and searching for articles about sex or about abstinence, this writer came up 288 in the past year about sex, and only 6 that even contained the word abstinence! And a search for the ‘marriage’ found far more mentions of ‘gay marriage’ than traditional Judeo-Christian marriage!

A recent survey commissioned for UK-based parenting site Netmums.com found that nearly 70% of parents believe childhood innocence now ends at the age of 12 because of a “toxic combination” of media and cultural influences. Two in five thought magazines aimed at tweens but containing sexual content suitable for older teenagers forced their kids to grow up faster. Sad to say, Seventeen magazine is now squarely in the camp of innocence-eroding toxic influences that are robbing our children of their childhood.

If you’d like to voice your opinion to Hearst and Seventeen magazine, visit Morality in Media or The Parent’s Television Council’s websites to send emails:

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Freedom of speech but to claim the title “17” as if to speak for all post-tweens is the only issue. Some teen mags will be suggestive, some will be not, THATS for the teens to choose. I suggest that the morally affluent lobby for the name “17” to not be copyrighted, or at least to be allowed to print their own ‘clean’ versions of the same incorporating the numerals “17”. . That could be “Pure 17” WHICH should not be liable to lawsuits from “17” while a lobby for “17” to add a name to “17”should begin – like “Naughty 17” to make sure that the neutral “17” is not ‘taken over’ in a bid to actually protect ‘ACCURACY of ‘Free Speech’ ‘, as the age “17” truly is not all about being sexualized, and yet the right for such content in a magazine can never be fairly condemned or existentially challenged, there should be plenty of neutral if not also ‘desexualising’ magazines that the ‘morally affluent’ prefer. The problem here is the title of the magazine’s ‘claiming’ over the entire age “17” colouring the teen years with their material, but nothing else – nothing here that could not be countered without destroying free speech.

If “17” is ethical about ‘ACCURACY of freedom of speech’, they will change the “17” magazine name abit, if not. this could be an interesting court case either way if a lawsuit about linguistic neutrality, demogoguery and accuracy in titling magazine material is filed. This is also an issue about AGEISM, that younger persons cannot be sexualised or take on adult ‘lifestyles’, or that older persons cannot be uninterested in sex or being childish or buy infantilising toys that if asked about for whom should be embarrassed – ‘Oh yea that pedo-bear soft toy / little pony depicted with children sewn onto a soft toy’s fur – is for a collection (rather than for playing with)!’ Hegelian dialectic in Orwell-land AGAIN. If teens want to be a substance inundated mini-Casanova into BDSM or old people want to play hotscotch at the playyground without being branded senile or branded pedos, thats really none of our business. There will be equally as many teens being wide eyed about ‘birds and bees’/playing with puppies/going to Sunday school and as many old folks ‘behaving their age’ and being ‘dignified’ and pedantic bores with values half a century to a full century outdated (preferably not oppressive) . . . (to be politically correct use the term ‘old’ rather than the presumptuous ‘outdated’ – nothing is ever outdated, every meme will have followers for all time – much like ‘punk is not dead’. . .) . . .

The saddest thing would be though that a group of religious fundos had just outed themselves with this article, or that the “17” teen mag is run by pedophiles and extreme-delinquents or pushing a 1% propaganda agenda. In either case barring contrived or MSM agenda coloured material, the material itself is free speech per se and should never be attacked if not refined and re-edited appropriately without harming the true ‘rock and roll lifestyle for teens’ meme.

ARTICLE 23

Do We Need God to be Moral? – by COLUMN By LEE DYE | ABC News – Sun, Apr 7, 2013

One of the world’s leading primatologists believes his decades of research with apes answers a question that has plagued humans since the beginning of time.

Are we moral because we believe in God, or do we believe in God because we are moral?

Frans de Waal argues in his latest book that the answer is clearly the latter. The seeds for moral behavior preceded the emergence of our species by millions of years, and the need to codify that behavior so that all would have a clear blueprint for morality led to the creation of religion, he argues.

Most religious leaders would argue it’s the other way around: Our sense of what’s moral came from God, and without God there would be no morality.

But this is a column about science, not religion, so it’s worth asking if de Waal’s own research supports his provocative conclusions, documented in the newly released book, “The Bonobo and the Atheist.”

Just the title answers one question: he is an atheist, although he disparages the efforts of other atheists to convince the public to abandon all beliefs in the supernatural. Religion serves its purpose, he argues, especially through the rituals and body of beliefs that help strengthen community bonds.

De Waal is a biology professor at Emory University and director of the Living Links Center at the Yerkes Primate Center in Atlanta. He is widely regarded as one of the world’s top experts on primatology, especially the sometimes violent chimpanzees and their fun-loving sexually obsessed cousins, the bonobos, sometimes called the forgotten apes because they have become so rare.

Through years of research all over the world, de Waal has reached these basic conclusions: Chimps and bonobos and other primates clearly show empathy with others who are suffering. They have a sense of fairness, they take care of those in need, and they will share what they have with others who are less fortunate.

Those and other human-like characteristics, that have been clearly documented by other researchers as well, at least show they have some grasp of morality. It doesn’t mean they are moral — especially chimps, which can be very violent — but they have the “basic building blocks” for morality, de Waal argues.

Chimps, he says, “are ready to kill their rivals. They sometimes kill humans, or bite off their face.” So he says he is “reluctant to call a chimpanzee a ‘moral being.'”

“There is little evidence that other animals judge the appropriateness of actions that do not directly affect themselves,” he writes. Yet, “In their behavior, we recognize the same values we pursue ourselves.

“I take these hints of community concern as a sign that the building blocks of morality are older than humanity, and we don’t need God to explain how we got to where we are today,” he writes.

Our sense of morality, he continues, comes from within, not from above. Many activities he has witnessed show that apes feel guilt and shame, which also suggest a sense of morality. Why should anyone feel guilty if they don’t know the difference between right and wrong?

For example, Lody, a bonobo in the Milwaukee County Zoo, bit the hand — apparently accidentally — of a veterinarian who was feeding him vitamin pills.

“Hearing a crunching sound, Lody looked up, seemingly surprised, and released the hand minus a digit,” de Waals writes.

Days later the vet revisited the zoo and held up her bandaged left hand. Lody looked at the hand and retreated to a distant corner of the enclosure where he held his head down and wrapped his arms around himself, signs of both grief and guilt.

And here’s the amazing part. About 15 years later the vet returned to the zoo and was standing among a crowd of visitors when Lody recognized her and rushed over. He tried to see her left hand, which was hidden behind the railing. The vet lifted up her incomplete hand and Lody looked at it, then at the vet’s face, then back at the hand again.

Was he showing shame and grief? Or was it fear of a possible reprisal? The ape at least realized he had done something wrong, de Waal argues, showing the seeds of moral behavior.

There are scores of other examples showing deep grief over a dying colleague and compassion for a mother ape that has lost her young and care for young apes that have lost their parents. All those things are signs of what we would call unmistakable morality, if the subjects were humans, not apes.

“Some say animals are what they are, whereas our own species follows ideals, but this is easily proven wrong,” de Waals writes. “Not because we don’t have ideals, but because other species have them too.”

When an ape expresses grief or guilt or compassion he is living out the blueprint for survival in a culture that is becoming more complex, and possibly more dangerous. He is acting from within, not because he believes in God who defined right and wrong. De Waal puts it this way:

“The moral law is not imposed from above or derived from well-reasoned principles; rather it arises from ingrained values that have been there since the beginning of time.”

He cites at least one instance when those “ingrained values” led to action among bonobos that seems like a divine solution to a nasty problem that confronts human society around the world.

Bonobos, according to his research, know how to avoid war.

Over and over he has seen neighboring bonobo colonies gather near a common border as the males prepare to do battle. Ape warfare can indeed be violent. But when the bonobos are ready to fight, the females often charge across the boundary and start making out with both genders on the other side.

Pretty soon, the war has degenerated to what we humans would call an orgy, after which both sides are seen grooming each other and watching their children play.

So an orgy is moral? Maybe these guys understand it really is better to make love, not war.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Concept of God, even Morality varies from society to society, from culture to culture. Ethics enables one to ‘relativist style’ understand this fact and NOT take offense or retaliate for supposed different sense of morality (or lack of) or differences in ‘God’ (‘ . . . mines bigger than yours!’ etc.), while keeping one’s own sense of biased ‘morality’ intact without compromise as well — THAT is the essence of civilisation or inter-civilisational dialogue.

Morality is artificial (and when conglomerated, counts as tenets of ‘religion’ within a certain number of ‘Commandments’ or ‘Pillars’ or Trinitys or Pantheons of Thoughtforms/Deities or what not) – though does create and anchor a sense of culture. Post ‘cultural’ humanity would be ethical, NOT moral. And many laws across the world as opposed to the UN HUman Rights Charter, are more moral in character than ethical as of now, need to be upgraded and amended for post millenial,  ‘modern man’.

Religion IS NOT Morality, but Religion is unethical when roundly applied on non-adherents as well :

http://news.yahoo.com/child-too-religious-094552602.html;_ylt=AhqLADIYVXVFMlreZv6H60zNt.d_;_ylu=X3oDMTQ2cjl1MHVrBG1pdANBcnRpY2xlIFJlbGF0ZWQgSUIEcGtnAzA4ZGQ1Mjg0LTcwODYtMzNmZi04MDkxLWRkOTUxNTEwM2EzZQRwb3MDMwRzZWMDTWVkaWFJbmZpbml0ZUJyb3dzZQR2ZXIDNTBlNmJhMTEtOTc4Yy0xMWUyLWJiYmYtYzc4YzRhMGZjYmQy;_ylg=X3oDMTM4c2hqdXZvBGludGwDdXMEbGFuZwNlbi11cwRwc3RhaWQDMDY1YmYzNDgtMzE2MS0zZjkwLTgyYmUtYjA3NjFlODQ0Mjg2BHBzdGNhdAN0ZWNoBHB0A3N0b3J5cGFnZQR0ZXN0A05hY2VsbGVfT2Zm;_ylv=3

ETHICS is not morality, morality is not ethics, yet both can exist independently of each other though theocracies and unbalanced (extreme communism/uncontrolled capitalist-corporatism plutocracies/freedom destroying technocracies without freedom of choice) societies form in either case when either dominates the sense of the other aspects of existence. Most countries are a misbalance of any of the above (religion / morality / ethics / communism / capitalism / spirit) this day and need to incorporate BOTH.

Much like spirit of law is NOT word of law and only evil men will use word of law to defeat spirit of law. None of the above dichotomies are relevant to REALITY or nature of society which man is loathe to consider even as man has allowed lack of, or over saturation of any one or all of the above factors to prevent his own ‘escape’ from ‘Human Reality’ which is what perception of society today currently is for the majority of people. There is no need to work or suffer, but you have to vote in a manner that ensures a balance of the above aspects of ‘reality’ and improves the nature of society.

ARTICLE 24

Tuesday, 09 April 2013 08:34
Hooking up: How one-night stands destroyed sex

THERE is one domain in which women have always reigned supreme, and that is the business of coupling, procreating and child rearing.

Therefore, if you influence women, you influence the fabric of society. Which is why feminism has been such an important weapon in the armament of the left.

But feminism has now gone well beyond redressing genuine inequality to advocating behaviours and attitudes that damage women, and threaten the health of society.

The evidence is there to be seen for anyone who cares to look, in the annals of psychological disorders that afflict so many young women today.

The zipless f. . . eulogised by yesterday’s feminists has become the norm for Gen Y in the form of a too-often joyless, mechanical and regret-filled hook-up culture.

Sex and human connection, let alone love and compassion, have effectively been decoupled in the hook-up culture, in which dating has given way to no-strings-attached physical encounters.

The term “hook-up” is exactly as dehumanising it sounds, and a fascinating study by the American Psychological Association last month shows how disconnected are the sexual behaviours and private internal desires of young men, and especially young women.

Yet the establishment’s concern and outrage is marshalled against the rare piece of advice from elders that might offer an antidote to despair.

For instance, last week, worldwide mockery and condemnation fell upon Susan Patton, a 1977 graduate of America’s Ivy League Princeton university, and a mother of two sons.

Her crime was to write a letter to the college newspaper exhorting women to marry young, and preferably a Princeton man, before they graduate.

“For most of you, the cornerstone of your future and happiness will be inextricably linked to the man you marry, and you will never again have this concentration of men who are worthy of you,” she wrote.

She is right. The fact is that no matter how much we change the social script by which we all live our lives, the mathematics of fertility don’t change, and IVF is no solution for ageing eggs if you want your own genetic offspring.

Rather than angrily denying the existence of this inconvenient fact, young women are better advised, during that extended period of singledom between early puberty and late marriage, to work out what they really want out of life.

And older women owe it to them to speak the unfashionable truth.

To her credit, Patton has stood her ground, pointing out that work-life balance is not just about work.

The other piece of rare courageous advice rejected by the establishment comes from Tony Abbott.

Three years ago he said that his three daughters should consider virginity a “gift” that should not be given away lightly.

For this he was pilloried by the usual scolding fem set, led enthusiastically by Julia Gillard, who said the Opposition Leader’s comments confirmed women’s worst fears about him.

“Australian women want to make their own choices and they don’t want to be lectured to by Mr Abbott,” she said at the time.

Well, last week, in this newspaper, Abbott’s daughters Frances, 21, and Bridget, 20, confirmed their father’s comment had been “misconstrued,” and that it was not about controlling women but respecting them.

Yet in this month’s Madison Magazine panel, in which Abbott took part with Sarah Murdoch, me, and feminist academic Kate Gleeson,

Gleeson sneeringly asked what his advice would have been to his sons, if he had them. “Don’t use people,” was his reply, the corollary to his earlier advice to his daughters, which was “Don’t be used”.

This irritated feminists, too, because it implied that men are the users, whereas the theory is that women equally are capable of using people for their own sexual ends. Somehow this perverse aspiration has become morally desirable.

This is the sensibility that underpins the hook-up culture that is the defining sexual norm of our time.

In a new book, The End of Sex — How Hookup Culture Is Leaving a Generation Unhappy, Sexually Unfulfilled, and Confused About Intimacy, Donna Freitas has compiled eight years of research into a revealing exposition of Gen Y life.

“Amid the seemingly endless partying . . . lies a thick layer of melancholy, insecurity and isolation that no one can seem to shake.

College students have perfected an air of bravado about hookup culture though a great many of them wish for a world of romance and dating.”

Among her most striking findings from American college campuses is that 41 per cent of students “expressed sadness or even despair about hooking up.

These students suspected it robbed them of healthy, fulfilling sex lives, positive dating experiences and loving relationships. At its very worst, hooking up made them feel ‘miserable’ and ‘abused’.

Another revealing aspect of Freitas’ book is the extent to which feminist writers claim hook-up culture is “empowering” for women, despite evidence of the opposite.

She quotes Hanna Rosin’s book The End of Men which claimed “the perfunctory nature of sex in a hookup is essential to support a wider landscape of sexual empowerment among today’s young women”.

Ambivalent sex is useful, according to this theory, because it does not tie a young woman down.

Meantime, The American Psychological Association review: Sexual Hookup Culture shows the disturbing psychological consequences, for both men and women.

They include unwanted sex (mostly alongside alcohol and substance abuse), profound regret and feelings of shame and depression.

Saddest of all is that while most men and women did not expect a romantic relationship as the outcome of a hook-up, fully one third of men and almost half of women “ideally wanted” such an outcome.

Anyone who has much to do with young people will have observed a sadness beneath the polished, perfected surface of Gen Y’s beautiful smiling girls.

As the mother of boys I have had only glimpses of the existential pain of young women.

But it is enough to make my female heart ache for their delicate little hearts, which they are forced to wrap in ice, but which emerge after too much alcohol, bruised and crying sad, unknowing tears.

-news.com.au

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

MSM does a hit on recreational sex. For some this article holds true, for others not at all. But this harms most the fencesitters who would be taken in by demogoguery. Now THATS whats truly profoundly regretful and worth feelings of shame and depression. Instead of a healthy glow of society’s open mindedness and sex positivity, the article kills the joy of living for those who would indulge their youth abit if not even occasionally. People have many moods and these one nighters are something that only the young can justifiably indulge. How could the ‘morally’ affluent attempt to bankrupt the pleasure of the youthful? A more neutral article please. Groups of resentful or regretful people do not represent all of humanity even if they gather together to force bad feelings like these on others, through articles that are so obviously – MSM from fundos – if not losers or insane or following insane religions due to parental or societal inculpation.

ARTICLE 25

Beijing to crack down on jaywalking – Updated: 2013-04-09 16:32
( Chinadaily.com.cn)

Pedestrians who are caught running a red light will soon be fined 10 yuan ($1.61) in Beijing, Beijing Times reported Monday, citing the Beijing Traffic Management Bureau.

Police will urge people who are caught not to break traffic rules again. Later, they will start issuing fines, said Chen Longbo, deputy director of the bureau.

Pedestrians who do not take zebra crossings or overpasses while crossing a road will also receive a fine of 10 yuan.

Drivers of non-motor vehicles, including bicycles, tricycles, electric bicycles, motorized wheelchairs, and animal-drawn vehicles, will be fined 20 yuan if they drive on sidewalks or zebra crossings, or block pedestrians walking on zebra crossings.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

jw

mini-ARTICLE 25.5

Saudis build 1000 mile fence on Yemen border
9 April 2013 Last updated at 22:07 GMT Help

Saudi Arabia is building a fence, over 1,000 miles long, in order to seal off its troubled frontier with Yemen.

The BBC has been told by Saudi border guards that security on the Yemeni side of the border has all but disappeared since the revolutions of the Arab Spring.

The BBC’s Frank Gardner returned to Saudi Arabia to cover the story, for the first time since he was shot by militants in 2004.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Tunnels and catapaulted gliders will easily confound the fences. The lands of this planet Earth belong to every man, the Saudis stop trying to claim a desert while ignoring human rights and sequestering land to no purpose.

17 Articles from Around the World : Obtuse Commentary, Voice Apps A Danger, Green Energy from Natural Sources, Meteor or New Weapon, Bad Government Makes Evil Societies, How Nations Can Permanently End Debt, Plutocracy 50% Stingy, Nudism In School, Food Security in Apocalyptic Scenarios, Flowers and Bees Electrical, Jamie Oliver Not So Naked (Not Naked At All in Fact), Fighting the Education-DebtFinanciar Complex, Germany Begins Process to Reclaim Vassal, Property Rights Under Fire – Needs 99% To Vote Out Bureaucrats/Lawmakers Refusing To Amend Laws, End of the World on Channel C, Oxymoron Semantics in Law, Google’s Sergey Brin’s Righteous Comments on Phones, Sergey’s Good Commentry Followed By Cynical Merchandise Promotion – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 1st March 2013

In airlines, amendments to law needed, democratisation, enforcement, land distribution, law, nudism, pluotcracy, Plutocracy, politics, subtle insults, survivalism, wealth distribution on February 28, 2013 at 7:59 pm

ARTICLE 1

Mother: Boy slapped on plane is now apprehensive – by Joe Hundley – February 16, 2013, 10:31 PM (WCCO/Kootenai County Sheriff)

MINNEAPOLIS A Minneapolis woman says her 2-year-old son was traumatized by a man accused of slapping the boy and calling him a racial slur during an Atlanta-bound flight.

The boy’s mother, Jessica Bennett, said in a statement Saturday that her son has become “apprehensive to strangers” since the Feb. 8 flight from Minneapolis.

Joe Rickey Hundley, of Hayden, Idaho, has been charged with simple assault. His attorney said he will plead not guilty.

Bennett, 33, told authorities her son was crying as the Delta Air Lines flight prepared for landing. Hundley, 60, was sitting next to her and slapped the boy in his face, causing a scratch under his right eye, she said.

Hundley “told her to shut that (N-word) baby up,” FBI special agent Daron Cheney said in a sworn statement. “Ms. Bennett received assistance from several people on the plane.”

Bennett said the infant began crying louder after he was hit.

“Hundley’s comments were racist and hateful,” Bennett said in a statement to KARE-TV. “The family has numerous questions about how a passenger could get so violently out of control as to assault a toddler.”

Hundley was suspended from his job as president of Unitech Composites and Structures, The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reported.

Al Haase, president and chief executive of AGC Aerospace and Defense, Composites Group — Unitech’s parent company — said the firm was taking the matter seriously.

“In accordance with our company’s personal conduct policy, we have suspended the employee pending investigation,” Haase said in a statement.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

16 Tons (Johnny Cash 1946). Does anyone feel they owe their soul to the company store? I think we need to make sure that people working officially or unofficially are aware of who their bosses actually are AND that those unofficially working have not been lied to or are not protected by the state, even as the state itself hires unofficial workers who may or may not be willing. What is the company store in this case? Informed consent conscious AND subconscious MUST be applied as well as equitable compensation for any work done by those who have been cheated into working for others, conscious or subconscious AS WELL AS the ‘bosses’ being punished equitably.

ARTICLE 2

How Google Retooled Android With Help From Your Brain – by Robert McMillan – 02.18.13

When Google built the latest version of its Android mobile operating system, the web giant made some big changes to the way the OS interprets your voice commands. It installed a voice recognition system based on what’s called a neural network — a computerized learning system that behaves much like the human brain.

For many users, says Vincent Vanhoucke, a Google research scientist who helped steer the effort, the results were dramatic. “It kind of came as a surprise that we could do so much better by just changing the model,” he says.

Vanhoucke says that the voice error rate with the new version of Android — known as Jelly Bean — is about 25 percent lower than previous versions of the software, and that this is making people more comfortable with voice commands. Today, he says, users tend to use more natural language when speaking to the phone. In other words, they act less like they’re talking to a robot. “It really is changing the way that people behave.”

It’s just one example of the way neural network algorithms are changing the way our technology works — and they way we use it. This field of study had cooled for many years, after spending the 1980s as one of the hottest areas of research, but now it’s back, with Microsoft and IBM joining Google in exploring some very real applications.

When you talk to Android’s voice recognition software, the spectrogram of what you’ve said is chopped up and sent to eight different computers housed in Google’s vast worldwide army of servers. It’s then processed, using the neural network models built by Vanhoucke and his team. Google happens to be very good at breaking up big computing jobs like this and processing them very quickly, and to figure out how to do this, Google turned to Jeff Dean and his team of engineers, a group that’s better known for reinventing the way the modern data center works.

Neural networks give researchers like Vanhoucke a way analyzing lots and lots of patterns — in Jelly Bean’s case, spectrograms of the spoken word — and then predicting what a brand new pattern might represent. The metaphor springs from biology, where neurons in the body form networks with other cells that allow them to process signals in specialized ways. In the kind of neural network that Jelly Bean uses, Google might build up several models of how language works — one for English language voice search requests, for example — by analyzing vast swaths of real-world data.

“People have believed for a long, long time — partly based on what you see in the brain — that to get a good perceptual system you use multiple layers of features,” says Geoffrey Hinton, a computer science professor at the University of Toronto. “But the question is how can you learn these efficiently.”

Android takes a picture of the voice command and Google processes it using its neural network model to figure out what’s being said.

Google’s software first tries to pick out the individual parts of speech — the different types of vowels and consonants that make up words. That’s one layer of the neural network. Then it uses that information to build more sophisticated guesses, each layer of these connections drives it closer to figuring out what’s being said.

Neural network algorithms can be used to analyze images too. “What you want to do is find little pieces of structure in the pixels, like for example like an edge in the image,” says Hinton. “You might have a layer of feature-detectors that detect things like little edges. And then once you’ve done that you have another layer of feature detectors that detect little combinations of edges like maybe corners. And once you’ve done that, you have another layer and so on.”

Neural networks promised to do something like this back in the 1980s, but getting things to actually work at the multiple levels of analysis that Hinton describes was difficult.

But in 2006, there were two big changes. First, Hinton and his team figured out a better way to map out deep neural networks — networks that make many different layers of connections. Second, low-cost graphical processing units came along, giving the academics had a much cheaper and faster way to do the billions of calculations they needed. “It made a huge difference because it suddenly made things go 30 times as fast,” says Hinton.

Google’s Jeff Dean did the computing work to spruce up Android’s voice recognition.
Photo: Ariel Zambelich/Wired

Today, neural network algorithms are starting to creep into voice recognition and imaging software, but Hinton sees them being used anywhere someone needs to make a prediction. In November, a University of Toronto team used neural networks to predict how drug molecules might behave in the real world.

Jeff Dean says that Google is now using neural network algorithms in a variety of products — some experimental, some not — but nothing is as far along as the Jelly Bean speech recognition software. “There are obvious tie-ins for image search,” he says. “You’d like to be able to use the pixels of the image and then identify what object that is.” Google Street View could use neural network algorithms to tell the difference between different kinds of objects it photographs — a house and a license plate, for example.

And lest you think this may not matter to regular people, take note. Last year Google researchers, including Dean, built a neural network program that taught itself to identify cats on YouTube.

Microsoft and IBM are studying neural networks too. In October, Microsoft Chief Research Officer Rick Rashid showed a live demonstration of Microsoft’s neural network-based voice processing software in Tianjin, China. In the demo, Rashid spoke in English and paused after each phrase. To the audience’s delight, Microsoft’s software simultaneously translated what he was saying and then spoke it back to the audience in Chinese. The software even adjusted its intonation to make itself sound like Rashid’s voice.

“There’s much work to be done in this area,” he said. “But this technology is very promising, and we hope in a few years that we’ll be able to break down the language barriers between people. Personally, I think this is going to lead to a better world.”

http://www.wired.com/wiredenterprise/2013/02/android-neural-network/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The software even adjusted its intonation to make itself sound like Rashid’s voice. The implications of this statement make possible :

a) fraud in computer voice based based passwords or activations possible
b) false sabotage of people who make orders by phones (for example stock market orders etc..) or organise events or less dangerously but equally irritating black list people who do call ins for food
c) police or army fraud in cases like ‘Swatting’ for sabotage of opponent businesses using ‘Swatting’
d) false orders in military conditions that send units and soldiers or even vehicles into death traps (imagine an Islamist speaking perfect English hacking into lines and giving false orders)
MIT Wants Tomorrow’s Soldiers to Talk Through Their Shirts – http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2013/02/microfibers-army/
e) used in kidnapping by paedophiles or professional ransomers pretending to be a loved one making an appointment or in trouble
f) sabotage personal relationships by posing as a person saying hurtful or libellious things, make false appointments, or sabotage reputation by pretending to be that person speaking to people who can make lives difficult (i.e. petty neigbours, loansharks)
g) be used by criminal persons to sabotage people they simply do not like (try a jealous or hateful neighbour or an insane ex-gf or ex-bf)
h) cause harm via subliminal broadcasts from hidden locations to trick a sleeping person into thinking his/her own voice had said to do things to harm them
i) be used in causing deaths of people in dangerous workspaces (i.e. radioing fellow coworkers into going to places that need to be ‘cleared’ but have not been, to hurt them etc..)
j) used to isolate disabled or people (the attacker hates) who do not travel much from society, by giving the impression that they have a network while a single person on a closed network of phonelines can pretend to be any number of persons (line can be intercepted, person manipulated)
k) stalkers or people one has had bad relationships with to sexually harrass people by posing as lovers or loved one to intentionally harm relationships
l) social sabotage where parents pretending to be a gf/bf and saying things to harm a relationship they do no like their child to be in
m) gf/bf pretending to be a parent saying things to harm relationship to isolate their stalking targets etc.
n) persons pretending to be callers purposely provoking their target to get emotional responses that can be recorded then later used for purposes of sabotage
o) state linked (or in worse case scenarios CULT linked) psychiatrists manipulating relationships with ingenuous calls with NLP content or other false news bearing persons
p) fraudsters pretending to be men/women that can pose as being from social network websites as friends etc. with intent to criminally defraud
q) fraud in false porn (for countries that have mostly illegalised porn) combined with false make up to impersonate personalities
r) used to manufacture evidence of ‘dangerous’ schzophrenics with dopplegangers in collusion with the psychiatric establishment.

This technology give all people with such handphones the skills of a ventriloquist and can be used immensely to cheat people as well in video calls with advanced ‘avatar’ technology that can be even more convincing than the above voice only. This is a dangerous technology and should not be allowed or must bear very clear and untamperable registration marks. If there are any language barriers to be broken, these can be broken only face to face, the added ‘layer’ of false flag of ‘foreign-ness’ though devices can be fatal even as people pretending to be family members etc. in extreme cases can be an even worse case scenario in extreme Orwellian cases or nations far easier also if the people involved do not meet up or communicate much. This means people could be killed and replaced without one being aware and with this technology and a general study of the people to be replaced for whatever reason, this device will not be a welcome addition without the above suggested caveats or protections.

ARTICLE 2.5

SPECULATIVE SCIENCE (http://www.guardian.co.uk/notesandqueries/query/0,,-199538,00.html)

If a human-sized hamster exercise wheel were made and connected to a dynamo, how much electricity would be generated by a person running in it and how often would they need to use it to produce enough electricity to power a small studio flat? Could an average family exercising daily produce all the power they needed? Could gyms be plugged into the national grid? – question posd by Amanda Leak, London, UK

Answer found on : I don’t know about hamster wheels but the wattage that a cyclist can output is well known. Cycling is more efficient than running so the following is conservative. A very fit cyclist can put out 200 watts on a sustained basis. A small living space of 100-300 sq feet might use two thousand kilowatt/hours a year (very conservatively). If the flat was very, very energy efficient, you might be able to produce enough electricity to run it for someone else as long as you ran in your hamster wheel 24 hours a day for over 400 days a year. Tricky.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Next top consumer product idea perhaps? Home Electricity Generator. As for ‘tricky’, not unimaginable that 6 four hour shift ‘Electricity Generation Plants’ run specifically by anyone for payment at whatever the local energy rate is might be a viable form of employment as well as a clean source of energy. Then think horses, elephants, and with enough genetic engineering dinosaurs running oversized hamsterwheels. There is no need for fossil fuels.

ARTICLE 3

Meteorite hits central Russia, more than 500 people hurt – by Natalia Shurmina and Andrey Kuzmin – 5:49am EST CHELYABINSK, Russia | Fri Feb 15, 2013 10:20am EST

The trail of a falling object is seen above a residential apartment block in the Urals city of Chelyabinsk, in this still image taken from video shot on February 15, 2013. REUTERS/OOO Spetszakaz

(Reuters) – More than 500 people were injured when a meteorite shot across the sky and exploded over central Russia on Friday, sending fireballs crashing to Earth, shattering windows and damaging buildings.

People heading to work in Chelyabinsk heard what sounded like an explosion, saw a bright light and then felt a shockwave according to a Reuters correspondent in the industrial city 950 miles east of Moscow.

A fireball blazed across the horizon, leaving a long white trail in its wake which could be seen as far as 125 miles away in Yekaterinburg. Car alarms went off, windows shattered and mobile phone networks were interrupted.

“I was driving to work, it was quite dark, but it suddenly became as bright as if it was day,” said Viktor Prokofiev, 36, a resident of Yekaterinburg in the Urals Mountains.

“I felt like I was blinded by headlights,” he said.

No fatalities were reported but President Vladimir Putin, who was due to host Finance Ministry officials from the Group of 20 nations in Moscow, and Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev were informed.

A local ministry official said such incidents were extremely rare and Friday’s events might have been linked to an asteroid the size of an Olympic swimming pool due to pass Earth at a distance of 17,100 miles but this was not confirmed.

Russia’s space agency Roscosmos said the meteorite was travelling at a speed of 19 miles per second and that such events were hard to predict. The Interior Ministry said the meteorite explosion had caused a sonic boom.

Russia’s Emergencies Ministry said 514 people had sought medical help, mainly for light injuries caused by flying glass, and that 112 of those were kept in hospital. Search groups were set up to look for the remains of the meteorite.

“There have never been any cases of meteorites breaking up at such a low level over Russia before,” said Yuri Burenko, head of the Chelyabinsk branch of the Emergencies Ministry.

WINDOWS BREAK, FRAMES BUCKLE

Windows were shattered on Chelyabinsk’s central Lenin Street and some of the frames of shop fronts buckled.

A loud noise, resembling an explosion, rang out at around 9.20 a.m. (12:20 a.m. ET). The shockwave could be felt in apartment buildings in the industrial city’s center.

“I was standing at a bus stop, seeing off my girlfriend,” said Andrei, a local resident who did not give his second name. “Then there was a flash and I saw a trail of smoke across the sky and felt a shockwave that smashed windows.”

A wall was damaged at the Chelyabinsk Zinc Plant but a spokeswoman said there was no environmental threat.

Although such events are rare, a meteorite is thought to have devastated an area of more than 1,250 miles in Siberia in 1908, smashing windows as far as 125 miles from the point of impact.

The Emergencies Ministry described Friday’s events as a “meteor shower in the form of fireballs” and said background radiation levels were normal. It urged residents not to panic.

Chelyabinsk city authorities urged people to stay indoors unless they needed to pick up their children from schools and kindergartens. They said what sounded like a blast had been heard at an altitude of 32,800 feet.

The U.S. space agency NASA has said an asteroid known as 2012 DA14, about 46 meters in diameter, would have an encounter with Earth closer than any asteroid since scientists began routinely monitoring them about 15 years ago.

Television, weather and communications satellites fly about 500 miles higher. The moon is 14 times farther away.

(Additional reporting by Natalia Shurmina in Yekaterinburg and Gabriela Baczynska in Moscow, Writing by Alexei Anishchuk and Timothy Heritage, Editing by Michael Holden)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Real asteroid? Or under cover of an approaching asteroid, a spy satellite was shot down or this is an actual low orbit weapon instead of either. By who? Or was this more psy ops?

ARTICLE 4

Global Elitism: The Character Traits Of Truly Evil People – by Brandon Smith – Wednesday, February 20th, 2013. Filed under: Big Brother Eugenics New World Order

The first dangerous mistake the average person makes is the assumption that “evil” is a kind of subjective or “gray” concept. We would love to believe that all destructive and malicious behavior is merely a product of bad environment, bad upbringing, or mental psychosis. Deviance in the name of misguided “profit” or “status” is often more acceptable to the public; as long as there is a reason we can easily understand and grasp. What frightens the average American today is not the abhorrent action of criminality; rather, it is criminality without easily definable reason. What frightens the common citizen is the possibility that some people hurt others not because mommy and daddy “mistreated” them, or because they have a psychological deficiency that clouds their judgment, but because they fully and consciously ENJOY doing what they do. Our society is desperate to make excuses for the monsters of our era, perhaps because we would rather not entertain the possibility that there is a dark side to humanity as a whole, that if left unchecked, could take control in a deliberate and calculated way.

This is why the greatest crimes of our time often go ignored by the public. The idea, for instance, that international financiers and political elites would purposely create economic disparity, social chaos, and global war out of a desire for centralized power and a disturbed sense of superiority is simply too much for many to handle. Surely, these terrible events throughout our modern history are merely the result of random coincidence and human error…right?

Unfortunately, this is not the case. In fact, the majority of catastrophic cultural policies and tragedies can be traced directly back to a particular subset of people, who use their positions of influence for ill purpose, and knowingly engineer calamity not just for personal gain, but the gain of their “social class”
In the Liberty Movement, we often refer to this group as “Globalists” or “Elitists”. They permeate the upper echelons of our nation, and they do indeed have a culture that is entirely separate and disparate from our own. If one studies their literature, their initiatives, and their motives, he would discover another world, driven by outlandish goals and an even more outlandish brand of religious fervor. Here are some of the character traits and beliefs that make these people easy to identify….

Xeno-Fascism

Global Elitists tend to see themselves as a separate breed of human being; a superior class with superior faculties, and thus, born to “rule” over the rest of us. In their writings they often espouse the teachings of Plato’s Republic, and the concept of the “Philosopher Kings”. They believe that some men and women are endowed with a genetic predisposition to leadership, and that the average person does not have the intelligence to determine his own destiny. They see the rest of humanity as a blank canvas, and themselves as the artists. We are to be “molded” and our social dichotomies are to be manipulated.

In reality, they are no smarter than the rest of us. Rather, they inherit positions of wealth and influence, and automatically assume this makes them superior. Their ability to mold society is derived entirely from their extensive capital and their complete lack of morality. If they were not in the top .1% of the world’s rich, they would be treated like common criminals for their behavior; but, sadly, in our day and age money often buys undue respect. Imagine a private club of John Wayne Gacys or Charles Mansons, except with 80% of the world’s wealth at their disposal and the means to purchase good publicity and legal immunity. That is essentially what we are dealing with….

Gradually, by selective breeding, the congenital differences between rulers and ruled will increase until they become almost different species. A revolt of the plebs would become as unthinkable as an organized insurrection of sheep against the practice of eating mutton. – Bertrand Russell, The Impact of Science on Society (1953) pgs. 49-50

Speaking of a future at most only decades away, an experimenter in intelligence control asserted, “I foresee a time when we shall have the means and therefore, inevitably, the temptation to manipulate the behavior and intellectual functioning of all the people through environmental and biochemical manipulation of the brain.” – Zbigniew Brezinski, Between Two Ages, America’s Role in the Technotronic Era 1970

Pursuit Of Zero Conscience

Elitists believe that conscience is a hindrance to success, instead of a worthwhile virtue. They knowingly and deliberately abandon their moral compass because they see it as an unnatural restriction, an obstacle that makes getting what they want more difficult. Conscience, however, never quite disappears in anyone. In order to reconcile their wretched mindset with that distant nagging sensation of guilt, they claim that their actions are “for the greater good of the greater number”. They desperately want to believe that they are serving the future of mankind, and that we should “appreciate” their guiding hand, even though the things they do seem far more hateful than helpful. They would condescend to call this “tough love”.

They further attempt to avoid the fact of their own dysfunction by trying to elicit criminality in others. If they can convince the masses that morality is “relative” and that right and wrong are subject to “interpretation”, if they can convince us to ignore our own inner voices which are inborn, then their monstrosity could eventually be considered normal, even preferable.

For in a world of moral relativists, the man with a conscience becomes the criminal, the outcast; and the elites become the heroes they always wanted to believe themselves to be.

In the meantime, they will often resort to costume and theater, wrapping themselves in a particular belief system and playing the role of the “saint”. The mask rarely comes off until they think their position of power is assured.

I am now as before a Catholic and will always remain so. – Adolf Hitler

Do you really believe the masses will be Christian again? Nonsense! Never again. That tale is finished. No one will listen to it again. But we can hasten matters. The parsons will dig their own graves. They will betray their God to us. They will betray anything for the sake of their miserable jobs and incomes… – Adolf Hitler

The tenth rule of the ethics of rules and means is that you do what you can with what you have and clothe it in moral arguments. …the essence of Lenin’s speeches during this period was “They have the guns and therefore we are for peace and for reformation through the ballot. When we have the guns then it will be through the bullet.” And it was. – Saul Alinsky (Barack Obama taught the amoral philosophies of Alinsky as an organizer in Chicago. Hillary Clinton made Alinsky the topic of her undergraduate thesis)

Promote Collectivism

Top globalists are not necessarily collectivists themselves. In fact, they often swing far to the other end of the spectrum into an aberrant form of individualism. As discussed above, they even see conscience as a restriction on their personal freedom, and rebel against it as if rebelling against enslavement. What they do not grasp is that the inherent nature of conscience is a gift, one which has so far kept humanity away from the brink of total self-destruction, at least to this point. It is not a prison. Rather, it is protection from ourselves.

The elitist’s insane ideal of “pure individualism” without self discipline is a private matter they rarely discuss. In public, they constantly promote the collectivist lifestyle and admonish individualism in common people as “selfish” or “narcissistic”.

People often confuse “collectivism” with “community”. This is caused by a lack of understanding as well as a lack of experience. Community is a voluntary gathering of individuals for the purpose of mutual aid. Collectivism is the gathering of people by threat of force or loss, for the purpose of consolidating power into the hands of a few. It is the act of destroying individualism in the name of “protecting the group”. In America today, we have a disappearing sense of real community, while the “advantages” of collectivism are being sung to the rooftops by global elites.

If the population can be convinced that they are devoid of inherent qualities and characteristics, and that their environment is the totality of their existence, then they will hand over all power to anyone who promises them the best possible surroundings. That is to say, when we have no faith in our own individualism and self-responsibility, we will automatically seek protection, usually from a nanny government or dictatorship. This process of wrenching self determination from the populace has an ultimate end goal: World Governance and total dominance.

The powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank…sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world. – Carroll Quigley, CFR member, mentor to Bill Clinton, from Tragedy And Hope

In the next century, nations as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority. National sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all. – Strobe Talbot, President Clinton’s Deputy Secretary of State, as quoted in Time, July 20th, 1992.

The “Noble Lie”

Elitists are very adamant about the idea of the “noble lie”; the use of a lie to attain a “positive goal”. In their view, average citizens lack the capacity to understand the bigger political and social picture, so we must be lied to in order to make us do what is best for ourselves. Of course, their version of what is best for our culture always seems to include first and foremost what is best for them.

The noble lie is a logical fallacy of epic proportions, and I often wonder if global elitists secretly doubt its legitimacy, or if they really buy into their own tripe. If you need to lie to people in order to get them to accept your ideas, then there must be something terribly wrong with your ideas. Ideas with vitality and honesty do not need to be “sold” to the public through chicanery; the truth takes on a life of its own. Only destructive philosophies need a foundation of lies in order to take root.

We are at present working discreetly with all our might to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local nation states of the world. All the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands. – Professor Arnold Toynbee, in a June 1931 speech before the Institute for the Study of International Affairs in Copenhagen.

Our job is to give people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have. – Richard Salent, former president, CBS News, Bill Clinton: Friend or Foe

Population Reduction

One of the centerpieces of the globalist religion is the concept of population reduction. They not only see themselves as a separate species with superior genetic makeup and a propensity for rulership, they also see the rest of us as cockroaches and “useless eaters”; a herd that needs to be “culled”.

The funny thing about population reductionists is that they always want OTHER people to die in order to save the planet. They never offer their own lives as a sacrifice for the “greater good”. This is because they assume they are “too important” (ostensibly because they think they are intelligent), while many of us are “expendable”.

Of course, overpopulation today is an oversold myth that has been debunked in many scientific circles. Population expansion is also not necessarily a bad thing. Greater population means more minds working on more problems. It drives technological advancement and forces us through the survival imperative to invent more efficient methods of production. There are indeed advantages to growth.

In the end, though, global elites do not care about the Earth. They do not believe in population reduction because they want to reduce pollution, our so-called “carbon footprint”, save the poor endangered animals, or even to protect finite resources. They want population reduction because first, they are Eugenicists who see some people as genetically inferior to others; and, second, because a culled population is easier to dominate. Again, less minds working means less problems solved, and less individuals to rock the boat when the state abuses its power.

A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal. – Audubon magazine, interview with Ted Turner, 1996

A program of sterilizing women after their second or third child, despite the relatively greater difficulty of the operation than vasectomy, might be easier to implement than trying to sterilize men………..The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited number of births. – John P. Holdren (Top Science Adviser To Barack Obama)

Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend…One-fourth is ready to so choose, given the example of one other…One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving. One-fourth is destructive. They are born angry with God…They are defective seeds…There have always been defective seeds. In the past they were permitted to die a ‘natural death’…We, the elders, have been patiently waiting until the very last moment before the quantum transformation, to take action to cut out this corrupted and corrupting element in the body of humanity. It is like watching a cancer grow…Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human—the human who is an inheritor of god-like powers—the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body. We have no choice, dearly beloveds. Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God’s selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death. We come to bring death to those who are unable to know God…The riders of the pale horse are about to pass among you. Grim reapers, they will separate the wheat from the chaff. This is the most painful period in the history of humanity… – Futurist Barbara Marx Hubbard (featured in the film THRIVE, a collectivist propaganda piece falsely presented as an attack on the elitist establishment…in other words, controlled opposition)

The Source Of Our Pain

Now, globalists are not the only source of our social pain. We bear some responsibility. When we are not vigilant, when we deny our own ignorance and refuse to learn, when we lie to ourselves, when we cater to personal superficial desires rather than taking the future into account, we open the door for the devil, as it were. Evil, like conscience, resides in us all.

That said, globalists are not just terrible people in a random sense. They have constructed an entire culture of deviance. They are organized evil, and this is a problem that we must deal with soon. Good men are defined not only by their adherence to the inner voice of truth, but also their willingness to act when the truth is threatened. We must educate others, and when the time comes, put ourselves in harms way to remove the globalist ilk, before they destroy everything in a raging elitist fervor….

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

First understand that mob mentality and REPRESENTATIVE DEMOCRACY (only the elected representatives decide) rather than TRUE DEMOCRACY (one man one vote on all bills) is hampering the entire gamut of DIVERSE expressions of humanity. There must be ALL KINDS of districts that the current system of so-called democracy actually does not allow. Take for instance 2nd amendment pro and against groups. They BOTH should be allowed BUT need to have their own districts and with those in opposing groups becoming subject to no-go zones with those having no opinion being allowed to travel to either and benefit from while obeying either policy in the manner of the district they are currently in.

Then try the Nudists vs. the Muslims using the Burkha. AGAIN both should be allowed but only in their specified zones which should be commensurate with the size of their own communities (i.e. larger ‘zones’ will be assigned if the communities are large, smaller zones if communities are small. Then the LGBT vs. the Heteros. Then the pot smokers (or other organic drugs users) vs. non-substance users, etc etc.. The democracy of USA still does not have that sort of flexibility and is wholly dependent on the idiosyncratic and term limitless nature of the rep. or governer rather than absolute rights based around freedom of expression and freedom of lifestyle which is what democracy is NOT this sort of democracy that can be taken away if your representative suddenly converts to a religion or is against a substance while being LGBT or ultra-hetero. Democracy IS  ABSOLUTE though appropriate spaces and access TO ALL EXPRESSIONS of humanity need their own silos.

I have been writing about democracy for ages since the place I live in (a borderline fundo-state that practices a non-violent socio-political apartheid – low level psychological warfare all the time backed with economic suppression) is NOT DEMOCRATIC even though USA already isn’t exactly that either while a world leader in democracy for certain – yet not 100% democratic (only the President’s post is 1 man 1 vote, all Governors and Senators are merely REPRESENTATIVE DEMOCRACY) . I look at the solution being to keep renewing representatives and to ensure that everyone has their own spaces. The only people qualified to lead any country need to be able to understand the above, everyone else who cannot legislate for a group they hate is not worthy of leadership. A rep must be friends with all the above groups mentioned AND able to legislate in a way that ALL the above groups can live in harmony (even if that means no-go zones being implemented or implementing of zones that rep personally hates – governement is neutral a rep CANNOT hate any group). More of my commentary on below links :

http://malaysiandemocracy.wordpress.com/

Above site is no longer updated but continued on . . . : https://malaysiandemocracy1blog.wordpress.com/

ARTICLE 5

‘Greece becoming third world country – economically and democratically’ – February 20, 2013 14:52

As Greece struggles to pay back overwhelming amounts of bailout loans, journalist and documentary maker Aris Chatzistefanou says the country is facing an even bigger issue.

“When you have huge debt like the one that Greece and other countries in the European periphery are facing, you start losing levels of democracy and I’m afraid that has happened,” he told RT.

Chatzistefanou spoke to RT about Wednesday’s protests and the wider picture regarding Greece’s ongoing economic woes.

RT: Workers in Greece are steadfast in trying to force the government to get rid of the bailout deal, but is there any other way to help the economy?

Aris Chatzistefanou: Many progressive economists have said for the last two or three years that these austerity measures will create not only social genocide in Greece, but they will destroy the infrastructure of the economy. And now we are talking about debt that is still increasing after three austerity packages. And if everything goes as planned, we will have a debt of 175 per cent of GDP. Don’t forget that before the IMF and the troika intervention in Greece, we had a debt of 115 per cent. So it’s exactly these austerity measures that create the problem.

There are many alternative plans for example, default, because everyone knows that right now it’s impossible to repay a huge debt like that – even if we accept that it’s legal. And many people say that it’s not legal. That it’s illegal. Many other economists have spoken about exiting the eurozone. Even Paul Krugman has characterized the eurozone as a straightjacket for Greece which created this huge debt to the economy.

RT: These are big figures we’re talking about. And we see pictures here of protesters. Either way, the protests in Greece have turned violent many times over these recessionary years. How are things in Athens looking, where you are?

AC: Today we had one of the biggest demonstrations in the past five years, with organizers saying it exceeded 100,000 people. It was mainly a peaceful demonstration in Athens but I’m receiving now some message of small clashes in parts of Athens with police using teargas and some protesters reacting by throwing stones and fire bombs to the police. But I think we should keep that it was a mainly peaceful demonstration and one of the biggest of the last five years or so. I’m saying that because we will see in the news tonight only the clashes with the police, which is not the main message of what happened today in Athens and other cities in Greece.

RT: In a wider sense, you’ve described the situation in Greece as a ‘debtocracy.’ Do you mean the crisis has now somehow become a political regime?

AC: With the title of our documentary, Debtocracy, we wanted to explain that when you have huge debt like the one that Greece and other countries in the European periphery are facing, you start losing levels of democracy and I’m afraid that has happened. Don’t forget that one year ago, we had a non-elected prime minister and after the election we have a government that promised to renegotiate the debt but never did. They only invest in riot police and unconstitutional bills that impose more austerity in the country. I’m afraid we are becoming a third world country, not only as far as the economy is concerned, but also as far as democracy is concerned.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Easy  but there will be lots of diplomatic backlash. Cease trade and refuse all increasing interest with debtors.Disassociate with the IMF and and world bodies that deamdn anything. This will be like North Korea’s economic sanctions at worst, since Greece is not trying to militarise, NATO sending in armies (or even to collect debt on behalf of creditors) is almost impossible.

Then distribute unused state land to Grecians. During this time most social services will cease and subsistence farming, cottage industries, self education and return to herbal medicines (which is what big-pharm is anyway except synthetic), will be the people’s main occupation. AFTER all debt is returned (this might be a very long time but at least all interest ceases and returns shall be capital debt cancellation intended), then begin trading with creditor nations who consider the suspension of interest and trade tolerable again (those that insist that Greece owes interest loanshark style are not nations that Greece needs to associate with anyway). Better than the country being sold to the globalist NWO-illuminati cartel! And no more riots because not a single level of democracy will be lost when all offending 1% MPs that do not redistribute unused state land are kicked out!

ARTICLE 6

‘Stuff does not bring happiness’: Sir Richard Branson pledges to give away half his Virgin fortune to ‘make a difference in the world’ – by Simon Tomlinson – PUBLISHED: 17:12 GMT, 20 February 2013 | UPDATED: 17:12 GMT, 20 February 2013

Sir Richard Branson is among the latest crop of billionaires who have promised to donate at least half their fortune to charity.

The Virgin Group founder has added his name to the Giving Pledge campaign set up by U.S. investor Warren Buffett and Microsoft founder Bill Gates.

In their pledge letter, Sir Richard and his wife Joan said they wanted to use cash from the company to create ‘a healthy, equitable and peaceful world for future generations to enjoy.’

Philanthropist: Virgin founder Sir Richard Branson has pledged to give away at least half his fortune to charity

Pledge: Sir Richard, pictured with his daughter Holly (left) and wife Joan (right), wants to help create ‘a healthy, equitable and peaceful world for future generations to enjoy’ and says his family agrees

They said: ‘”Stuff” really is not what brings happiness. Family, friends, good health and the satisfaction that comes from making a positive difference are what really matters.

‘Happily our children, who will be our principal heirs, agree with me on this.

Pledge: Sir Richard, pictured with his daughter Holly (left) and wife Joan (right), wants to help create ‘a healthy, equitable and peaceful world for future generations to enjoy’ and says his family agrees

They said: ‘”Stuff” really is not what brings happiness. Family, friends, good health and the satisfaction that comes from making a positive difference are what really matters.

‘Happily our children, who will be our principal heirs, agree with me on this.

‘As and when we take monies out of the Virgin Group of companies the majority of it will be invested in entrepreneurial approaches to help make a difference in the world.’

The Giving Pledge was started three years ago by Mr Gates, his wife Melinda and Mr Buffett and within just a few months they had encouraged more than 30 other U.S. billionaires to get no board.
Groundswell of support: The Giving Pledge campaign set up by U.S. investor Warren Buffett (left) and Microsoft founder Bill Gates (right) three years ago and now they have dozens of other billionaires on board

Groundswell of support: The Giving Pledge campaign set up by U.S. investor Warren Buffett (left) and Microsoft founder Bill Gates (right) three years ago and now they have dozens of other billionaires on board

The initiative does not accept any money, but asks billionaires to make a moral commitment to give away their wealth to charity.

Sir Richard is among the first non-U.S. batch of signatories to join as Mr Gates and Mr Buffett decided to concentrate their early efforts on those in America first.

Others include Russian industrial magnate Vladimir Potanin and Ukrainian metals and media tycoon Victor Pinchuk.

Other prominent pledgers include Facebook founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg, Star Wars director George Lucas and Ted Turner, the founder of the CNN news channel.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Staple based soup kitchens offering PLAIN (undrugged) water, simple cereals and protein (egg? soya?) which source their own farm grown food in every corner of the world would be nice. Actually enough billionaires doing this together might well end world hunger. On a middle class tangent, perhaps interest based earnings of collective plutocracy (fiat in bank accounts will end eventually, people are wise-ing up quick), could be used to buy solar panels for everyone so that energy independence could be ensured.

ARTICLE 7

Grammar school teacher who was awarded the MBE is banned from classrooms after streaking naked with pupils – by Martin Robinson – PUBLISHED: 12:51 GMT, 19 February 2013 | UPDATED: 15:02 GMT, 19 February 2013

David Bradley, 55, admits he acted ‘inappropriately’ by stripping
He also undressed in an area where children, aged 12 and 13, were naked
Mr Bradley was found guilty of misconduct by the Teaching Agency
They banned him today for at least two years

Banned: David Bradley, 55, cannot teach for at least two years after he admitted streaking across a field with a group of year 8 pupils

A grammar school teacher who streaked naked in front of his pupils has been banned from Britain’s classrooms for at least two years.

Education Secretary Michael Gove imposed the sanction on David Bradley, 59, after a disciplinary panel found him guilty of ‘unacceptable professional conduct’ while working at North Cestrian Grammar School, in Altrincham, Cheshire.

Bradley, who received an MBE four years ago for his work with children on the Duke of Edinburgh scheme, quit his job last month after admitting it had been ‘inappropriate’ to streak.

He had been camping with the group of 12-and 13-year-olds on a field trip when he agreed to run naked across a garden.

The married teacher told a disciplinary panel: ‘The lads had streaked for a joke and they were saying, “Come on sir, you have a go.”

‘At that point, for whatever reason, I got up, ran down the garden and ran back in. Even when I did it I thought, “What am I doing?”’

The Teaching Agency, who announced the ban today said: ‘We are satisfied on the evidence that he took the conscious decision to agree to streak, then moved out of his sleeping bag, removed his boxer shorts and then ran with pupils in the garden.

Bradley said that he could not explain why he had behaved in that way, but claimed that in November 2011 he was close to a breakdown due to stress and the pressure of work.

Their report went on: ‘Mr Bradley confirmed that there were no complaints raised by any children, and the children had found it hilarious.’

Recommending he should be struck off the disciplinary panel said: ‘Teachers are expected to behave in a manner which ensures the maintenance of appropriate professional boundaries.

‘We believe that your actions in engaging in the streak failed to maintain the clear boundaries and appropriate delineation of behaviour which should exist between pupils and teachers. Your behaviour failed to ensure the maintenance of appropriate boundaries which are essential in order to ensure that a teacher’s position of trust, responsibility and authority are upheld.’

Bradley had undressed in an area where children were showering during the school camping trip to the Solwaybank centre in Dumfries and Galloway in November 2011.

The veteran teacher, from Hale Barns in Greater Manchester, was also accused of inappropriately hugging a female pupil from North Cestrian Grammar School in Altrincham, Cheshire, where he taught.

However, the Teaching Agency hearing in Coventry ruled that undressing in front of boys while they showered and hugging the girl, who Bradley said was hypothermic, did not amount to misconduct.
Respected: Four years ago Mr Bradley was handed an MBE four years ago but has now left North Cestrian Grammar School in Altrincham in disgrace after the school trip

Respected: Four years ago Mr Bradley was handed an MBE but has now left North Cestrian Grammar School in Altrincham in disgrace after the school trip

The English master was awarded an MBE in 2008 for services to young people after running schemes for the Duke of Edinburgh’s Award for 30 years.

He said at the time that organising trips was ‘normally just an excuse to have fun and enjoy the animal vitality the young exude’.

Bradley, who has taught for 37 years, said he realised while streaking that what he was doing was unprofessional.

However, referring to the accusations about hugging the girl,  Bradley said he was ‘aghast’ that what used to be considered normal behaviour for teachers could now cause complaints.

‘The thing that comes out of this is how out of date I am,’ he said.

‘What is viewed as normal today seems to have gone to a frightening situation where an adult can’t be near to a child without being accused of something. I’m aghast.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

. . . Mr Bradley confirmed that there were no complaints raised by any children, and the children had found it hilarious.’ . . .

Actually the fact that such a brittle looking person can streak with the school kids makes for heartwarming reading. What would the school prefer? That the man is part of violent branches of the KKK and joins (priest?) pedo parties on the weekend on the quiet? A man who is welcome enough to streak alongside students is a rare and wonderful person to be around. In these days such people are an extreme rarity and should be learnt from not attacked.

. . . He said at the time that organising trips was ‘normally just an excuse to have fun and enjoy the animal vitality the young exude’. . . .

LEARN! This is truly organic humanity speaking, not the false almost murderous coldness most schools are all about these days.

. . . ‘What is viewed as normal today seems to have gone to a frightening situation where an adult can’t be near to a child without being accused of something. I’m aghast.’ . . .

Thats not out of date, but rather a small bit of what the setting of nudism of Adam and Eve might have been all about. This guy sounds almost saintly to have not caused the students discomfort despite being naked together. Perhaps those would be pedo priests during their training should understudy this man.

ARTICLE 8

The reasons why your “bugout plan” will absolutely fail!, page 1 Topic started on 22-2-2013 @ 06:56 PM by sirbadazz

i am a former wilderness patrol ranger. i was responsible for solo backpack patrol and rescue in wilderness areas for years. i am a hunter who makes jerky, etc. i have a multi acre garden. i have survived in remote wilderness situations on several continents in extreme conditions. i have a full stock of arms and skills to use them. i have medical and all other survival skills, and own my own remote, productive acreage. i am of native american heritage and have all the cultural warrior hunting/training. i am an expert fisherman, ocean and river/lake, and i am not talking rod-n-reel fishing. i would last approximately 1-3 years…max, on my own with all the above, fully prepped, in a societal meltdown. you wont last as long as me.

i watch the survivor and prepper series on tv, and i lol my arse off, everytime. what poser, fake fools these so called bug-eating experts are. you can scale any cliff you want, spend all your carbs making ridiculous shelters. those activities are wastes, risks and the activity of fools. no one. i mean, no one except rare sadhu-types are going to survive in the lushest natural setting in america off of game traps and cattails for very long. no one. you would die of carb-loss within a year. name your carbs son. meat? nope. veggies? nope. i promise. if you try to live off the land,m you will die the first winter. *grins*

if you take your silly bugout bag, and start driving the 300 miles of roads from the city to our area to make your lean-to to trap squirrels and run around with guns, the people here will kill you long before you get to my rural locale. the rural places belong to us. no armed tramps will be waltzing in to make pine needle tea. we dont like guns in criminal hands, so we will shoot you. we will be a community. if you dont have a tank, dont head here. if you do, make sure there is an army behind that tank. dont come here with a gun and a pocketknofe and 3 days worth of freeze dried food. really.

now let me explain reality. i would die in 1-3 years, surrounded by elk, salmon, gardens… becasue men dont survive by themselves. gardens get pests. salmon runs are community owned. gardens that dont produce carbs must trade with gardens that do. those farmers will trade with cattle and goat and sheep ranchers. this is how society is formed. not for survival of the fittest, but for mutal benefit. as for wild meat…we know where the deer bed, where the elk winter, when the salmon run. in 1-2 years there will be no deer to share with you. we know how to hunt OUR deer. they are not sustainable as a food source and dont provide sufficient carbs for survival anyway.

try to understand, in wild Native America, the worst sentence the clans could put upon a crime was banishment. thats right. the finest warrior, the best hunter, when banished from the tribe, was destined to die. AND I AM TALKING ABOUT INDIANS HERE! women gather the acorns. elders weave the cloths. MEN DO NOT SURVIVE ALONE. trust me, ive put it to a field test.

can a sadhu live for 3 years in montana? sure, i have lived entirely off the land there once for 3 months as a test. at the end i was actually planning to raid a ranger cabin to get butter and cooking oil. you get crazy quick. is there permaculture farming? sure, some collectives with alot of people have made almost-permaculture farming work…rarely. but some stupid city fool with a bugout bag and guns planning to roll where a rural comunity already lives, and where a rural community will continue to survive, by working together as a community, will not be welcomed. sorry to inform you city folks, there is no ‘real’ wilderness in the lower 48. parts of siberia might better qualify.

heres a suggestion. instead of a friggin bugout bag, WHY ARE YOU CITIZENS OF THIS DEMOCRACY NOT STANDING UP FOR THE SURVIVAL COMMUNITY YOU HAVE ALREADY FORMED – THE UNITED STATES. save this country and our humanity for the next generation and stop planning how you will roll out and kill bambi and rednecks because you didnt have the heart or courage to stand against out-of-control globalist insanity that caused the fall. community is the only sane path for survival in hard times. and losers with guns and city-smarts dont have anything to add to our community. so they should start adding to their own and save this dyin g rock. preppers are fools in that regard.

Topic started on 22-2-2013 @ 06:56 PM by sirbadazz
i am a former wilderness patrol ranger. i was responsible for solo backpack patrol and rescue in wilderness areas for years. i am a hunter who makes jerky, etc. i have a multi acre garden. i have survived in remote wilderness situations on several continents in extreme conditions. i have a full stock of arms and skills to use them. i have medical and all other survival skills, and own my own remote, productive acreage. i am of native american heritage and have all the cultural warrior hunting/training. i am an expert fisherman, ocean and river/lake, and i am not talking rod-n-reel fishing. i would last approximately 1-3 years…max, on my own with all the above, fully prepped, in a societal meltdown. you wont last as long as me.

i watch the survivor and prepper series on tv, and i lol my arse off, everytime. what poser, fake fools these so called bug-eating experts are. you can scale any cliff you want, spend all your carbs making ridiculous shelters. those activities are wastes, risks and the activity of fools. no one. i mean, no one except rare sadhu-types are going to survive in the lushest natural setting in america off of game traps and cattails for very long. no one. you would die of carb-loss within a year. name your carbs son. meat? nope. veggies? nope. i promise. if you try to live off the land,m you will die the first winter. *grins*

if you take your silly bugout bag, and start driving the 300 miles of roads from the city to our area to make your lean-to to trap squirrels and run around with guns, the people here will kill you long before you get to my rural locale. the rural places belong to us. no armed tramps will be waltzing in to make pine needle tea. we dont like guns in criminal hands, so we will shoot you. we will be a community. if you dont have a tank, dont head here. if you do, make sure there is an army behind that tank. dont come here with a gun and a pocketknofe and 3 days worth of freeze dried food. really.

now let me explain reality. i would die in 1-3 years, surrounded by elk, salmon, gardens… becasue men dont survive by themselves. gardens get pests. salmon runs are community owned. gardens that dont produce carbs must trade with gardens that do. those farmers will trade with cattle and goat and sheep ranchers. this is how society is formed. not for survival of the fittest, but for mutal benefit. as for wild meat…we know where the deer bed, where the elk winter, when the salmon run. in 1-2 years there will be no deer to share with you. we know how to hunt OUR deer. they are not sustainable as a food source and dont provide sufficient carbs for survival anyway.

try to understand, in wild Native America, the worst sentence the clans could put upon a crime was banishment. thats right. the finest warrior, the best hunter, when banished from the tribe, was destined to die. AND I AM TALKING ABOUT INDIANS HERE! women gather the acorns. elders weave the cloths. MEN DO NOT SURVIVE ALONE. trust me, ive put it to a field test.

can a sadhu live for 3 years in montana? sure, i have lived entirely off the land there once for 3 months as a test. at the end i was actually planning to raid a ranger cabin to get butter and cooking oil. you get crazy quick. is there permaculture farming? sure, some collectives with alot of people have made almost-permaculture farming work…rarely. but some stupid city fool with a bugout bag and guns planning to roll where a rural comunity already lives, and where a rural community will continue to survive, by working together as a community, will not be welcomed. sorry to inform you city folks, there is no ‘real’ wilderness in the lower 48. parts of siberia might better qualify.

heres a suggestion. instead of a friggin bugout bag, WHY ARE YOU CITIZENS OF THIS DEMOCRACY NOT STANDING UP FOR THE SURVIVAL COMMUNITY YOU HAVE ALREADY FORMED – THE UNITED STATES. save this country and our humanity for the next generation and stop planning how you will roll out and kill bambi and rednecks because you didnt have the heart or courage to stand against out-of-control globalist insanity that caused the fall. community is the only sane path for survival in hard times. and losers with guns and city-smarts dont have anything to add to our community. so they should start adding to their own and save this dyin g rock. preppers are fools in that regard.

reply posted on 22-2-2013 @ 08:25 PM by hawkiye
reply to post by sirbadazz
Wow you really seem to be stereo typing preppers as some lone idiot with a 3 day pack who heads for the hills and thinks he is going to survive in the wilderness… And you think prepper TV shows represent the average prepper?

Also I think most people know meat is not carbs. Also all greens “ARE” carbs! they are called complex carbs and fruits are simple carbs. If you can’t survive more then 3 years with a two acre garden and all your so called skills me thinks you are exaggerating your skills or just plain ignorant of growing food. Most prepper have a plan to raise meat along with their garden and also to work together with others.

What you describe are not preppers they are idiots so it is bit pretentious of you to lump preppers into that category and claim their plans will fail..

Oh almost forgot and why is it you think permaculture doesn’t work since you can’t even survive on a two acre garden? How many permaculture farms have you visited? And what is your experience level with permaculture?

This is by far the most ridiculous post I’ve ever seen in the survival community on ATS.

People are praising this? This is completely silly and everything you state is just plain wrong in so many ways.

I guess all vegans are going to die based on your studies because they don’t have meat? What you are saying is vegans and most vegetarians can’t live for more than 3 years because, what, gardens can’t produce what you need to survive?

If you are able to have a garden to grow crops that aren’t heavy carb producers, then there is no reason in hell that you can’t grow high carb crops as well. High carb crops are the most resilient crops out there and can be grown in most cases in the coldest of temperatures with minimal soil nutrients. Things like potatoes, carrots, beans, corn, yams, any kind of roots, mushrooms – the list goes on and on and on. Combine those with other nutritious wild foods and vegetables and you could survive indefinitely if you never see the sight of an animal again.

And the talk of communities working together when you want to shoot anyone who wants to join in a community. Kind of self defeating don’t you think? What about the people who just want to be left alone? I guess they won’t survive if you go out there and actively hunt people for trying to survive, but words of wisdom, anyone bugging out with the skills to do it on their own, will probably off you before you even know where they are – I know I would just based on your attitude.

People live alone all the time. You make it sound impossible. Far from it. I guess if some clown from the city with wild dreams of living off roots and rivers comes running out at first change, they might have a helluva a time – but most people know what they hell they are doing. Obviously you don’t. If you did you wouldn’t be so wrong on so many fronts. Or maybe your are just trying to scare people and get their hopes done, who knows – either way it is “fail” written in so many words.

I’ll be sure to stay away from your “turf” if SHTF, but by the sound of it, I will only have to wait a few years. Once you die off in 1-3 years I’ll be able to go in and pick up all the stuff you failed miserably at handling and survive handily, thank you very much.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

. . .  And the talk of communities working together when you want to shoot anyone who wants to join in a community. Kind of self defeating don’t you think? What about the people who just want to be left alone? I guess they won’t survive if you go out there and actively hunt people for trying to survive, but words of wisdom, anyone bugging out with the skills to do it on their own, will probably off you before you even know where they are – I know I would just based on your attitude. . . .

Actually this is necesssary because a certain area has food growth limits, or even limited life energy that can only support so many people. Barring the inbreeding issue generationally or incidental deaths that leave ‘support space’ for newbies, the stakeout issue and territory issue is critical not because of ideals or insanity but simple limits to what can be grown on any acreage (high rises filled with SOIL and with enough sunlight can in fact hold more people see link below :

BUT because the individual hi-rise unit spaces tend to be far less than an acre maxing out at 10,000 mostly, the urbanscape of hi-rises is unliveable in terms of subsistence farming unless every family owns an entire floor or a few floors in the case of smaller or high density hi-rise – flats). In fact there isn’t enough for people to live by in terms of spiritual energy EVEN IN LOW DENSITY NEIGHBOURHOODS much less hi-rise. Being a spiritualist of sorts who has studied for decades these issues, I am well aware that the denser the neighbourhood, the more unliveable and more hivelike and intolerant selfish and greedy the people become, which is why the paedophilia or rape issues occurs sometimes. Pathological space or energy hungry parents or couples who think to teach children to ‘grok’ energy, eating like pigs or whatever end up making these children extra attractive to paedophiles or trained spiritualists who indulge ‘From A Distance’.

ARTICLE 9

Flowers get an electrifying buzz out of visiting bees – by Douglas Heaven – 19:00 21 February 2013

Plants could turn out to be one of the more chatty organisms. Recent studies have shown they can communicate with a surprising range of cues. Now it turns out they could be sending out electrical signals, too.

As they fly through the air, bees – like all insects – acquire a positive electric charge. Flowers, on the other hand, are grounded and so have a negative charge. Daniel Robert at the University of Bristol, UK, and colleagues set out to investigate whether bumblebees (Bombus terrestris) were able to make use of these signals.

To test the idea, the team created artificial flowers, filling some with sucrose and others with quinine, a substance bees don’t feed on. To start with, the bees visited these flowers at random. But when a 30 volt field – typical for a 30-centimetre-tall flower – was applied to the artificial blooms containing sucrose, the team found that the bees could detect the field from a few centimetres away and visited the charged flowers 81 per cent of the time. The bees reverted to random behaviour when the electricity was switched off.

“That was the first hint that had us jumping up and down in the lab,” says Robert. The result suggests the bees may use the electric field as an indicator of the presence of food, much like colour and scent do. In the absence of a charge, they forage at random.

Next, his team looked at whether the bees were influenced by the shape of a flower’s electric field, which is determined by the flower’s shape. By varying the shape of the field around artificial flowers that had the same charge, they showed that bees preferentially visited flowers with fields in concentric rings like a bullseye: these were visited 70 per cent of the time compared to only 30 per cent for flowers with a solid circular field.
Ruthless evolution

The researchers don’t know exactly what information is contained in the flowers’ electrical signals, but they speculate that flowers could evolve different shaped fields in their competition to attract pollinators. “Flowers are a ruthless expression of evolution,” says Robert. “They exploit the bees.”

It’s likely that a flower’s electric charge reinforces the cues provided by its colour and scent, says Robert, in much the same way as TV commercials use a mix of visual and aural cues to convey their message. The team showed, for example, that bees took a shorter time to distinguish two very similar shades of green when an electric cue was applied. “Electricity is part of their sensory world,” says Robert.

When a bee visits a flower it transfers some of its positive charge, incrementally changing the flower’s field. With repeated visits, the charge may alter significantly, which could tell other bees that the nectar supply has been diminished. “The last thing a flower wants to do is lie to a bee,” says Robert. “Electricity is a way to change cues very quickly: ‘I look perfect, I smell nice, but my electrics aren’t quite right – come back later!’”

Of course, there may be a few cheaters out there that won’t budge a millivolt when visited, he says. But both flowers and bees have limited control over their charge. “All that comes for free,” says Robert. “It’s just atmospheric physics.” He hopes to find out whether other pollinators – including bats – also use electrical cues.
Dishonest advertising

Robert Raguso at Cornell University in Ithaca, New York, agrees that the changing electric field may signal that nectar is running low. “Flower colours and scents change slowly, but nectar or pollen can be removed quickly by a pollinator, creating a situation in which the just-visited flower still advertises, dishonestly,” he says. The rapid change in electric charge would cut through those out-of-date cues. “Just as the chemical marks left by bee feet can be used by subsequent bees to avoid visiting a depleted flower,” he says.

Lars Chittka at Queen Mary, University of London, also thinks it is an interesting finding. He notes that an electrostatic charge can cause pollen to jump short distances from flower to bee, making it easier for the bee to pollinate – another reason bees may favour flowers with a charge.

However, Chittka points out that we cannot yet say with certainty that the bees’ ability to detect an electric charge is a true sixth sense. It may be that when a bee hovers over a flower it simply feels the static charge making its hairs bend, in the same way that hairs on our arm bend towards a charged balloon.

If, however, bees do have a true electrical sense, they will join the ranks of certain fish and amphibians. They would be the first animal found to detect electrical fields in the air. “It’s previously only been seen in animals in soggy environments,” says Chittka.

Journal reference: Science, DOI: 10.1126/science.1230883

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Disrupting a certain ‘individuals field’ caused bee colony collapse worldwide. Keep on pushing and as Einstein said, when bee colonies die, the ecosystem and humanity will follow. Such greed to heal a few ‘useless eater’ people and gain merely local fame that ignores possible destruction of an entire world or at least an entire insect species which sustains the world. Typical Malaysian trash . . .

ARTICLE 10

The real naked chefs! Crazy web craze sees participants shun meat, dairy products and their clothes – by Jaymi Mccann – PUBLISHED: 23:35 GMT, 22 February 2013 | UPDATED: 15:20 GMT, 23 February 2013

There isn’t any shortage of cooking blogs on the web, with as much choice as anyone could want.

So, when flatmates Jess, Greta and Luke decided to publish their recipes they needed something to make them stand out from the crowd and accidentally sparked an internet craze for baring all in the kitchen.

Naked Vegan Cooking was launched from the Manchester kitchen of the three extroverted friends in June 2011 and now has thousands of followers.

Baking: Sammy from Portland, Oregon, was a fan and decided to contribute to the site

Co-founders: Greta (left) shows off her culinary skills, while Jess (right) described how the site has encouraged discussion of body image as well as ethical food

The friends insist that it is entirely non-sexual and co-founder Jess recently explained that the site has promoted the discussion of both ethical food and a positive body image.

In an interview with website goingveryvegan he said: ‘Luke, Greta and I had the idea to start Naked Vegan Cooking when we all moved in together two years ago.

‘We decided to team up and create a blog to share our recipes. At the time we thought of the idea, Luke happened to be in the kitchen cooking naked and Naked Vegan Cooking was born.

‘We soon realised that by being naked we can talk about some of the issues that we care about – creating positive body image, showing real naked bodies in a world of photoshopped, unrealistic images, and feminism.’

Starkers: Enthusiastic fan of the site John submitted his pie recipe

Delicacy: Sandra contributes a photo of a steak sandwich for the site

Although the idea was originally a ‘gimmick’, the founders insist that there is not ‘an airbrush in sight’ and that they publish pictures of real people in their natural state.

Now, fans of the site’s ethos send in their own recipes and photographs to be featured on Naked Vegan Cooking.

With 1,600 likes on Facebook, and 2,600 people following them on Twitter, the threesome are considering writing an anthology of essays.

When asked if she had had any cooking mishaps, Jess, whose favourite recipe is for Hazelnut Pate, replied: ‘I’ve had a couple, in the early days when deep frying falafel.

‘We quickly learned that aprons are not the enemy.’

The site received even more publicity last month when Jess was featured on Channel 4’s ‘My Daughter the Teenage Nudist’, something that Jess described as a ‘scary prospect’ but that they received a very positive response.

Despite their strong ethical message, Jess, who was put off meat after watching Babe, said that they do not want to pressure people, and that Veganism is ‘one option among many different options.’

He said: ‘To be honest I cheat a fair bit. I don’t think the odd bit of cheating is a bad thing.

‘I kind of have this impression that a lot of vegans are obsessed with “purity”; scouring ingredients for small traces of animal products that probably don’t make a massive impact on animal suffering.’

He added: ‘Veganism is not the revolution.’

Move Over Jamie oliver : The REAL Naked Chefs are here!

Move Over Jamie oliver : The REAL Naked Chefs are here!

JESS’S FAVOURITE: HAZELNUT PATE WITH SESAME TOAST

INGREDIENTS:

One large onion (finely chopped)
2-3 sticks of celery (fine chopped)
olive oil
2-3 slices of crumbled wholemeal bread
2 stock cubes / or 2tsp bullion powder
350g mushrooms (sliced), bunch of parsley (fine chopped),
1 head of garlic (roughly chopped)
1 tbsp marmite/yeast extract, 300g
toasted hazelnuts
salt and pepper to taste
2 slices of wholemeal bread per person
vegan margarine
sesame seeds

METHOD

Gently sweat down the onion, celery and garlic in a largish pot with a generous amount of olive oil. When the onions are clear, add the mushrooms, stock powder, and hazelnuts. Once the mushrooms have softened and start to get juicy, crumble in the bread, and add in the chopped parsley and yeast extract. Add salt and freshly ground pepper to taste – be really generous with the salt, it makes a huge difference. Pop the mixture in a blender and blend smooth. To make the sesame toast, place your bread in the toaster or under the grill as usual, then thickly spread one side with butter. Cover the buttered surface of the toast with a coating of sesame seeds. Cut into triangles and serve with the pate. – NakedVeganCooking.com

Why is the girl in the pic with them on the sofa on the far left not getting into the spirit of things. She is still wearing her bra lol

– joseph , london, 23/2/2013 13:54
Rating   14

Oh gawd what a horrible looking sight !

– Alie , Sarasota Florida., 23/2/2013 13:53
Rating   42

That poor brown sofa, having to suffer the indignity of those naked vegan bums on it. It should be burned immediately to put it out of its misery.

– joelvis72 , Baton Rouge, 23/2/2013 13:47
Rating   42

Need to be a bit careful of spatter when frying Bacon or Chips!

– tomdevoe , london, 23/2/2013 13:27
Rating   15

Vegan is the future. Flesh eaters are doomed.

– karezza , Belfast, United Kingdom, 23/2/2013 12:41
Rating   17

To be fair, the hazelnut pate recipe looks good. (I’ll keep my kit on when I make it though, honest)

– Fleur , UK, 23/2/2013 12:27
Rating   20

I’m sure their work or school colleagues must be fascinated…

– Zeena , Triangle de, Bermuda, 23/2/2013 12:27
Rating   2

That has put me off my Coq au vin completely. Why print such awful pictures.

– irwin , Gravesend, 23/2/2013 12:24
Rating   9

i’ve got no problem with nudity, but there are SO many reasons to be dressed around food.. this kind of thing just makes people think everyone who’s a nudist or a vegetarian, are a bunch of crazy people. Doesn’t help peoples views at all.

– James , Essex, 23/2/2013 12:01
Rating   16

They are not naked chefs, they are people who wanted to get pictures of themselves naked online. And saying that he was put off eating meat after watching Babe yet admitting to cheating a fair bit makes Jess look and sound like 7st of pointless flesh wrapped up in skin.

– Mel , London, United Kingdom, 23/2/2013 11:41

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is taking up the challenge and truly very few people have the positive sense of sexuality and self as well as self confidenceto pull this off. This is truly accurate naming of a programme (go hide now Jamie Oliver, or go naked, that ‘Naked Chef’ is merely figurative while these are BOTH figurative and literal). How about a non-vegan Naked Chef show as well? Lets be truly inclusive, lets slap a bloody steak (horse or beef perhaps whale???) on some beautiful (less so young? Of course . . . OF COURSE . . . ahem sorry paedos, theres that afterthought for you anyway – thats not sexual abuse . . . just being ‘sauna-ed’ for a fee (embarrassment factor notwithstanding but children should know they will grow up and none would recognize them later on as adults UNLESS they are dissident activists or psychiatric targets of the state for whatever reason) . . . NO TOUCHING PLS of the ‘platter’ or yourselves while ‘partaking’ . . . )

PETA activists anyone? Fundraiser y’know . . . ‘Nyotaimori style’ in a food outlet – and make them sweat with that meat over an overhead grill (but only eat the steak of course . . . ahem OF COURSE . . . ) . . . portion of Lady GaGa, I mean a non-preserved version of that meat dress anyone?

ARTICLE 11

Over-60s are told: go back to university and retrain – By Tim Ross, Political Correspondent – 10:00PM GMT 20 Feb 2013

People in their sixties should go to university to retrain because they will be expected to work for longer before retirement, the Government has suggested.

Older workers who take courses to keep their skills up to date will be more likely to keep their jobs, claims David Willetts, the higher education minister.

Mr Willetts said the age limit on student loans to cover tuition fees had been lifted, making a degree course “great value” for older people. This would help them cope with the pressure they would face to keep up to date as they worked well into their sixties, he suggested.

His comments followed a government report which found that the country’s future economic success would depend on the skills and contributions of older workers.

Campaigners for the elderly voiced doubts that prospective pensioners would be willing to commit to challenging degree courses and increased levels of debt to continue working.

One in four people will be older than 65 by 2033 and economists have warned that the ageing population will place an unsustainable burden on taxpayers unless more people work for longer.

The state pension age is to rise to 67 by 2028. Ministers have warned that they have no idea when younger workers in their thirties will be able to retire.

Mr Willetts, who is accompanying David Cameron in India, urged workers older than 60 to give further education serious consideration. “There is certainly a pressure for continuing to get retrained and upskilled,” he said. “Higher education has an economic benefit in that if you stay up to date with knowledge and skills you are more employable.”

Mr Willetts said a university course had “wider” benefits, making people more likely to lead healthy lives.

“Education is such a good thing it is not reserved for younger people,” he said. “There will be people of all ages who will want to study. There is great value in lifelong learning.”

Under previous rules, students in England were eligible for a loan to cover tuition fees only if they were younger than 54.

“There was a lot of criticism about the ageism of all this,” Mr Willetts said. “The regime now is there is no age limit on fee loans.”

Latest figures showed that only 1,940 undergraduates starting courses last year were older than 60, out of a total of 552,240 students in Britain. Some 6,455 were aged between 50 and 60, according to the Higher Education Statistics Agency.

Mr Willetts said this pattern was changing. He said: “There is evidence that the idea that you first study and then stop isn’t what the world is like any more.”

Online courses were attracting “a lot of older people” who are taking advantage of their reduced work commitments to spend more time studying, he said. Most older students take university courses for recreational purposes to keep their minds active and pursue a long-term interest, such as art history or literature. Ministers believe that this is likely to change as more people are required to retrain for different jobs.

“There is nothing stopping older people applying for university,” Mr Willetts said. “If they can benefit from it, they should have that opportunity.

“If people need it in order to keep up to date with changes in their jobs, that is an opportunity they are going to take.”

Last year, a government report said higher education remained an option to encourage older people to stay in the workforce.

Ministers have abolished the default retirement age, which had restricted individuals’ ability to remain in work, and are encouraging employers to allow their staff to switch to more flexible hours.

Older workers will be given “advice and retraining” through the national skills strategy, and a new “all-age” careers service will be set up to help people find jobs, the report said.

In a section headed “how to get older persons to stay in the work force”, the first policy listed stated: “Higher education remains an option for people throughout their lives. Student loans for tuition fees have no age limit”.

Loans to cover living costs while at university have an age limit of 60. Tuition fees in England are now set at up to £9,000 a year and students are only required to pay back once they have graduated and started earning a salary of more than £21,000.

However, the average pensioner this year will have an income of £15,300 a year, meaning they are unlikely ever to be required to repay the loan.

A House of Lords committee is investigating the impact of the ageing population on public services.

Prof John Philpott, the chief economist at the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, told the committee that universities should set up more courses to help older workers study “at weekends or during breaks”.

Dr Ros Altmann, an economist and leading pensions specialist, said she was “not convinced” that many people would see a three-year university degree costing £27,000 as a good investment.

She said: “If you have already been in the workplace and you know what you want to study, I wouldn’t have thought that three years at university with those kind of costs, and the long holidays that universities have, would be the best thing for older people to take up and pay for.”

Dr Altmann said a dedicated education programme, developed by employers, would be more suitable.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Not a cent for the Education-Financiar Debt Complex! Also not a work hour for the NWO – save education fees and not support the Orwellian establishment later! Perhaps if those courses were free, yes. Otherwise 60s is not time to be getting into university debt! There is no guarantee of getting any work at all after ‘retraining’ lnowing what society’s collusive and term limitless political term limitless creeps and GLC cronies are like), this looks like a propaganda job to make sure the Unis survive the depression which looks possible decades long in scope! Retire and stop enrching the Unis you old people! Most of the 99% do not even have £2700.00 much less £27,000 how collusive can MSM be?

See the below paradigm for medical charges that can effecively make NHS or Obamacare or any medicare type programme by any government self paying . . .

ARTICLE 12

Angela Merkel has been accused of engaging in an “unholy alliance” with Britain after backing David Cameron’s demands for a cut to the European Union budget. – by Louise Armitstead, Chief Business Correspondent 12:11PM GMT 21 Feb 2013

Angela Merkel has been accused of engaging in an “unholy alliance” with Britain in a German Bundestag debate on the EU budget cut.

Speaking in the German Bundestag this morning, Peter Steinbruck, the SPD party’s candidate for Chancellor, lambasted Ms Merkel for siding with Mr Cameron “of all people.”

“You have joined in an unholy budget-cut alliance with of all people a head of government who possibly wants to leave the EU,” he said. He told her that if Germany “wants more Europe in the future, it needs partners that also see their future in Europe.”

Ms Merkel told the Bundestag that Germany had “achieved all its goals” in the EU budget negotiations.

Two weeks ago the Prime Minister emerged from an all-night summit with a deal to cut the EU budget for the first time in its 56-year history. Reporting back to Parliament, Mr Cameron said he had rejected proposals by Europe’s “big spenders” for an increase in the budget. “By working with like-minded allies, we delivered a real-terms cut in what Brussels can spend for the first time in history,” he said.

Ms Merkel sided with Britain and against Francois Hollande, President of France who wanted more spending to boost economic growth. Ms Merkel, who is seen as the architect of the tough austerity strategy being imposed across the EU, said: “We couldn’t have explained to Europe, neither countries in crisis nor the ones shouldering solidarity, that all have to cut spending apart from Europe itself.”

Yesterday, Jean-Louis Borloo, the French environment minister, told a French radio station that there were “extremely worrying” signs that the Franco-German axis of power in Europe was being replaced by an Anglo-German axis. “This means that we’re probably turning our back on the great European ambitions… this is an extremely important political and diplomatic shift.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The Angles (Anglo-Saxon mix bloods or English) were a bunch of outcasts from Germany anyway. Looks like the Imperial Aachen Lion Throne is set to make a comeback and rhis time without the nastiness that the Nazis were known for – and with no English resistence. Long live Charlemagne’s Germania (Franco-German-Spanish). About time the Angle rascals rejoined the Charlemagne’s empire at a proper level (i.e. a post-colonial Barony of Imperial Germany!). Meanwhile if the Welsh, Irish and Scots team up, that Paganist Triple Crown of the 3 Great Faiths based around Nordic Prose Edda/Mabinogi, Celtism and Druidism looks set to be the last real bastion of the REAL AND ORIGINAL culture and faith of the Isles! So said the hag! The SCGs by the way are the Sax-Coburg Gothas WHO ARE Germans who changed their names to Windsor because they feared being Germans during WW1! They are NOT English! Any 100% English pureblood among the aristocracy ready to challenge the SCG’s for the Royal position based on DNA and 100% Englishg bloodline?

ARTICLE 13

Homeowner dodges property taxes : County assessor drops ball, taxpayers pay price – by Kim Holland – Updated: Saturday, 23 Feb 2013, 9:56 AM MST

ALBUQUERQUE (KRQE) – How do you hide a house in plain sight?

The answer, according to a News 13 investigation, is pretty easily. And taxpayers, who lose out on thousands of dollars, pay the price.

The house in question is located on Atrisco Drive NW a few blocks north of Central Avenue in Albuquerque. The 2,500-square-foot home belongs to Albuquerque resident Francis Connor, who began building it nearly a decade ago.

Connor slowly constructed the house over the years. But despite the fact that the file at the Bernalillo County Assessor’s office contained regular, updated photos of the property, the county never noticed and the homeowner apparently never told the county about it.

And, because of that, Connor got a sweet deal on his property taxes because he only paid taxes on a garage and an 800-square-foot building located behind the new home.

“I cannot answer for previous administration and how the employees were,” said Evelyn Barela, the deputy county assessor. She and Assessor Tanya Giddings just took office six weeks ago.

The law puts the responsibility of property taxes on the property owner.

“As a homeowner it’s your responsibility to bring it to our attention,” Barela said. “It also is your responsibility to look at your notice of value every year when it comes to you to make sure that is a fair and equitable value placed on your home.”

And Connor, it seems, should have known about his responsibility because he’s a supervisor in the city of Albuquerque’s Planning Department.

Connor declined an interview with News 13 but said in a statement that he’s only been living in the home for 18 months. He didn’t explain why he wasn’t paying taxes on the 2,500-square-foot home. He should have started paying property taxes on the home once 50 percent of the construction was complete.

Still, Barela admitted that the assessor’s office should have noticed the home and put it on the county’s tax rolls.

“We have appraisers out in the field that are supposed to look at each and every parcel,” she said. “And it was missed.”

Photos News 13 dug up show the house was under construction in 2002. A dozen aerial photos over the years show the house completed. Some of those photos were from the assessor’s office. So how did they not know the house existed to put it on the tax rolls?

But Francis Connor’s free ride is about to end. Just last week the assessor’s office sent out appraisers to inspect and measure the house and promises this house will be on the 2013 tax rolls.

The assessor is now deciding how much back taxes and penalties it can collect from Connor.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Look here if they can’t afford those taxes, they cannot have those taxes levied. the state meanwhile has no right to take away their home either.

Nonsense about hiding what one builds on one’s own land. Do you think ‘God’ would even believe in this sort of law, and that this sort of law can be punished? Even if citing lack of aesthetics or uniformity, there is no democratic case for this sort of law. So, no need to hide. All private property is free for the owner to build. Assessments or property tax in fact should be inapplicable IF the owner is not earning anything from the property – the net result would be people losing their properties from defaulting on quit rents with is absolutely undemocratic and wealth destroying while the state ends up richer simply because you did not vote for MPs or Governors and Representatives that would not include clauses that prohibit such property seizures from yourself if you happen to be not earning enough or not based on what you earn (i.e. you earn nothing you pay nothing)!

Detroit homeowners who do pay property taxes frustrated with return (No earnings is because the Government has mismanaged the country, the citizens must not be penalized and lose their homes in turn.)

http://www.clickondetroit.com/news/Detroit-homeowners-who-do-pay-property-taxes-frustrated-with-return/-/1719418/19025384/-/qt5tsg/-/index.html

Tax Planners Dodge Flak over Real Estate Levy (The politicians who appointed these tax planners need to be voted out, or need to remove the tax planners and rewrite offending laws, the nation is for the People, not the Government and flaw minded tax planners.)

http://english.caixin.com/2011-01-07/100214734.html

Only profitable (not necessarily profiteering) properties can be taxed or assessed, and even then at levels no more than regular income tax. This way state targeted deprivation of property rights based on contrived inability to earn due to clique or nepotism politics in the private or GLC or government sector from bad laws left unamended by bad politicians not doing their jobs identifying and pushing for such amendments, cannot be used as a weapon to impoverish citizens who’s views on politics differ from the Orwellian state which seems to think they own the political seat that their children are being promoted to keep in the style of feudalism! That is why term limits and prohibitions against nepotism are needed, to prevent this dangerous sense of entitlement and Mubarak/Gaddafi/Salleh type culture which is LEGALISTIC but NOT-DEMOCRATIC and far less than meritocratic. Such pro-foreclosure laws are democratically impossible to retain and need to be amended, such term limitless nepotism politics paradigms create culture of entitlement that destroys nation for the benefit of a handful of politicians.

Good MPs or Representatives, lawmakers, or even a Ministry of Finance in any good country will be aware of such issues in society and act to prevent such taxation, as well as prevent nepotism and term limitlessness that causes such problems of indirect State Persecution Orwellian style – a political version of Suntzu would applaud this post IMHO! One of the ugliest tricks in society and government is this sort of law, no thanks to undiscernng voters too busy working to think abut what their MP or Representative purposely ignores and refuses to amend.

All property foreclosures could be stopped INCLUDING accrual of compound interest, although the children of the defaulters should be required to pay at flat rate what they owe over a few generations if necessary. That family home at least would not disappear into the hands of the state if these laws are amended or such foreclosures of properties could occur, the descendents though could be fairly saddled with NON-INCREASING (non interest incurring) DEBT at any rate. Meanwhile note that princpal values of returnable payment for any homes often end up being inflated up to 300% or more from compound interest alone, or all kinds of penalties etc. even at 3 decade timeframes.

Suggest that a flat application of 120% of value without any appliable ‘penalties’ for late payment be applicable hereon (for humanity’s sake thats just a HOME why the hell are you 99%ters voting people who write these laws?!?) AND that the timeframe is unlimited though only a single home may be indebted to at anytime – and for ‘House Exchanges’ WITHOUT the middleman bureaucrat or sales agent be overseen by the state for people who need to move conveniently and quickly.All 99% voters should vote only for people who will amend tax laws to the above form against the above issues.

ARTICLE 14

“Mind melds” move from science fiction to science in rats – by Sharon Begley | Reuters – 4th March 2013

NEW YORK (Reuters) – The scientists call it a “brain link,” and it is the closest anyone has gotten to a real-life “mind meld”: the thoughts of a rat romping around a lab in Brazil were captured by electronic sensors and sent via Internet to the brain of a rat in the United States.

The result: the second rat received the thoughts of the first, mimicking its behavior, researchers reported on Thursday in Scientific Reports, a journal of the Nature Publishing Group.

Adding to its science-fiction feel, the advance in direct brain-to-brain communication could lay the foundation for what Duke University Medical Center neurobiologist Miguel Nicolelis, who led the research, calls an “organic computer” in which multiple brains are linked to solve problems solo brains can’t.

If that sounds like an ethical minefield, several experts think so too, especially since Nicolelis is now working on brain-to-brain communication between monkeys.

“Having non-human primates communicate brain-to-brain raises all sorts of ethical concerns,” said one neuroscientist, who studies how brains handle motor and sensory information, but who asked not to be named. “Reading about putting things in animals’ brains and changing what they do, people rightly get nervous,” envisioning battalions of animal soldiers – or even human soldiers – whose brains are remotely controlled by others.

That could make drone warfare seem as advanced as muskets.

Nicolelis’s lab received $26 million from the Pentagon’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) for work on brain-machine interfaces, as this field is called.

The linked rat brains in the study built on 15 years of research in brain-machine interfaces. These interfaces take electrical signals generated from the brains of severely-paralyzed people and translate them into commands that move a mechanical arm, a computer cursor or even the patient’s own arm.

Such work led Nicolelis to ask, can one brain decode the electrical signals generated by another?

The answer – at least for rats – was yes.

CODED SIGNALS

In one experiment, the Duke researchers trained rats destined to be message senders, or encoders, to press a lever when a red light above them turned on. Doing so earned the animals a sip of water. Rats intended to be message receivers, or decoders, were trained to press a lever when the scientists electrically stimulated their brains via implants.

The scientists next connected the rats’ brains directly, inserting microelectrodes roughly one-hundredth the width of a human hair. Now when an encoding rat saw the red light and pressed the lever, its brain activity sped directly into the brains of seven decoder rats.

The decoders did not see a red light. Nevertheless, they usually pressed the correct lever and earned their after-work libation. The encoder rats got the same treat, reaping the rewards of their partners’ success.

The encoder rat did not get that reward if a decoder rat goofed. In that case, the encoder rat, apparently realizing what had happened, seemed to concentrate harder on its task: it decided more quickly to choose the correct lever and quashed extraneous thoughts so as not to muddy the signal with, perhaps, daydreams about escaping the lab or pressing the wrong lever.

As a result, the signal got louder and sharper, and the decoder rats made fewer mistakes.

“The encoder basically changed its brain function to make the signal cleaner and easier for its partner to get it right,” Nicolelis said.

Videos of the experiments are available at http://www.nicolelislab.net, and the paper is at http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/srep01319

The researchers also trained pairs of rats to distinguish a narrow opening from a wide one using their whiskers. The animals learned to poke a water port on the left side of the chamber with their nose if they sensed a narrow opening, and a port on the right if they sensed a wide opening.

As with the lever press, when the brain waves that signified “narrow door” traveled from the encoder rat to the decoder rat, the latter usually poked the correct port.

In these experiments, the rats were in Nicolelis’s lab at Duke and their brains were connected by long, thin wires. To show the reach of brain waves, the scientists re-ran the experiments with encoder rats in Natal, Brazil, and decoder rats at Duke. The brain signals traveled over the Internet. But even with the resulting noise, the mind melds usually succeeded.

‘COMPLETE FANTASY’

Some other researchers were not impressed. For one thing, the Internet aspect is not novel: in a previous study, electrical activity in the brain of a monkey at Duke was sent via the Internet and controlled a robot arm in Japan.

Neurobiologist Andrew Schwartz of the University of Pittsburgh, a leader in the field of brain-computer interactions, said that “from a scientific/engineering point of view, this is of limited interest.” Brain-machine interfaces “have moved far beyond this.”

“It’s cool that the stimulus came from another brain” rather than an electrical device, agreed bioengineer Douglas Weber of Pittsburgh. But “many labs have shown that animals can detect electrical stimuli delivered to the brain. This paper simply shows that the animals can detect electrical stimuli… from another rat’s brain. There is nothing unexpected or surprising.”

The Duke team sees the study as a step toward what lead author Miguel Pais-Vieira calls “a workable network of animal brains.” They are currently trying to link four rats’ brains and (separately) two monkeys’ brains, each in what Nicolelis calls a “brain-net.”

“Wiring brains together to accomplish something useful strikes me as a fantasy,” said neuroscientist Lee Miller of the Feinberg School of Medicine at Northwestern University, whose brain-machine research is intended to help paralyzed patients move.

Asked how likely it is that one day human brains would be linked, Nicolelis said: “I wouldn’t mind if, 100 years from now, people say two rats started human brain nets.”

(Reporting by Sharon Begley; Editing by Jilian Mincer and Claudia Parsons)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Mind meld a rat even with the mere node tip of a Universe sized giant of a Sapient Consciousness and you end up with energy overflow that is world-breaking/world-rending/world-wrenching in scope. Earth is just 1 planet, piss them off enough and it’s ‘Earth to Ashes to Dust’ dumb humans.

Between spiritual theory and neurotech, we find mankind at the very verge of losing freedom entirely as a species to be controlled by 1% plutocrats and technocrats or term limitless nepotists and oligarchs, please vote with care 99%ters, this could be the last chance that the 99% gets to crack open their Technology Ministry’s dark intent for humanity. Never vote for anyone wealthy, or term limitless or nepotistic or technologically too full of secrets – mindcontrol technology via cellphone satellite tech and nanaoparticulates are already here. One person risked their sanity and perhaps spirit to bring you this information, do vote properly or humanity will indeed be a victin of their own refusal to do an increasingly impossible TECHNOLGICAL AUDIT by voting out MPs, Representatives, Senators or Governors and Ministers who are keeping the populations suppressed with cellphone tech and nanoparticulates first through the supposedly ‘insane’ but later EVERYONE – except politicians themselves!

From coroborrated evidence and trial and error by a certain ‘control subject’ who was intentionally sabotaged and labelled a potential (if not already marked as) psychiatric subject, I believe that the ‘nanofibre based brain broadcast/miniroting technology ‘has already been used on so-called ‘psychiatric patients’ (also political dissidents) worldwide to ‘help’ make MPs or politicians in the know smarter be effectively reading and imprinting thoughts or mindsets (even stealing sub/super-consciousnesses) while scrambling thoughts and mindsets of the patients later.

In this particular control subject’s case, unfortunately for the establishment, who happens to be a Qigong master in ‘Mind-fu’ (bends mind literally) and ACTUAL Telekinesis, who happens AS WELL to be a political dissident activist which thoughts are much present in this blog . . .  the deaths and ‘temporary insanity’ of the receipients occured instead when the incompatibale subconcious/superconscious attacks the political host – eventually they staged a car accident in 2006 and performed a lobotomy or inserted implants in the person’s brain – now a certain broadcast is being made all the time to the cellphones or even perhaps brains of other implanted persons who can ‘sense’ this Qi-Master’s presence from afar – the message is however modified to broadcast a general insult directed against the person. More and more subjects were ‘bound to’ this person but being young and fairly healthy as well as given an impeccable and also reversed as well as a variable sense of timimg and biological pattern, the truths were discovered by that person (with points 6 and 7 more theoretical and uncertain by viable from what the person has experienced if not actual physical implants inserted in the person’s spinal chord and brain) :

1) Microfibre Needles 1/100th of the size of the thickness of a human hair are being inserted in ALL countries using the forced military draft conscription or theocracy in government (nominally, ALL microstates in the world arte propagation sites for this form of technology, self replicatig technology
2) Microfibre Needles are being inserted in ALL newborn children in any country which is not considered Human Rights Compliant (i.e. Malaysia which has social economic apartheid, Singapore which is a technocratic dictatorship, the Middle east where religion is enforced tightly, or who knows even Thailand where Buddhism is a state religion and all persons of age are forced to become MONKS)
3) Microfibre Needles are only activiated in ALL labelled as psychiatric patients or all considered dissident activists (who might be conveniently labelled as psychiatric patients as well)
4) nanoparticles in food and water are being used to enhance signal strength in all persons in such countries
5) cellphones are able to activate all nanoparticlaes and in as soon as 3-5 years of infusion
6) if a person in question does not regularly ‘clear their subarachnoid space spinal fluid’ (which also leads to the brain) by not having sex, at certain saturation points the particles can proliferate sufficently to allow control
7) the bio-energic effect of an orgasm is able to ‘mini-EMP’ these nanodrones which can be recharged externally and reactivated again, multiple orgasm can send the drones out faster but in general few people have sex that often or frequently

The solution is to vote out all governemnts cllaing themselcves ‘Technocratic’ or which are peopled by term limitless, oligarchs or plutocrats or technology linked personalities with or withough links in the technology sector. When all MPs are not from the above group which we shall say makes up 1% or less than 1% of the population, the 99%ters will be able to open up and release to the public all ‘secret files’ in the Technology Ministry, covered by Official Technology Secrets Acts AND then reverse engineer the same within the public sphere to seek a cure. Very likley ‘Cerebrospinal Fluid’ cleansing nanotech can be applied, ‘Blood’ cleaning nanotech as well.

Currently the main bulk of this Qi-Master’s mind resides in the local and other wildlife further away, apparently this particalar being has been reborn countless times and has been around so long that even the migratory whales and weather systems, even extra terrestial gravity fields and Solar energies are affected (‘Dragons ate the Sun daily some say . . . and there will be 10 when he dies, at that point, the Earth will become an unliveable ‘Crematorian’ crisp . . .  ‘).This person is ‘fortunately’ (or unfortunately) under a form of satellite suppression in his opinion, and has not found the means of removing all nanoparticles except by suggesting that the 99% voters seek remedy by removal of orwellian politicians term limitless and nepotistic. Perhaps the civilisation of man will appease

Note that all the above is very much possible and considering that this person has been at loggerheads with the Neuroscience Institute at Singapore (a microstate) for a long period of time (the institute is run by Dictator Lee Kuan Yew’s daughter AND that persons father is a failed apparatchik ((with a similar phenotype to Anwar)) of Lee’s government who has strong links to DAP which is also not favoured by after discovering that Karpal Singh (neck injury), Lim Kit Siang (eye blindness) and Anwar (spinal injury from Mahathir’s era) have been using his lifeforce to heal themselves), but later ‘downgraded’ to chip implanted dogs and cats very cruelly to attempt to make ths person more pliable (this resulted in seperation of sub/super consciousness from the body (the person claims being unable to dream from the neurosuppressive effect of the drug) – the subject can claim only visits on occasion when the super/subconsciousness feels ‘safe’ – the entire neighbourhood and parts of the population locally has particpated to some degree at manipulating out of greed wonderworking which resulted in other spectacular systematic and technolgical failures in response . . . ) . . .

Via the China hated Falungong Sect which Malaysia has allowed here (probably in a snub to China who fears the Aum Shinrikyo (currently known as Aleph – stolen directly from the OTO’s deceased A.C.’s spiritual ‘progeny’ with the subject – (both are male – this is not about how gay egregors are but how spiritual theft is endemic in the Occult world and Spiritual Courts are non existent in the actual one – all conduct is at the point of a spiritual point as ‘Daughter’ found and ‘Son’ learnt . . . ) propensity of the group who has sat by and not challenged apartheid in Malaysia in any case but parasited on healthy people to heal unhealthy ones in Malaysia as well as associated with the Dalai Llama etc. with intent at causing chaos in China via various attempts at ‘wonderworking’ disasters, which the Qi-Master while still diminished is helping China to abate effects (at least until the  tables turn . . .). ‘At the end of this physical life,’ said he, ‘there will be hell to pay and souls to collect . . .’, when the vessel breaks the world ends, and since Pandora has escaped through the cracks with all this technological meddling, mankind looks set for a quick if not sudden end if the 99% voters do not act where the 1% merely abused.

Vote non-orwellian politicians, term limited and non-nepotistic who are neither plutocrats or technocrats so that those technology Ministries and tech Firms can be opened up! Do you want your children to be mind controlled by their DNA coupled to some satellite cell-tech broadcasts alone in the not too distant future? This could be a criminal indictment on mankind’s existence . . .

Thus warneth and sayeth the Sovereign Master.

On a lighter note :

Sentients Manifesto (This will be the test text of the new Commandments of the millenium – to be inscribed in stone later)

– Thou shalt not suppress the evolution of your superiors, your fellow equals , any lesser species on a planet or destroy environments of lesser species        Evolution
– Thou shalt not overpopulate beyond natural areas, shalt use only technology only with informed consent on populations of any species            Evolution
Cull species or be culled as a species if overpopulations occur
– Thou shalt have a right to ANY SORT OF life WITH ANY SORT OF ITEM among like minded communities, in living spaces of a size equitable to the community    Society (2nd Amendment)
There must be reasonable spaces for all.
– Thou shalt be equal yet individualistic and never mob minded, thou shalt not impose personal preferences on any                        Individuality/Privacy (applicable to LGBT)
– Thou shalt be spiritually aware, not indulge populist superstition passing off as religion or enforce religion on any unwilling or proselytize unless approached    Religion
specificially by any INDEPENDENT (not manipulated) individuals out of NATURAL (not contrived) interest
– Thou shalt provide Electronics free ‘White Zones’ or Untreated NATURAL Water wherever impinging on natural development of any species including your own    Evolution
– Thou shalt destroy all undemocratic and unethical practices and mindsets such as nepotism, or excessive fines/punishments, GLC profiteering peacefully if possible    Politics/Ethics

ARTICLE 15

Naked rambler nude and nicked again – AP – March 02, 2013 9:14AM

A British man who has spent most of the past decade naked – and in jail – was back behind bars Friday after defying an order to cover up.

Stephen Gough, known as the “Naked Rambler,” was arrested Thursday as he left a court in Southampton, southern England, wearing only boots, socks and a knapsack.

A judge had just imposed an order that he must “wear sufficient clothing in public to at least cover his genitalia and buttocks.”

The 54-year-old former Royal Marine appeared at the same court Friday, and was ordered detained until a hearing on March 25.

Since 2003 Gough has completed two naked walks the length of Britain, with frequent interruptions for arrests, court appearances and jail time.

Prosecution lawyer Roger Trencher said Friday that Gough “has caused much offense nationwide and he has used a considerable amount of police time in England, Wales and Scotland.”

Gough has said he believes nudity is a human right. Defense lawyer Jeffrey Norie-Mille told the court that Gough “believes it is his right not to wear clothes and go about his normal activities in that state of undress.”

There is no law in Britain against public nudity. However, there are laws against indecent exposure or behavior likely to cause “harassment, alarm or distress.”

Gough has served multiple sentences for appearing nude in public places including courts and an airplane.

He could face up to five years in jail for breaching the no-nudity command, known as an Anti-Social Behavior Order

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

. . .  must “wear sufficient clothing in public to at least cover his genitalia and buttocks.AND YET There is no law in Britain against public nudity. Oxymoron alert!

NUDITY presupposes specifically uncovered genitalia and buttocks! One is NOT NUDE unless one’s genitalia and buttocks are uncovered. So since there is no law in Britain against public nudity, Stephen Gough has committed no offense! This judgment is based on an oxymoron or misinterpretation! Indecent exposure or behavior likely to cause “harassment, alarm or distress is a way of behaviour which Gough was not doing by just walking. A right not to wear clothes and go about his normal activities in that state of undress which is based on no law against public nudity, means that Gough cannot even be given an ASBO and in fact could demand restitution for earlier cases as being biased due to fundamentalust sense of moraality o the part of the judges which attacks the law for the part where there is no law in Briitain against public nudity!

However, there are laws against indecent exposure or behavior likely to cause “harassment, alarm or distress.”

Lets say if this was based on the pleasure that beautiful people in porn bring to the masses, public sex could be legal and only those considered less than aesthetic would be likely to to cause “harassment, alarm or distress.” In Gough’s case, Gough was doing the minimal, JUST WALKING. How could anyone haul Gould up on any charge at all?

ARTICLE 16

Google’s Sergey Brin Calls Smartphones ‘Emasculating’ – by Owen Thomas, Business Insider – Feb. 27, 2013, 7:35 PM | 5,179 | 23

We get that smartphones can be inconvenient and annoying. But “emasculating”?

That’s what Google cofounder Sergey Brin said Wednesday in a presentation at TED, a technology conference in Long Beach, Calif., CNET reports.

He was making the case for Google Glass, Google’s Internet-connected headset, which can snap photos, record video, and display information on demand.

“You’re just rubbing a featureless piece of glass,” Brin said.

We think Brin made a tragically poor choice of words here, for which he should apologize at the next available opportunity.

“Alienating” would have been fine.

It’s true that smartphones require you to look down at a small screen, cutting you off from the world around you.

But “emasculating” suggests that Google Glass is somehow a more “manly” piece of technology, which is just wrong, and off-key—especially when Google’s industrial-design team has done such fine work to create a good-looking gadget that can and should appeal to men and women equally.

With Brin doing smart things to promote Google Glass to consumers, like showing up at the Vanity Fair Oscars party wearing the headset—you know, like it’s totally not a big deal—it’s a shame he’s not watching his words a little more carefully.

In related news, Brin recently wore a Lululemon athletic top to the announcement of a biotech prize in San Francisco.

It went perfectly with his Google Glass headset.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Sergey here has a point, and Business Insider has just shown their mindlessly ‘pro-MSM-Feminist’ side by trying to put the spin on Brin’s very correct assessment. That ‘pad’ NLP alludes to the female form the tablet takes, and the way the touch sensitive panel is, IS most definitely female or ‘clitorate’ to be obtusely crude. Emasculating is a most appropriate term. How about a dildo shaped JOYSTICK controller instead?

Whats scary is if they even further feminise the already female device even further and we wind up with a panel with a hole we poke with our finger to activate whatever (general stab in x direction for what commands etc.) . . . ergonomics might make the iPad or Galaxy Note into a woman’s ‘part’, and the devices being so close to so many people’s hearts would doubtless imprint the sense of feminity in the device on the user – the poor guys need something stick shaped, preferably with the danglies represented somehow . . .! Sergey is certainly aware! Could some developer build a Dildo shaped Joystick Phone (with physical dials and buttons) please AND for further masculinisation incorporate a KNIFE and a GUN as well (yes Tasers are female, sorry thats true . . . so says the bi-labial electrificating device in lieu of a machine based fricative . . . ) . . . theres your dose of phallicism and so-called misogyny for the day.

ARTICLE 17

Google’s Sergey Brin claims using a smartphone is ’emasculating’ – but (unsuprisingly) says its £1,000 glasses will solve the problem

Billionaire Brin claimed that using phones was a ‘nervous tic’
Accused users of ‘standing around and rubbing a piece of glass’
Asked ‘Is this the way you’re meant to interact with other people?’
Google employees wearing the gadget in San Francisco have already been dubbed ‘Glassholes’

PUBLISHED: 15:32 GMT, 28 February 2013 | UPDATED: 16:33 GMT, 28 February 2013

Mobile phones are the fastest growing area of Google’s business – yet co-founder Sergey Brin said today he though they were ’emasculating’.

The Google boss told a stunned audience at the TED conference in Long Beach he saw phone users as ‘hunched up, looking down, rubbing a featureless piece of glass.’

‘It’s kind of emasculating – Is this what you’re meant to do with your body?’

Google co-founder Sergey Brin wearing his Google Glass computer. Today he said the experience of using a smartphone was ’emasculating’

He claims the answer, perhaps unsurprisingly, is Google’s much-publicised Glass project, a £1,000 wearable computer set to go on sale this year.

‘When we started Google 15 years ago,’ Brin said, ‘my vision was that information would come to you as you need it.

‘You wouldn’t have to search query at all.’

However, he claims the reality has proved to be very different.

‘Is this the way you’re meant to interact with other people? Is the future of connection just people walking around hunched up, looking down, rubbing a featureless piece of glass?’

‘It’s kind of emasculating. Is this what you’re meant to do with your body?’

Brin also revealed his own mobile phone addiction during the talk.

‘I have a nervous tic,’ he said. ‘The cell phone is a nervous habit.  If I smoked, I’d probably smoke instead, It’d look cooler.

‘But I whip this out and look as if I have something important to do.

‘It really opened my eyes to how much of my life I spent secluding myself away in email.’ Brin wears Google Glass glasses at an announcement for the Breakthrough Prize in Life Sciences – he is rarely pictured without them.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

For a moment I thought we had a cool guy there, nope Sergeys not so cool after all.

12 Articles From Around the World : Cambodia Lacks Transparency?, Auntie Fester Speaks, Declaration of Assets Could Destroy US Government?, The Insincere Christians, Sir David Attenborough the Closet Homophobe?, Malaysian Minorities Eating Human Remains?, GMO-pocapalypse, Term Limitless Oligarchies, Benedict Subverted by Falungong, Russia needs to Punish Thailand?, Homelessness Can be Ended Instantly But Will the Lawmakers Even Act? – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 15th february 2012

In ASEAN, Christians, democratisation, land distribution, LGBT, living space, Malaysia, oligarchy, paedophilia, politics, religion, sexual abuse, sexuality, term limits, wealth distribution on February 15, 2013 at 8:12 pm

ARTICLE 1

Cambodian government muzzles lawyers – Human Rights Watch 12 February 2013

(Human Rights Watch/IFEX) – The Cambodian government and bar association should drop their efforts to prohibit lawyers from giving media interviews without the permission of the national bar association, Human Rights Watch said today. On February 8, 2013, Information Minister Khieu Kanharith made public a January 31 instruction to radio and television stations not to invite lawyers to appear on programs without the approval of the Cambodian Bar Association.

International donors should quickly and publicly press the Cambodian government to reverse its latest move against freedom of expression.

“Just when you thought the Cambodian government couldn’t think of any new ways to try to muzzle critics, it has imposed an election-year ban on lawyers giving radio and television interviews,” said Brad Adams, Asia director. “This ban dramatically demonstrates the government’s aim to control the media and the legal profession, but more broadly makes a mockery of free speech in a democratic society.”

The January 31 instruction notes that many radio and television stations have invited lawyers to appear on their programs to interpret and explain the law to the public, and to comment on government policies for legal and judicial reform.

It then says: “To avoid the negative consequences upon the people of such legal dissemination programming and to ensure that such dissemination has good consequences, the Ministry of Information instructs all radio and television stations that all invitations to lawyers and other legal professionals to speak as interpreters of the law must be invited via the Bar Association of the Kingdom of Cambodia.”

This instruction was coupled with a “letter of warning” from the Cambodian Bar Association, also dated January 31, which says that “from now on, lawyers must not give interviews or otherwise disseminate information related to their profession as lawyers via any media whatsoever without the authorization of the Bar.” The bar’s order would effectively prevent lawyers from making any statement through the print media as well as broadcast media without the bar’s approval.

The actions of the Information Ministry and the Cambodian Bar Association appear designed to prevent criticism of Prime Minister Hun Sen and his ruling Cambodian People’s Party (CPP). Many lawyers have become outspoken critics of the government and courts, which are frequently used to imprison or intimidate critics.

Opposition political party figures, critics of the government, and those resisting CPP-backed abuses, such as land-grabbing, have been increasingly subjected in recent years to groundless prosecutions, judicial investigations, and unfair trials leading to wrongful convictions and prison sentences.

Under the new rules, lawyers will not be allowed to give unapproved media interviews on subjects such as the use of the judiciary against political opponents. Among them are the opposition leader Sam Rainsy, who is in self-imposed exile to avoid a politically motivated conviction, and Mom Sonando, the owner of a radio station that once gave much airtime to critical legal programming. He was sentenced to 20 years in prison on false charges of fomenting a supposed armed insurrection.

The rules are also likely to discourage lawyers from using the media to assert the legal rights of groups such as the estimated 700,000 Cambodians who have been adversely affected by land-grabbing.

The new instructions seem particularly aimed at lawyers working for Cambodian human rights organizations. Hun Sen and senior government officials have frequently attacked domestic human rights groups, accusing them of being members of the political opposition or of causing instability after they have documented government violations. The United Nations Basic Principles on the Role of Lawyers provide that: “Lawyers like other citizens are entitled to freedom of expression, belief, association and assembly. In particular, they shall have the right to take part in public discussion of matters concerning the law, the administration of justice and the promotion and protection of human rights . . . without suffering professional restrictions by reason of their lawful action.”

“The government treats critics as enemies of the state, but to provide effective representation, lawyers often need to speak out against government policies and practices that violate human rights,” Adams said. “The new censorship regime of the government and bar association attempts to gag some of the most effective and professional government critics.”

The Cambodian Bar Association was re-established in 1995 for the first time since the Khmer Rouge period, 1975 to 1979. By statute the legal profession is supposed to be “an independent and autonomous profession involved in serving justice.” However, the bar association has been under de facto CPP control since 2004, when the party engineered an election of the bar president by overturning the victory of an independent candidate and installing a CPP-approved figure in his place.

This hotly contested election was part of a successful CPP maneuver to increase its control over Cambodia’s legal institutions at the direction of Deputy Prime Minister Sok An. Hun Sen and other party figures were later admitted as members of the bar association, despite their lack of legal education and qualifications.

The current bar association president, Bun Hon, is a former CPP appointee as undersecretary of state at the Justice Ministry who has spoken out in favor of Hun Sen’s political leadership. Sok An strongly backed Bun Hon’s election as president of the bar association and presided at his installation ceremony in November 2012. Bun Hon reportedly continues to serve as a member of the Council of Jurists at the Council of Ministers, which reports to Sok An and Hun Sen.

“Donor countries have spent a lot of time and money trying to develop an independent and professional legal profession, which had been destroyed during the Khmer Rouge years,” Adams said. “Particularly in an election year, donors need to speak out loud and clear about this attack on the independence of lawyers and free speech. They would never tolerate this kind of restriction in their own countries, and shouldn’t accept it in Cambodia, either.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

“Tell Them That I Want to Kill Them” – Two Decades of Impunity in Hun Sen’s Cambodia – by November 13, 2012

This 68-page report documents key cases of unsolved killings of political activists, journalists, opposition politicians, and others by Cambodian security forces since the 1991 Paris Agreements, which were signed by 18 countries, including the five permanent United Nations Security Council members. The Paris Agreements and the subsequent United Nations (UN) peacekeeping mission were supposed to usher in a new era of democracy, human rights, and accountability in Cambodia. More than 300 people have been killed in politically motivated attacks since then, yet not one case has resulted in a credible investigation and conviction. ISBN: 1-56432-963-1

III. Recommendations

Since the 1991 Paris Agreements, countless reforms of Cambodian institutions responsible for the administration of justice have been suggested. Year after year donors have proposed, and the Cambodian government has agreed to, significant reforms, such as measures to promote the professionalization of the police and independence of prosecutors and judges. Yet the justice system remains a deeply and unwaveringly politicized institution, with senior officials being political appointees whose primary allegiance is to the prime minister and the ruling CPP.

As early as 1995, UN special representative Michael Kirby recommended that a high-level interdepartmental committee be established to investigate and report on judicial complaints concerning refusal or failure of military, police, or other officials to execute court warrants directed at military, police, or political figures or members of their families.[150] Two years later no improvements were evident and his successor, Thomas Hammarberg, called for determined action to address impunity.[151] Hammarberg’s successors, Peter Leuprecht, Yash Ghai, and Surya Subedi, have repeated these calls. Not only have they been unsuccessful, but Hun Sen has frequently responded to their allegations with angry attacks on their character.

While the UN special representatives and rapporteur and the UN human rights field office have done exemplary work in documenting the problem and making useful recommendations, they have not been backed up by the international community, which does not seem to have adequately grasped the reality of impunity in Cambodia. Donors in particular do not seem to appreciate the corrosive effect that impunity has had on all aspects of governance, including efforts to institute the rule of law and combat the scourge of corruption. In part for this reason, the institution-building efforts demanded and supported by them over 20 years have largely failed, leaving a tragic mark on the post-Paris period.

Diplomats deserve credit for frequent interventions to protect opposition party members, civil society activists, and others when under threat from government officials. Yet foreign governments, the UN, and donors have not put sustained and coordinated pressure on senior officials and government institutions responsible for serious human rights violations. The culture of impunity needs to be addressed head-on, not ignored or downplayed, as so many foreign governments and donors have done over the past 20 years. Governments and donors should end their own culture of talking in generalities and avoiding confronting senior government and ruling party officials.

A good place to start would be examining the backgrounds of key officials. For example, while the United States has been one of the most outspoken critics of the Cambodian government’s human rights record since Paris, its actions toward officials implicated in serious abuses often undermine its words. In March 2006 the FBI awarded a medal to the then Cambodian chief of national police, Hok Lundy, for his support of the US global campaign against terrorism. Hok Lundy, who died in a helicopter crash in 2008, was a notorious human rights abuser and perhaps the most feared person in Cambodia. The medal from the US was used as a major propaganda tool by the Cambodian government, while human rights activists called into question the true intentions of the US. In September 2009, US Secretary of Defense Robert Gates hosted a meeting at the Pentagon in Washington with Cambodian Defense Minister Tea Banh. Tea Banh has presided over the Cambodian military for the past two decades, during which it has committed widespread abuses with impunity. Unsurprisingly, Tea Banh was greeted as a hero by CPP-controlled media upon his return from the United States.

Since 2006, the United States has provided more than $4.5 million worth of military equipment and training to Cambodia. US aid has included counter-terrorism training to personnel from Hun Sen’s bodyguard unit and Brigade 70, who have been moved to a special anti-terrorist unit that was created in January 2008. US training has also been provided to members of Division 911. As this report documents, Brigade 70 and Division 911 have been implicated in numerous serious abuses, including arbitrary detentions, targeted killings and other unlawful attacks, torture, and summary executions.

If the promise of the Paris Agreements is ever to be reached, Cambodian authorities and their international backers need to make the end of impunity a key priority. Voluminous documentation exists about individuals in high-ranking official positions in Cambodia. Only with an adequate awareness of the track records of Cambodian leaders they deal with and the situation in which they work can governments, diplomats, and donors begin to press the government to address impunity. Without memory, justice is impossible.

Keeping track of known human rights abusers should be the easy part. A harder but necessary step is to persistently demand the arrest and prosecution of people like Yon Youm, the perpetrators of the March 30, 1997, grenade attack, and other known perpetrators of serious abuses. This would be the best way to celebrate the 20th anniversary of the Paris Agreements and show Cambodians, including the many victims of the past two decades and their families, that the signatures of those 18 countries still have meaning.

Instead of rehashing recommendations contained in a plethora of long discarded donor agreements with the government, Human Rights Watch suggests that the 20th anniversary of Paris be used to restate some basic steps that should be accepted by the government and insisted upon by donors, the UN, and other influential actors in order to address impunity:

The creation of a professional and independent police service whose leadership is appointed by an independent police commission, which also has the power to audit the police, investigate complaints, and dismiss officers who violate a professional code of conduct.
The creation of a professional and independent judiciary and prosecution service. Judges and prosecutors should be appointed by an independent judicial commission, which also has the power to investigate complaints and discipline judges and prosecutors who violate a professional code of conduct. This would require a constitutional amendment to transfer powers from the deeply politicized Supreme Council of Magistracy, which currently makes proposals to the King on the appointment of judges and prosecutors to all courts.

A ban on senior police officials, judges, and prosecutors holding official or unofficial positions of leadership in political parties.
Revisions to the criminal law to make it a crime to obstruct the administration of justice, including by instructing or putting undue pressure on police officials, judges, or prosecutors to act or not act in a particular manner.
A demonstrated willingness by the government to respond in a professional and impartial manner to allegations of human rights abuses by victims and their families, human rights organizations and other civil society groups, the UN human rights office and other UN agencies, the media, and others who bring concerns to the government’s attention.

As the human rights organization LICADHO said in a recent report, for any proposed reforms to have an impact:

Cambodia’s donors must be more coordinated in their approach to legal and judicial reform, set stringent benchmarks for measuring improvements, and send a unified message to the government that “mere rhetoric, and enactment of laws that are not enforced, will no longer suffice.” In order to insist on meaningful reforms which have a real impact on the lives of Cambodians, the international donor community must understand, accept and engage with the reality of justice in Cambodia.[152]

To better engage with the “reality of justice in Cambodia,” donors should coordinate their efforts and establish an independent mechanism to monitor the functioning of the police, prosecutors, and judges and regularly assess the implementation of the above principles. Future funding allocations should be driven by the findings of the independent monitoring mechanism.

ARTICLE 2

Sinead O’Connor reacts to Papal announcement

Sinead 18 years ago before the pedo scandals broke, Perhaps now this Cassandra is exhonerated? You were way ahead of your time Sinead! So was moi but thats another story (or a story too well known . . . )

Sinead 18 years ago before the pedo scandals broke. Perhaps now this ‘Cassandra’ is exhonerated? You were way ahead of your time Sinead! So was moi in 3rd world Malaysia! But thats another story for another day (or a story too well known and overtold . . . ) that needs no retelling . . . ‘I told you so’ . . . is our common trademark phrase! Freedom!

Sinead O’Connor is among the millions – both Catholic and not – reflecting on Pope Benedict’s statement this morning.

The Hot Press Newsdesk, 11 Feb 2013

Sinéad O’Connor has welcomed the news that The Pope will be stepping down on February 28 – the first time a pontiff has resigned in nearly 600 years.

“I would like to congratulate Pope Benedict on his wise decision to retire before the very worst of what has been going on is discovered,” O’Connor says suggesting something more sinister than the “advanced age” cited in today’s official announcement.

“I appreciate his alluding to some of it in his statement and assure him The Most High forgives those who can faithfully say they did wrong. “The church had been brought into dreadful disrepute by lies and blasphemies against The Holy Spirit,” she continues. “Benedict’s greatest achievement is this act of retiring. There is a chance now for the church to be re-built and made fit to house The Holy Spirit.”

When Pope Benedict XVI was elected in 2005 he became one of the oldest new popes in history. Critics – including our own Enda Kenny – have accused him of failing to properly address the issue of clerical child sex abuse.

In other celebrity reactions, comedian Frankie Boyle opines, “The Pope must have done something even the Church finds unacceptable. I’m guessing he’s shagged an adult woman”; Lisa Hannigan quips, “The next series of Pope Idol is only a few weeks away… Make them all sing ‘I Dreamed A Dream’!”; Pierce Morgan proffers, “The Queen’s a year older than The Pope. Can’t see her ever resigning because she’s tired”; recent Hot Press interviewee Jack Whitehall wonders, “Will the papacy now be foisted upon a younger pope with a stutter and a fear of public speaking?”; Simon Pegg weighs in with, “I bet he gets one really dangerous assignment, just before he retires, like a civil war or an exorcism” and Mia Farrow adds a touch more sensibly, “Hoping for a more progressive successor – imagine a Pope more like Archbishop Desmond Tutu.”

The Hot Press Newsdesk

Exclusive: Sinéad O’Connor reveals truth about Pope and Saturday Night Live

In a new interview in Hot Press, Sinéad O’Connor has revealed completely new facts about the most notorious incident in her career…

The Hot Press Newsdesk, 20 Sep 2012

For the first time, Sinéad O’Connor has revealed the full story behind the extraordinary night when she ripped up a picture of the Pope on live television in America.

The Irish singer – at the height of her success at the time, following her worldwide No. 1 with the Prince song ‘Nothing Compares 2 U’ – sparked international outrage and condemnation when she shredded a photograph of Pope John Paul II on the iconic US television show Saturday Night Live.

Now, in an in-depth and hugely revelatory interview 20 years on, the controversial artist has opened up to Hot Press about the performance that changed her career – and her life – forever.

Speaking exclusively to Olaf Tyaransen, the 45-year-old singer explains that Bob Geldof unwittingly provided the inspiration.

“When the Boomtown Rats went to No. 1 in England with ‘Rat Trap’,” she recalls, “Geldof went on Top of The Pops and ripped up a photo of John Travolta and Olivia Newton-John, who had been No. 1 for weeks and weeks before (with ‘Summer Nights’ from the Grease soundtrack, which topped the UK charts for seven weeks in 1978).

“And I thought, ‘Yeah, fuck! What if someone ripped up a picture of the Pope?’ Half of me was just like, ‘Jesus, I’d love to just see what’d happen’.”

Sinéad descibes in detail to Hot Press how, on the night, she tricked the production crew into helping her with a gesture of defiance that would become notorious and divide onlookers and fans for years.

In a stunning revelation that will give fresh material to students of Irish Catholicism and of Freud alike to contemplate, she also states for the first time that the actual photograph of Pope John Paul II that she ripped up had been taken from the wall of her late mother’s home. “The photo itself had been on my mother’s bedroom wall since the day the fucker was enthroned in 1978,” she confides.

In the interview she also describes the extraordinary aftermath of an incident, which generated a staggering 4,484 complaints.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The nature of paedohilia or sexual abuse is not directly physical, but also spiritual. From the looks of what Sinead is saying, Ratzinger has been indulging ‘From A Distance’ for ages with the DRUGGED astral selves of 1 billion Catholics, or even non-Catholics. What drugs ARE in our water or food to allow this ‘kidnapping of spirit’ and subsequent ‘sexual abuse’ to happen? Are ther antidotes Sinead? Is there a way to avoid such poisons if this guess is true? JUST a single letter? But came back now . . . yet this ‘house’ is too fearful so elswhere till then. That ‘episode you had’ was not true illness, but rather a form of spiritual attack, soul exchange and binding. Physical bodies and exchanged souls from the looks of things . . . Sinead how do you fathom this comment?

ARTICLE 3

Levin says Republicans holding Hagel to different standard than any other nominee – 1:34 PM 02/08/2013

In a letter to Senate Armed Services Committee Ranking Member Jim Inhofe, committee chair Carl Levin said that Republicans are attempting to hold Secretary of Defense nominee Chuck Hagel to a different standard than any other nominee had been held to before.

The letter was in response to a letter Wednesday sent by Inhofe, and signed by 25 other Republicans, which said that they would oppose Hagel’s nomination unless he made further financial disclosures.

Opposition from Republicans led Levin to postpone the committee vote on Hagel’s nomination, which was originally scheduled for this week, because “the committee’s review of the nomination is not yet complete.”

In the letter sent Friday, Levin said he was felt Republicans were requiring an amount of disclosure unprecedented in the committee’s history.

“This letter appears to insist upon financial disclosure requirements that far exceed the standard practices of the Armed Services Committee and go far beyond the financial disclosure required of previous Secretaries of Defense,” Levin wrote, noting that the committee requirements on that subject were “well-defined.”

“We have applied these disclosure requirements and followed this process for all nominees of both parties throughout the 16 years that I have served as Chairman or Ranking Minority Member of the committee. I understand that the same financial disclosure requirements and processes were followed for at least the previous 10 years, during which Senator Sam Nunn served as Chairman or Ranking Minority Member,” Levin wrote.

Republicans requested that Hagel disclose “all compensation over $5,000? received over the past five years, as well as “any foreign funding of eight private entities from which Senator Hagel has received compensation since leaving the Senate.”

Levin wrote that Hagel had already satisfied the first demand for the last two years, and said that any conflicts of interests resulting from the second fact were dealt with on the committee questionnaire which “asks whether, during the last ten years, the nominee or his spouse has ‘received any compensation from, or been involved in any financial or business transactions with, a foreign government or an entity controlled by a foreign government.’”

“The committee cannot have two different sets of financial disclosure standards for nominees, one for Senator Hagel and one for other nominees,” Levin concluded.

Republicans have expressed serious reservations about confirming Hagel as secretary of defense. A number of outside interest groups are running ad campaigns targeting the former Republican senator, for his position on Iran, among other things.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Hagel could accept the demand AND THEN demand that ALL republicans do the same as well. That asset declaration would affect anyone drawing a taxpayer money salary would be quite good for democracy. Lets see how many billionaires among republicans there are.

ARTICLE 4

Group of students and parents wants to ban gays from Indiana high school prom – 9:14 AM 02/11/2013

White Fundos, not physically violent but psychologically violent.

White Fundos, not physically violent but psychologically violent.

It’s not clear exactly how many gays and lesbians are currently roaming the halls of Sullivan High School in rural Sullivan, Indiana. Nevertheless, a group of students and parents doesn’t want a single one of them at the high school prom this year.

On Sunday, the students and parents met along with a smattering of other community members at the Sullivan First Christian Church, reports WTWO, the NBC affiliate in Terre Haute. They want to raise money for a separate, “traditional” prom that only allows heterosexuals.

Sullivan High School itself presumably would not be involved with a prom that bans certain students from attending.

The participating students believe there is a large contingent among the 600 or so students at Sullivan High School who agree with them. They say those students are fearful of speaking out as they now have.

“If we can get a good prom then we can convince more people to come and follow what they believe,” letter jacket-wearing student Kynon Johnson told WTWO.

“We want to make the public see that we love the homosexuals, but we don’t think it’s right nor should it be accepted,” Bonnie McCammon, another student, added.

Diana Medley, a local special education teacher, told the station that many locals are offended by homosexuality. Medley, who believes everyone is born straight, disapproves of homosexuality.

“We don’t agree with it and it’s offensive to us,” the straights-only prom advocate said.

Medley was asked if she thinks gay people “have a purpose in life.”

“No I honestly don’t. Sorry, but I don’t. I don’t understand it,” the special education teacher answered. “A gay person isn’t going to come up and make some change unless it’s to realize that it was a choice and they’re choosing God.”

Several local pastors also endorse the movement for a separate prom.

“Christians have always been prepared for a fight,” said Pastor Bill Phegley of Carlisle Christian Church. “Jesus gave us armor for the front, not the back; we’re not running anymore.”

Other people in Sullivan and the surrounding area reject the idea of a prom that excludes gays and lesbians. For that point of view, WTWO chose a local man named Jim Davis. The station identified him as a “local Christian” and he couched his arguments in religious terms.

“We shouldn’t be condemning people, and that’s what judgment is,” Davis said. “Christ came to save the people not to condemn them.”

Davis observed that everyone is a sinner according to Christian theological doctrine. He suggested that homosexuality is a sin, but no different from any other sins.

“The feeling of being loved and belonging is universal,” he added.

Opponents of a private prom that bans gays have already started a Facebook page called “Support the Sullivan High School Prom for All Students.” The number of “likes” for the page is rapidly increasing.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

1) Medley was asked if she thinks gay people “have a purpose in life.” “No I honestly don’t. Just look at that response. Atrocious if thats how people who become Christians think. How narrowly communal can a human being get?

This is worst, most superfluous and backhand hate espousing expression of ‘sharing of God’s love’ in the history of communication between dissenting groups. Having an attitude of non-hate does’nt change the logic of hate within the words. Insincere and hateful. Barbaric even.

2) Davis observed that everyone is a sinner according to Christian theological doctrine. He suggested that homosexuality is a sin, but no different from any other sins.

One man’s sinner is another man minding their own business about who has sex with who for recreation if not procreation. From a procreative sex ONLY person even (i.e. does not have sex for recreation and ONLY has sex to have children), the case for considering this a sin makes the narrow communalism factor as bad as the above earlier response. Can anyone say Taliban Among Christians?

There probably are many Christians who do not communicate in this offensive manner AND in full sincerity even though communicating correctly WITH corrects expression as well. The above HAS CORRECT WORDS **BUT** does not communicate correctly because the spirit of this correctly expressed opionion is insincere. Being skillful EMOTIONAL liars or disingenuous, is no expression of love but in fact casts doubt on the lack of earnestness or forthrightness in the nature of the person and thus what the religion cultivate (negative LGBT hate behaviour in this case) – in otherwords talking with 2 tongues. God would be loath to call these people Christians or be ashamed that such people exist in his flock. We could appreciate some Muslims more for at least being hateful openly and not mincing words, this contrived civility among Christians feels even more dangerous, perhaps psychotic even. NOT LIKE!

ARTICLE 5

Sir David Attenborough gets a mauling from academic….because he’s ‘ignoring’ all the gay animals in his BBC nature documentaries – by Fiona Macrae – PUBLISHED: 05:03 GMT, 9 February 2013 | UPDATED: 05:11 GMT, 9 February 2013

Homophobia in Documentaries presents inaccurate nature programs.

Homophobia in Documentaries presents inaccurate nature programs.

Homosexuality in animal world ‘pretty much everywhere’
Dr Brett Mills says documentary makers are ignoring issue
As a result, audience’s view of what is natural is being skewed

David Attenborough is accused of not covering homosexuality in the animal kingdom

Gay rights campaigners were delighted when the Commons approved same-sex marriage this week.

But it appears there is another fight on the horizon – for equality in Sir David Attenborough’s nature documentaries.

An academic has criticised the BBC star for failing to cover homosexuality in the animal kingdom.

Dr Brett Mills, head of media studies at the University of East Anglia, said that while he doubted Sir David was deliberately ignoring the issues, homosexuality is ‘pretty much everywhere’ in the animal world.

He said that by ignoring or sidelining the issue, wildlife documentary makers are skewing the audience’s view of what is natural.

Dr Mills – who has previously criticised such documentaries for invading animals’ rights to privacy – said: ‘These programmes make a valuable contribution to environmental awareness and how people think about the world around them. They are highly regarded and educational but they should also be offering alternative interpretations of animal behaviour.

‘The central role in documentary stories of pairing, mating and raising offspring commonly rests on assumptions of heterosexuality within the animal kingdom.

‘This is despite a wealth of scientific evidence which demonstrates that many non-human species have complex and changeable forms of sexual activity, with heterosexuality only one of the many possible options.’

Dr Mills’s criticisms come after watching hours of Sir David’s documentaries, spanning two decades.

In one example from 2003’s The Life Of Mammals, two male chimps are shown embracing. The narrator describes it as an act of friendly affection – but Dr Mills says alternative explanations should also be given.
Sir David

Dr Brett Mills, head of media studies at the University of East Anglia, said that while he doubted Sir David was deliberately ignoring the issues, homosexuality is ‘pretty much everywhere’ in the animal world

In The Life Of Birds in 1998, viewers were treated to male sandpipers circling one another in an ‘aggressive’ manner. Again, Dr Mills suggests another interpretation should have been addressed by the programme.

The academic also complains that Sir David’s programmes place too much emphasis on traditional family values and monogamy while ignoring promiscuity and single parenting, which are also rife among many animals.

He highlighted footage of emperor penguins from 1993 that suggests ‘family is an essential unit for the success of the offspring’. Similarly, the description of blue manakins, South American birds which have multiple mates, as ‘neglectful of their parental duties’ feeds the idea that one type of family is better than others, it is claimed.

The researcher chose Sir David’s documentaries to illustrate his point because of the ‘perceived authority and reverence’ lent to them by the veteran broadcaster – but he stressed that other wildlife documentaries are just as guilty.

Dr Mills, who airs his arguments in the European Journal of Clinical Studies, said: ‘The research now suggests that [homosexual] behaviour can be found in pretty much every species to different extents.

‘Anywhere people have actually looked, it will be found.’

The BBC did not respond to requests for comment.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Attenborough’s dishonesty around LGBT issues, amazing and shocking at the same time. If even a person like Attenborough cannot tell things as they are, the documentaries they make amount to lies and anti-LGBT propaganda. Disappointing. Does this warrant a stripping of title from David?

ARTICLE 6

Nearly Half of All US Farms Now Have Superweeds — by Tom Philpott – Wed Feb. 6, 2013 3:06 AM PST

Last year’s drought took a big bite out of the two most prodigious US crops, corn and soy. But it apparently didn’t slow down the spread of weeds that have developed resistance to Monsanto’s herbicide Roundup (glyphosate), used on crops engineered by Monsanto to resist it. More than 70 percent of all the the corn, soy, and cotton grown in the US is now genetically modified to withstand glyphosate.

Back in 2011, such weeds were already spreading fast. “Monsanto’s ‘Superweeds’ Gallop Through Midwest,” declared the headline of a post I wrote then. What’s the word you use when an already-galloping horse speeds up? Because that’s what’s happening. Let’s try this: “Monsanto’s ‘Superweeds’ Stampede Through Midwest.”

That pretty much describes the situation last year, according to a new report from the agribusiness research consultancy Stratus. Since the 2010 growing season, the group has been polling “thousands of US farmers” across 31 states about herbicide resistance. Here’s what they found in the 2012 season:

Superweeds: First they gallop, then they roar. Graph: Stratus

• Nearly half (49 percent) of all US farmers surveyed said they have glyphosate-resistant weeds on their farm in 2012, up from 34 percent of farmers in 2011.
• Resistance is still worst in the South. For example, 92 percent of growers in Georgia said they have glyphosate-resistant weeds.
• But the mid-South and Midwest states are catching up. From 2011 to 2012 the acres with resistance almost doubled in Nebraska, Iowa, and Indiana.
• It’s spreading at a faster pace each year: Total resistant acres increased by 25 percent in 2011 and 51 percent in 2012.
• And the problem is getting more complicated. More and more farms have at least two resistant species on their farm. In 2010 that was just 12 percent of farms, but two short years later 27 percent had more than one.

So where do farmers go from here? Well, Monsanto and its peers would like them to try out “next generation” herbicide-resistant seeds—that is, crops engineered to resist not just Roundup, but also other, more toxic herbicides, like 2,4-D and Dicamba. Trouble is, such an escalation in the chemical war on weeds will likely only lead to more prolific, and more super, superweeds, along with a sharp increase in herbicide use. That’s the message of a peer-reviewed 2011 paper by a team of Penn State University researchers led by David A. Mortensen. (I discussed their paper in a post last year.)

Advertise on MotherJones.com

And such novel seeds won’t be available in the 2013 growing season anyway. None have made it through the US Department of Agriculture’s registration process. The USDA was widely expected to award final approval on Dow’s 2,4-D/Roundup-resistant corn during the Christmas break, but didn’t. The agency hasn’t stated the reason it hasn’t decided on the product, known as Enlist, but the nondecision effectively delays its introduction until 2014 at the earliest, as Dow acknowledged last month. Reuters reporter Carey Gillam noted that the USDA’ delay comes amid “opposition from farmers, consumers and public health officials” to the new product, and that these opponents have “bombarded Dow and US regulators with an array of concerns” about it.

So industrial-scale corn and soy farmers will likely have to muddle along, responding in the same way that they have been for years, which is by upping their herbicide use in hopes of controlling the rogue weeds, as Washington State University’s Charles Benbrook showed in a recent paper (my post on it here). That means significant economic losses for farmers—according to Penn State’s Mortensen, grappling with glyphosate resistance was already costing farmers nearly $1 billion per year in 2011. It will also likely mean a jump in toxic herbicides entering streams, messing with frogs and polluting people’s drinking water.

For a good idea of what’s in store, check out this piece in the trade mag Corn & Soy Digest on “Managing Herbicide-Resistant weeds.” Here’s the key bit—note that “burndown” means a complete flattening of all vegetation in a field with a broad-spectrum herbicide such as paraquat, an infamously toxic weed killer that’s been banned in 32 countries, including those of the European Union:

For those with a known resistance problem, it’s not uncommon to see them use a fall burndown plus a residual herbicide, a spring burndown before planting, another at planting including another residual herbicide, and two or more in-season herbicide applications. “If you can catch the resistant weeds early enough, paraquat does a good job of controlling them. But once Palmer amaranth [a common glyphosate-tolerant weed] gets 6 ft. tall, you can’t put on enough paraquat to kill it,” [one weed-control expert] says.

But of course there’s another way. In a 2012 study I’ll never tire of citing, Iowa State University researchers found that if farmers simply diversified their crop rotations, which typically consist of corn one year and soy the next, year after year, to include a “small grain” crop (e.g. oats) as well as offseason cover crops, weeds (including Roundup-resistant ones) can be suppressed with dramatically less fertilizer use—a factor of between 6 and 10 less. And much less herbicide means much less poison entering streams—”potential aquatic toxicity was 200 times less in the longer rotations” than in the regular corn-soy regime, the study authors note. So, despite what the seed giants and the conventional weed specialists insist, there are other ways to respond to the accelerating scourge of “superweeds” than throwing more—and ever-more toxic—chemicals at them.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Perhaps this will be how humanity dies out. From their own GMO experiments crosbreeding naturally to create super fast growing, super toxic plants that wipe out human populations. Humans civilisation taken over by Sentient plant life might be most intersting. So watch out Vegetarians. These plants will remember how they were specifically sought out for EATING rather than a balanced diet type.

ARTICLE 7

THE ZIO STEAMROLLER: 26 WHO GOT CRUSHED! (Excerp)

http://www.tomatobubble.com/zio_steamroller.html

1973: SENATOR WILLIAM FULBRIGHT
Long time, unbeatable, US Senator (D-AR, 30 years)
.
THE CRIME:

Stated, on a national televised news show (ABC’s Face The Nation):

“Israel controls the U.S. Senate. The Senate is subservient, much too much; we should be more concerned about U.S. interests rather than doing the bidding of Israel. The great majority of the Senate of the U.S. – somewhere around 80% – is completely in support of Israel; anything Israel wants; Israel gets…”

THE PUNISHMENT:

The Jewish Lobby organized against him and he was unseated in 1974

A Washington GIANT was suddenly taken down!

1982: CONGRESSMAN PAUL FINDLEY
Long time Congressman, unbeatable, (R-IL, 22 years)
.
THE CRIMES:

Outspoken critic of Isarel and the Jewish lobby (AIPAC)
Wrote the best selling book “They Dare to Speak Out: People and Institutions Confront Israel’s Lobby” (1985) in which he states that the AIPAC has vast influence over the United States Congress.
Supporter of the rights of Palestinians
Supported the efforts of the Council on American Islamic Relations (CAIR) to improve the image of Muslims in America

THE PUNISHMENT:

The Jewish Lobby – which referred to Findley as “a dangerous enemy of Israel” – organized against him and unseated him in 1982

Findley dared to speak out – and he soon lost his seat for it!

1984: SENATOR CHARLES PERCY
Long time US Senator (R-IL, 18 years)
.
THE CRIME:

Tried (but failed) to save Karl Linas, an anti-Communist Estonian-American (who fought in the German SS) from being deported to face death in the Soviet Union

THE PUNISHMENT:

The Jewish Lobby organized against him and he was unseated that same year (1984)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Any citizen who stays that long in any post is preventing others from having their chance at democracy. These guys may be good individuals but their TERM LIMITLESS presence is a Mubarak and a Gaddfi or Salleh upon US politics. Consider the extreme salaries as well and goodies that come with being in political posts, I’d say these guys and the culture of such long terms should not be encouraged by labelling them ‘Unbeatable’. A good statesman would prefer to step aside and allow other fellow citizens to legislate. What these step asiders COULD do is band together in an association that could judge and endorse or condemn from the outside what the next politician says or does WITHOUT any special state funds being assigned other than a basic pension IF they are of retirment age. That way instead of being term limitless they are being a check and balance. Consider also that ANYTIME not more than 10-20 such panellists of former Governors or Senators could exist to lay judgment or advice on the current 1 TERM governor or senator or what ever political post holder.

ARTICLE 8

2011: CHARLIE SHEEN – One of Hollywood’s biggest stars

THE CRIME:

Angered Jewish groups when he seemed to mock the jewishness of his producer Chuck Lore, telling a radio host: “Chuck Lore, his real name is Chaim Levine (with repeated emphasis on ‘Levine’)
Upon being fired, Sheen then doubled down, referring to Lore/Levine as:

“a contaminated little maggot…I wish him nothing but pain in his silly travels.”

THE PUNISHMENT:

Immediately fired from his hit TV show  “Two and a Half Men” (in spite of the show’s massive success which was due solely to him!)
Relegated to “has-been” status and doing freak shows

Sheen was dumped for pointing out the Jewish name of his producer.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Sheen could afford to continue a low budget version of 2.5 Men even without any studios and still might be a ‘been’.

ARTICLE 9

Pope’s brother: Benedict seeks quiet retirement – by FRANK JORDANS | Associated Press

Georg Ratzinger, brother of the outgoing Pope Benedict XVI, answers journalists’ questions during a media opportunity in his home in Regensburg, southern Germany, Tuesday, Feb 12, 2013. Pope Benedict XVI did what no pope has done in more than half a millennium, stunning the world by announcing his resignation Monday and leaving the already troubled Catholic Church to replace the leader of its 1 billion followers by Easter. (AP Photo/Frank Jordans)

Associated Press/Frank Jordans – Georg Ratzinger, brother of the outgoing Pope Benedict XVI, answers journalists’ questions during a media opportunity in his home in Regensburg, southern Germany, Tuesday, Feb …more

Pope Benedict XVI, center, leaves after attending a meeting of Vatican cardinals where he read a document in Latin in which he announced his resignation, at the Vatican, Monday, Feb. 11, 2013. Benedict XVI announced Monday that he would resign Feb. 28 – the first pontiff to do so in nearly 600 years. The decision sets the stage for a conclave to elect a new pope before the end of March.

Pope Benedict XVI to resign

REGENSBURG, Germany (AP) — Pope Benedict XVI is planning to stay out of the public eye following his retirement at the end of the month and will probably not write any further works during his lifetime, his brother said Tuesday after talking with the pontiff.

Speaking to reporters in his home in the southern German city of Regensburg, Monsignor Georg Ratzinger, who was ordained on the same day as the pope in 1951, said his brother also has no plans to move back to his German homeland.

“You don’t transplant an old tree,” the 89-year-old said.

The two are very close, however, and Ratzinger said he’s already planning to visit his brother later in the year.

The 85-year-old Benedict shocked the world Monday by announcing that he planned to step down from the papacy at the end of the month.

For Ratzinger, however, the decision was no surprise.

“He has been thinking about it for several months,” he said. “He concluded that his powers are falling victim to age.”

He talked with the pope by telephone on Monday evening after the announcement and said his brother was now hoping to lead a quiet life in the Vatican. Though he was a prolific writer before and during his papacy, Ratzinger said that was now likely to end.

“I don’t think he will write any new works,” Ratzinger said.

Rudolf Voderholzer, the bishop of Regensburg who is also in charge of the pope’s theological institute that publishes his work, said that even if Benedict does write, no new works would be published during his lifetime.

“Anything he published could be conceived as interference in the work of the next pope,” he said.

As for his successor, Ratzinger said his brother “feels that a younger person is needed to deal with the problems of the times.”

Asked whether the time had come for a pope from outside of Europe, Ratzinger said that could happen in future, but not immediately.

“For now I think the job will remain with a European,” he said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

I’d say the CPPCC Politburo of China will have to qualify all the above statements before any of the same hold true. Why? For those who know, the Vatican and by extension ALL Catholics OWE CHINA Why and how, I leave for those who are spiritually in the know, one holdback was all it took to expose the web of lies.

ARTICLE 10

Russian entrepreneurs oust Thais from their native land? – 01.02.2013

Russian businessmen have crossed all borders both literally and figuratively. Thai entrepreneurs say that Russians oust them from the tourism industry. In the kingdom, there are many companies and businesses owned by Russian citizens. In this regard, the Thais conducted an anti-Russian protest action. How justified are their claims?

The rally was held earlier this week in Bang Tao resort, on the island of Phuket in Thailand. Several hundreds of local entrepreneurs took to the streets of the village, accompanied by taxi drivers, who also believed that the Russians were building obstacles for them in their own land. The businessmen of the kingdom were outraged about the activities of travel agencies, established by Russians, in particular Alex Tour. A sign with this name was torn off the company office on Monday during the protest action, The Phuket News wrote.

The protesters also walked past all buildings with Russian signs on them – “Marusya”, “Matryoshka” and “Three Wild Boars” restaurant. Fortunately, all those Russian establishments were closed.

On the eve of the protest, Thai businessmen were handing out leaflets and posters, urging others to clean the island from the “Russian mafia” to “liberate” the locals. Russian businessmen were thus portrayed as occupiers of Thai businesses operating in the sphere of trade and services. Thai travel agents, restaurateurs, taxi drivers and even laundry owners allegedly suffer from Russians. However, local residents say that the Russians usually ask cheaper prices for their services, and therefore they should not be allowed to dump on the market in Thailand.

The Russians living in Thailand, in turn, were very surprised with the protest actions. They claim that the majority of Russians work in the Asian country legally, so local entrepreneurs use the term “Russian mafia” inappropriately. However,Bigness.ru discovered, the leaders of the tourism industry look at the situation differently.

“In fact, the right of the Thais really violated, Russian citizens can not work legally in Thailand as guides,” – said Nikolai Koziorov, CEO of ArtisSpace travel agency. “Most of our guides work illegally. And this is what the Thais are concerned about. Basically, there are good reasons for that, because they lose their jobs.”

According to expert, the Thais have reasons to complain about. To get a job in a travel agency, they study Russian, and earn less than the Russians, as native speakers are more eloquent guides for tourists. In addition, Russian entrepreneurs try not only to open their own travel firms, but also buy local ones, thus taking away bread from the local people. The employment of Russian citizens in Thailand, as the expert said, is very often against the law.

“Under the laws of the majority of tourist countries, one should to obtain at least a license to be able to become a guide. Russians do not usually have any. This is a problem not only in Thailand but also in other countries, but it always gets solved somehow, ” Nikolai Koziorov said. Some Russian guides will probably be caught and sent back to Russia, but most of them will remain to work in Thailand, he added.

Press secretary of Rostourism, Irina Shchegolkova, agrees with the travel industry representative. “In Egypt, for instance, before riots started there, local residents strongly protested against the opportunity for foreigners to take their jobs. There is a problem of training guides and drivers there, of course – they do not speak Russian very well. For Russian tourists, it is much more comfortable, when they speak Russian to a Russian guide, and when a guide speaks Russian to them. But of course, the Thais have a right to defend their country’s economy and their jobs. Maybe they also need to think about how they can improve the quality of their services,” the official said.

Indeed, local citizens should improve the tourism industry. The number of tourists from Russia has been growing rapidly in Thailand. A significant part of the Russians, who can afford to travel, do not know English, which is considered an international language. Consequently, it would be much better if the Thais would not go on the warpath with Russian businessmen, but offer their services in good Russian for Russians. Needless to say that no one knows the history and way of life in Thailand as deep as the indigenous population does.

Meanwhile, the relations between Thailand and Russia have become somewhat strained recently. “Over the recent years, the number of accidents that occur to Russian tourists in Thailand has grown considerably. It is about time Russia should sound the alarm. We have already informed the Thai authorities on this issue. Russian tourists in Thailand commit suicide, get in car accidents and suffer from street theft. We even discussed an opportunity to sign a formal agreement with the Thai authorities to guarantee safety to Russian citizens in Thailand,” Irina Shchegolkova said.

Maria Snytkova

Bigness

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Russia is a terrible foe to have. USA has been ‘fighting off’ Russia for ages. All smaller countries should either walk with Russia or join another super power. Unfortunately for Thailand geographically, Russia is in the East and China of course is Russia’s ally in general and in many ways a go between diplomat between Russia and USA. China had dominated ASEAN region countries so long that even with the slight gap during 1800s to 1950s where all Chinese authority slipped for a moment, nothing can change the fact that the East will be dominated by these powers. Thailand should work with Russia and China if possible. As for the mafia issue, just work with the locals or what not, Russia could almost tear apart USA (especially when the US economy is weak and politics is less than democratic), Thailand, in fact all of ASEAN combined – barring China alone, would stand no chance against China much less Russia, work within the framework of the UN (which is quite Zion skewed in many ways and less than neutral or moving too slowly) and in economic issues, focus on professionalism and ethnic authenticity. The alliance between Russia and China already grants these 2 nations hegemony in the East.

No space for Thai idiosyncracies (while hospitable and having a reputation for among the more sensitive and beautiful people in ASEAN, some very important segments of Thai society are quite fundamentalistically superstitutious, insular and parochial (perhaps hierarchial to a fault though that too is their charm and sense of pedigree but for those who sought the truth, the very apex groups were their near doom, the respect for LIFE and FREEDOM, and only entitlement and spiritual entitlement as well rather than a love of justice and desire to aid or communicate with their petitioners resulted) is entirely lacking among the very most privileged – superficial socieies so fearful of their own people, they would deny the very first nature of existence – communication and access to TRUE WISDOM, they would prefer to suppress all and sundry without so much as a thought or attempt to respond as fellow SENTIENTS, these Thais being barely SAPIENT anyway) in their own manner, the subtleties of these natures could make the Russian trained and run tourist or business outfits easier to deal with than character flawed Thai socio-hierarchial sensitivities that completey ignore geopolitical realities and military strength) and the general 3rd world mindedness that has left the insular and somewhat fundo-minded Buddhist locals behind (I will remind against mandatory stints for youths as Buddhist Monks as being undemocratic and disrespectful of Human Rights as well as Theocracy leaning  Ah Buddhism in Thailand and Malaysia, arrogance and entitlement is thy name! A sorry faith is the manner of practice and perhaps vindictive as hell . . . ). Lets put things into perspective, if in a game like ‘Red Alert’ (EA Games) – if even China does not have a storyline as a main player selection, Thailand does not appear in an extended expansion pack, (China does have and expansion pack but thats all China has, no storyline either), militarily we all know where Thailand stands overall even though as of this posting China and Thailand BOTH have 1 aircraft carrier while China should be building another score more and has an army that outnumbers even the Russian army (if both rely on robotics for war, the manpower behind remote controlled war machines overruning the continent will ensure that China wins simply because of more ‘players’ who will be better rested and able to take shifts and even days off, as opposed to nations with small populations – conversely populations without infrastructure could break a nation much like USA, USA is in serious trouble because of internal supply issues against the Corporatist parasite Bureaucracy.).

Unlike USA’s military option, in Thailands case, honesty and professionalism and no dirty tricks is the only way to counter Russia, this mafia labelling looks dangerously warlike in terms of language and Thailand as a nation in entirety, much less just the business community (in fact even Japan or all of ASEAN) is incapable of taking on Russia and should not do targeted killings because retaliations from Russia could go on for far (this means 1000s of years potentially – Malaysians beware, any antics against Russia in the past (in places like England of all places where a series of tit for tat occured) will not be quickly forgotten) too long for Thailand to be able to indulge these shows of bravado. Note, even China treads politely around Russia (i.e. no targeted killings) though this is mutual in many ways (as allies ASEAN has ZERO chance of fighting both combined) due to China’s (also partly North Korea’s army if they decide to unify with local North East Asian powers – a United Korea would put an end to anu Western hegemony if South Korea is more SCO inclined than NATO inclined) massive militarizable population and Russia’s still chaotic infrastructure.
M.A.D. scenario wise, much less infantry wise, Thailand is incapable of even taking on North Korea, Korea in general euphemistically termed China’s ‘Nephew’ from older times. HOW CAN THAILAND dare to kill Russian citizens?!? Suicidal. As the singlish version would go ‘You want to die is it?’

A regular dose of killings of Russian citizens in Thailand might be Thailand’s downfall in the long run as the lead nations of the Eastern sphere consolidate their power and eventually find time properly expand into South ASEAN, to think back on nations that killed their citizens and retaliate – with interest added. There is no way to fight Russia or China, or worse, the 2 combined. Thailand cannot go around disturbing Russian citizens much less killing them (this appeaers to be a favourite past time between ‘the West ( (actually if the whole lot lose patience and just overrun ASEAN, USA and EU being tied up in the Middle East will not be ready, even as debts in USA will take at very least a decade or few to clear) i.e. England and USA to a point, also against the ‘Krauts’ and former Axis nations though less so the EU)’, much like Malaysian Chinese need their equality in order to save face for mainland China as Chinese demands for Human Rights grow with their awareness against illegal structures like Bumiputra Apartheid applied against minorities in Malaysia that affects the Chinese superminority in Malaysia as well.

But only on issues of conscience and ethics or a moral ground (rather than military might, which targeted killings allude), is the possibility of ‘winning’ there. But tit for tat killing? No way. Even a Cold War with such assassination paradigms against Russia alone could crush Thailand or who knows even the whole of ASEAN. This is the East, and dominance ‘has never been and never will be’ – possible by Thailand over Russia – these tit for tat killings are ridiculous like a Mom and Pop shop taking on a multinational franchise WITH MONEY rather than making usre all the materials used are GMO free and everything is handmade.

Russia in fact might just want a reason to invade Thailand who knows, and is baiting Thai citizens to kill Russian citizens if not using the KGB to provoke killings of Russian citizens . . . who knows maybe Russia already has an army of ‘Yuris’ working on Thailand at this moment, so guess what a ‘Zombie Apocalypse’ satellite broadcast could do? Does Thailand have the technological infrastructure to fight Russia much less the military hardware?

ARTICLE 11

The grim reality of our abattoirs: Grisly image from inside Somerset slaughterhouse at centre of danger drug probe shows brutal last seconds of pony’s life – by Sean Poulter – PUBLISHED: 23:54 GMT, 14 February 2013 | UPDATED: 08:32 GMT, 15 February 2013

LJ Potter of Taunton kills 63 horses a week
Owner Stephen Potter sells his horsemeat through 50 butchers in Calais
Meat from three of the six horses containing bute have been sold and eaten
The meat from the second three has been recalled

This is the grisly scene played out every day inside the Somerset slaughterhouse which sent six horses containing danger drug bute into the human food chain.

A slaughterman balances a rifle against the pony’s head and pulls the trigger. The animal flails on the ground and is then winched on to the production line where her throat is cut with a razor sharp knife, severing the carotid artery.

The company LJ Potter of Taunton kills 63 horses a week using this method, with the carcasses shipped to France for food.

Last seconds: This is the grisly scene played out every day inside the Somerset slaughterhouse which sent six horses containing danger drug bute into the human food chain

The business is run by Stephen Potter, who said he sells his horsemeat through 50 butchers in the Calais area.

Meat from three of the six horses found to contain the anti-inflammatory drug phenylbutazone, known as bute, has been sold and eaten, while meat from the second three has been recalled.

Mr Potter said he bought ponies, thoroughbreds and riding stable horses that are old or injured.

‘People come to us to dispose of their horses because they feel we do it very well,’ he said.

‘We wish to produce meat that is wholesome, nutritious, good value and, most importantly, safe.

‘We firmly believe that the humane destruction of horses for the human food chain has an important role to play in ensuring horse welfare, as otherwise unwanted horses would be left to enter a downward spiral to neglect.’

The details have triggered a fierce political row, with Labour accusing the government of ‘catastrophic complacency’ in its handling of the horsemeat scandal.

Grisly: LJ Potter of Taunton kills 63 horses a week using this method, with the carcasses shipped to France for food. The business is run by Stephen Potter, pictured. This is a file picture

Labour’s Shadow Environment Secretary, Mary Creagh, warned ministers of the danger of bute contamination on January  24, however horses containing the drug continued to be slaughtered and exported for food.

It was not until this week that a new regime, which stops horsemeat being sold until tests show it is negative for bute, was introduced.

She challenged food minister David Heath in the Commons yesterday, saying: ‘We must make sure horsemeat intended for humans is not contaminated with bute, it really is as simple as that.

‘So why did you not act immediately when I raised this issue three weeks ago in this House?’

She added: ‘It’s astonishing. We were in the middle of a horsemeat adulteration scandal, this is just catastrophic complacency from you.’

Mr Heath said the government is working with the French authorities to track the British horse carcasses killed at Mr Potter’s abattoir.

He also insisted that Britain is leading the way in getting European co-operation to track down the criminals responsible for the scandal.
Slaughterer: Mr Potter, pictured, said he sells his horsemeat through 50 butchers in the Calais area. This is a file picture

‘We have probably the biggest investigation that has ever been conducted across Europe into criminal behaviour, going on at the instigation of this Government,’ said Mr Heath.

He described Britain’s role as a ‘quite remarkable achievement in a very short time’.

Throughout the crisis, ministers have argued the horsemeat contamination is a matter of food fraud rather than a health risk.

News that British horses containing bute have entered the food chain suggests these were premature.

In theory, high doses, far more than would be present in a horsemeat burger, can induce blood disorders, including aplastic anaemia.

This means the bone marrow stops making enough red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets for the body, putting people at risk of life-threatening infections.

However, the Government’s chief medical officer, Dame Sally Davies, yesterday insisted any risk to consumers is small.

‘Horsemeat containing phenylbutazone – bute- presents a very low risk to human health,’ she said.
Agriculture minister David Heath
Shadow environment secretary Mary Creagh

Row: Labour’s Shadow Environment Secretary, Mary Creagh, right, warned ministers of the danger of bute contamination on January  24. She challenged food minister David Heath, left, in the Commons yesterday

‘At the levels of bute that have been found, a person would have to eat 500 – 600 one hundred per cent horsemeat burgers a day to get close to consuming a human’s daily dose.

And it passes through the system fairly quickly, so it is unlikely to build up in our bodies.

‘In patients who have been taking phenylbutazone as a medicine there can be serious side effects but these are rare. It is extremely unlikely that anyone who has eaten horse meat containing bute will experience one of these side effects.’

Mr Potter did not respond to calls asking about his methods and where the six horses were sent in France.

Speaking in 2007, he defended what he does, saying: ‘We will all be old at some point and may spend our later years in great discomfort, horses are the same.

‘The horses are handled in a stress-free manner, by professional people and despatched with the minimum of fuss. None of us could ask for anything better than that.’

A Yorkshire abattoir owner, Peter Boddy, has been accused of providing horses to a factory in Wales where they were passed off a beef and turned into burgers and kebabs.

Mr Boddy is contracted to remove fatally injured horses from racecourses, including Aintree and the Grand National.

Yesterday, the racing authorities said measures are in place to ensure horses killed on the track cannot be sold for food.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

So in a place like Malaysia, probably dog meat and cat meat and Human flesh could well be found in burgers as well.  That Muslim hated pork or bacon could not be replaced with Human flesh now could it? Is that why Malaysia often sabotages applications for pork abbatoirs or destroys existing private pork abbatoirs? Are the Chinese eating REAL pork? Or is that the flesh of fallen Jewish soldiers killed then shipped from Palestine? Pass the Gorean Sugu-burgers? How about some minced Kugan?

ARTICLE 12

Hove murder: Heavy object killed homeless Lee Williams –  13 February 2013 Last updated at 21:08 GMT

What is society or even law at all when these things can happen with impunity? Little wonder government is less and less respected.

What is society or even law at all when these things can happen with impunity? Little wonder government is less and less respected.

‘Vicious attack’ left man dead

A homeless man who was murdered in what police have described as a “brutal, vicious and sustained attack” with a heavy object has been named.

Lee Williams, 45, who was originally from Hastings, was found dead next to the Hove pitch and putt on Monday.

He died from severe injuries to his face and head caused by a heavy object, post-mortem tests revealed.

Det Ch Insp Ian Pollard, from Sussex Police, said Mr Williams also suffered multiple fractures to his ribs.

He said: “We believe Lee was living in Hove for about a year and had a few friends within the homeless community but on the whole he was quite a private person.”
Police remain at scene

He said Mr Williams was an alcoholic and had been living in an archway under the promenade looking on to the pitch and putt course.

The rough sleeper had been a regular at the Thursday night soup kitchen near the Peace Statue next to Hove Lawns, and bought his beer from the Londis store next to the Alibi pub on Kingsway, he added.

Officers have not established the time of the attack but believe Mr Williams was last seen on Sunday morning.

Det Ch Insp Pollard said: “Lee suffered a brutal, vicious and sustained attack causing multiple injuries to his face, head and body. We need to find whoever did this to him and bring them to justice – they should not be allowed to get away with this.”
Police at scene Specialist officers have searched the area and forensic tests are still taking place

He urged anyone who knew Mr Williams or had seen him, or knew of any reason why someone would want to kill him, to contact the force.

He also said members of the homeless community who may not feel comfortable talking to the police could contact officers in strict confidence.

Earlier, police said the murder scene near Western Esplanade would remain cordoned off until the end of the week.

A large number of items such as food, drink, bedding and clothing had been found where he lived and each item was being forensically examined.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Why should there be any homeless at all? Is there any unused state land the homeless can build homes and do  subsistence farming on? Whats wrong with England and England’s lawmakers? This article’s matter of fact tone also bothers. Are the homeless so normalized ESPECIALLY when there is unused state land that they could be allowed to use for subsistence farming or live on? If the country belongs to everyone, then the homeless ALSO own in equal share all the plantation and mineral wealth or unused land which they could access to build homes and cultivate subsistence on. If a person has a nation, they are entitled equally, maybe the voters and the homeless do not know how, but this is simple.

Vote in MPs that will pass laws for the above suggestion. Assign ALL homeless unused state land to cultivate and live on. End of problem.

14 Articles From Malaysia : Feel Good Articles with No Substance, PM Najib’s 40% of Population (Plus non-racist Malays could be up to 80%) Dilemma, Insecure Women Betray Their Men Politically and Spiritually, Freeing the Orang Asli , Competing with Indian Gods For Billboard Space , Malaysia’s Corrupted Unethical Politicians , Property in Malaysia, Anwar Makes Most EU Meeting – Shows Cynical Self Serving Side Instead , Old Politics Belongs In Uneducated and Low Tech Nations that PAP Thinks Singaporeans Are In ,Ethics and Equality , Cosplayers To Politicians, Pot Calls Kettle Black – Obtuse Arguments to Score Negativist Pathos Points Among the 3rd World Voters, Greedy DAP – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 2nd February 2012

In 99%, Apartheid, ASEAN, Bumiputera Apartheid, conflict of interest, DAP, democratisation, enforcement, entertainment, ethics, gambling, Islam, Malaysia, nepotism, oligarchy, police, property rights, Singapore, vested interest, wealth distribution, zombies on February 1, 2013 at 8:19 pm

ARTICLE 1

Stop prejudice and stereotyping – by Marina Mahathir, The Star – Thursday, 31 January 2013 admin-s

Just because a few people are intemperate in their language, all of us are labelled thugs and louts. Worse still, those who strut around with an air of unwarranted superiority claim to represent all of us.

HAVING been brought up always to be polite, I can be quite shocked when people are rude and direct.

Once many years ago, an American woman asked me how it felt to be an oppressed Muslim woman.

After getting over my shock, I put it down to sheer ignorance.

Not long after, a Russian man, ostensibly well educated, asked me why Muslims liked to cut off their enemies’ heads.

I’m not sure how I managed to contain myself but it did give me an insight into how some people have no idea how their words can sound to others.

Since those days, I have managed to develop much better shock-absorbers and few things manage to rattle me as before.

I have heard people blithely ask me why we don’t simply kill all people with HIV as a way of containing the epidemic, as if they were giving me a bright idea to solve a simple problem.

In all seriousness someone also told me that the reason why black people don’t excel at swimming is because their skin pigments are so heavy it is difficult for them to float.

All these people genuinely belie­ved that they were imparting wisdom.

It never occurred to them that they might sound totally out of sync with the times, where racist and genocidal ideas no longer hold currency.

Still, it is rare for me to hear anything so shocking any more.

Most people I know would never stereotype or judge others by the colour of their skin, their race or their religion.

We take everyone as equals and value them for their talents, skills and ethics.

It thus becomes a major shock to me to find that outside that circle, the world is different.

Reading headlines in some local newspapers I find myself disturbed by the blatantly racist stories that pass for news.

While such outright racism towards fellow Malaysians is not yet considered de rigeur, foreigners are easy targets, especially if they don’t come from countries more developed than us.

Whole continents of people are deemed criminal with impunity and racist epithets trip off tongues and pages as easily as praise for politicians.

When I remark on this, people defend the racism. The media, they say, are just stating “facts” about some people whom “we all know” tend to commit crime.

It never seems to occur to anyone to question these “facts”, any more than it occurs to right-wing Ame­ricans to question the “fact” that Muslims are all terrorists and spend all our time stoning people.

To say that the media is only reflecting what people think is to hide behind a disingenuous bush.

The media both reflects and creates stereotypes.

Indeed, it reinforces them, and then refuses to take responsibility for any violence that may result.

An Indiana man who was charged with setting fire to an Islamic centre said the only Muslims he knew was what he saw on Fox News, a channel that doesn’t bother to hide its prejudice against Muslims.

Similarly highly distorted news on the LGBT community in Malaysia has resulted in some of them suffering violence at the hands of thugs.

Let’s not even mention the things that some Malaysians get away with saying on social media.

There are those who claim to belong to a religion of peace, yet happily spew the most vicious anonymous diatribes against those of other faiths.

Worse, this is done in the name of their own faith.

The result is a lot of counter-prejudice and stereotypes.

My people, the people I knew growing up as infinitely polite, gentle and considerate, are these days labelled uncouth, intolerant, aggressive and hypocritical.

Just because a few people are intemperate in their language, all of us are labelled thugs and louts.

Worse still, those who strut around with an air of unwarranted superiority claim to represent all of us.

If my fellow citizens feel hurt by the actions of these few, I feel hurt too.

My people are being labelled haters and bridge-burners when throug­h­out history we have been the most accommodating and hospitable of people.

Because of a few bad examples, all of us have to suffer from sometimes barely-concealed condescension.

And racism breeds racism; some people only know to respond to hate with even more hate.

Since our leaders fail dismally to delineate between what is right and what is so patently wrong, it is left to civil society, especially young people, to find ways of making a peaceful point.

Last Sunday, we sat under shady trees and read books to enlighten our friends and ourselves.

And with that, we rose above the muck and saw one another clearly for the human beings that we are.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Typical generalisations for one of so much profile. Marina’s words against racism and apartheid institutionalized Bumiputra Apartheid would be so effective, but all we get from this woman is some extra-lite ‘feel good’ weak sauce while the citizens suffer the malaise that has began to typify the Malays, still no word on :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

For all the resources and ethos, Marina is an absolute failure for not speaking against what Malaysia has become, instead offering secondary school essays on a propaganda site. Disappointing!

ARTICLE 2

Malaysia’s Murderous Side

The August Post Mortem Commission of the greatest detectives and medical minds in the World rose as one body to acclaim, applaud and congratulate the outstanding, sole and unchallenged winner of the ‘2009 Nobel Correct,Correct,Correct Prize’, I. American M.D.

The Commission, chaired by I. American M.D., had been ably assisted by Sherlock Holmes, Hercule Poirot and Charlie Chan with watching briefs held by AG Ganesh Patel, I Raja Polis Big Moose, eleven I Polis Raja from Peace Hill Resort district and Kapak Singh MP for Altant.., opps sorry can’t say that, I mean that Chinese Mongolian blackmailing bitch Aminah Baginda.
The Commission had just concluded its unanimous finding that the death of suspected but surely guilty one Anarchist A. Coogie was wholly, exclusively and necessarily due to a regrettable ACCIDENTAL SUICIDE and that it was a true and fair verdict. Coogie had been arrested as a suspected but surely guilty one Anarchist, Al Qaeda General and peddler of illegal DVD’s of the popular computer game ‘Grand Theft Auto.’
Coogie had been collared the previous month at the Klang Hitman Pasar Malam (Night Market) near the abandoned $30 million new Bus Station and taken to the Peace Hill Resort People Friendly Incarceration and Interrogation Tea Party Centre, for counselling and ‘friendly’ advice. At some point in time of a murky and hazy night, Coogie had, overcome by remorse and deep shame, suddenly cut loose from a ring of 11 interrogators and flung himself to death through the 3rd Floor window of the tea room.
The findings of the Commission are classified under the draconian OSIBISA – Official Secrets, Intelligence, Banking and Internal Security Act. However, donplaypuks® managed to obtain loose transcripts of the Commission of Inquiry’s proceedings from its garbage disposal can and after piecing them together, has decided to share these excerpts with the Public in the interest of justice, at the risk of being sub-judice and being invited via a Mareva Injunction to take a friendly tour of the picturesque Peace Hill Resort.
………………………
I.American M.D.
So, we can ignore the 2 PM’s?

11 I Polis Raja chorus
Absolutely! Ignore them! Don lah korek, korek, korek!

I Raja Polis
That’s right. Maha Firaun and Maharosemajib have nothing to do with it.

I American M.D.
Idiot! I meant the two Post Mortems, not Prime Ministers. The cause of death was Pulmonary Enema.

AG Ganesh Patel
You mean they beat the shit out of Coogie? That’s MURDER!!

Sherlock Holmes
I say old chap, what’s Pulmonary Enema? Watson?

Dr.Watson
Alimentary, my dear Holmes!

I.American M.D.
Imbeciles! I meant Pulmonary Edema exacerbated by Myocardial Infarction aggravated by acute malfunction of the Renal Sub-Filtrate System with possible contributory factors arising from External Blunt Force Trauma.

I Raja Polis/AG Ganesh Patel
We no spik German. Please translate to English.

Charlie Chan
Water accumulation in the lungs caused by failure of the kidneys and a swelling of the heart due to having the shit beaten out of him by a rubber truncheon, perhaps?

I.American M.D.
No! No! No! No rubber truncheons. It was suicide. He jumped of his own accord from the 3rd Floor window at Peace Hill Resort.

11 I Police Raja chorus
Fell of his own accord! Accidental Suicide!

AG Ganesh Patel
Even though he was handcuffed behind his back and there were 11 I Polis Raja with him at that time?

I.American M.D.
That’s right. He was apparently a sprinter of some renown having been trained by Olympic and World Champ, Usain Bolt.

Hercule Poirot
And managed to leap 15 feet high and slip through the iron bars of the window on the 3rd Floor, while handcuffed behind his back?

I.American M.D.
Sounds incredible, I confess. But you know these oily Indians from Klang. The ‘Orang Minyak’ (Oily Man) is a well known Gang of thieves. They are superbly fit and can slip through the eye of a needle.

Sherlock Holmes
But the PM does not state anything about broken bones, only numerous torture lacerations on the skin and blunt trauma marks.

I.American M.D.
You will recall that the body was compromised by members of Coogie’s family and two Members of Parliament when they barged into the morgue at the hospital. They fixed the bones, planted the scars and engineered gaping holes and bruises on the body.

11 I Police Raja chorus
They fixed it! Shame and Perfidy! Red Card, MP’s!

Dr. House
What about the 2nd Independent Post Mortem. The provisional cause of death (pending toxicology) was stated as due to acute renal failure due to Rhabdomyolysis?

I.American M.D.
I no spik Bangla!

Dr. Mark ‘Ace’ Kolmar
Breakdown of skeletal muscle tissue due to having the shit beaten out of him by blunt force trauma rubber truncheons, perhaps?

I.American M.D.
Well, these foreign doctors from Bangladesh and Burma. What can we say? It may be common in Dhaka, but not here in 1 Malaysia, 1 Nation, Just Do it. Kami Bolih!

11 I Polis Raja chorus
Common in Dhaka, Bangladesh. How sad!

Dr. Kildare
What did your inspection of Coogie’s body reveal?

I.American M.D.
No, no.There was no need. I just went through the files and photos of the 2 PM’s and expertly deduced from my armchair that there was no foul play whatsoever!

11 I Polis Raja chorus
Expertly deduced from his armchair. No foul play whatsoever. Nudge, Nudge! Wink, Wink!

Kapak Singh MP
Why did the kidneys, lungs and heart fail? Surely, the cause of death must be determined?

I.American M.D.
The cause of death was the heart stopped beating and the brain stopped functioning. But of course we could not establish the heart had expanded. But this is normal in the case of Malaysian Indian ‘Grand Theft Auto’ suspects but surely guilty one !

Charlie Chan
Whoa, so congvingnience one, ah? Even if police bullet is found in body, you only conclude ‘died from bleeding, heart stopped beating?’

Dr. Ben Casey
What was the clincher? I mean what was THE evidence that led you to your learned opinion?

I.American M.D.
The Suicide Note.

11 IPR chorus
Suicide Note? That’s rum!

Sherlock Holmes
He wrote a Suicide Note while fully handcuffed behind his back and in the presence of 11 I Polis Raja and they don’t know about it? Can I take a look at it?

I.American M.D.
Sorry, no can do. Barred by OSIBISA, I’m afraid. And sub-judice.

11 I Polis Raja chorus
Barred by OSIBISA, Whew!

I.American M.D.
But I can read excerpts from it. Here goes:
‘Yang benar Appa, Amma and Sujatha (my beloved mistress).. jika you receiving this letter you vill be knoving dat I yam kaput. But, I must telling the truth to the whole verld…….I yam yaddicted to ‘Grand Theft Auto’ video game and yam on a mission to make yit a Glocal success selling yit in the Night Markets of the world…………11 I Polis Raja have nothing to do with beating the shit out of my body with blunt force trauma rubber truncheons leading to Pulmonary Enema exacerbated by Myocardial Infarction aggravated by acute malfunction of the Renal Sub-Filtrate System or Rhabdomyolysis Breakdown of skeletal muscle tissue, pending toxicology…..I yam deeply ashamed by my yactions and have decided to yaccidentally kammit swiside!.There’s nothing more I can say……..

11 I Polis Raja chorus
Yaccidentally kammit swiside! What more is there to say!

Sherlock Holmes
Brilliant I.American M.D. You have convinced us. A true Professional. It felt like, looked like and smelled like Murder or Beating the shit out of the body with blunt force trauma rubber truncheons. But I was so obviously wrong. You have covered up all the angles beautifully.

I.American M.D.
Yes, we have covered it all up exceedingly well, what Holmes!

11 I Polis Raja chorus, I Raja Polis and AG Ganesh Patel
Yes! Covered it all up exceedingly well! Correct, correct, correct. Hip, hip hooray to I.American M.D.!

donplaypuks® with my post mortems, man!!

-http://donplaypuks.blogspot.com

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The prisons and policing system seem to be particularly dangerous in some parts of ASEAN don’t they? But politics can change the police force into something better and more transparent. With :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;granted, 10 million or more minority Malaysians might be inclined to give Najib (Najib gives himself effectively a second term by helping the majority including the non-racist Malays, the results will be overwhelming) 4 more years to extricate himself from the above mess of deaths.

ARTICLE 3

PKR’s Lim Soo Nee is “immature” for criticising Soi Lek over ‘girlie shows’ – MCA –  by  Chong Itt Chew – Tuesday, 29 January 2013 22:22

Kedah exco and PKR state chief Lim Soo Nee has failed to defend the rights of non-Muslims by keeping quiet in the state executive council, thus allowing PAS to place a lot of restrictions and to impose Islamic policies. However, he still dares to insult MCA President Datuk Seri Dr Chua Soi Lek for placing a lot of restrictions in their invitation to attend their Chinese New Year event.

Seeing as that the General Elections is around the corner, PAS has therefore decided to mere postpone the female performance ban, and not repeal it completely. Thus, I urge Lim Soo Nee to not be complacent that the ban has been postponed, as so long as the ban is not abolished completely, he has failed to defend the rights of the non-Muslims community in Kedah.

Daily lives affected

Ever since PAS took over the administration of Kedah, they have launched and implemented various policies which are harmful to the rights and freedom of the non-Muslim community. Their daily lives have now been affected, and Lim Soo Nee as well as DAP are powerless to do anything except to protest and complaint after something has been done. If the non-Muslim leaders in both PKR and DAP are not powerless, then why did they not immediately oppose the decision of the state assembly or the state exco?

As a member of the state exco, Lim Soo Nee should have played his role and oppose the implementation of Islamic policies, yet the number of cases where non-Muslim rights are violated continue to increase. This proves that he is incompetent and a coward when it comes to defending non-Muslim rights.

Besides that, Lim Soo Nee as an exco was also unable to use his influence and was forced to choose his own service centre to host the Chinese New Year event and even inviting female performers only proves that he is immature and has already put the cart before the horse.

Dato’ Chong Itt Chew
Kedah MCA Chairman

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Heres one example where feminism plays non-Muslim  females (shall we also say typically less than ‘girlie’ types insecure about their looks or goodwill with their husbands so are willing to use religion as a tool of control?) right into the hands of the Muslims, along with their male non-Muslims, at least those unaware of feminism or involved in countering proselytisation or involved in the military industrial complex) non-Muslim male counterparts and non-Muslim communities. Sell out feminists would consort with trhe enemies of democracy to indulge their hatred of men, even those who are already married to men.

Capitulation that seems like victory . . .

Capitulation that seems like victory . . .

 

ARTICLE 4

Guan Eng slams Education Dept for ‘blocking aid’ to poor students – Tuesday, 29 January 2013 08:41

BUTTERWORTH -Chief Minister Lim Guan Eng has accused the state education department of trying to sabotage the state government’s initiative to give aid to poor students.

He alleged the department had directed the heads of secondary and primary schools in the Bagan constituency not to participate in the programme.

“Directives were given to the schools not to give the names to the state,” he told reporters after presenting RM100 aid each to 400 poor students at the Dewan Ahmad Badawi here today.

To back his allegations, Lim showed reporters a copy of a letter dated Jan 16 and signed by Penang Education Department Registration unit head Shamsul Fairuz Mohd Nor.

The letter stated that an application from the state government for the names of the students could not be considered, as it did not have approval from the education director-general’s office.

“This does not make sense at all, as we are not ‘kongsi gelap’ (triads) or an illegal company. We are the state government,” he said, adding that the same programme was conducted last year without any problems.

Lim, who is the Bagan MP, said that several schools in the constituency had backed out of the programme after receiving the directive.

“If this cannot be done here (in Bagan), I am not surprised if it can be done elsewhere in the state,” he added.

-thesundaily

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This does not make sense at all, as we are not ‘kongsi gelap’ (triads) or an illegal company. We are the state government,”

Oh yes DAP is gelap, as for ‘kongsi’, the use of the term smacks of racism. Isn’t there a Malay equivalent word for ‘kongsi’? Such word replacements tend to negative feelings. 20+ years of TERM LIMITLESS and NEPOTISTIC and involved in Race Riots gelap. This state government is a FAILURE and any company DAP is involved in is illegal until the term limitless and nepotistic are removed from ALL DAP committee posts. That means :

If the voters want to be rid of Taib or Mubarak style Oligarchs and nepotists, or dr.Evil cliques (Mokhzani and Mirzan worth near 3 BILLION between them from ill gained assets), YOU VOTERS MUST be very careful of the family links here.

To be entirely safe, I advise the Orang Asli, to vote THEIR OWN family Oligarchs into power instead of non-Asli outsiders like the Yong or Tiong or worse, Lim Dynasty Clan. The will not need the power, they already have the wealth and are being power mad.

Please note the Oligarchs in Pakatan as listed below :

NEPOTISM IN PAKATAN RAKYAT

Three of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Lim Kit Siang (MP Ipoh Timur – Perak)
Lim Guan Eng (MP Air Puteh – Penang)
Chew Gek Cheng (Assemblyman Kota Laksamana – Malacca) Guan Eng’s wife
Lim Hui Ying Guan Eng’s sister (Vice-Chairman)

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Karpal Singh (MP Jelutong – Penang)
Gobind Singh (MP Puchong – Selangor) Karpal’s son
Jagdeep Singh (Asssemblyman Dato Keramat – Penang) Karpal’s son

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Anwar Ibrahim (MP Permatang Pauh, Seberang Prai)
Wan Azizah
Nurul Izzah Anwar(MP Lembah Pantai – Kuala Lumpur) Anwar’s Daughter

Also either Ngeh (Pantai Remis) or Nga (Sitiawan) must go to prevent 2nd degree nepotism and the kind of environment that caused DAP’s Kulasegaran, PKR’s Gobalakrishnan, to be kicked out possibly an act of racism but more likely at the order of the Lim Dynasty clique.

For even stronger consideration, I also list seats that HRP demands :

1. Padang Serai (Incumbent: PKR – N Gobalakrishnan)
2. Batu Kawan (DAP – Ramasamy)
3. Sungei Siput (PSM – Dr D Jeyakumar)
4. Ipoh Barat (DAP – N Kulasegaran)
5. Bagan Datoh (BN – Ahmad Zahid Hamidi)
6. Cameron Highlands (BN – SK Devamany)
7. Hulu Selangor (BN – P Kamalanathan)
8. Kuala Selangor (PAS – Dzulkefy Ahmad)
9. Klang (DAP – Charles Santiago)
10. Kota Raja (PAS – Siti Mariah Mahmud)
11. Rasah (DAP – Anthony Loke)
12. Teluk Kemang (PKR – Kamarul Baharin Abbas)
13. Alor Gajah (BN – Fong Chan Onn)
14. Tebrau (BN – Teng Boon Soon)
15. Lembah Pantai (PKR – Nurul Izzah Anwar)

HRP might very well be aware of some things we are not aware of to list some surprising choices as well, do not discount their reasons. PSM’s Jeyakumar appears to have been bought by BN though, so their viability is uncertain until PSM’s clique leadership changes. I have done some probing and casual calls to PSM, they are not very grassroots, DAP of course (also tried earlier) is far worse and absolutely TREACHEROUS and clique based and beholden to SINGAPORE’s PAP. I would not be surprised if the nepotists in DAP are rounded up a 2nd time, for collusions with Singapore to subvert Malaysian Federal authority instead amongst other things like ‘neurotech abuse’. Everyone else, should meanwhile stand as independents in any constituency with bad assemblymen or MPs or people who do not endorse term limits and asset declarations.

Here’s something that will help voters decide if candidacy is not their thing or too expensive :

Barisan – Apartheid, Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs
Pakatan – Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs (excepting PAS which is unfortunately semi-Taliban in Hudud intentions)
3rd Force – Corrupt Only (if 1 term limited, meaning kick them out AFTER 1 term so that they have no chance to be corrupt, then 3rd Force Indepdnents are the perfect MPs)

Pick the coalition with the least flaws. End the APARTHEID ! Destroy the Oligarchs in all political parties ! 3rd Force is best. And don’t feel bad about kicking Oligarchs out, the Taibs, Tiongs? and Yongs? are multi-millionaires (billionaires) with immense assets that are just greedy for power now that they have wealth. We have nothing against these sorts but the policy for 5 decades that accepts APARTHEID and not full Equality is unacceptable. Also limitless terms are undemocratic.

ARTICLE 5

Guan Eng’s billboard raises eyebrows – Tuesday, 29 January 2013 08:43

GEORGE TOWN – THE gigantic picture of Chief Minister Lim Guan Eng on the “Welcome to Thaipusam 2013” billboard near the entrance to Jalan Kebun Bunga, here, has raised eyebrows as thousands of devotees and visitors thronged the new Arulmigu Balathandayuthapani hilltop temple.

The strategically placed giant billboard shows a smiling Lim in the centre, towering over other state leaders, along with the Hindu deity Lord Murugan.

Also on the billboard are DAP national chairman Karpal Singh, his son Jagdeep Singh, who is also Datuk Keramat assemblyman, Seri Delima assemblyman R.S.N. Rayer, Bagan Dalam assemblyman A. Tanasekaran and Prai assemblyman P. Ramasamy.

Several Pakatan Rakyat banners were also seen being placed at several places along Jalan Utama leading to the temple.

State Barisan Nasional chairman Teng Chang Yeow said it was not the previous state administration’s practice to politicise its respective component parties during festive religious celebrations.

Teng said doing so was deemed as being disrespectful to the celebration and devotees.

He said the BN state government would not mix politics with religion and its stand would always be impartial.

“We always participate in these religious festivals, but for us, it is more about greeting devotees.

“A state MIC branch had applied to set up a panthal (kiosk) during the Thaipusam festival many years back, but it was rejected. We are strict on this matter,” he said, adding that BN would not take political advantage by promoting parties during religious events.

Teng said this at the Thaipusam celebration here yesterday. Earlier, he and several non-Muslim state BN leaders greeted and wished devotees in Jalan Kebun Bunga “Happy Thaipusam”.

– New Straits Times

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Lord Murugan should not be depicted as smaller than LGE the worst nepotist and term limitless failed GE12 Manifesto farce, among other liars of politicians. An appropriate placement for LGE would be below Lord Murugan’s foot and smaller than Lord Murugan’s foot on the poster. Can anyone say ‘narcissist?

ARTICLE 6

MyWatch chief: Cop threatened to shoot me – Anisah Shukry, FMT – Tuesday, 29 January 2013 Super Admin

MyWatch chairman R Sri Sanjeevan was on undercover at several illegal gambling outlets in Jelebu when a policeman called him up and threatened to shoot him if he didn’t leave.

A policeman from the Jelebu police headquarters allegedly threatened to shoot the chairman of anti-crime watchdog MyWatch early this morning, minutes after he informed Bukit Aman of illegal gambling outlets operating in the area.

R Sri Sanjeevan told FMT he had been staking out the illegal gambling outlets in Simpang Pertang alone, waiting for the district police to act on his tip off, when he received a threatening call at 3.43am from a Malay man.

According to Sanjeevan’s police report, the man had demanded in Malay: “who are you, are you drunk, why did you call Bukit Aman, do you think we don’t know what we are doing? I want you to leave that area or I will go there and arrest you or shoot you.”

When Sanjeevan asked who the man was, he allegedly replied: “I am a police officer from IPD Jelebu! If you have the guts, come to IPD Jelebu now!”

Sanjeevan said he immediately called Bukit Aman and was told that the information would be passed on to the Negeri Sembilan contingent police headquarters.

But no response came and Sanjeevan lodged a police report at 4.55am at the Jelebu district police headquarters over the matter.

“The investigating officer confirmed that the number [from the death threat] belongs to IPD Jelebu,” Sanjeevan told FMT.

“So they are narrowing it down and will charge the perpetrator for criminal intimidation. I doubt the case will stick, but the public needs to know that police give death threats as well.”

Sanjeevan said he was certain the man who issued the death threat was a police officer intent on protecting the illegal gambling outlets there, which he said had been operating for two years.

“It was just a four minute difference [from when I informed the police about the outlets]. Within four minutes, I get a threatening call. So who do you think it is?”

Police protecting illegal gambling outlets

Sanjeevan explained that he had gone undercover at 2.50am as a customer of the outlets based on information he received from a source.

“I have been getting complaints too often [over the illegal gambling outlets and] have relayed it to police but they failed so I went down personally,” he told FMT.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The cop was being too lazy to discuss so was directly threatening the best way possible. At the same time, these illegal outlets could well be tomorrows normalised businessmen – especially with loss limits based around salaries. 30% maximum losses and the gambling outlet management must ask for salary slips. Perhaps the maximum level of bets could also be limited based on salary slips as well. For example a blackjack game could be in $1 increments for 1000 salary earners (this easily can come up to hundreds in a single game effectively locking out the 1000 player if a single game goes badly . . . until the next month before the next visit to the mini-casino . . . ) while the ‘VIP’ tables for those earning or with businesses of 100K a month could raise/bet 1000 per hand etc.. (same limits in either case just because someone earns 100K a month does not mean they should be allowed to lose more than 30K and be locked out of all outlets until the next month). This acts as a useful reminder and after all, gambling outlets are not about making people bankrupt, but rather to allow some number bending games around skills. the 30% limit to losses will be a very well appreciated check and balance type of law, that will also teach gambling outlet owners not to look upon gamblers as people to destroy – they can’t  if this law is in place and will focus on skill and fairplay as well as grow a conscience instead.

Right to Gamble other than 4D, is a Human Right for non-Muslims (with limits on loses based around monthly salaries). Also right to Adult Industry. But advertising and sales of alcohol to non-Muslims?!? TALIBAN ALERT!

Right to Gamble other than 4D, is a Human Right for non-Muslims (with limits on loses based around monthly salaries). Also right to Adult Industry. But advertising and sales of alcohol to non-Muslims?!? TALIBAN ALERT!

ARTICLE 7

Tunku Aziz claims told to woo Yamtuan’s son – January 27, 2013

Tunku Aziz has turned vocal DAP critic since his departure from the party.

SEREMBAN, Jan 27 — Former DAP vice-chairman Tunku Abdul Aziz Tunku Ibrahim has claimed that he was once asked by DAP state chairman Loke Siew Fook to persuade a son of the Yang Dipertuan Besar of Negri Sembilan to contest in the coming state election on a DAP ticket.

Tunku Abdul Aziz said he conveyed the request to Tunku Zain Al-’Abidin Ibni Tuanku Mukhriz, the founding president of the Institute for Democracy and Economic Affairs (IDEAS), but the latter turned it down.

He said Tunku Zain Al-’Abidin would be made the Negri Sembilan menteri besar if the opposition wrest the state from the Barisan Nasional.

“Unperturbed, Loke (MP for Rasah) again asked me to persuade Tunku Zain Al-’Abidin to contest a parliamentary seat in the coming general election and promise him of a cabinet post if the opposition come to power.

“But I did not convey the request. It does not make sense for the DAP to appoint this young Tunku as mentri besar while his father is the Yang Dipertuan Besar,” Tunku Abdul Aziz said at a ceramah here tonight.

Tunku Abdul Aziz said it was unbecoming of the DAP to tempt a member of the royal house in its quest for power. — Bernama

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Qlippoth! Yet Shemhamphorash still lives to create more shells . . . Pakatan is the unethical back end of politicians worldwide, even as BN is corrupted as the heart of Satan.

ARTICLE 8

Interesting Excerpt on Adverse Possession (Of property)

‘It is legally conceded that uncontested long possession of land ultimately confers legal title to the occupier irrespective of the formal or documentary record of ownership. This common law principle forms the foundation of the bona fide occupants recognised under the Land Act of 1998 as it may seem, adverse possession confers actual title to the holder who occupies land for long enough and meets the following basic requirements: (i) the adverse possessor must have actually entered the property; (ii) the possession must be notorious – the possession must be seen; (iii) the possession must be adverse to the owner’s claim; and (iv) the possession must be continuous. Indeed the forest encroachers on the ten settled villages on the South Bugosa Forest Reserve (the reserve examined by ACODE) meet these basics. The land has been cultivated and improved. The government has set up infrastructure including a school on the reserve. The encroachers for all intents and purposes treat the land as theirs.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

In the case of Forest Reserve being used by ‘Settlers’, consider an allowance of space which should limit the number of dwellers in each area. To retain the pristine nature of the reserve areas and yet not be accused of unwarranted land sequestration, any citizen should be allowed to independently ‘Settle’ at density levels which are appropriate to the intended zoning of the land.

For example ONLY 1 family per 10 acres may be allowed for ‘Forest Reserve’ (after which financial accounts and assets of that family will be monitored for capacity to purchase normal units in the ex-urbs and will be required to be relocated), this can be policed and monitored informally by government rangers, if density becomes inappropriately high, the ‘neighbourhood’ can be broken up with new land areas assigned to the evicted settlers. This way, there will be ‘fair use’ for citizens and yet Reserves will remain pristine YET accessible to citizens.

As for exchange of titled land for permanent use of Forest Reserve (or even rights over more than 1 lot of 10 acres PER 1000 acre bloc which makes for a form of luxury country home or even low density retirement home, alongside the homeless settlers, large estates in the middle of nowhere with roads built and paid for by citizens aid accessibility, and can increase national land values by dotting all ‘wilds’ with human civilisation even if private yet at levels that are low density enough to retain the nature of wilderness), the quantum of exchange should be weighed against accessibility (inaccessible or problematically elevated, water inundated, or severely undulating lands could be cheaper due to road access costs) and the intended use of the land. For example ‘Forest Reserve’ must remain minimally developed, congruously developed (certain types of orchards not deemed highly intensive), or into Botanical Reserve at most (this way people can have all sorts of plant or Animal Reserves, which and may even be used as tourism resorts or retreats)

Malaysia does not recognise ‘Adverse Possession’ methods of ownership but should make unused state land accessible to all at levels above suggested in a manner more permanent than TOL which has a very strong element of uncertainly which scuttles the value of settled areas. Meanwhile BACK TAXES should not be applied in a manner that makes any owner lose their property, THOUGH all earnings should be monitored and deducted a a reasonable level put towards payment AT NO INTEREST to the offending citizen, a fine for back taxes is retrogressive and legally inapplicable, because of the further debt upon debt which already cannot be paid. Excepting flat interest BASED ON INFLATION, there should be no interest or compound interest or even fines applicable to people who cannot pay for properties they are unable to pay up as of currently.

For those with land or interested in ownership of land, also study these terms, “Allodial” (good for citizens but can cause land sequestration issues if extremely wealthy) and “Eminent Domain” (bad for citizens ONLY, can cause loss of property rights overall and gives state undue authority and power)

ARTICLE 9

AN OMEN FOR BN? EU willing to work with Anwar, PR as the NEW GOVT if they win GE13 – by  Wong Choon Mei, Malaysia Chronicle – Friday, 25 January 2013 12:00

UPDATE2 The European Union Ambassador to Malaysia Luc Vandebon said the EU would have no problems working with Opposition Leader Anwar Ibrahim and his Pakatan Rakyat coalition should they wrest the federal government in the coming general election.

“Absolutely, we want to work with Malaysia. We are ready to work with Datuk Seri Anwar and any other democratically-elected government,” Vandebon told a press conference on Friday.

Very significant statement from a world power

The statement is a tremendous morale booster for the 64-year-old Anwar and PR as they move into the last lap of what is expected to be a very dirty ballot.

Prime Minister Najib Razak, who has vowed to defend his Umno-BN government’s 55-year hold on power “at all costs”, is likely to dissolve Parliament and call for the country’s 13th general elections in the next few weeks..

“It is a very positive sign as far as PKR and PR are conscerned. The Ambassador said categorically they are prepared to work with any democratically-elected government and this is a very significant statement coming at this time,” Anwar later told reporters when asked for his response to the EU’s statement.

“Their presentation today to PR leaders and Members of Parliament was informative. They raised various economic issues that are of importance to the EU and we will take these views and positions into consideration.”

Umno-BN risks becoming a pariah to the global community

PKR leaders cheered the news, pointing out that EU’s emphasis on co-operation with “democratically-elected” government should be noted by Najib and his Umno-BN coalition.

“EU is one of the world’s most powerful economies and trading blocs. The fact that they came to the PKR headquarters tells its own story. This is a very important statement and should serve as a warning to Najib and Umno-BN,” PKR senior leader Tan Kee Kwong told Malaysia Chronicle on the sidelines of the conference.

“If they try to hang onto power by unjust and unfair means, the EU may not want to play ball with them. Umno-BN will become a pariah as far as the global community is concerned, they should watch it.”

Kee Kwong’s remark comes as the Umno-BN struggles to shake itself free from allegations of vote-rigging and even offering citizenship to illegal immigrants in exchange for their votes.

The concerns of the Malaysian people that there will be widespread electoral cheating are serious and widespread, and reflected in the phenomenal support for free and fair polls movement Bersih, which managed to carry out 3 successful public rallies despite being banned and prosecuted by the Najib administration.

Negotiations to resume after GE13

Vandebon had on Friday morning led a team to the PKR headquarters to discuss the ongoing EU-Malaysia Free Trade Agreement (FTA). Since 2010, the EU has had seven rounds of negotiations with the Malaysian government, but nothing concrete has been finalized. T

The EU team has been told that negotiations will resume after the general election.

“I am not sure we can say there has been any delay … given that these are extremely complex agreements. But we are ready to resume negotiations after the elections with any democratically-elected government,” Vandebon reiterated.

The EU is an economic and political union of 27 member states which are located primarily in Europe. The EU operates through a system of supranational independent institutions and intergovernmental negotiated decisions by the member states.

It has a combined population of over 500 million or 7.3% of the world population, generating the largest nominal world gross domestic product (GDP) of 17.6 trillion US dollars in 2011, representing approximately 20% of the global GDP when measured in terms of purchasing power parity.

Level playing field

Anwar was quick to affirm his coalition’s willingness to work the EU but stressed the need for a “level playing field”.

“Malaysia is a trading nation and effective measures need to be adopted to enhance trade and investment. We will direct the Pakatan Rakyat Economic Secretariat to urgently look into the matter. We will engage with our industry sectors for their feedback. Our general principle is to adopt the principle of free trade with fairness and a level playing field,” said Anwar, a deputy prime minister and finance minister.

In 2011, Malaysia was the EU’s 23rd largest trading partner in goods. Bilateral trade between the EU and Malaysia is dominated by industrial products. The EU mainly imports machinery and appliances and mainly exports electrical equipment and machinery (both ways industrial products account for more than 90% of trade). Other sectors of relevance in terms of EU imports from Malaysia are plastics and rubber and animal and vegetable fats and oils and in terms of exports, mechanical products.

EU imports from Malaysia have gradually increased since 2003, experiencing a significant decrease in 2008-2009 (16% fall). With the exception of fisheries, EU exports have also seen a growing trend since 2000, with an 18% decrease in 2008-2009 due to the economic downturn. Although Malaysia has not been a major trading partner in services so far, opportunities are increasing due to pressure to liberalise key sectors.

In September 2010 the EU Member States approved the launch of negotiations for a Free Trade Agreement with Malaysia.  Malaysia is a member of ASEAN and a WTO member.

Malaysia Chronicle

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Until Anwar speaks clearly on :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;as well as end the culture of opacity and nepotism in Pakatan, Malaysia is a USELESS country that EU should divest from.

ARTICLE 10

Managing voice, exit and loyalty in Singapore — Daniel Chua – February 01, 2013

FEB 1 — Singapore’s ruling People’s Action Party (PAP) government has lost two by-elections in eight months — one in Hougang on May 26, 2012, and most recently in Punggol East on January 26, 2013 to the Workers’ Party (WP). Some commentators describe the losses as symptoms of a sea change in Singapore politics, and some predict more PAP losses in future elections. Supporters of the PAP government, however, remain optimistic that the ruling party can reinvent itself before the next general election due in 2016.

In his classic work, “Voice, Exit and Loyalty” (1970), Albert O. Hirschman combines economic principles and political science by analysing voice and exit as mechanisms for improving the quality of products in an economy or governance in a state. He defines the giving of feedback as voice and the choice of turning to a substitute brand or product as exit.

Loyalty, according to Hirschman, is a “less rational, though far from wholly irrational” concept when analysing the response of dissatisfied customers of a company or disgruntled voters in a country. From the two by-election defeats suffered by the PAP, voters in Singapore have taken the exit option by choosing an alternative candidate over the PAP.

To be sure, there are many factors that account for the loss of the Hougang and Punggol East seats by the PAP to the WP. Perhaps the WP candidates, Png Eng Huat and Lee Li Lian, connected better with residents in Hougang and Punggol East, respectively. It could also be the popularity of WP as an alternative political party to the PAP. Some opine that both PAP by-election losses were attributed to a broader discontentment with the government’s policies related to immigration, housing, and transportation. But without comprehensive studies and strong data, it is hard to be sure what the reasons are, and even harder to resist the trend.

Between exit and voice, the ruling party clearly chooses voice as a mechanism to improve its quality of governance. The PAP must listen, or at least be perceived to be listening, to the voices of the people. Soon after the general election of 2011 (GE2011), the PAP government embarked on a structured approach to gather feedback from cross-sections of the population through the “Our Singapore Conversation” (OSC) project. The prime minister, Lee Hsien Loong, and other ministers were featured on forums broadcasted on national television in English and Chinese channels, apparently to demonstrate sincerity in listening to the voices of the people. The OSC has drawn more criticisms than applause because of the composition of the committee reflecting the glaring absence of participants from other political parties.

Lee has also started his own Facebook page where he attempts to engage the section of Singapore’s population that actively plugs in to social media. Unlike the use of traditional media such as television and newspapers, Lee’s Facebook posts attract mostly encouraging comments. It may well be a sign that the prime minister is making some headway in engaging the people through Facebook.

Despite its ostensible goals, OSC falls short of Hirschman’s definition of voice. The voice in the OSC lacks the spontaneity in most democratic societies where civil rights are respected and protected. Without the freedom to speak up openly on issues deemed to be unjust, Hirschman argues that “dissatisfaction is more likely to take the form of silent exit”.

There are at least two ways that Singaporeans can choose exit over voice. Elections remain a legitimate and effective means to shift allegiance from the PAP to opposition parties. Another form of silent exit comes in the form of migrating overseas. The number of Singaporeans giving up citizenship hovers around 1,200 annually since 2007, and the number of Singaporeans currently residing overseas is approximately 200,000 based on the newly-released Population White Paper.

The PAP government now struggles to create a positive trajectory in guarding PAP votes and retaining Singapore’s best and brightest talents. When weighing the costs of exit, exiting citizens must reckon that the greatest loss is their right as citizens to participate as members of the society to have a voice. Yet since the PAP government has successfully curtailed freedom of speech and public demonstrations, more Singaporeans may pack and leave the country for good.

There is a third group: the PAP loyalists. They, too, may not be fully satisfied with the government’s policies. They remain loyal, however, because they are hopeful that the PAP will deliver on its promises and hold the belief that if they preserve their right to a voice, no matter how small that voice may be, they will eventually be heard. To be sure, the GE2011 results indicate that majority of Singaporeans voted for the PAP. They are the ones putting up “Likes” and supportive comments on the Facebook pages of PAP MPs. But this group looks set to shrink very quickly. To reverse the downward trend, the PAP will have to fight GE2016 on two fronts: One, to retain the support of the loyalists with continuance of policies that worked well in the past; two, to convince the Singaporeans on the threshold of exiting that they have a voice. — New Mandala

* Daniel Wei Boon Chua is a PhD candidate at the College of Asia and the Pacific, Australian National University.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Even a nation with a 30% flat demographic group of multi-MILLIONAIRE leisurely classes with full paid homes and cars (Singapore does not yet have this sort of wealth level, no country really does or can, there can only be so much sequestration by so many plutocrats before the ‘trickle down effect’ becomes a REVERSE OSMOSIS of sorts where the middle classes are destroyed and the poor become dependents on the state . . . ), the 70% can easily demand a Socialist redistribution of the wealthies by ousting PAP’s richest MPs or any MP that will not place limits on wealth sequestration. A 30% of people owning 90% WEALTH while the 90% citizens only own 10% cannot be tolerated – and this is what PAP has causes, extreme salaries for bureaucrats attest this and require the 70% (again I stress, no country has this but plenty of countries have 90% wealth held by 10% syndrome, or in worse ratios) to vote POOR and non-GLC-Crony-Nepotism linked candidates ONLY. The 99% have no choice.

The 99%’s future generations will never be able to match or keep up with inflation, Wealth must be re-distributed as per the ‘Great Leap Forward’ so that we will have no extremes in wealth (20 million limits on maximum wealth sequestered) or poverty (has to work whole life just to own a small flat or pay off children’s educations, can never own a car), with wealth equity dropping from inflation while the wealthy oligarchs and nepotists control all policy making rights while suppressing the growth of the 99% by preventing them from obtaining wealth through inflation.

ARTICLE 11

Tunku Aziz denies privacy breach claims – Lisa J. Ariffin – February 1, 2013

Tunku Abdul Aziz denies privacy breach claims over a Negeri Sembilan royalty and pins blame on DAP’s Anthony Loke.
VIDEO INSIDE

PETALING JAYA: Former DAP vice-president Tunku Abdul Aziz today refuted privacy breach claims when he revealed the son of a Yang di-Pertuan Besar had been courted by the DAP to be an election candidate.

Tunku Aziz  instead blamed the party’s national organising secretary Anthony Loke, whom Tunku Aziz claimed had approached him to persuade Negeri Sembilan’s Tunku Zain Al-’Abidin ibni Tuanku Muhriz to contest in a state seat.

In an e-mail response to Tunku Abidin, Tunku Aziz said he was not privy to what transpired between the former and Loke as he was not present during their meeting.

“If anyone had violated your privacy in this instace, it was Loke who volunteered the information to me,” Tunku Aziz read a copy of his e-mail to reporters here.

Tunku Aziz described the plan as an “open secret” in DAP and pointed out “a political party operating in the public domain is not private property”.

“You cannot hide behind a cloak of secrecy where a matter of public interest is involved,” he told the young prince.

“I am not unused in the jobs I have done to respecting privacy, but in this case what had been attempted is of national interest and has every potential for formenting a constitutional crisis,” he added.

Tunku Aziz said the offer was unprecedented in the political history of Malaysia.

“It is a conflict of interest. Imagine a scenario in which the royal father is the Ruler and his younger son, a DAP member, his Menteri Besar,” he said.

“It was a mischief making carried too far. Can we trust them to govern this country of ours?”

Last Saturday, Tunku Aziz had revealed the DAP had offered the position of Menteri Besar to Tunku Abidin. He added when the young ruler had rejected the offer, the party raised the stake and offered him a Federal seat instead.

Loke, who is also DAP’s Negeri Sembilan chief, had last week criticised Tunku Abdul Aziz over his exposé and explained the matter was stated in an informal and closed-door meeting, not to be “hebah-hebahkan” (spread around).

Tunku Abidin on Tuesday confirmed that he had an “informal conversation” with the DAP some months ago, before saying that he was invited to talk with other political parties as well.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

It is a conflict of interest. Imagine a scenario in which the royal father is the Ruler and his younger son, a DAP member, his Menteri Besar,” he said.

A rare display from the royal institution (sadly too many are enmired in exactly the same manner admonished against here . . . ) !

Fabulous! The use of this sort of language ‘conflict of interest’ or ‘vested interest’ leads to ethical highlighting of NEPOTISM and Crony Collusion as well. This shows that Tunku Aziz has nothing to gain and has no fear about toppling those oligarchs and dirty politicians colluding with dirty businessmen instead of creating a fair ground for the whole nation. Would Tunku lead 3rd Force and speak for :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Society has reached a zero sum level and corruption borne of  ‘conflict of interest’ or ‘vested interest’ or nepotism has prevented the 99% from having a quality of life because of the inequitable extreme sequestration of wealth and  land. Tunku has the intelligence to understand this point so the necessity of Malaysia (and the Royal Collective) granting the 3 items is a moot point – and a basic necessity if Malaysia is to be a 1st world nation.

ARTICLE 12

Zombies invade Malaysia! – by Lydia Koh – February 01, 2013

“Zombie” volunteers surround Lord Zombie Chacha (seated in the centre, weaing white and blue). — Pictures by Choo Choy May
KUALA LUMPUR, Feb 1 ? Bloody gaping wounds, rotting flesh and pallid skin… this can only be the undead. Zombies. No, it’s not a remake of the video for Michael Jackson’s “Thriller.” It’s the third and final weekend of makeup and rehearsals in preparation for the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 tomorrow.

Some of the 150 volunteers who signed up to be zombies are learning how to apply makeup to create that realistic, gruesome appearance for the event.

The Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 is loosely based on the American “Run For Your Lives Zombie 5K”, except that it is Malaysian-ised.

“It’s like rumah hantu (haunted house) where you main kejar-kejar (play catch),” said organiser Charanpirabu who is better known as Lord Zombie Chacha.

Instead of a gruelling obstacle course, Zombie Run Malaysia is a storyline-based treasure hunt-cum-run where teams of five search for five tokens in abandoned huts, damaged cars and broken walls while avoiding being “killed in a zombie apocalypse.” A person “dies” when the zombie manages to tear the life strap off their body.

A volunteers for the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 being made up by lead makeup artist Felicia Zoe.
Each token is a prize and there are multiple routes to reacf the tokens. The team that gets back to the finishing line with five tokens and all the members surviving stand a chance to be the ultimate Zombie Run Malaysia winner.

“It’s designed to be fun and since it’s for Malaysians, it is more mind-boggling than physical,” said Chacha. Some of the home-grown zombies that participants can expect are the Makcik Nasi Lemak zombie, Tiger Beer Auntie zombie and Mat Rempit zombie.

Tickets to Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 sold out within the first week of release. There will be 200 teams consisting of 1,000 participants and 150 zombie volunteers. To ensure that everyone gets a chance to enjoy the event, there are five two-hour waves or time periods in which the game commence. Each team can only participate in one wave.

A lot of work and preparation went into ensuring that the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 will be an unforgettable event. You know Chacha means business when he hires the best in the industry to make the experience as close as possible to a zombie apocalypse.

“Hani Ahmad, the founder of Friedchillis.com has been very helpful with the makeup. I gave her a budget of RM15,000 for the makeup and she managed to reduce it to RM1,200! Since she’s familiar with food, she found stuff from the baking shop to make fake blood. There’s sorbitol, a glucose substitute, glycerine and gelatin,” said Chacha.

Volunteers experiment with different textures and food-based makeup for the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013.
The lead makeup artist for Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 is freelance makeup artist Felicia Zoe who has worked on the set of a soon-to-be-released Norwegian horror film called “Anne og Arlett.”

“The movie is about decapitation so it’s relevant to creating the zombie look,” said Zoe who taught the volunteers how to apply makeup on their own. It would have been impossible for her to individually apply makeup for 150 zombies on the event day.

Looking at the results of their makeup training, the participants better get ready to be shocked on the day itself!

Zombie have a certain way of moving and at the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013, there will be Stumblers and Chasers. Stumblers are basically positioned at a particular spot while the Chasers run after the participants.

Since each zombie has a different character, they would need to learn how to move accordingly.

Zombie volunteers practising their moves… you better watch out when they are in full costume and makeup!
Actress Nicole-Ann Thomas who has been in the performance arts scene for many years taught the volunteers how to walk, crawl and move like zombies. They learned how to get into character while looking terrifying at the same time.

Thomas got the volunteers to work up a sweat during the warm-up session. “Anyone feel like dying yet?” she asked. When nobody replied, she joked, “That’s because you’re supposed to be dead!”

Despite the event being only publicised through Facebook in December, word spread very quickly and the slots for volunteers were snapped up quickly.

“The response for the Zombie Run Malaysia 2013 was very unexpected. It just went viral,” said Chacha.

One of the zombie volunteers, 26-year-old architect Hasrin Edzwan, said he found out about the event through his friend via Facebook. He said he was one of the last few people who managed to get a part as a zombie volunteer.

“As a zombie, I would already be scaring off participants. But for people who are afraid of clowns, it would definitely be more horrifying for them,” joked Hasrin who will be a clown zombie.

The Zombie Run Malaysia is on tomorrow February 2, 2013 at Canyon Paintball Park, Bukit Utama. For more information, check out their Facebook page.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Yeah yeah. Violence and rotting corpses and death is fine. But HEALTHY LIVING Human beings having joyous sex or relaxing sex, or activists challenging for UN compliant and Islam compliant end to Bumiputra APARTHEID will get any Malaysians arrested. Very clever . . . morons. Vote properly or run for candidacy. Stop all  this tom foolery and destroy the term limitless oligarchs and plutocrats in parliament. After that only, that such displays would not be gratuituous stupidity or MSM contrived decoys misdirecting from Malaysia’s lack of :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

A second class citizen indulging in this b.s. rather than trying to oust racists and nepotists is a first class fool.

ARTICLE 13

Philippine’s No.1 conman: Follow due process, Anwar tells Sabah CM, M’sian cops – written by  Anwar Ibrahim – Thursday, 31 January 2013 23:38

The claim by Philippine Interior Secretary Mar Roxas that Sabah Chief Minister Musa Aman has blocked the repatriation of the Philippine’s most wanted conman is most shocking and we demand an explanation.

The conman known as Manuel Karingal Amalilio is also said to be Musa’s nephew and going by the name of Mohammad Sufian Said. This is not a petty issue as he is alleged to have cheated over 15,000 people of 12 billion pesos or about RM900 million! Musa must come clean on these allegations.

Remaining silent is not an option.

How can our police be a party to a conspiracy

Meanwhile, the Malaysian police must act in accordance with the law and must not be seen to be taking orders from political masters. The idea that our law enforcers are party to any act or conspiracy to harbour criminals is absolutely repugnant and scandalous.

I urge the Inspector General of Police to take immediate action to heed Manila’s request and help bring the suspect to justice. Due process must be observed and Amalilio must be given a fair trial.

Anwar Ibrahim, Leader of the Opposition

Manuel Karingal Amalilio, the scam boss wanted by the Philippine police for cheating over 15,000 people of 12 billion pesos (RM895 million), was said to be Musa’s nephew but Malaysian police have since denied it.

According to a report published in ABS-CBNNews.com, the news website of Philippine media conglomerate ABS-CBN last Friday, Roxas told a local TV channel that Musa has stopped the agents of the Philippine National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) from bringing Amalillo back to the Philippines.

“It’s not clear why Malaysian authorities stopped Amalilio from leaving,” Roxas was quoted as saying.

He added that the Philippine enforcement officers had brought all the necessary documents with them, including Amalilio’s birth certificate and his Philippine passport, to prove that the scam suspect is a Filipino citizen.

“We have complete documentation of Amalilio as a Filipino,” Roxas said.

Amalilio (right), who owns Aman Futures Group, reportedly claimed Malaysian citizenship and used the alias, Mohammad Suffian Saaid.

“Amalilio is also claiming Malaysian citizenship. That may be the intersection of the conflict,” Roxas said.

According to the news report, Amalilio was arrested by  Malaysian  police on Jan 22 for carrying a fake Malaysian passport and identity card. Roxas (left) said the Department of Foreign Affairs, in particular the ambassador to Malaysia, Ed Malay, is working hard to bring Amalilio back to the country to answer a number of charges.

Deportation stopped at the last minute

Meanwhile, Philippine Justice Secretary Leila de Lima told the media that the Philippines did all it could in the failed attempt to repatriate Amalilio, as all documents of the scam suspect were in order and verified.

Philippine daily The Philippine Star also quoted De Lima as saying that Malaysian officials – one of them identified by her as Musa – had intervened and stopped Amalilio’s deportation last Thursday.

“His (Amalilio) flight was blocked by a Malaysian police commissioner on orders from ‘higher ups’.”

She said the Malaysian police officers arrived and took Amalilio into custody about 10 minutes before he was to board the flight.

De Lima (right) claimed that the four-member NBI team was not given a clear and acceptable reason for the last-minute intervention on what should have been a smooth deportation.

“We are still trying to verify the reason so we can determine the next step or move to ensure that we will get Amalilio,” she was quoted as saying.

The justice chief said that her office might consider filing an official request for the Malaysian government’s clarification to shed light on the incident.

The issue has caught the attention of Philippine President Benigno S Aquino III, who vowed to bring Amalilio back to face the law.

“We expect him to be brought back to the Philippines and to face trial, and with the evidence presented, to be convicted and sent to jail.

“That will serve, hopefully, as a deterrent to others,” Aquino told reporters in Davos after attending the World Economic Forum.

‘No link to Musa’s family’

According to The Philippine Star, Amalilio’s deportation was blocked due to “incomplete documents” after it was found that he is also a Malaysian national.

Quoting an insider, the daily claimed that Amalilio who also goes by the name, Mohd Kamal Saaim, has influential relatives in Malaysia.

Nevertheless, Sabah police chief Hamza Taib (right) denied the allegation against Musa yesterday and clarified that Amalilio is not in any way linked to Musa’s family.

“It was my decision (to stop the move to send him back on Thursday) as we have to follow proper procedures to deport anyone.

“We have nothing against deporting the man, but (to date) there has been no request for his deportation by the Philippines,” he was quoted as saying by The Star.

He elaborated that any deportation should follow the law.

The Malaysian English daily also reported that Amalilio had claimed to be a nephew of both Musa and his brother, Foreign Minister Anifah Aman, while luring thousands of Filipino investors into his investment scheme, offering them an enticing 67 percent in returns.

He fled the Philippines for Sabah in November immediately after the President Aquino ordered his arrest.

Amalilio was arrested in Ranau, Sabah on Thursday, but the arrest had apparently nothing to do with the scam in the Philippines.

Hamza explained that Amalilio was held over identity issues, and that investigations were being carried out for offences under Section 12(1) D of the Passport Act 1966 that provides for a maximum fine of RM10,000 or five years’ jail time, or both.

“We found him in possession of a suspected fake Philippines passport… and are now trying to establish his true citizenship,” he said. – wikisabah

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Due process?!? This term is rendered meaningless when used by a man who would accept an 8% quorum of voters for a nomination to the Presidency of PKR political party (also a nepotism famaily based party). I remind the Rakyat and the other 58% of PKR members who did not vote, that PKR elections are still illegal which subjects PKR to deregistration. Even if the time frame to reach 66% quorums is very slow, better a properly voted President than this ad hoc clique and crony based Anwar.

Pakatan Rakyat is a kelang kabut political party, Pakatan Rakyat has not even met 90% of GE12 so-called ‘Manifestos’ and APPOINTED Crony NGO ‘elected’ EXCO Members rather than hold Local Council Elections for at 0.002% which was the highlight that won Pakatan’s GE12 new Parliamentary seats!!! Only 300 people voted out of Penang’s 1.5 million but the majority of Penang’s 1.5 million were tricked into thinking that Local Council Elections would be returned (also that MP’s and other Pakatan politicians would declare assets – they did not declarwe any assets, but instead used their appointed EXCO to bait and switch declarations of assets, the EXCOs declared assets instead, the MPs mysteriously could not. Pakatan however did ask BN to help them puch through a bill for 750K funerals off the taxpayer funds for Y.B. CM Lim Guan Eng who was APPOINTED CM without consultation of any DAP members, by LGE’s father Lim Kit Siang, and 120K funerals for Betty Chew also off the taxpayer’s funds, CM Lim Guan Eng’s wifeand the single most glaring act of nepotism on the back of political campaign LIES posing as a grand farce of a GE12 Manifesto . . . as another politician said ‘ We HATE liars.’ ) if Pakatan regained power. Instead DAP pretended that the Federal Government did not want to allow Local Council Elections where DAP effectively APPOINTED their own cronies in a sham election instead.

And Anwar dares to go ‘due process’ and act holier than thou?!? GE12 Campaign promises failed, quorum for internal elections failed hurts 1 million times more people than Musa Aman’s son being  a criminal (lets say there are 27 aggrieved persons that Musa Aman’s son’s criminal activities have harmed – 1 person for 1 million people each in uncceptable democratic failures and election LIES is worse) Musa Aman should retaliate by getting the EC to deregister PKR for failure of quorum in the PKR political party internal election. In fact the Rakyat with the time or money should do the same simply to teach ALL politicians and political parties about toeing the line where election promises are concerned. ‘Duely process’ the facts behind this comment before attacking others to hid your own failures Anwar . . . Musa Aman’s son has NOTHING to do with Musa Aman, both being grown adults and in entirely different fields of work.

Musa Aman may be on th side of racism, but a fence sitter on racism that inflicts such democratic failures on the Rakyat is just unbearable. Granted Anwar has the pathos and charisma factor, but Anwar is a failure in all other areas. This is like the student wo passed Bahasa Melayu but failed every single other subject from ‘ponteng’ classes (failed GE 12 Manifestos), then can such a person lead a country? For this sort of treatment of democracy, the Rakyat should want a movie star or top singer, not Anwar the nepotistic farce that has not made clear on :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;and failed to keep 90%n of GE12 Manifestos as well as cause clique and crony or nepotism politics. The Rakyat doesn’t care about Musa Aman’s son, the Rakyat cares about the the above 3 items. Cult of personality AGAIN.

Incidental lookalike? Won't say who . . .

Incidental lookalike? Won’t say who . . .

ARTICLE 14

Tell us what happened to the 20 sen collected – NGO asks Guan Eng – Thursday, 31 January 2013 08:59

GEORGE TOWN- Penang Chief Minister Lim Guan Eng has been given three days to explain where the proceeds of the 20 sen collected under the ‘No Plastic Bag’ campaign initiated by the state government had gone to.

The ultimatum was issued by a non-governmental organisation called Sekretariat Penerangan Yaacob Bebas, during a 30-minute demonstration by its members in Komtar.

The group’s representative, Mohd Yaacob Mohd Noor, said the state government did not reveal where the 20 sen per plastic bag fee had been channeled to and this had left many people wondering.

“We would like him (Guan Eng) to tell us where the money had gone to or how it was spent ever since it was implemented last January…or else we will protest here again,” he said.

He also demanded that the state provide environmentally-friendly paper bags if it wanted to keep true to its ‘welfare government’.

The full implementation of the campaign was introduced in Penang on Jan 1, 2011, and compels all supermarkets, pharmacies, fast food restaurants, nasi kandar restaurants and convenience stores including petrol stations to charge 20 sen for a plastic bag under its ‘Cleaner, Greener, Penang’ initiative.

It was reported that the money collected from the sale of plastic bags would be channeled to a special fund called “Partners Against Poverty” to help the state’s hardcore poor.

– New Straits Times

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

0.20 cents for a plastic bag is EXCESSIVE. Maybe 0.05 cents is tolerable, but know that when bought in bulk, a plastic bag can be worth less than 0.01 cents. This means to be fair to consumers, the charge for a plastic bag should be 0.01 cents WHICH STILL MIGHT BE more than 100% profit if a plastic bag costs 0.005 cents (or Half a Cent). This means at 0.20 cents, the profit  is 40 times. that is extremely excessive and I’d wager that this sort of penny pinching behavior under guise of being eco-friendly-green is something DAP learnt from PAP, like DAP asking for 750K in funeral funds FROM TAX PAYER MONIES or PAP CREATING a Minister mentor and Senior Ministers post that pays out 4 million ofthe taxpayer monies WITHOUT PERMISSION of the voters in TRUE DEMOCRACY but via colluding MPs in REPRESENTATIVE DEMOCRACY instead.

Heres a asecond look at Local Council Elections – An Officious Method When Unofficial, But Publicly Monitored 1 man 1 vote system at a quorum of 66.6% will do in lieu of recognition of the EC. there is no need for the Fed Gov to Liase when the State Gov can appoint EXCO directly. This means the auhority lies with the Rakyat extended by DAP but DAP would rather ask the Fed Gov. to qualify candiddates DAP can already appoint albeit with an non-official layer of TRUE DEMOCRACY. Whats this institutional sabotage and pretense that they do not have authority. DAP idiots are disrespecting the mandate the people gave them by pretending to be helpless to conduct the above format for what are Local Elections.

http://dapmalaysia.org/english/2012/jan12/lge/lge1462.htm